<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1583/index.xml"/>
    <title>Listen to New Full Audiobooks in History, The Americas</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1583/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1583/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Do you want your children to access knowledge early? With over 500,000+ audiobooks, including categories like Ages 5 &amp;amp; Under, Bedtime Stories, and Early Education, we bring your beloved child useful lessons. Get 3 free audiobooks right away for your child to start exploring. Audiobooks can be listened to on iPhone, iPad, Android, helping your child learn anytime, anywhere. Let's build the future for children together!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1583/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Wed, 08 Jan 2025 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Wed, 08 Jan 2025 12:52:12 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1583/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1583/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Listen to New Full Audiobooks in History, The Americas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1583/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1583/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Miss Genevieve DuBuque PhD</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1583/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1583/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Do you want your children to access knowledge early? With over 500,000+ audiobooks, including categories like Ages 5 &amp;amp; Under, Bedtime Stories, and Early Education, we bring your beloved child useful lessons. Get 3 free audiobooks right away for your child to start exploring. Audiobooks can be listened to on iPhone, iPad, Android, helping your child learn anytime, anywhere. Let's build the future for children together!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="History"/>
    <item>
      <title>Sailing the Graveyard Sea: The Deathly Voyage of the Somers, the U.S. Navy&amp;#039;s Only Mutiny, and the Trial That Gripped the Nation by Richard Snow</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672857</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672857">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672857</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sailing the Graveyard Sea: The Deathly Voyage of the Somers, the U.S. Navy&amp;#039;s Only Mutiny, and the Trial That Gripped the Nation
Author: Richard Snow
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “compelling” (The Wall Street Journal) account of the only mutiny in the history of the United States Navy—a little-known but once notorious event that cost three young men their lives—part murder mystery, part courtroom drama, and as propulsive and dramatic as the bestselling novels of Patrick O’Brian. On December 16, 1842, the US brig-of-war Somers dropped anchor in the New York Harbor at the end of a voyage intended to teach a group of adolescents the rudiments of naval life. But this routine exercise ended in catastrophe. Commander Alexander Slidell Mackenzie came ashore claiming he had prevented a mutiny that would have left him and his officers dead. Some of the thwarted mutineers were being held under guard, but three had already been hanged at sea: Boatswain’s Mate Samuel Cromwell, Seaman Elisha Small, and Acting Midshipman Philip Spencer, whose father was the secretary of war, John Spencer.   Eighteen-year-old Philip Spencer, according to his commander, had been the ringleader who encouraged the crew to seize the ship and become pirates so that they might rape and pillage their way through the northern coast of South America and the Caribbean. While the young man might have been fascinated by stories of pirates, it soon became clear the order that condemned the three men had no legal basis. And, worse, it appeared possible that no mutiny had actually occurred, and that the ship might instead have been seized by a creeping hysteria that ended in the sacrifice of three innocents.   Months of accusations and counteraccusations were followed by a highly public court-martial that put Mackenzie on trial for his life, and a storm of anti-Navy sentiment drew the attention of such leading writers of the day as Herman Melville and James Fenimore Cooper. But some good did come out of it: public disgust with Mackenzie’s hapless “training” gave birth to Annapolis, the distinguished naval academ that within a century would produce the mightiest navy the world had ever known.   Vividly told and filled with tense shown directly in court-martial transcripts, Richard Snow’s masterly account of this all-but-forgotten episode is “a hell of a yarn” (Kirkus Reviews) and naval history at its finest.</description>
      <author>Richard Snow</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797165820.mp3" length="819087" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672857</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797165820.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672857">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672857</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sailing the Graveyard Sea: The Deathly Voyage of the Somers, the U.S. Navy&amp;#039;s Only Mutiny, and the Trial That Gripped the Nation
Author: Richard Snow
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “compelling” (The Wall Street Journal) account of the only mutiny in the history of the United States Navy—a little-known but once notorious event that cost three young men their lives—part murder mystery, part courtroom drama, and as propulsive and dramatic as the bestselling novels of Patrick O’Brian. On December 16, 1842, the US brig-of-war Somers dropped anchor in the New York Harbor at the end of a voyage intended to teach a group of adolescents the rudiments of naval life. But this routine exercise ended in catastrophe. Commander Alexander Slidell Mackenzie came ashore claiming he had prevented a mutiny that would have left him and his officers dead. Some of the thwarted mutineers were being held under guard, but three had already been hanged at sea: Boatswain’s Mate Samuel Cromwell, Seaman Elisha Small, and Acting Midshipman Philip Spencer, whose father was the secretary of war, John Spencer.   Eighteen-year-old Philip Spencer, according to his commander, had been the ringleader who encouraged the crew to seize the ship and become pirates so that they might rape and pillage their way through the northern coast of South America and the Caribbean. While the young man might have been fascinated by stories of pirates, it soon became clear the order that condemned the three men had no legal basis. And, worse, it appeared possible that no mutiny had actually occurred, and that the ship might instead have been seized by a creeping hysteria that ended in the sacrifice of three innocents.   Months of accusations and counteraccusations were followed by a highly public court-martial that put Mackenzie on trial for his life, and a storm of anti-Navy sentiment drew the attention of such leading writers of the day as Herman Melville and James Fenimore Cooper. But some good did come out of it: public disgust with Mackenzie’s hapless “training” gave birth to Annapolis, the distinguished naval academ that within a century would produce the mightiest navy the world had ever known.   Vividly told and filled with tense shown directly in court-martial transcripts, Richard Snow’s masterly account of this all-but-forgotten episode is “a hell of a yarn” (Kirkus Reviews) and naval history at its finest.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672857">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672857</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sailing the Graveyard Sea: The Deathly Voyage of the Somers, the U.S. Navy&amp;#039;s Only Mutiny, and the Trial That Gripped the Nation
Author: Richard Snow
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “compelling” (The Wall Street Journal) account of the only mutiny in the history of the United States Navy—a little-known but once notorious event that cost three young men their lives—part murder mystery, part courtroom drama, and as propulsive and dramatic as the bestselling novels of Patrick O’Brian. On December 16, 1842, the US brig-of-war Somers dropped anchor in the New York Harbor at the end of a voyage intended to teach a group of adolescents the rudiments of naval life. But this routine exercise ended in catastrophe. Commander Alexander Slidell Mackenzie came ashore claiming he had prevented a mutiny that would have left him and his officers dead. Some of the thwarted mutineers were being held under guard, but three had already been hanged at sea: Boatswain’s Mate Samuel Cromwell, Seaman Elisha Small, and Acting Midshipman Philip Spencer, whose father was the secretary of war, John Spencer.   Eighteen-year-old Philip Spencer, according to his commander, had been the ringleader who encouraged the crew to seize the ship and become pirates so that they might rape and pillage their way through the northern coast of South America and the Caribbean. While the young man might have been fascinated by stories of pirates, it soon became clear the order that condemned the three men had no legal basis. And, worse, it appeared possible that no mutiny had actually occurred, and that the ship might instead have been seized by a creeping hysteria that ended in the sacrifice of three innocents.   Months of accusations and counteraccusations were followed by a highly public court-martial that put Mackenzie on trial for his life, and a storm of anti-Navy sentiment drew the attention of such leading writers of the day as Herman Melville and James Fenimore Cooper. But some good did come out of it: public disgust with Mackenzie’s hapless “training” gave birth to Annapolis, the distinguished naval academ that within a century would produce the mightiest navy the world had ever known.   Vividly told and filled with tense shown directly in court-martial transcripts, Richard Snow’s masterly account of this all-but-forgotten episode is “a hell of a yarn” (Kirkus Reviews) and naval history at its finest.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Elites Ate the Social Justice Movement by Fredrik Deboer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672853</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672853">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672853</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Elites Ate the Social Justice Movement
Author: Fredrik Deboer
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An eye-opening exploration of American policy reform, or lack thereof, in the wake of the murder of George Floyd and the Black Lives Matter movement and how the country can do better in the future from Fredrik deBoer, “one of the sharpest and funniest writers on the internet” (The New York Times). In 2020, while the Covid-19 pandemic raged, the United States was hit by a ripple of political discontent the likes of which had not been seen since the 1960s. The spark was the viral video of the horrific police murder of an unarmed Black man in Minneapolis. The killings of George Floyd galvanized a nation already reeling from Covid and a toxic political cycle. Tens of thousands poured into the streets to protest. Major corporations and large nonprofit groups—institutions that are usually resolutely apolitical—raced to join in. The fervor for racial justice intersected with the already simmering demands for change from the #MeToo movement and for economic justice from Gen Z. The entire country suddenly seemed to be roaring for change in one voice.   Then nothing much happened.   In How Elites Ate the Social Justice Movement, Fredrik deBoer explores why these passionate movements failed and how they could succeed in the future. In the digital age, social movements flare up but then lose steam through a lack of tangible goals, the inherent moderating effects of our established institutions and political parties, and the lack of any real grassroots movement in contemporary America. Hidden beneath the rhetoric of the oppressed and symbolism of the downtrodden lies and the inconvenient fact that those are doing the organizing, messaging, protesting, and campaigning are predominantly drawn from this country’s more upwardly mobile educated classes. Poses are more important than policies.   deBoer lays out an alternative vision for how society’s winners can contribute to social justice movements without taking them over, and how activists and their organizations can become more resistant to the influence of elites, nonprofits, corporations, and political parties. Only by organizing around class rather than empty gestures can we begin the hard work of changing minds and driving policy.</description>
      <author>Fredrik Deboer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797165677.mp3" length="825489" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672853</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797165677.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672853">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672853</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Elites Ate the Social Justice Movement
Author: Fredrik Deboer
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An eye-opening exploration of American policy reform, or lack thereof, in the wake of the murder of George Floyd and the Black Lives Matter movement and how the country can do better in the future from Fredrik deBoer, “one of the sharpest and funniest writers on the internet” (The New York Times). In 2020, while the Covid-19 pandemic raged, the United States was hit by a ripple of political discontent the likes of which had not been seen since the 1960s. The spark was the viral video of the horrific police murder of an unarmed Black man in Minneapolis. The killings of George Floyd galvanized a nation already reeling from Covid and a toxic political cycle. Tens of thousands poured into the streets to protest. Major corporations and large nonprofit groups—institutions that are usually resolutely apolitical—raced to join in. The fervor for racial justice intersected with the already simmering demands for change from the #MeToo movement and for economic justice from Gen Z. The entire country suddenly seemed to be roaring for change in one voice.   Then nothing much happened.   In How Elites Ate the Social Justice Movement, Fredrik deBoer explores why these passionate movements failed and how they could succeed in the future. In the digital age, social movements flare up but then lose steam through a lack of tangible goals, the inherent moderating effects of our established institutions and political parties, and the lack of any real grassroots movement in contemporary America. Hidden beneath the rhetoric of the oppressed and symbolism of the downtrodden lies and the inconvenient fact that those are doing the organizing, messaging, protesting, and campaigning are predominantly drawn from this country’s more upwardly mobile educated classes. Poses are more important than policies.   deBoer lays out an alternative vision for how society’s winners can contribute to social justice movements without taking them over, and how activists and their organizations can become more resistant to the influence of elites, nonprofits, corporations, and political parties. Only by organizing around class rather than empty gestures can we begin the hard work of changing minds and driving policy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672853">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672853</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Elites Ate the Social Justice Movement
Author: Fredrik Deboer
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An eye-opening exploration of American policy reform, or lack thereof, in the wake of the murder of George Floyd and the Black Lives Matter movement and how the country can do better in the future from Fredrik deBoer, “one of the sharpest and funniest writers on the internet” (The New York Times). In 2020, while the Covid-19 pandemic raged, the United States was hit by a ripple of political discontent the likes of which had not been seen since the 1960s. The spark was the viral video of the horrific police murder of an unarmed Black man in Minneapolis. The killings of George Floyd galvanized a nation already reeling from Covid and a toxic political cycle. Tens of thousands poured into the streets to protest. Major corporations and large nonprofit groups—institutions that are usually resolutely apolitical—raced to join in. The fervor for racial justice intersected with the already simmering demands for change from the #MeToo movement and for economic justice from Gen Z. The entire country suddenly seemed to be roaring for change in one voice.   Then nothing much happened.   In How Elites Ate the Social Justice Movement, Fredrik deBoer explores why these passionate movements failed and how they could succeed in the future. In the digital age, social movements flare up but then lose steam through a lack of tangible goals, the inherent moderating effects of our established institutions and political parties, and the lack of any real grassroots movement in contemporary America. Hidden beneath the rhetoric of the oppressed and symbolism of the downtrodden lies and the inconvenient fact that those are doing the organizing, messaging, protesting, and campaigning are predominantly drawn from this country’s more upwardly mobile educated classes. Poses are more important than policies.   deBoer lays out an alternative vision for how society’s winners can contribute to social justice movements without taking them over, and how activists and their organizations can become more resistant to the influence of elites, nonprofits, corporations, and political parties. Only by organizing around class rather than empty gestures can we begin the hard work of changing minds and driving policy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In the Pines: A Lynching, A Lie, A Reckoning by Grace Elizabeth Hale</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672527</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672527">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672527</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Pines: A Lynching, A Lie, A Reckoning
Author: Grace Elizabeth Hale
Narrator: Nicole Swanson, Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Courageous and compelling…essential and critically important.” —Bryan Stevenson  An award-winning scholar of white supremacy tackles her toughest research assignment yet: the unsolved murder of a Black man in rural Mississippi while her grandfather was the local sheriff—a cold case that sheds new light on the hidden legacy of racial terror in America.   Grace Hale was home from college when she first heard the family legend. In 1947, while her beloved grandfather had been serving as a sheriff in the Piney Woods of south-central Mississippi, he prevented a lynch mob from killing a Black man who was in his jail on suspicion of raping a white woman—only for the suspect to die the next day during an escape attempt. It was a tale straight out of To Kill a Mockingbird, with her grandfather as the tragic hero. This story, however, hid a dark truth.  Years later, as a rising scholar of white supremacy, Hale revisited the story about her grandfather and Versie Johnson, the man who died in his custody. The more she learned about what had happened that day, the less sense she could make of her family&amp;#039;s version of events. With the support of a Carnegie fellowship, she immersed herself in the investigation. What she discovered would upend everything she thought she knew about her family, the tragedy, and this haunted strip of the South—because Johnson&amp;#039;s death, she found, was actually a lynching. But guilt did not lie with a faceless mob.  A story of obsession, injustice, and the ties that bind, In the Pines casts an unsparing eye over this intimate terrain, driven by a deep desire to set straight the historical record and to understand and subvert white racism, along with its structures, costs, and consequences—and the lies that sustain it.</description>
      <author>Grace Elizabeth Hale</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668632406.mp3" length="884923" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672527</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668632406.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672527">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672527</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Pines: A Lynching, A Lie, A Reckoning
Author: Grace Elizabeth Hale
Narrator: Nicole Swanson, Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Courageous and compelling…essential and critically important.” —Bryan Stevenson  An award-winning scholar of white supremacy tackles her toughest research assignment yet: the unsolved murder of a Black man in rural Mississippi while her grandfather was the local sheriff—a cold case that sheds new light on the hidden legacy of racial terror in America.   Grace Hale was home from college when she first heard the family legend. In 1947, while her beloved grandfather had been serving as a sheriff in the Piney Woods of south-central Mississippi, he prevented a lynch mob from killing a Black man who was in his jail on suspicion of raping a white woman—only for the suspect to die the next day during an escape attempt. It was a tale straight out of To Kill a Mockingbird, with her grandfather as the tragic hero. This story, however, hid a dark truth.  Years later, as a rising scholar of white supremacy, Hale revisited the story about her grandfather and Versie Johnson, the man who died in his custody. The more she learned about what had happened that day, the less sense she could make of her family&amp;#039;s version of events. With the support of a Carnegie fellowship, she immersed herself in the investigation. What she discovered would upend everything she thought she knew about her family, the tragedy, and this haunted strip of the South—because Johnson&amp;#039;s death, she found, was actually a lynching. But guilt did not lie with a faceless mob.  A story of obsession, injustice, and the ties that bind, In the Pines casts an unsparing eye over this intimate terrain, driven by a deep desire to set straight the historical record and to understand and subvert white racism, along with its structures, costs, and consequences—and the lies that sustain it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672527">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672527</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Pines: A Lynching, A Lie, A Reckoning
Author: Grace Elizabeth Hale
Narrator: Nicole Swanson, Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Courageous and compelling…essential and critically important.” —Bryan Stevenson  An award-winning scholar of white supremacy tackles her toughest research assignment yet: the unsolved murder of a Black man in rural Mississippi while her grandfather was the local sheriff—a cold case that sheds new light on the hidden legacy of racial terror in America.   Grace Hale was home from college when she first heard the family legend. In 1947, while her beloved grandfather had been serving as a sheriff in the Piney Woods of south-central Mississippi, he prevented a lynch mob from killing a Black man who was in his jail on suspicion of raping a white woman—only for the suspect to die the next day during an escape attempt. It was a tale straight out of To Kill a Mockingbird, with her grandfather as the tragic hero. This story, however, hid a dark truth.  Years later, as a rising scholar of white supremacy, Hale revisited the story about her grandfather and Versie Johnson, the man who died in his custody. The more she learned about what had happened that day, the less sense she could make of her family&amp;#039;s version of events. With the support of a Carnegie fellowship, she immersed herself in the investigation. What she discovered would upend everything she thought she knew about her family, the tragedy, and this haunted strip of the South—because Johnson&amp;#039;s death, she found, was actually a lynching. But guilt did not lie with a faceless mob.  A story of obsession, injustice, and the ties that bind, In the Pines casts an unsparing eye over this intimate terrain, driven by a deep desire to set straight the historical record and to understand and subvert white racism, along with its structures, costs, and consequences—and the lies that sustain it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Last Honest Man: The CIA, the FBI, the Mafia, and the Kennedys—and One Senator&amp;#039;s Fight to Save Democracy by James Risen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672079</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672079">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672079</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Honest Man: The CIA, the FBI, the Mafia, and the Kennedys—and One Senator&amp;#039;s Fight to Save Democracy
Author: James Risen
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this “gripping . . . spectacular piece of reporting” (Ken Burns), a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist examines Senator Frank Church, the man at the center of numerous investigations into the abuses of power within the American government. ​     For decades now, America’s national security state has grown ever bigger, ever more secretive and powerful, and ever more abusive. Only once did someone manage to put a stop to any of it.  Senator Frank Church of Idaho was an unlikely hero. He led congressional opposition to the Vietnam War and had become a scathing, radical critic of what he saw as American imperialism around the world. But he was still politically ambitious, privately yearning for acceptance from the foreign policy establishment that he hated and eager to run for president. Despite his flaws, Church would show historic strength in his greatest moment, when in the wake of Watergate he was suddenly tasked with investigating abuses of power in the intelligence community. The dark truths that Church exposed—from assassination plots by the CIA, to links between the Kennedy dynasty and the mafia, to the surveillance of civil rights activists by the NSA and FBI—would shake the nation to its core, and forever change the way that Americans thought about not only their government but also their ability to hold it accountable.  Drawing upon hundreds of interviews, thousands of pages of recently declassified documents, and reams of unpublished letters, notes, and memoirs, some of which remain sensitive today, Pulitzer Prize–winning reporter James Risen tells the gripping, untold story of truth and integrity standing against unchecked power—and winning—in The Last Honest Man.  An instant New York Times bestseller</description>
      <author>James Risen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668628461.mp3" length="830660" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672079</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668628461.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672079">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672079</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Honest Man: The CIA, the FBI, the Mafia, and the Kennedys—and One Senator&amp;#039;s Fight to Save Democracy
Author: James Risen
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this “gripping . . . spectacular piece of reporting” (Ken Burns), a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist examines Senator Frank Church, the man at the center of numerous investigations into the abuses of power within the American government. ​     For decades now, America’s national security state has grown ever bigger, ever more secretive and powerful, and ever more abusive. Only once did someone manage to put a stop to any of it.  Senator Frank Church of Idaho was an unlikely hero. He led congressional opposition to the Vietnam War and had become a scathing, radical critic of what he saw as American imperialism around the world. But he was still politically ambitious, privately yearning for acceptance from the foreign policy establishment that he hated and eager to run for president. Despite his flaws, Church would show historic strength in his greatest moment, when in the wake of Watergate he was suddenly tasked with investigating abuses of power in the intelligence community. The dark truths that Church exposed—from assassination plots by the CIA, to links between the Kennedy dynasty and the mafia, to the surveillance of civil rights activists by the NSA and FBI—would shake the nation to its core, and forever change the way that Americans thought about not only their government but also their ability to hold it accountable.  Drawing upon hundreds of interviews, thousands of pages of recently declassified documents, and reams of unpublished letters, notes, and memoirs, some of which remain sensitive today, Pulitzer Prize–winning reporter James Risen tells the gripping, untold story of truth and integrity standing against unchecked power—and winning—in The Last Honest Man.  An instant New York Times bestseller</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672079">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672079</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Honest Man: The CIA, the FBI, the Mafia, and the Kennedys—and One Senator&amp;#039;s Fight to Save Democracy
Author: James Risen
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this “gripping . . . spectacular piece of reporting” (Ken Burns), a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist examines Senator Frank Church, the man at the center of numerous investigations into the abuses of power within the American government. ​     For decades now, America’s national security state has grown ever bigger, ever more secretive and powerful, and ever more abusive. Only once did someone manage to put a stop to any of it.  Senator Frank Church of Idaho was an unlikely hero. He led congressional opposition to the Vietnam War and had become a scathing, radical critic of what he saw as American imperialism around the world. But he was still politically ambitious, privately yearning for acceptance from the foreign policy establishment that he hated and eager to run for president. Despite his flaws, Church would show historic strength in his greatest moment, when in the wake of Watergate he was suddenly tasked with investigating abuses of power in the intelligence community. The dark truths that Church exposed—from assassination plots by the CIA, to links between the Kennedy dynasty and the mafia, to the surveillance of civil rights activists by the NSA and FBI—would shake the nation to its core, and forever change the way that Americans thought about not only their government but also their ability to hold it accountable.  Drawing upon hundreds of interviews, thousands of pages of recently declassified documents, and reams of unpublished letters, notes, and memoirs, some of which remain sensitive today, Pulitzer Prize–winning reporter James Risen tells the gripping, untold story of truth and integrity standing against unchecked power—and winning—in The Last Honest Man.  An instant New York Times bestseller</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founding Partisans: Hamilton, Madison, Jefferson, Adams and the Brawling Birth of American Politics by H. W. Brands</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671583</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Founding Partisans: Hamilton, Madison, Jefferson, Adams and the Brawling Birth of American Politics
Author: H. W. Brands
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 29 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From bestselling historian and Pulitzer Prize finalist H.W. Brands, a revelatory history of the shocking emergence of vicious political division at the birth of the United States. To the framers of the Constitution, political parties were a fatal threat to republican virtues. They had suffered the consequences of partisan politics in Britain before the American Revolution, and they wanted nothing similar for America. Yet parties emerged even before the Constitution was ratified, and they took firmer root in the following decade. In Founding Partisans, master historian H. W. Brands has crafted a fresh and lively narrative of the early years of the republic as the Founding Fathers fought one another with competing visions of what our nation would be. The first party, the Federalists, formed around Alexander Hamilton, James Madison and their efforts to overthrow the Articles of Confederation and make the federal government more robust. Their opponents organized as the Antifederalists, who feared the corruption and encroachments on liberty that a strong central government would surely bring. The Antifederalists lost but regrouped under the new Constitution as the Republicans, led by Thomas Jefferson, whose bruising contest against Federalist John Adams marked the climax of this turbulent chapter of American political history.  The country’s first years unfolded in a contentious spiral of ugly elections and blatant violations of the Constitution. Still, peaceful transfers of power continued, and the nascent country made its way towards global dominance, against all odds. Founding Partisans is a powerful reminder that fierce partisanship is a problem as old as the republic.</description>
      <author>H. W. Brands</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593749029.mp3" length="2966023" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671583</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593749029.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Founding Partisans: Hamilton, Madison, Jefferson, Adams and the Brawling Birth of American Politics
Author: H. W. Brands
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 29 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From bestselling historian and Pulitzer Prize finalist H.W. Brands, a revelatory history of the shocking emergence of vicious political division at the birth of the United States. To the framers of the Constitution, political parties were a fatal threat to republican virtues. They had suffered the consequences of partisan politics in Britain before the American Revolution, and they wanted nothing similar for America. Yet parties emerged even before the Constitution was ratified, and they took firmer root in the following decade. In Founding Partisans, master historian H. W. Brands has crafted a fresh and lively narrative of the early years of the republic as the Founding Fathers fought one another with competing visions of what our nation would be. The first party, the Federalists, formed around Alexander Hamilton, James Madison and their efforts to overthrow the Articles of Confederation and make the federal government more robust. Their opponents organized as the Antifederalists, who feared the corruption and encroachments on liberty that a strong central government would surely bring. The Antifederalists lost but regrouped under the new Constitution as the Republicans, led by Thomas Jefferson, whose bruising contest against Federalist John Adams marked the climax of this turbulent chapter of American political history.  The country’s first years unfolded in a contentious spiral of ugly elections and blatant violations of the Constitution. Still, peaceful transfers of power continued, and the nascent country made its way towards global dominance, against all odds. Founding Partisans is a powerful reminder that fierce partisanship is a problem as old as the republic.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Founding Partisans: Hamilton, Madison, Jefferson, Adams and the Brawling Birth of American Politics
Author: H. W. Brands
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 29 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From bestselling historian and Pulitzer Prize finalist H.W. Brands, a revelatory history of the shocking emergence of vicious political division at the birth of the United States. To the framers of the Constitution, political parties were a fatal threat to republican virtues. They had suffered the consequences of partisan politics in Britain before the American Revolution, and they wanted nothing similar for America. Yet parties emerged even before the Constitution was ratified, and they took firmer root in the following decade. In Founding Partisans, master historian H. W. Brands has crafted a fresh and lively narrative of the early years of the republic as the Founding Fathers fought one another with competing visions of what our nation would be. The first party, the Federalists, formed around Alexander Hamilton, James Madison and their efforts to overthrow the Articles of Confederation and make the federal government more robust. Their opponents organized as the Antifederalists, who feared the corruption and encroachments on liberty that a strong central government would surely bring. The Antifederalists lost but regrouped under the new Constitution as the Republicans, led by Thomas Jefferson, whose bruising contest against Federalist John Adams marked the climax of this turbulent chapter of American political history.  The country’s first years unfolded in a contentious spiral of ugly elections and blatant violations of the Constitution. Still, peaceful transfers of power continued, and the nascent country made its way towards global dominance, against all odds. Founding Partisans is a powerful reminder that fierce partisanship is a problem as old as the republic.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Teddy and Booker T.: How Two American Icons Blazed a Path for Racial Equality by Brian Kilmeade</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671579</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Teddy and Booker T.: How Two American Icons Blazed a Path for Racial Equality
Author: Brian Kilmeade
Narrator: Brian Kilmeade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling author of George Washington&amp;#039;s Secret Six and Thomas Jefferson and the Tripoli Pirates turns to two other heroes of the nation: Theodore Roosevelt and Booker T. Washington. When President Theodore Roosevelt welcomed the country’s most visible Black man, Booker T. Washington, into his circle of counselors in 1901, the two confronted a shocking and violent wave of racist outrage. In the previous decade, Jim Crow laws had legalized discrimination in the South, eroding social and economic gains for former slaves. Lynching was on the rise, and Black Americans faced new barriers to voting. Slavery had been abolished, but if newly freed citizens were condemned to lives as share croppers, how much improvement would their lives really see? In Teddy and Booker T., Brian Kilmeade tells the story of how two wildly different Americans faced the challenge of keeping America moving toward the promise of the Emancipation Proclamation. Theodore Roosevelt was white, born into incredible wealth and privilege in New York City. Booker T. Washington was Black, born on a plantation without even a last name. But both men embodied the rugged, pioneering spirit of America. Kilmeade takes us to San Juan Hill, where Roosevelt led his Rough Riders to a thrilling victory that set the stage for a legendary presidency, and to a small town in Alabama, where Washington founded the first university for African Americans, paving the way for the Civil Rights Movement. Both men abhorred the decadence and moral rot the nation had fallen into, believed that improvement through careful collaboration was possible, and trusted that the American ideals of individual liberty and hard work could propel the neediest toward success, if only those holding them back would step aside. As he did in George Washington&amp;#039;s Secret Six, Kilmeade has transformed this nearly forgotten slice of history into a dramatic story that will keep you turning the pages to find out how these two heroes, through their principles and courage, not only changed each other, but helped lay the groundwork for true equality.</description>
      <author>Brian Kilmeade</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593789377.mp3" length="2688471" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671579</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593789377.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Teddy and Booker T.: How Two American Icons Blazed a Path for Racial Equality
Author: Brian Kilmeade
Narrator: Brian Kilmeade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling author of George Washington&amp;#039;s Secret Six and Thomas Jefferson and the Tripoli Pirates turns to two other heroes of the nation: Theodore Roosevelt and Booker T. Washington. When President Theodore Roosevelt welcomed the country’s most visible Black man, Booker T. Washington, into his circle of counselors in 1901, the two confronted a shocking and violent wave of racist outrage. In the previous decade, Jim Crow laws had legalized discrimination in the South, eroding social and economic gains for former slaves. Lynching was on the rise, and Black Americans faced new barriers to voting. Slavery had been abolished, but if newly freed citizens were condemned to lives as share croppers, how much improvement would their lives really see? In Teddy and Booker T., Brian Kilmeade tells the story of how two wildly different Americans faced the challenge of keeping America moving toward the promise of the Emancipation Proclamation. Theodore Roosevelt was white, born into incredible wealth and privilege in New York City. Booker T. Washington was Black, born on a plantation without even a last name. But both men embodied the rugged, pioneering spirit of America. Kilmeade takes us to San Juan Hill, where Roosevelt led his Rough Riders to a thrilling victory that set the stage for a legendary presidency, and to a small town in Alabama, where Washington founded the first university for African Americans, paving the way for the Civil Rights Movement. Both men abhorred the decadence and moral rot the nation had fallen into, believed that improvement through careful collaboration was possible, and trusted that the American ideals of individual liberty and hard work could propel the neediest toward success, if only those holding them back would step aside. As he did in George Washington&amp;#039;s Secret Six, Kilmeade has transformed this nearly forgotten slice of history into a dramatic story that will keep you turning the pages to find out how these two heroes, through their principles and courage, not only changed each other, but helped lay the groundwork for true equality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Teddy and Booker T.: How Two American Icons Blazed a Path for Racial Equality
Author: Brian Kilmeade
Narrator: Brian Kilmeade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling author of George Washington&amp;#039;s Secret Six and Thomas Jefferson and the Tripoli Pirates turns to two other heroes of the nation: Theodore Roosevelt and Booker T. Washington. When President Theodore Roosevelt welcomed the country’s most visible Black man, Booker T. Washington, into his circle of counselors in 1901, the two confronted a shocking and violent wave of racist outrage. In the previous decade, Jim Crow laws had legalized discrimination in the South, eroding social and economic gains for former slaves. Lynching was on the rise, and Black Americans faced new barriers to voting. Slavery had been abolished, but if newly freed citizens were condemned to lives as share croppers, how much improvement would their lives really see? In Teddy and Booker T., Brian Kilmeade tells the story of how two wildly different Americans faced the challenge of keeping America moving toward the promise of the Emancipation Proclamation. Theodore Roosevelt was white, born into incredible wealth and privilege in New York City. Booker T. Washington was Black, born on a plantation without even a last name. But both men embodied the rugged, pioneering spirit of America. Kilmeade takes us to San Juan Hill, where Roosevelt led his Rough Riders to a thrilling victory that set the stage for a legendary presidency, and to a small town in Alabama, where Washington founded the first university for African Americans, paving the way for the Civil Rights Movement. Both men abhorred the decadence and moral rot the nation had fallen into, believed that improvement through careful collaboration was possible, and trusted that the American ideals of individual liberty and hard work could propel the neediest toward success, if only those holding them back would step aside. As he did in George Washington&amp;#039;s Secret Six, Kilmeade has transformed this nearly forgotten slice of history into a dramatic story that will keep you turning the pages to find out how these two heroes, through their principles and courage, not only changed each other, but helped lay the groundwork for true equality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fear Is Just a Word: A Missing Daughter, a Violent Cartel, and a Mother&amp;#039;s Quest for Vengeance by Azam Ahmed</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671568</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671568">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671568</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear Is Just a Word: A Missing Daughter, a Violent Cartel, and a Mother&amp;#039;s Quest for Vengeance
Author: Azam Ahmed
Narrator: Sheldon Romero
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting true story of a mother who fought back against the drug cartels in Mexico, pursuing her own brand of justice to avenge the kidnapping and murder of her daughter—from a global investigative correspondent for The New York Times “Azam Ahmed has written a page-turning mystery but also a stunning, color-saturated portrait of the collapse of formal justice in one Mexican town.”—Steve Coll, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Directorate S LONGLISTED FOR THE MOORE PRIZE FOR HUMAN RIGHTS WRITING • A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: New Yorker, The Economist, Chicago Public Library Fear Is Just a Word begins on an international bridge between Mexico and the United States, as fifty-six-year-old Miriam Rodríguez stalks one of the men she believes was involved in the murder of her daughter Karen. He is her target number eleven, a member of the drug cartel that has terrorized and controlled what was once Miriam’s quiet hometown of San Fernando, Mexico, almost one hundred miles from the U.S. border. Having dyed her hair red as a disguise, Miriam watches, waits, and then orchestrates the arrest of this man, exacting her own version of justice. Woven into this deeply researched, moving account is the story of how cartels built their power in Mexico, escalated the use of violence, and kidnapped and murdered tens of thousands. Karen was just one of the many people who disappeared, and Miriam, a brilliant, strategic, and fearless woman, begged for help from the authorities and paid ransom money she could not afford in hopes of saving her daughter. When that failed, she decided that “fear is just a word,” and began a crusade to track down Karen’s killers and to help other victimized families in their search for justice. What do people do when their country and the peaceful town where they have grown up become unrecognizable, suddenly places of violence and fear? Azam Ahmed takes us into the grieving of a country and a family to tell the mesmerizing story of a brave and brilliant woman determined to find out what happened to her daughter, and to see that the criminals who murdered her were punished. Fear Is Just a Word is an unforgettable and moving portrait of a woman, a town, and a country, and of what can happen when violent forces leave people to seek justice on their own.</description>
      <author>Azam Ahmed</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593790465.mp3" length="2745704" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671568</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593790465.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671568">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671568</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear Is Just a Word: A Missing Daughter, a Violent Cartel, and a Mother&amp;#039;s Quest for Vengeance
Author: Azam Ahmed
Narrator: Sheldon Romero
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting true story of a mother who fought back against the drug cartels in Mexico, pursuing her own brand of justice to avenge the kidnapping and murder of her daughter—from a global investigative correspondent for The New York Times “Azam Ahmed has written a page-turning mystery but also a stunning, color-saturated portrait of the collapse of formal justice in one Mexican town.”—Steve Coll, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Directorate S LONGLISTED FOR THE MOORE PRIZE FOR HUMAN RIGHTS WRITING • A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: New Yorker, The Economist, Chicago Public Library Fear Is Just a Word begins on an international bridge between Mexico and the United States, as fifty-six-year-old Miriam Rodríguez stalks one of the men she believes was involved in the murder of her daughter Karen. He is her target number eleven, a member of the drug cartel that has terrorized and controlled what was once Miriam’s quiet hometown of San Fernando, Mexico, almost one hundred miles from the U.S. border. Having dyed her hair red as a disguise, Miriam watches, waits, and then orchestrates the arrest of this man, exacting her own version of justice. Woven into this deeply researched, moving account is the story of how cartels built their power in Mexico, escalated the use of violence, and kidnapped and murdered tens of thousands. Karen was just one of the many people who disappeared, and Miriam, a brilliant, strategic, and fearless woman, begged for help from the authorities and paid ransom money she could not afford in hopes of saving her daughter. When that failed, she decided that “fear is just a word,” and began a crusade to track down Karen’s killers and to help other victimized families in their search for justice. What do people do when their country and the peaceful town where they have grown up become unrecognizable, suddenly places of violence and fear? Azam Ahmed takes us into the grieving of a country and a family to tell the mesmerizing story of a brave and brilliant woman determined to find out what happened to her daughter, and to see that the criminals who murdered her were punished. Fear Is Just a Word is an unforgettable and moving portrait of a woman, a town, and a country, and of what can happen when violent forces leave people to seek justice on their own.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671568">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671568</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear Is Just a Word: A Missing Daughter, a Violent Cartel, and a Mother&amp;#039;s Quest for Vengeance
Author: Azam Ahmed
Narrator: Sheldon Romero
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting true story of a mother who fought back against the drug cartels in Mexico, pursuing her own brand of justice to avenge the kidnapping and murder of her daughter—from a global investigative correspondent for The New York Times “Azam Ahmed has written a page-turning mystery but also a stunning, color-saturated portrait of the collapse of formal justice in one Mexican town.”—Steve Coll, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Directorate S LONGLISTED FOR THE MOORE PRIZE FOR HUMAN RIGHTS WRITING • A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: New Yorker, The Economist, Chicago Public Library Fear Is Just a Word begins on an international bridge between Mexico and the United States, as fifty-six-year-old Miriam Rodríguez stalks one of the men she believes was involved in the murder of her daughter Karen. He is her target number eleven, a member of the drug cartel that has terrorized and controlled what was once Miriam’s quiet hometown of San Fernando, Mexico, almost one hundred miles from the U.S. border. Having dyed her hair red as a disguise, Miriam watches, waits, and then orchestrates the arrest of this man, exacting her own version of justice. Woven into this deeply researched, moving account is the story of how cartels built their power in Mexico, escalated the use of violence, and kidnapped and murdered tens of thousands. Karen was just one of the many people who disappeared, and Miriam, a brilliant, strategic, and fearless woman, begged for help from the authorities and paid ransom money she could not afford in hopes of saving her daughter. When that failed, she decided that “fear is just a word,” and began a crusade to track down Karen’s killers and to help other victimized families in their search for justice. What do people do when their country and the peaceful town where they have grown up become unrecognizable, suddenly places of violence and fear? Azam Ahmed takes us into the grieving of a country and a family to tell the mesmerizing story of a brave and brilliant woman determined to find out what happened to her daughter, and to see that the criminals who murdered her were punished. Fear Is Just a Word is an unforgettable and moving portrait of a woman, a town, and a country, and of what can happen when violent forces leave people to seek justice on their own.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Kubark Counterintelligence Interrogation Manual by Central Intelligence Agency</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671369</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Kubark Counterintelligence Interrogation Manual
Author: Central Intelligence Agency
Narrator: John Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 13 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Released by the Freedom of Information Act. This document is a thorough description of how the CIA recommends interrogating a subject. To get the information that is needed there is nothing withheld short of torture. For example in &amp;#039;Threats and Fears,&amp;#039; the CIA authors note that &amp;#039;the threat of coercion usually weakens or destroys resistance more effectively than coercion itself. The threat to inflict pain, for example, can trigger fears more damaging than the immediate sensation of pain.&amp;#039; Under the subheading &amp;#039;Pain,&amp;#039; the guidelines discuss the theories behind various thresholds of pain, and recommend that a subject&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;resistance is likelier to be sapped by pain which he seems to inflict upon himself&amp;#039; such rather than by direct torture. The report suggests forcing the detainee to stand at attention for long periods of time. A section on sensory deprivations suggests imprisoning detainees in rooms without sensory stimuli of any kind, &amp;#039;in a cell which has no light,&amp;#039; for example.</description>
      <author>Central Intelligence Agency</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jul 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823447287.mp3" length="1433585" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671369</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823447287.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Kubark Counterintelligence Interrogation Manual
Author: Central Intelligence Agency
Narrator: John Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 13 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Released by the Freedom of Information Act. This document is a thorough description of how the CIA recommends interrogating a subject. To get the information that is needed there is nothing withheld short of torture. For example in &amp;#039;Threats and Fears,&amp;#039; the CIA authors note that &amp;#039;the threat of coercion usually weakens or destroys resistance more effectively than coercion itself. The threat to inflict pain, for example, can trigger fears more damaging than the immediate sensation of pain.&amp;#039; Under the subheading &amp;#039;Pain,&amp;#039; the guidelines discuss the theories behind various thresholds of pain, and recommend that a subject&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;resistance is likelier to be sapped by pain which he seems to inflict upon himself&amp;#039; such rather than by direct torture. The report suggests forcing the detainee to stand at attention for long periods of time. A section on sensory deprivations suggests imprisoning detainees in rooms without sensory stimuli of any kind, &amp;#039;in a cell which has no light,&amp;#039; for example.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Kubark Counterintelligence Interrogation Manual
Author: Central Intelligence Agency
Narrator: John Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 13 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Released by the Freedom of Information Act. This document is a thorough description of how the CIA recommends interrogating a subject. To get the information that is needed there is nothing withheld short of torture. For example in &amp;#039;Threats and Fears,&amp;#039; the CIA authors note that &amp;#039;the threat of coercion usually weakens or destroys resistance more effectively than coercion itself. The threat to inflict pain, for example, can trigger fears more damaging than the immediate sensation of pain.&amp;#039; Under the subheading &amp;#039;Pain,&amp;#039; the guidelines discuss the theories behind various thresholds of pain, and recommend that a subject&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;resistance is likelier to be sapped by pain which he seems to inflict upon himself&amp;#039; such rather than by direct torture. The report suggests forcing the detainee to stand at attention for long periods of time. A section on sensory deprivations suggests imprisoning detainees in rooms without sensory stimuli of any kind, &amp;#039;in a cell which has no light,&amp;#039; for example.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mirage of Victory by Martin Hicks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671356</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671356">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671356</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mirage of Victory
Author: Martin Hicks
Narrator: John Delino Zeigler Jr.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
It is May of 1863 and the Civil War in North America has entered its third year. Facing a range of enemy threats, southern commander General Robert E. Lee proposes an invasion of the northern states to supply his army, relieve pressure on other imperilled fronts and to seek decisive victory on enemy territory that could end the war. Irish immigrant Daniel Ryan serves with his comrades of a Georgian regiment as the campaign unfolds, with Lee&amp;#039;s army manoeuvring northwards through Virginia and across the Potomac River into Maryland and Pennsylvania, moving towards a fateful encounter with the Union army around the market town of Gettysburg. Martin Hicks lives in Fraserburgh in Aberdeenshire, Scotland. He began writing after a career in education and &amp;#039;Mirage of Victory&amp;#039; is his sixth book, based on the experiences of Daniel Ryan in the American Civil War of 1861-65. Other novels by the same author: A Gathering of Soldiers Hard Passage North The Rappahannock Line A Season for Killing A Deepening Twilight</description>
      <author>Martin Hicks</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823446464.mp3" length="1271625" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671356</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823446464.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671356">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671356</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mirage of Victory
Author: Martin Hicks
Narrator: John Delino Zeigler Jr.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
It is May of 1863 and the Civil War in North America has entered its third year. Facing a range of enemy threats, southern commander General Robert E. Lee proposes an invasion of the northern states to supply his army, relieve pressure on other imperilled fronts and to seek decisive victory on enemy territory that could end the war. Irish immigrant Daniel Ryan serves with his comrades of a Georgian regiment as the campaign unfolds, with Lee&amp;#039;s army manoeuvring northwards through Virginia and across the Potomac River into Maryland and Pennsylvania, moving towards a fateful encounter with the Union army around the market town of Gettysburg. Martin Hicks lives in Fraserburgh in Aberdeenshire, Scotland. He began writing after a career in education and &amp;#039;Mirage of Victory&amp;#039; is his sixth book, based on the experiences of Daniel Ryan in the American Civil War of 1861-65. Other novels by the same author: A Gathering of Soldiers Hard Passage North The Rappahannock Line A Season for Killing A Deepening Twilight</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671356">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671356</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mirage of Victory
Author: Martin Hicks
Narrator: John Delino Zeigler Jr.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
It is May of 1863 and the Civil War in North America has entered its third year. Facing a range of enemy threats, southern commander General Robert E. Lee proposes an invasion of the northern states to supply his army, relieve pressure on other imperilled fronts and to seek decisive victory on enemy territory that could end the war. Irish immigrant Daniel Ryan serves with his comrades of a Georgian regiment as the campaign unfolds, with Lee&amp;#039;s army manoeuvring northwards through Virginia and across the Potomac River into Maryland and Pennsylvania, moving towards a fateful encounter with the Union army around the market town of Gettysburg. Martin Hicks lives in Fraserburgh in Aberdeenshire, Scotland. He began writing after a career in education and &amp;#039;Mirage of Victory&amp;#039; is his sixth book, based on the experiences of Daniel Ryan in the American Civil War of 1861-65. Other novels by the same author: A Gathering of Soldiers Hard Passage North The Rappahannock Line A Season for Killing A Deepening Twilight</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brave the Wild River: The Untold Story of Two Women Who Mapped the Botany of the Grand Canyon by Melissa L. Sevigny</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670900</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670900">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670900</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brave the Wild River: The Untold Story of Two Women Who Mapped the Botany of the Grand Canyon
Author: Melissa L. Sevigny
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the summer of 1938, botanists Elzada Clover and Lois Jotter set off to run the Colorado River, accompanied by an ambitious and entrepreneurial expedition leader, a zoologist, and two amateur boatmen. With its churning waters and treacherous boulders, the Colorado was famed as the most dangerous river in the world. Journalists and veteran river runners boldly proclaimed that the motley crew would never make it out alive. But for Clover and Jotter, the expedition held a tantalizing appeal: no one had yet surveyed the plant life of the Grand Canyon, and they were determined to be the first. Through the vibrant letters and diaries of the two women, science journalist Melissa L. Sevigny traces their daring forty-three-day journey down the river, during which they meticulously cataloged the thorny plants that thrived in the Grand Canyon&amp;#039;s secret nooks and crannies. Along the way, they chased a runaway boat, ran the river&amp;#039;s most fearsome rapids, and turned the harshest critic of female river runners into an ally. Clover and Jotter&amp;#039;s plant list, including four new cactus species, would one day become vital for efforts to protect and restore the river ecosystem. Brave the Wild River is a spellbinding adventure of two women who risked their lives to make an unprecedented botanical survey of a defining landscape in the American West.</description>
      <author>Melissa L. Sevigny</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696611978.mp3" length="7898882" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670900</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696611978.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670900">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670900</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brave the Wild River: The Untold Story of Two Women Who Mapped the Botany of the Grand Canyon
Author: Melissa L. Sevigny
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the summer of 1938, botanists Elzada Clover and Lois Jotter set off to run the Colorado River, accompanied by an ambitious and entrepreneurial expedition leader, a zoologist, and two amateur boatmen. With its churning waters and treacherous boulders, the Colorado was famed as the most dangerous river in the world. Journalists and veteran river runners boldly proclaimed that the motley crew would never make it out alive. But for Clover and Jotter, the expedition held a tantalizing appeal: no one had yet surveyed the plant life of the Grand Canyon, and they were determined to be the first. Through the vibrant letters and diaries of the two women, science journalist Melissa L. Sevigny traces their daring forty-three-day journey down the river, during which they meticulously cataloged the thorny plants that thrived in the Grand Canyon&amp;#039;s secret nooks and crannies. Along the way, they chased a runaway boat, ran the river&amp;#039;s most fearsome rapids, and turned the harshest critic of female river runners into an ally. Clover and Jotter&amp;#039;s plant list, including four new cactus species, would one day become vital for efforts to protect and restore the river ecosystem. Brave the Wild River is a spellbinding adventure of two women who risked their lives to make an unprecedented botanical survey of a defining landscape in the American West.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670900">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670900</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brave the Wild River: The Untold Story of Two Women Who Mapped the Botany of the Grand Canyon
Author: Melissa L. Sevigny
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the summer of 1938, botanists Elzada Clover and Lois Jotter set off to run the Colorado River, accompanied by an ambitious and entrepreneurial expedition leader, a zoologist, and two amateur boatmen. With its churning waters and treacherous boulders, the Colorado was famed as the most dangerous river in the world. Journalists and veteran river runners boldly proclaimed that the motley crew would never make it out alive. But for Clover and Jotter, the expedition held a tantalizing appeal: no one had yet surveyed the plant life of the Grand Canyon, and they were determined to be the first. Through the vibrant letters and diaries of the two women, science journalist Melissa L. Sevigny traces their daring forty-three-day journey down the river, during which they meticulously cataloged the thorny plants that thrived in the Grand Canyon&amp;#039;s secret nooks and crannies. Along the way, they chased a runaway boat, ran the river&amp;#039;s most fearsome rapids, and turned the harshest critic of female river runners into an ally. Clover and Jotter&amp;#039;s plant list, including four new cactus species, would one day become vital for efforts to protect and restore the river ecosystem. Brave the Wild River is a spellbinding adventure of two women who risked their lives to make an unprecedented botanical survey of a defining landscape in the American West.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Infinite Fountain of Light: Jonathan Edwards for the Twenty-First Century by George M. Marsden</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670888</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670888">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670888</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Infinite Fountain of Light: Jonathan Edwards for the Twenty-First Century
Author: George M. Marsden
Narrator: Tim Danko
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 1 minute
Release date: June 27, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
For perspective on our own times and how we got here, it helps to listen to wise guides from other eras. In An Infinite Fountain of Light, the renowned American historian George Marsden illuminates the landscape with wisdom from one such mentor: Jonathan Edwards. Drawing on his deep expertise on Edwards and American culture, Marsden explains where Edwards stood within his historical context and sets forth key points of his complex thought. By also considering Benjamin Franklin and George Whitefield, two of Edwards&amp;#039;s most influential contemporaries, Marsden unpacks the competing cultural and religious impulses that have shaped our times. In contrast, Edwards offered us an exhilarating view of the centrality of God&amp;#039;s beauty and love. Christians&amp;#039; love for God, he taught, can be the guiding love of our lives, opening us to transformative joy and orienting all our lesser loves. There is an infinite fullness of all possible good in God, a fullness of every perfection, of all excellency and beauty, and of infinite happiness, wrote Edwards. This infinite fountain of light should, diffusing its excellent fullness, pour forth light all around. With Marsden&amp;#039;s guidance, listeners will discover how Edwards&amp;#039;s insights can renew our own vision of the divine, of creation, and of ourselves.</description>
      <author>George M. Marsden</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666638318.mp3" length="798418" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670888</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666638318.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670888">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670888</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Infinite Fountain of Light: Jonathan Edwards for the Twenty-First Century
Author: George M. Marsden
Narrator: Tim Danko
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 1 minute
Release date: June 27, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
For perspective on our own times and how we got here, it helps to listen to wise guides from other eras. In An Infinite Fountain of Light, the renowned American historian George Marsden illuminates the landscape with wisdom from one such mentor: Jonathan Edwards. Drawing on his deep expertise on Edwards and American culture, Marsden explains where Edwards stood within his historical context and sets forth key points of his complex thought. By also considering Benjamin Franklin and George Whitefield, two of Edwards&amp;#039;s most influential contemporaries, Marsden unpacks the competing cultural and religious impulses that have shaped our times. In contrast, Edwards offered us an exhilarating view of the centrality of God&amp;#039;s beauty and love. Christians&amp;#039; love for God, he taught, can be the guiding love of our lives, opening us to transformative joy and orienting all our lesser loves. There is an infinite fullness of all possible good in God, a fullness of every perfection, of all excellency and beauty, and of infinite happiness, wrote Edwards. This infinite fountain of light should, diffusing its excellent fullness, pour forth light all around. With Marsden&amp;#039;s guidance, listeners will discover how Edwards&amp;#039;s insights can renew our own vision of the divine, of creation, and of ourselves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670888">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670888</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Infinite Fountain of Light: Jonathan Edwards for the Twenty-First Century
Author: George M. Marsden
Narrator: Tim Danko
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 1 minute
Release date: June 27, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
For perspective on our own times and how we got here, it helps to listen to wise guides from other eras. In An Infinite Fountain of Light, the renowned American historian George Marsden illuminates the landscape with wisdom from one such mentor: Jonathan Edwards. Drawing on his deep expertise on Edwards and American culture, Marsden explains where Edwards stood within his historical context and sets forth key points of his complex thought. By also considering Benjamin Franklin and George Whitefield, two of Edwards&amp;#039;s most influential contemporaries, Marsden unpacks the competing cultural and religious impulses that have shaped our times. In contrast, Edwards offered us an exhilarating view of the centrality of God&amp;#039;s beauty and love. Christians&amp;#039; love for God, he taught, can be the guiding love of our lives, opening us to transformative joy and orienting all our lesser loves. There is an infinite fullness of all possible good in God, a fullness of every perfection, of all excellency and beauty, and of infinite happiness, wrote Edwards. This infinite fountain of light should, diffusing its excellent fullness, pour forth light all around. With Marsden&amp;#039;s guidance, listeners will discover how Edwards&amp;#039;s insights can renew our own vision of the divine, of creation, and of ourselves.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>At Canaan&amp;#039;s Edge: America in the King Years 1965-68 by Taylor Branch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670779</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670779">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670779</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: At Canaan&amp;#039;s Edge: America in the King Years 1965-68
Author: Taylor Branch
Narrator: Leon Nixon, Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 34 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
At Canaan’s Edge: America in the King Years, 1965-68 is the final volume in Taylor Branch&amp;#039;s magnificent history of America in the years of the Civil Rights Movement and Vietnam War, recognized universally as the definitive account and ultimate recognition of Martin Luther King&amp;#039;s heroic place in the nation&amp;#039;s history. The final volume of Taylor Branch&amp;#039;s monumental, much honored, and definitive history of the Civil Rights Movement (America in the King Years), At Canaan&amp;#039;s Edge covers the final years of King&amp;#039;s struggle to hold his non-violent movement together in the face of factionalism within the Movement, hostility and harassment of the Johnson Administration, the country torn apart by Vietnam, and his own attempt (and failure) to take the Freedom Movement north.   At Canaan&amp;#039;s Edge traces a seminal era in our defining national story, freedom. The narrative resumes in Selma, crucible of the voting rights struggle for black people across the South. The time is early 1965, when the modern Civil Rights Movement enters its second decade since the Supreme Court&amp;#039;s Brown decision declared segregation by race a violation of the Constitution.   From Selma, King&amp;#039;s non-violent Movement is under threat from competing forces inside and outside. Branch chronicles the dramatic voting rights drives in Mississippi and Alabama, Meredith&amp;#039;s murder, the challenge to King from the Johnson Administration and the FBI and other enemies. When King tries to bring his Movement north (to Chicago), he falters. Finally we reach Memphis, the garbage strike, King&amp;#039;s assassination.   Branch&amp;#039;s magnificent trilogy makes clear why the Civil Rights Movement, and indeed King&amp;#039;s leadership, are among the nation&amp;#039;s enduring achievements.</description>
      <author>Taylor Branch</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508298878.mp3" length="798922" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670779</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508298878.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>34:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670779">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670779</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: At Canaan&amp;#039;s Edge: America in the King Years 1965-68
Author: Taylor Branch
Narrator: Leon Nixon, Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 34 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
At Canaan’s Edge: America in the King Years, 1965-68 is the final volume in Taylor Branch&amp;#039;s magnificent history of America in the years of the Civil Rights Movement and Vietnam War, recognized universally as the definitive account and ultimate recognition of Martin Luther King&amp;#039;s heroic place in the nation&amp;#039;s history. The final volume of Taylor Branch&amp;#039;s monumental, much honored, and definitive history of the Civil Rights Movement (America in the King Years), At Canaan&amp;#039;s Edge covers the final years of King&amp;#039;s struggle to hold his non-violent movement together in the face of factionalism within the Movement, hostility and harassment of the Johnson Administration, the country torn apart by Vietnam, and his own attempt (and failure) to take the Freedom Movement north.   At Canaan&amp;#039;s Edge traces a seminal era in our defining national story, freedom. The narrative resumes in Selma, crucible of the voting rights struggle for black people across the South. The time is early 1965, when the modern Civil Rights Movement enters its second decade since the Supreme Court&amp;#039;s Brown decision declared segregation by race a violation of the Constitution.   From Selma, King&amp;#039;s non-violent Movement is under threat from competing forces inside and outside. Branch chronicles the dramatic voting rights drives in Mississippi and Alabama, Meredith&amp;#039;s murder, the challenge to King from the Johnson Administration and the FBI and other enemies. When King tries to bring his Movement north (to Chicago), he falters. Finally we reach Memphis, the garbage strike, King&amp;#039;s assassination.   Branch&amp;#039;s magnificent trilogy makes clear why the Civil Rights Movement, and indeed King&amp;#039;s leadership, are among the nation&amp;#039;s enduring achievements.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670779">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670779</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: At Canaan&amp;#039;s Edge: America in the King Years 1965-68
Author: Taylor Branch
Narrator: Leon Nixon, Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 34 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
At Canaan’s Edge: America in the King Years, 1965-68 is the final volume in Taylor Branch&amp;#039;s magnificent history of America in the years of the Civil Rights Movement and Vietnam War, recognized universally as the definitive account and ultimate recognition of Martin Luther King&amp;#039;s heroic place in the nation&amp;#039;s history. The final volume of Taylor Branch&amp;#039;s monumental, much honored, and definitive history of the Civil Rights Movement (America in the King Years), At Canaan&amp;#039;s Edge covers the final years of King&amp;#039;s struggle to hold his non-violent movement together in the face of factionalism within the Movement, hostility and harassment of the Johnson Administration, the country torn apart by Vietnam, and his own attempt (and failure) to take the Freedom Movement north.   At Canaan&amp;#039;s Edge traces a seminal era in our defining national story, freedom. The narrative resumes in Selma, crucible of the voting rights struggle for black people across the South. The time is early 1965, when the modern Civil Rights Movement enters its second decade since the Supreme Court&amp;#039;s Brown decision declared segregation by race a violation of the Constitution.   From Selma, King&amp;#039;s non-violent Movement is under threat from competing forces inside and outside. Branch chronicles the dramatic voting rights drives in Mississippi and Alabama, Meredith&amp;#039;s murder, the challenge to King from the Johnson Administration and the FBI and other enemies. When King tries to bring his Movement north (to Chicago), he falters. Finally we reach Memphis, the garbage strike, King&amp;#039;s assassination.   Branch&amp;#039;s magnificent trilogy makes clear why the Civil Rights Movement, and indeed King&amp;#039;s leadership, are among the nation&amp;#039;s enduring achievements.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Flag Was Still There: The Star Spangled Banner that Survived the British and 200 Years―And the Armistead Family Who Saved It by Tom McMillan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669926</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Flag Was Still There: The Star Spangled Banner that Survived the British and 200 Years―And the Armistead Family Who Saved It
Author: Tom McMillan
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Our Flag Was Still There details the improbable two-hundred-year journey of the original Star-Spangled Banner—from Fort McHenry in 1814, when Francis Scott Key first saw it, to the Smithsonian—and the enduring family who defended, kept, hid, and ultimately donated the most famous flag in American history. Francis Scott Key saw the original Star-Spangled Banner flying over Baltimore’s Fort McHenry on September 14, 1814, following a twenty-five-hour bombardment by the British Navy, inspiring him to write the words to our national anthem. Torn and tattered over the years, reduced in size to appease souvenir-hunters, stuffed away in a New York City vault for the last two decades of the nineteenth century, the flag’s mere existence after two hundred years is an improbable story of dedication, perseverance, patriotism, angst, inner-family squabbles, and, yes, more than a little luck. For this unlikely feat, we have the Armistead family to thank—led by Lieutenant Colonel George Armistead, commander of Fort McHenry, who took it home after the battle in clear defiance of US Army regulations. It is only because of that quiet indiscretion that the flag survives to this day. Armistead’s descendants kept and protected their family heirloom for ninety years. The flag’s first photo was not taken until 1873, almost sixty years after Key saw it waving, and most Americans did not even know of its existence until Armistead’s grandson loaned it to the Smithsonian in 1907. Tom McMillan tells a story as no one has before. Digging deep into the archives of Fort McHenry and the Smithsonian, accessing never-before-published letters and documents, and presenting rare photos from the private collections of Armistead descendants and other sources, McMillan follows the flag on an often-perilous journey through two centuries. Our Flag Was Still There provides new insight into an intriguing period of US history, offering a “story behind the story” account of one of the country’s most treasured relics.</description>
      <author>Tom McMillan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212341882.mp3" length="855501" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669926</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212341882.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Flag Was Still There: The Star Spangled Banner that Survived the British and 200 Years―And the Armistead Family Who Saved It
Author: Tom McMillan
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Our Flag Was Still There details the improbable two-hundred-year journey of the original Star-Spangled Banner—from Fort McHenry in 1814, when Francis Scott Key first saw it, to the Smithsonian—and the enduring family who defended, kept, hid, and ultimately donated the most famous flag in American history. Francis Scott Key saw the original Star-Spangled Banner flying over Baltimore’s Fort McHenry on September 14, 1814, following a twenty-five-hour bombardment by the British Navy, inspiring him to write the words to our national anthem. Torn and tattered over the years, reduced in size to appease souvenir-hunters, stuffed away in a New York City vault for the last two decades of the nineteenth century, the flag’s mere existence after two hundred years is an improbable story of dedication, perseverance, patriotism, angst, inner-family squabbles, and, yes, more than a little luck. For this unlikely feat, we have the Armistead family to thank—led by Lieutenant Colonel George Armistead, commander of Fort McHenry, who took it home after the battle in clear defiance of US Army regulations. It is only because of that quiet indiscretion that the flag survives to this day. Armistead’s descendants kept and protected their family heirloom for ninety years. The flag’s first photo was not taken until 1873, almost sixty years after Key saw it waving, and most Americans did not even know of its existence until Armistead’s grandson loaned it to the Smithsonian in 1907. Tom McMillan tells a story as no one has before. Digging deep into the archives of Fort McHenry and the Smithsonian, accessing never-before-published letters and documents, and presenting rare photos from the private collections of Armistead descendants and other sources, McMillan follows the flag on an often-perilous journey through two centuries. Our Flag Was Still There provides new insight into an intriguing period of US history, offering a “story behind the story” account of one of the country’s most treasured relics.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Flag Was Still There: The Star Spangled Banner that Survived the British and 200 Years―And the Armistead Family Who Saved It
Author: Tom McMillan
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Our Flag Was Still There details the improbable two-hundred-year journey of the original Star-Spangled Banner—from Fort McHenry in 1814, when Francis Scott Key first saw it, to the Smithsonian—and the enduring family who defended, kept, hid, and ultimately donated the most famous flag in American history. Francis Scott Key saw the original Star-Spangled Banner flying over Baltimore’s Fort McHenry on September 14, 1814, following a twenty-five-hour bombardment by the British Navy, inspiring him to write the words to our national anthem. Torn and tattered over the years, reduced in size to appease souvenir-hunters, stuffed away in a New York City vault for the last two decades of the nineteenth century, the flag’s mere existence after two hundred years is an improbable story of dedication, perseverance, patriotism, angst, inner-family squabbles, and, yes, more than a little luck. For this unlikely feat, we have the Armistead family to thank—led by Lieutenant Colonel George Armistead, commander of Fort McHenry, who took it home after the battle in clear defiance of US Army regulations. It is only because of that quiet indiscretion that the flag survives to this day. Armistead’s descendants kept and protected their family heirloom for ninety years. The flag’s first photo was not taken until 1873, almost sixty years after Key saw it waving, and most Americans did not even know of its existence until Armistead’s grandson loaned it to the Smithsonian in 1907. Tom McMillan tells a story as no one has before. Digging deep into the archives of Fort McHenry and the Smithsonian, accessing never-before-published letters and documents, and presenting rare photos from the private collections of Armistead descendants and other sources, McMillan follows the flag on an often-perilous journey through two centuries. Our Flag Was Still There provides new insight into an intriguing period of US history, offering a “story behind the story” account of one of the country’s most treasured relics.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Winning of the West, Vol. 1: From the Alleghanies to the Mississippi, 1769–1776 by Theodore Roosevelt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669864</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669864">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669864</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Winning of the West, Vol. 1: From the Alleghanies to the Mississippi, 1769–1776
Series: #1 of The Winning of the West
Author: Theodore Roosevelt
Narrator: Joseph Tabler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Dusty Tomes Audio BookIn Cooperation with Spoken Realms The Winning of the West by Theodore Roosevelt. A Major US History Series in four volumes. G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1889.Volume One—From the Alleghanies to the Mississippi, 1769–1776 Narrated by Joseph TablerNote—This book is “read as written.” It was published in 1889. It is in the public domain. We all know of Theodore Roosevelt being the US president from 1901 to 1909, an American politician, statesman, soldier, conservationist, and naturalist. But few know of him being an acclaimed historian. Roosevelt’s The Winning of the West quickly became a bestseller. The first edition of his book sold out in little more than a month and helped establish Roosevelt as a literary man and scholar, placing him on a path toward future greatness. CONTENTS OF THE FIRST VOLUME: PrefaceCHAPTER I. THE SPREAD OF THE ENGLISH SPEAKING PEOPLES.CHAPTER II. THE FRENCH OF THE OHIO VALLEY, 1763–1775.CHAPTER III. THE APPALACHIAN CONFEDERACIES, 1765–1775.CHAPTER IV. THE ALGONQUINS OF THE NORTHWEST, 1769–1774.CHAPTER V. THE BACKWOODSMEN OF THE ALLEGHANIES, 1769–1774.CHAPTER VI. BOON AND THE LONG HUNTERS; AND THEIR HUNTING IN NO-MAN’S-LAND, 1769–1774.CHAPTER VII. SEVIER, ROBERTSON, AND THE WATAUGA COMMONWEALTH, 1769–1774.CHAPTER VIII. LORD DUNMORE’S WAR, 1774.CHAPTER IX. THE BATTLE OF THE GREAT KANAWHA; AND LOGAN’S SPEECH, 1774.CHAPTER X. BOON AND THE SETTLEMENT OF KENTUCKY, 1775.CHAPTER XI. IN THE CURRENT OF THE REVOLUTION—THE SOUTHERN BACKWOODSMEN OVERWHELM THE CHEROKEES, 1776.CHAPTER XII. GROWTH AND CIVIL ORGANIZATION OF KENTUCKY, 1776. Dusty Tomes Audio Books are public domain books retrieved from the ravages of time. Available as never before, as audio books, for your edification, pleasure, and consideration.</description>
      <author>Theodore Roosevelt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212536363.mp3" length="893242" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669864</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212536363.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669864">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669864</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Winning of the West, Vol. 1: From the Alleghanies to the Mississippi, 1769–1776
Series: #1 of The Winning of the West
Author: Theodore Roosevelt
Narrator: Joseph Tabler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Dusty Tomes Audio BookIn Cooperation with Spoken Realms The Winning of the West by Theodore Roosevelt. A Major US History Series in four volumes. G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1889.Volume One—From the Alleghanies to the Mississippi, 1769–1776 Narrated by Joseph TablerNote—This book is “read as written.” It was published in 1889. It is in the public domain. We all know of Theodore Roosevelt being the US president from 1901 to 1909, an American politician, statesman, soldier, conservationist, and naturalist. But few know of him being an acclaimed historian. Roosevelt’s The Winning of the West quickly became a bestseller. The first edition of his book sold out in little more than a month and helped establish Roosevelt as a literary man and scholar, placing him on a path toward future greatness. CONTENTS OF THE FIRST VOLUME: PrefaceCHAPTER I. THE SPREAD OF THE ENGLISH SPEAKING PEOPLES.CHAPTER II. THE FRENCH OF THE OHIO VALLEY, 1763–1775.CHAPTER III. THE APPALACHIAN CONFEDERACIES, 1765–1775.CHAPTER IV. THE ALGONQUINS OF THE NORTHWEST, 1769–1774.CHAPTER V. THE BACKWOODSMEN OF THE ALLEGHANIES, 1769–1774.CHAPTER VI. BOON AND THE LONG HUNTERS; AND THEIR HUNTING IN NO-MAN’S-LAND, 1769–1774.CHAPTER VII. SEVIER, ROBERTSON, AND THE WATAUGA COMMONWEALTH, 1769–1774.CHAPTER VIII. LORD DUNMORE’S WAR, 1774.CHAPTER IX. THE BATTLE OF THE GREAT KANAWHA; AND LOGAN’S SPEECH, 1774.CHAPTER X. BOON AND THE SETTLEMENT OF KENTUCKY, 1775.CHAPTER XI. IN THE CURRENT OF THE REVOLUTION—THE SOUTHERN BACKWOODSMEN OVERWHELM THE CHEROKEES, 1776.CHAPTER XII. GROWTH AND CIVIL ORGANIZATION OF KENTUCKY, 1776. Dusty Tomes Audio Books are public domain books retrieved from the ravages of time. Available as never before, as audio books, for your edification, pleasure, and consideration.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669864">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669864</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Winning of the West, Vol. 1: From the Alleghanies to the Mississippi, 1769–1776
Series: #1 of The Winning of the West
Author: Theodore Roosevelt
Narrator: Joseph Tabler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Dusty Tomes Audio BookIn Cooperation with Spoken Realms The Winning of the West by Theodore Roosevelt. A Major US History Series in four volumes. G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1889.Volume One—From the Alleghanies to the Mississippi, 1769–1776 Narrated by Joseph TablerNote—This book is “read as written.” It was published in 1889. It is in the public domain. We all know of Theodore Roosevelt being the US president from 1901 to 1909, an American politician, statesman, soldier, conservationist, and naturalist. But few know of him being an acclaimed historian. Roosevelt’s The Winning of the West quickly became a bestseller. The first edition of his book sold out in little more than a month and helped establish Roosevelt as a literary man and scholar, placing him on a path toward future greatness. CONTENTS OF THE FIRST VOLUME: PrefaceCHAPTER I. THE SPREAD OF THE ENGLISH SPEAKING PEOPLES.CHAPTER II. THE FRENCH OF THE OHIO VALLEY, 1763–1775.CHAPTER III. THE APPALACHIAN CONFEDERACIES, 1765–1775.CHAPTER IV. THE ALGONQUINS OF THE NORTHWEST, 1769–1774.CHAPTER V. THE BACKWOODSMEN OF THE ALLEGHANIES, 1769–1774.CHAPTER VI. BOON AND THE LONG HUNTERS; AND THEIR HUNTING IN NO-MAN’S-LAND, 1769–1774.CHAPTER VII. SEVIER, ROBERTSON, AND THE WATAUGA COMMONWEALTH, 1769–1774.CHAPTER VIII. LORD DUNMORE’S WAR, 1774.CHAPTER IX. THE BATTLE OF THE GREAT KANAWHA; AND LOGAN’S SPEECH, 1774.CHAPTER X. BOON AND THE SETTLEMENT OF KENTUCKY, 1775.CHAPTER XI. IN THE CURRENT OF THE REVOLUTION—THE SOUTHERN BACKWOODSMEN OVERWHELM THE CHEROKEES, 1776.CHAPTER XII. GROWTH AND CIVIL ORGANIZATION OF KENTUCKY, 1776. Dusty Tomes Audio Books are public domain books retrieved from the ravages of time. Available as never before, as audio books, for your edification, pleasure, and consideration.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Let This Radicalize You: Organizing and the Revolution of Reciprocal Care by Mariame Kaba, Kelly Hayes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669784</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let This Radicalize You: Organizing and the Revolution of Reciprocal Care
Author: Mariame Kaba, Kelly Hayes
Narrator: Diana Blue
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 42 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
What fuels and sustains activism and organizing when it feels like our worlds are collapsing? Let This Radicalize You is a practical and imaginative resource for activists and organizers building power in an era of destabilization and catastrophe. Longtime organizers and movement educators Mariame Kaba and Kelly Hayes examine some of the political lessons of the COVID-19 pandemic, including the convergence of mass protest and mass formations of mutual aid, and consider what this confluence of power can teach us about a future that will require mass acts of care, rescue, and defense, in the face of both state violence and environmental disaster. The book is intended to aid and empower activists and organizers as they attempt to map their own journeys through the work of justice-making. It includes insights from a spectrum of experienced organizers, including Sharon Lungo, Carlos Saavedra, Ejeris Dixon, Barbara Ransby, and Ruth Wilson Gilmore about some of the difficult and joyous lessons they have learned in their work.</description>
      <author>Mariame Kaba, Kelly Hayes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350835229.mp3" length="7749729" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669784</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350835229.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let This Radicalize You: Organizing and the Revolution of Reciprocal Care
Author: Mariame Kaba, Kelly Hayes
Narrator: Diana Blue
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 42 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
What fuels and sustains activism and organizing when it feels like our worlds are collapsing? Let This Radicalize You is a practical and imaginative resource for activists and organizers building power in an era of destabilization and catastrophe. Longtime organizers and movement educators Mariame Kaba and Kelly Hayes examine some of the political lessons of the COVID-19 pandemic, including the convergence of mass protest and mass formations of mutual aid, and consider what this confluence of power can teach us about a future that will require mass acts of care, rescue, and defense, in the face of both state violence and environmental disaster. The book is intended to aid and empower activists and organizers as they attempt to map their own journeys through the work of justice-making. It includes insights from a spectrum of experienced organizers, including Sharon Lungo, Carlos Saavedra, Ejeris Dixon, Barbara Ransby, and Ruth Wilson Gilmore about some of the difficult and joyous lessons they have learned in their work.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let This Radicalize You: Organizing and the Revolution of Reciprocal Care
Author: Mariame Kaba, Kelly Hayes
Narrator: Diana Blue
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 42 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
What fuels and sustains activism and organizing when it feels like our worlds are collapsing? Let This Radicalize You is a practical and imaginative resource for activists and organizers building power in an era of destabilization and catastrophe. Longtime organizers and movement educators Mariame Kaba and Kelly Hayes examine some of the political lessons of the COVID-19 pandemic, including the convergence of mass protest and mass formations of mutual aid, and consider what this confluence of power can teach us about a future that will require mass acts of care, rescue, and defense, in the face of both state violence and environmental disaster. The book is intended to aid and empower activists and organizers as they attempt to map their own journeys through the work of justice-making. It includes insights from a spectrum of experienced organizers, including Sharon Lungo, Carlos Saavedra, Ejeris Dixon, Barbara Ransby, and Ruth Wilson Gilmore about some of the difficult and joyous lessons they have learned in their work.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Slow, Calculated Lynching: The Story of Clyde Kennard by Devery S. Anderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669781</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Slow, Calculated Lynching: The Story of Clyde Kennard
Author: Devery S. Anderson
Narrator: James Fouhey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the years following Brown v. Board of Education, countless Black citizens endured violent resistance and even death while fighting for their constitutional rights. One of those citizens, Clyde Kennard, a Korean War veteran and civil rights leader from Hattiesburg, Mississippi, attempted repeatedly to enroll at the all-white Mississippi Southern College in the late 1950s. In A Slow, Calculated Lynching, Devery S. Anderson tells the story of a man who paid the ultimate price for trying to attend a white college during Jim Crow. Anderson examines the relentless subterfuge against Kennard, including the cruelly successful attempts to frame him—once for a misdemeanor and then for a felony. This second conviction resulted in a sentence at Mississippi State Penitentiary, forever disqualifying him from attending a state-sponsored school. While imprisoned, he developed cancer, was denied care, then sadly died six months after the governor commuted his sentence. In this prolonged lynching, Clyde Kennard was robbed of his ambitions and ultimately his life, but his final days and legacy reject the notion that he was powerless. Anderson highlights the resolve of friends and fellow activists to posthumously restore his name. He was gone, but countless others still benefit from Kennard&amp;#039;s legacy and the biracial, bipartisan effort he inspired.</description>
      <author>Devery S. Anderson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350828924.mp3" length="13408714" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669781</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350828924.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Slow, Calculated Lynching: The Story of Clyde Kennard
Author: Devery S. Anderson
Narrator: James Fouhey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the years following Brown v. Board of Education, countless Black citizens endured violent resistance and even death while fighting for their constitutional rights. One of those citizens, Clyde Kennard, a Korean War veteran and civil rights leader from Hattiesburg, Mississippi, attempted repeatedly to enroll at the all-white Mississippi Southern College in the late 1950s. In A Slow, Calculated Lynching, Devery S. Anderson tells the story of a man who paid the ultimate price for trying to attend a white college during Jim Crow. Anderson examines the relentless subterfuge against Kennard, including the cruelly successful attempts to frame him—once for a misdemeanor and then for a felony. This second conviction resulted in a sentence at Mississippi State Penitentiary, forever disqualifying him from attending a state-sponsored school. While imprisoned, he developed cancer, was denied care, then sadly died six months after the governor commuted his sentence. In this prolonged lynching, Clyde Kennard was robbed of his ambitions and ultimately his life, but his final days and legacy reject the notion that he was powerless. Anderson highlights the resolve of friends and fellow activists to posthumously restore his name. He was gone, but countless others still benefit from Kennard&amp;#039;s legacy and the biracial, bipartisan effort he inspired.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Slow, Calculated Lynching: The Story of Clyde Kennard
Author: Devery S. Anderson
Narrator: James Fouhey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the years following Brown v. Board of Education, countless Black citizens endured violent resistance and even death while fighting for their constitutional rights. One of those citizens, Clyde Kennard, a Korean War veteran and civil rights leader from Hattiesburg, Mississippi, attempted repeatedly to enroll at the all-white Mississippi Southern College in the late 1950s. In A Slow, Calculated Lynching, Devery S. Anderson tells the story of a man who paid the ultimate price for trying to attend a white college during Jim Crow. Anderson examines the relentless subterfuge against Kennard, including the cruelly successful attempts to frame him—once for a misdemeanor and then for a felony. This second conviction resulted in a sentence at Mississippi State Penitentiary, forever disqualifying him from attending a state-sponsored school. While imprisoned, he developed cancer, was denied care, then sadly died six months after the governor commuted his sentence. In this prolonged lynching, Clyde Kennard was robbed of his ambitions and ultimately his life, but his final days and legacy reject the notion that he was powerless. Anderson highlights the resolve of friends and fellow activists to posthumously restore his name. He was gone, but countless others still benefit from Kennard&amp;#039;s legacy and the biracial, bipartisan effort he inspired.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This Is My Jail: Local Politics and the Rise of Mass Incarceration by Melanie Newport</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669777</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Is My Jail: Local Politics and the Rise of Mass Incarceration
Author: Melanie Newport
Narrator: Faith Connor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
While state and federal prisons like Attica and Alcatraz occupy a central place in the national consciousness, most incarceration in the US occurs within the walls of local jails. In This Is My Jail, Melanie D. Newport situates the late twentieth-century escalation of mass incarceration in a longer history of racialized, politically repressive jailing. Centering the political actions of people until now overlooked—jailed people, wardens, corrections officers, sheriffs, and the countless community members who battled over the functions and impact of jails—Newport shows how local, grassroots contestation shaped the rise of the carceral state. As ground zero for struggles over criminal justice reform, jails in Chicago and Cook County were models for jailers and advocates across the nation who aimed to redefine jails as institutions of benevolent transformation. From a slave sale on the jail steps to new jail buildings to electronic monitoring, from therapy to job training, these efforts further criminalized jailed people and diminished their capacity to organize for their civil rights. With prisoners as famous as Al Capone, Dick Gregory, and Harold Washington, and a place in culture ranging from Upton Sinclair&amp;#039;s The Jungle to B. B. King&amp;#039;s Live in Cook County Jail, This Is My Jail places jails at the heart of twentieth-century urban life and politics.</description>
      <author>Melanie Newport</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 May 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350824742.mp3" length="7289073" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669777</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350824742.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Is My Jail: Local Politics and the Rise of Mass Incarceration
Author: Melanie Newport
Narrator: Faith Connor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
While state and federal prisons like Attica and Alcatraz occupy a central place in the national consciousness, most incarceration in the US occurs within the walls of local jails. In This Is My Jail, Melanie D. Newport situates the late twentieth-century escalation of mass incarceration in a longer history of racialized, politically repressive jailing. Centering the political actions of people until now overlooked—jailed people, wardens, corrections officers, sheriffs, and the countless community members who battled over the functions and impact of jails—Newport shows how local, grassroots contestation shaped the rise of the carceral state. As ground zero for struggles over criminal justice reform, jails in Chicago and Cook County were models for jailers and advocates across the nation who aimed to redefine jails as institutions of benevolent transformation. From a slave sale on the jail steps to new jail buildings to electronic monitoring, from therapy to job training, these efforts further criminalized jailed people and diminished their capacity to organize for their civil rights. With prisoners as famous as Al Capone, Dick Gregory, and Harold Washington, and a place in culture ranging from Upton Sinclair&amp;#039;s The Jungle to B. B. King&amp;#039;s Live in Cook County Jail, This Is My Jail places jails at the heart of twentieth-century urban life and politics.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Is My Jail: Local Politics and the Rise of Mass Incarceration
Author: Melanie Newport
Narrator: Faith Connor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
While state and federal prisons like Attica and Alcatraz occupy a central place in the national consciousness, most incarceration in the US occurs within the walls of local jails. In This Is My Jail, Melanie D. Newport situates the late twentieth-century escalation of mass incarceration in a longer history of racialized, politically repressive jailing. Centering the political actions of people until now overlooked—jailed people, wardens, corrections officers, sheriffs, and the countless community members who battled over the functions and impact of jails—Newport shows how local, grassroots contestation shaped the rise of the carceral state. As ground zero for struggles over criminal justice reform, jails in Chicago and Cook County were models for jailers and advocates across the nation who aimed to redefine jails as institutions of benevolent transformation. From a slave sale on the jail steps to new jail buildings to electronic monitoring, from therapy to job training, these efforts further criminalized jailed people and diminished their capacity to organize for their civil rights. With prisoners as famous as Al Capone, Dick Gregory, and Harold Washington, and a place in culture ranging from Upton Sinclair&amp;#039;s The Jungle to B. B. King&amp;#039;s Live in Cook County Jail, This Is My Jail places jails at the heart of twentieth-century urban life and politics.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Grant at 200: Reconsidering the Life and Legacy of Ulysses S. Grant by Frank J. Scaturro, Chris Mackowski Phd</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669770</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grant at 200: Reconsidering the Life and Legacy of Ulysses S. Grant
Author: Frank J. Scaturro, Chris Mackowski Phd
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Ulysses S. Grant stood at the center of the American Civil War maelstrom. The Ohio native answered his nation&amp;#039;s call to service and finished the war as a lieutenant general in command of the United States Army. Four years later, he ascended to the presidency to better secure the peace he had helped win on the battlefield. Despite his major achievements in war and peace, political and sectional enemies battered his reputation. For nearly a century, his military and political career remained deeply misunderstood. Since the Civil War centennial, however, Grant&amp;#039;s reputation has blossomed into a full renaissance. His military record garners new respect and, more recently, an appreciation for his political career—particularly his strong advocacy for equal rights—is quickly catching up. Throughout these decades, his personal memoirs marking him as a significant American &amp;#039;Man of Letters&amp;#039; have never gone out of print. Grant at 200: Reconsidering the Life and Legacy of Ulysses S. Grant celebrates the bicentennial of the birth of a man whose towering impact on American history has often been overshadowed and, in many cases, ignored. This collection of essays by some of today&amp;#039;s leading Grant scholars offers fresh perspectives on Grant&amp;#039;s military career and presidency, as well as underexplored personal topics such as his faith and family life.</description>
      <author>Frank J. Scaturro, Chris Mackowski Phd</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350816464.mp3" length="13814106" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669770</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350816464.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grant at 200: Reconsidering the Life and Legacy of Ulysses S. Grant
Author: Frank J. Scaturro, Chris Mackowski Phd
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Ulysses S. Grant stood at the center of the American Civil War maelstrom. The Ohio native answered his nation&amp;#039;s call to service and finished the war as a lieutenant general in command of the United States Army. Four years later, he ascended to the presidency to better secure the peace he had helped win on the battlefield. Despite his major achievements in war and peace, political and sectional enemies battered his reputation. For nearly a century, his military and political career remained deeply misunderstood. Since the Civil War centennial, however, Grant&amp;#039;s reputation has blossomed into a full renaissance. His military record garners new respect and, more recently, an appreciation for his political career—particularly his strong advocacy for equal rights—is quickly catching up. Throughout these decades, his personal memoirs marking him as a significant American &amp;#039;Man of Letters&amp;#039; have never gone out of print. Grant at 200: Reconsidering the Life and Legacy of Ulysses S. Grant celebrates the bicentennial of the birth of a man whose towering impact on American history has often been overshadowed and, in many cases, ignored. This collection of essays by some of today&amp;#039;s leading Grant scholars offers fresh perspectives on Grant&amp;#039;s military career and presidency, as well as underexplored personal topics such as his faith and family life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grant at 200: Reconsidering the Life and Legacy of Ulysses S. Grant
Author: Frank J. Scaturro, Chris Mackowski Phd
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Ulysses S. Grant stood at the center of the American Civil War maelstrom. The Ohio native answered his nation&amp;#039;s call to service and finished the war as a lieutenant general in command of the United States Army. Four years later, he ascended to the presidency to better secure the peace he had helped win on the battlefield. Despite his major achievements in war and peace, political and sectional enemies battered his reputation. For nearly a century, his military and political career remained deeply misunderstood. Since the Civil War centennial, however, Grant&amp;#039;s reputation has blossomed into a full renaissance. His military record garners new respect and, more recently, an appreciation for his political career—particularly his strong advocacy for equal rights—is quickly catching up. Throughout these decades, his personal memoirs marking him as a significant American &amp;#039;Man of Letters&amp;#039; have never gone out of print. Grant at 200: Reconsidering the Life and Legacy of Ulysses S. Grant celebrates the bicentennial of the birth of a man whose towering impact on American history has often been overshadowed and, in many cases, ignored. This collection of essays by some of today&amp;#039;s leading Grant scholars offers fresh perspectives on Grant&amp;#039;s military career and presidency, as well as underexplored personal topics such as his faith and family life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Red Dead Redemption: History, Myth, and Violence in the Video Game West by Esther Wright, John Wills</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669753</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Red Dead Redemption: History, Myth, and Violence in the Video Game West
Author: Esther Wright, John Wills
Narrator: Andrew Joseph Perez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
While the Western was dying a slow death across the cultural landscape, it was blazing back to life as a video game in the early twenty-first century. Rockstar Games&amp;#039; Red Dead franchise, beginning with Red Dead Revolver in 2004, has grown into one of the most critically acclaimed video game franchises of the twenty-first century. Red Dead Redemption: History, Myth, and Violence in the Video Game West offers a critical, interdisciplinary look at this cultural phenomenon at the intersection of game studies and American history. Drawing on game studies, western history, American studies, and cultural studies, the authors train a wide-ranging, deeply informed analytic perspective on the Red Dead franchise—from its earliest incarnation to the latest, Red Dead Redemption 2 (2018). Their intersecting chapters put the series in the context of American history, culture, and contemporary media, with inquiries into issues of authenticity, realism, the meaning of play and commercial promotion, and the relationship between the game and the wider cultural iterations of the classic Western. The contributors also delve into the role the series&amp;#039; development has played in recent debates around working conditions in the gaming industry and gaming culture.</description>
      <author>Esther Wright, John Wills</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350807783.mp3" length="8181080" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669753</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350807783.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Red Dead Redemption: History, Myth, and Violence in the Video Game West
Author: Esther Wright, John Wills
Narrator: Andrew Joseph Perez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
While the Western was dying a slow death across the cultural landscape, it was blazing back to life as a video game in the early twenty-first century. Rockstar Games&amp;#039; Red Dead franchise, beginning with Red Dead Revolver in 2004, has grown into one of the most critically acclaimed video game franchises of the twenty-first century. Red Dead Redemption: History, Myth, and Violence in the Video Game West offers a critical, interdisciplinary look at this cultural phenomenon at the intersection of game studies and American history. Drawing on game studies, western history, American studies, and cultural studies, the authors train a wide-ranging, deeply informed analytic perspective on the Red Dead franchise—from its earliest incarnation to the latest, Red Dead Redemption 2 (2018). Their intersecting chapters put the series in the context of American history, culture, and contemporary media, with inquiries into issues of authenticity, realism, the meaning of play and commercial promotion, and the relationship between the game and the wider cultural iterations of the classic Western. The contributors also delve into the role the series&amp;#039; development has played in recent debates around working conditions in the gaming industry and gaming culture.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Red Dead Redemption: History, Myth, and Violence in the Video Game West
Author: Esther Wright, John Wills
Narrator: Andrew Joseph Perez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
While the Western was dying a slow death across the cultural landscape, it was blazing back to life as a video game in the early twenty-first century. Rockstar Games&amp;#039; Red Dead franchise, beginning with Red Dead Revolver in 2004, has grown into one of the most critically acclaimed video game franchises of the twenty-first century. Red Dead Redemption: History, Myth, and Violence in the Video Game West offers a critical, interdisciplinary look at this cultural phenomenon at the intersection of game studies and American history. Drawing on game studies, western history, American studies, and cultural studies, the authors train a wide-ranging, deeply informed analytic perspective on the Red Dead franchise—from its earliest incarnation to the latest, Red Dead Redemption 2 (2018). Their intersecting chapters put the series in the context of American history, culture, and contemporary media, with inquiries into issues of authenticity, realism, the meaning of play and commercial promotion, and the relationship between the game and the wider cultural iterations of the classic Western. The contributors also delve into the role the series&amp;#039; development has played in recent debates around working conditions in the gaming industry and gaming culture.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Vanishing Point: The Search for a B-24 Bomber Crew Lost on the World War II Home Front by Tom Wilber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669750</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vanishing Point: The Search for a B-24 Bomber Crew Lost on the World War II Home Front
Author: Tom Wilber
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 51 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
At the height of World War II, a B-24 Liberator bomber vanished with its crew while on a training mission over upstate New York. The final hours and ultimate resting place of pilot Keith Ponder and seven other US aviators aboard the plane remain mysteries to this day. The tale is at once a compelling instance of loss on the World War II American home front and a more extensive, largely unreported history. Ponder—a twenty-one-year-old from rural Mississippi—and his crew were tragically unexceptional casualties in the monumental effort to recruit and train an air force en masse to counter the global conquest of Nazi Germany and Imperial Japan. More than fifteen thousand American airmen and, in some cases, women burned, crashed, or fell to their deaths in stateside training accidents during the war—their lives and stories shuffled away in piles of Air Force bureaucracy. The forgotten story of Getaway Gertie was originally inspired by summer evenings around the campfire on the shores of Lake Ontario, where parts of the plane have washed up. Building on those campfire tales, Wilber deftly connects myth with fact and memory with historicity. The result is a vivid portrait of the forgotten soldier of the home front and a new take on the meaning of wartime sacrifice as the last survivors of the Greatest Generation pass away.</description>
      <author>Tom Wilber</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 May 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350804522.mp3" length="8311661" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669750</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350804522.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vanishing Point: The Search for a B-24 Bomber Crew Lost on the World War II Home Front
Author: Tom Wilber
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 51 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
At the height of World War II, a B-24 Liberator bomber vanished with its crew while on a training mission over upstate New York. The final hours and ultimate resting place of pilot Keith Ponder and seven other US aviators aboard the plane remain mysteries to this day. The tale is at once a compelling instance of loss on the World War II American home front and a more extensive, largely unreported history. Ponder—a twenty-one-year-old from rural Mississippi—and his crew were tragically unexceptional casualties in the monumental effort to recruit and train an air force en masse to counter the global conquest of Nazi Germany and Imperial Japan. More than fifteen thousand American airmen and, in some cases, women burned, crashed, or fell to their deaths in stateside training accidents during the war—their lives and stories shuffled away in piles of Air Force bureaucracy. The forgotten story of Getaway Gertie was originally inspired by summer evenings around the campfire on the shores of Lake Ontario, where parts of the plane have washed up. Building on those campfire tales, Wilber deftly connects myth with fact and memory with historicity. The result is a vivid portrait of the forgotten soldier of the home front and a new take on the meaning of wartime sacrifice as the last survivors of the Greatest Generation pass away.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vanishing Point: The Search for a B-24 Bomber Crew Lost on the World War II Home Front
Author: Tom Wilber
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 51 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
At the height of World War II, a B-24 Liberator bomber vanished with its crew while on a training mission over upstate New York. The final hours and ultimate resting place of pilot Keith Ponder and seven other US aviators aboard the plane remain mysteries to this day. The tale is at once a compelling instance of loss on the World War II American home front and a more extensive, largely unreported history. Ponder—a twenty-one-year-old from rural Mississippi—and his crew were tragically unexceptional casualties in the monumental effort to recruit and train an air force en masse to counter the global conquest of Nazi Germany and Imperial Japan. More than fifteen thousand American airmen and, in some cases, women burned, crashed, or fell to their deaths in stateside training accidents during the war—their lives and stories shuffled away in piles of Air Force bureaucracy. The forgotten story of Getaway Gertie was originally inspired by summer evenings around the campfire on the shores of Lake Ontario, where parts of the plane have washed up. Building on those campfire tales, Wilber deftly connects myth with fact and memory with historicity. The result is a vivid portrait of the forgotten soldier of the home front and a new take on the meaning of wartime sacrifice as the last survivors of the Greatest Generation pass away.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Field of Corpses: Arthur St. Clair and the Death of an American Army by Alan D. Gaff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669743</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Field of Corpses: Arthur St. Clair and the Death of an American Army
Author: Alan D. Gaff
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From Alan Gaff, author of the highly acclaimed Bayonets in the Wilderness, comes the real story of this stunning defeat against the Native American nations in the Northwest Territory. In three hours on the morning of November 4, 1791, General Arthur St. Clair lost one half of his soldiers as well as his reputation. November 4, 1791, was a black day in American history. General Arthur St. Clair&amp;#039;s army had been ambushed by Native Americans in what is now western Ohio. In just three hours, St. Clair&amp;#039;s force sustained the greatest loss ever inflicted on the United States Army by Native Americans—a total nearly three times larger than what incurred in the more famous Custer fight of 1876. It was the greatest proportional loss by any American army in the nation&amp;#039;s history. By the time this fighting ended, over six hundred corpses littered an area of about three and one half football fields laid end to end. Still more bodies were strewn along the primitive road used by hundreds of survivors as they ran for their lives with Native Americans in hot pursuit. It was a disaster of cataclysmic proportions for George Washington&amp;#039;s first administration, which had been in office for only two years.</description>
      <author>Alan D. Gaff</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350802221.mp3" length="7409289" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669743</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350802221.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Field of Corpses: Arthur St. Clair and the Death of an American Army
Author: Alan D. Gaff
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From Alan Gaff, author of the highly acclaimed Bayonets in the Wilderness, comes the real story of this stunning defeat against the Native American nations in the Northwest Territory. In three hours on the morning of November 4, 1791, General Arthur St. Clair lost one half of his soldiers as well as his reputation. November 4, 1791, was a black day in American history. General Arthur St. Clair&amp;#039;s army had been ambushed by Native Americans in what is now western Ohio. In just three hours, St. Clair&amp;#039;s force sustained the greatest loss ever inflicted on the United States Army by Native Americans—a total nearly three times larger than what incurred in the more famous Custer fight of 1876. It was the greatest proportional loss by any American army in the nation&amp;#039;s history. By the time this fighting ended, over six hundred corpses littered an area of about three and one half football fields laid end to end. Still more bodies were strewn along the primitive road used by hundreds of survivors as they ran for their lives with Native Americans in hot pursuit. It was a disaster of cataclysmic proportions for George Washington&amp;#039;s first administration, which had been in office for only two years.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Field of Corpses: Arthur St. Clair and the Death of an American Army
Author: Alan D. Gaff
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From Alan Gaff, author of the highly acclaimed Bayonets in the Wilderness, comes the real story of this stunning defeat against the Native American nations in the Northwest Territory. In three hours on the morning of November 4, 1791, General Arthur St. Clair lost one half of his soldiers as well as his reputation. November 4, 1791, was a black day in American history. General Arthur St. Clair&amp;#039;s army had been ambushed by Native Americans in what is now western Ohio. In just three hours, St. Clair&amp;#039;s force sustained the greatest loss ever inflicted on the United States Army by Native Americans—a total nearly three times larger than what incurred in the more famous Custer fight of 1876. It was the greatest proportional loss by any American army in the nation&amp;#039;s history. By the time this fighting ended, over six hundred corpses littered an area of about three and one half football fields laid end to end. Still more bodies were strewn along the primitive road used by hundreds of survivors as they ran for their lives with Native Americans in hot pursuit. It was a disaster of cataclysmic proportions for George Washington&amp;#039;s first administration, which had been in office for only two years.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blood Brothers: The Fatal Friendship Between Muhammad Ali and Malcolm X by Johnny Smith, Randy Roberts</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669578</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669578">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669578</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blood Brothers: The Fatal Friendship Between Muhammad Ali and Malcolm X
Author: Johnny Smith, Randy Roberts
Narrator: David Drummond
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 38 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An “engrossing and important book&amp;quot; (Wall Street Journal) that brings to life the fateful friendship between Malcolm X and Muhammad Ali  In 1962, boxing writers and fans considered Cassius Clay an obnoxious self-promoter, and few believed that he would become the heavyweight champion of the world. But Malcolm X, the most famous minister in the Nation of Islam, saw the potential in Clay, not just for boxing greatness, but as a means of spreading the Nation’s message. The two became fast friends, keeping their interactions secret from the press for fear of jeopardizing Clay’s career. Clay began living a double life—a patriotic “good negro” in public, and a radical reformer behind the scenes. Soon, however, their friendship would sour, with disastrous and far-reaching consequences.  Based on previously untapped sources, from Malcolm’s personal papers to FBI records, Blood Brothers is the first book to offer an in-depth portrait of this complex bond. An extraordinary narrative of love and deep affection, as well as deceit, betrayal, and violence, this story is a window into the public and private lives of two of our greatest national icons, and the tumultuous period in American history that they helped to shape.</description>
      <author>Johnny Smith, Randy Roberts</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668633779.mp3" length="852370" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669578</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668633779.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669578">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669578</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blood Brothers: The Fatal Friendship Between Muhammad Ali and Malcolm X
Author: Johnny Smith, Randy Roberts
Narrator: David Drummond
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 38 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An “engrossing and important book&amp;quot; (Wall Street Journal) that brings to life the fateful friendship between Malcolm X and Muhammad Ali  In 1962, boxing writers and fans considered Cassius Clay an obnoxious self-promoter, and few believed that he would become the heavyweight champion of the world. But Malcolm X, the most famous minister in the Nation of Islam, saw the potential in Clay, not just for boxing greatness, but as a means of spreading the Nation’s message. The two became fast friends, keeping their interactions secret from the press for fear of jeopardizing Clay’s career. Clay began living a double life—a patriotic “good negro” in public, and a radical reformer behind the scenes. Soon, however, their friendship would sour, with disastrous and far-reaching consequences.  Based on previously untapped sources, from Malcolm’s personal papers to FBI records, Blood Brothers is the first book to offer an in-depth portrait of this complex bond. An extraordinary narrative of love and deep affection, as well as deceit, betrayal, and violence, this story is a window into the public and private lives of two of our greatest national icons, and the tumultuous period in American history that they helped to shape.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669578">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669578</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blood Brothers: The Fatal Friendship Between Muhammad Ali and Malcolm X
Author: Johnny Smith, Randy Roberts
Narrator: David Drummond
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 38 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An “engrossing and important book&amp;quot; (Wall Street Journal) that brings to life the fateful friendship between Malcolm X and Muhammad Ali  In 1962, boxing writers and fans considered Cassius Clay an obnoxious self-promoter, and few believed that he would become the heavyweight champion of the world. But Malcolm X, the most famous minister in the Nation of Islam, saw the potential in Clay, not just for boxing greatness, but as a means of spreading the Nation’s message. The two became fast friends, keeping their interactions secret from the press for fear of jeopardizing Clay’s career. Clay began living a double life—a patriotic “good negro” in public, and a radical reformer behind the scenes. Soon, however, their friendship would sour, with disastrous and far-reaching consequences.  Based on previously untapped sources, from Malcolm’s personal papers to FBI records, Blood Brothers is the first book to offer an in-depth portrait of this complex bond. An extraordinary narrative of love and deep affection, as well as deceit, betrayal, and violence, this story is a window into the public and private lives of two of our greatest national icons, and the tumultuous period in American history that they helped to shape.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>While Idaho Slept: The Hunt for Answers in the Murders of Four College Students by J. Reuben Appelman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669404</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669404">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669404</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: While Idaho Slept: The Hunt for Answers in the Murders of Four College Students
Author: J. Reuben Appelman
Narrator: Gary Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The author of the acclaimed true-crime memoir, The Kill Jar, tells the inside story of the “University of Idaho Murders,” offering a memorable, thoughtful dive into our societal fascination with true crime, the media’s seeming blood-frenzy, and the future of homicide investigations, while cultivating an intimate look into the minds and hearts of the victims and their suspected killer alike.  Just after 4:00 am on November 13, 2022, four University of Idaho students were viciously stabbed to death in an off-campus house. The killings would shake the small blue-collar college town of Moscow, Idaho, dominate mainstream news coverage, and become a social media obsession, drawing millions of clicks and views. While a reticent Moscow Police Department, the FBI, and the Idaho State Police searched for the killer, unending conjecture and countless theories blazed online, in chatrooms and platforms from Reddit and YouTube to Facebook and TikTok. For more than a month, the clash of armchair investigators and law enforcement professionals raged, until a suspect—a 28-year-old Ph.D. candidate studying criminology—was arrested at his family home 2,500 miles away in the Pocono Mountains of Pennsylvania on the day before New Year’s Eve. While Idaho Slept is a thought-provoking, literary chronicle of a small-town murder investigation blistering beneath the unceasing light of international interest, as traditional investigators, citizen sleuths, and the true-crime media acted—sometimes together, often in conflict—to uncover the truth. As J. Reuben Appelman brings this terrible crime into focus, he humanizes the four victims, examining the richness of their lives, dissects the mind and motivations of their presumed killer, and explores the world of northern Idaho, a rugged, deeply conservative stronghold steeped in Christian values and American patriotism.  Going deep inside the case, Appelman addresses a crucial question: With so many millions of citizens armed by access and hungry to take part in a true crime hunt of their own, has the nature of homicide investigations permanently changed? Rising above the sensational, While Idaho Slept illuminates the intrinsic connection between today’s media, citizen sleuths, our societal mania for murder tales, and an impatient public’s insatiable appetite for spectacle as never before. Running beneath, the pulse of the story is a heartbreaking narrative of the people we love, the dreams we all share, and the uncertain time left for sharing them.</description>
      <author>J. Reuben Appelman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063346710.mp3" length="1399963" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669404</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063346710.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669404">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669404</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: While Idaho Slept: The Hunt for Answers in the Murders of Four College Students
Author: J. Reuben Appelman
Narrator: Gary Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The author of the acclaimed true-crime memoir, The Kill Jar, tells the inside story of the “University of Idaho Murders,” offering a memorable, thoughtful dive into our societal fascination with true crime, the media’s seeming blood-frenzy, and the future of homicide investigations, while cultivating an intimate look into the minds and hearts of the victims and their suspected killer alike.  Just after 4:00 am on November 13, 2022, four University of Idaho students were viciously stabbed to death in an off-campus house. The killings would shake the small blue-collar college town of Moscow, Idaho, dominate mainstream news coverage, and become a social media obsession, drawing millions of clicks and views. While a reticent Moscow Police Department, the FBI, and the Idaho State Police searched for the killer, unending conjecture and countless theories blazed online, in chatrooms and platforms from Reddit and YouTube to Facebook and TikTok. For more than a month, the clash of armchair investigators and law enforcement professionals raged, until a suspect—a 28-year-old Ph.D. candidate studying criminology—was arrested at his family home 2,500 miles away in the Pocono Mountains of Pennsylvania on the day before New Year’s Eve. While Idaho Slept is a thought-provoking, literary chronicle of a small-town murder investigation blistering beneath the unceasing light of international interest, as traditional investigators, citizen sleuths, and the true-crime media acted—sometimes together, often in conflict—to uncover the truth. As J. Reuben Appelman brings this terrible crime into focus, he humanizes the four victims, examining the richness of their lives, dissects the mind and motivations of their presumed killer, and explores the world of northern Idaho, a rugged, deeply conservative stronghold steeped in Christian values and American patriotism.  Going deep inside the case, Appelman addresses a crucial question: With so many millions of citizens armed by access and hungry to take part in a true crime hunt of their own, has the nature of homicide investigations permanently changed? Rising above the sensational, While Idaho Slept illuminates the intrinsic connection between today’s media, citizen sleuths, our societal mania for murder tales, and an impatient public’s insatiable appetite for spectacle as never before. Running beneath, the pulse of the story is a heartbreaking narrative of the people we love, the dreams we all share, and the uncertain time left for sharing them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669404">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669404</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: While Idaho Slept: The Hunt for Answers in the Murders of Four College Students
Author: J. Reuben Appelman
Narrator: Gary Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The author of the acclaimed true-crime memoir, The Kill Jar, tells the inside story of the “University of Idaho Murders,” offering a memorable, thoughtful dive into our societal fascination with true crime, the media’s seeming blood-frenzy, and the future of homicide investigations, while cultivating an intimate look into the minds and hearts of the victims and their suspected killer alike.  Just after 4:00 am on November 13, 2022, four University of Idaho students were viciously stabbed to death in an off-campus house. The killings would shake the small blue-collar college town of Moscow, Idaho, dominate mainstream news coverage, and become a social media obsession, drawing millions of clicks and views. While a reticent Moscow Police Department, the FBI, and the Idaho State Police searched for the killer, unending conjecture and countless theories blazed online, in chatrooms and platforms from Reddit and YouTube to Facebook and TikTok. For more than a month, the clash of armchair investigators and law enforcement professionals raged, until a suspect—a 28-year-old Ph.D. candidate studying criminology—was arrested at his family home 2,500 miles away in the Pocono Mountains of Pennsylvania on the day before New Year’s Eve. While Idaho Slept is a thought-provoking, literary chronicle of a small-town murder investigation blistering beneath the unceasing light of international interest, as traditional investigators, citizen sleuths, and the true-crime media acted—sometimes together, often in conflict—to uncover the truth. As J. Reuben Appelman brings this terrible crime into focus, he humanizes the four victims, examining the richness of their lives, dissects the mind and motivations of their presumed killer, and explores the world of northern Idaho, a rugged, deeply conservative stronghold steeped in Christian values and American patriotism.  Going deep inside the case, Appelman addresses a crucial question: With so many millions of citizens armed by access and hungry to take part in a true crime hunt of their own, has the nature of homicide investigations permanently changed? Rising above the sensational, While Idaho Slept illuminates the intrinsic connection between today’s media, citizen sleuths, our societal mania for murder tales, and an impatient public’s insatiable appetite for spectacle as never before. Running beneath, the pulse of the story is a heartbreaking narrative of the people we love, the dreams we all share, and the uncertain time left for sharing them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Identity Trap: A Story of Ideas and Power in Our Time by Yascha Mounk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669368</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Identity Trap: A Story of Ideas and Power in Our Time
Author: Yascha Mounk
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: September 26, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Named a Best Book of the Year by The Economist, Financial Times, Inc., Prospect Magazine, and The Conversation “The most comprehensive and reasonable story of this shift that has yet been attempted . . . Mounk has told the story of the Great Awokening better than any other writer who has attempted to make sense of it.” —The Washington Post &amp;#039;An intellectual tour de force about the origins of identity politics and the threat it presents to genuine, honest, old-fashioned liberalism.” —Bret Stephens, The New York Times “Among the most insightful and important books written in the last decade on American democracy and its current torments, because it also shows us a way out of the trap.” —Jonathan Haidt, author of The Righteous Mind, and coauthor of The Coddling of the American Mind &amp;#039;Outstanding.&amp;#039; —David Brooks, The New York Times One of our leading public intellectuals traces the origin of a set of ideas about identity and social justice that is rapidly transforming America—and explains why it will fail to accomplish its noble goals. For much of history, societies have violently oppressed ethnic, religious, and sexual minorities. It is no surprise that many who passionately believe in social justice came to believe that members of marginalized groups need to take pride in their identity to resist injustice. But over the past decades, a healthy appreciation for the culture and heritage of minority groups has transformed into a counterproductive obsession with group identity in all its forms. A new ideology aiming to place each person’s matrix of identities at the center of social, cultural, and political life has quickly become highly influential. It stifles discourse, vilifies mutual influence as cultural appropriation, denies that members of different groups can truly understand one another, and insists that the way governments treat their citizens should depend on the color of their skin. This, Yascha Mounk argues, is the identity trap. Though those who battle for these ideas are full of good intentions, they will ultimately make it harder to achieve progress toward the genuine equality we desperately need. Mounk has built his acclaimed scholarly career on being one of the first to warn of the risks right-wing populists pose to American democracy. But, he shows, those on the left and center who are stuck in the identity trap are now inadvertent allies to the MAGA movement. In The Identity Trap, Mounk provides the most ambitious and comprehensive account to date of the origins, consequences, and limitations of so-called “wokeness.” He is the first to show how postmodernism, postcolonialism, and critical race theory forged the “identity synthesis” that conquered many college campuses by 2010. He lays out how a relatively marginal set of ideas came to gain tremendous influence in business, media, and government by 2020. He makes a nuanced philosophical case for why the application of these ideas to areas from education to public policy is proving to be so deeply counterproductive—and why universal, humanist values can best serve the vital goal of true equality. In explaining the huge political and cultural transformations of the past decade, The Identity Trap provides truth and clarity where they are needed most.</description>
      <author>Yascha Mounk</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593788752.mp3" length="2622876" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669368</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593788752.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Identity Trap: A Story of Ideas and Power in Our Time
Author: Yascha Mounk
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: September 26, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Named a Best Book of the Year by The Economist, Financial Times, Inc., Prospect Magazine, and The Conversation “The most comprehensive and reasonable story of this shift that has yet been attempted . . . Mounk has told the story of the Great Awokening better than any other writer who has attempted to make sense of it.” —The Washington Post &amp;#039;An intellectual tour de force about the origins of identity politics and the threat it presents to genuine, honest, old-fashioned liberalism.” —Bret Stephens, The New York Times “Among the most insightful and important books written in the last decade on American democracy and its current torments, because it also shows us a way out of the trap.” —Jonathan Haidt, author of The Righteous Mind, and coauthor of The Coddling of the American Mind &amp;#039;Outstanding.&amp;#039; —David Brooks, The New York Times One of our leading public intellectuals traces the origin of a set of ideas about identity and social justice that is rapidly transforming America—and explains why it will fail to accomplish its noble goals. For much of history, societies have violently oppressed ethnic, religious, and sexual minorities. It is no surprise that many who passionately believe in social justice came to believe that members of marginalized groups need to take pride in their identity to resist injustice. But over the past decades, a healthy appreciation for the culture and heritage of minority groups has transformed into a counterproductive obsession with group identity in all its forms. A new ideology aiming to place each person’s matrix of identities at the center of social, cultural, and political life has quickly become highly influential. It stifles discourse, vilifies mutual influence as cultural appropriation, denies that members of different groups can truly understand one another, and insists that the way governments treat their citizens should depend on the color of their skin. This, Yascha Mounk argues, is the identity trap. Though those who battle for these ideas are full of good intentions, they will ultimately make it harder to achieve progress toward the genuine equality we desperately need. Mounk has built his acclaimed scholarly career on being one of the first to warn of the risks right-wing populists pose to American democracy. But, he shows, those on the left and center who are stuck in the identity trap are now inadvertent allies to the MAGA movement. In The Identity Trap, Mounk provides the most ambitious and comprehensive account to date of the origins, consequences, and limitations of so-called “wokeness.” He is the first to show how postmodernism, postcolonialism, and critical race theory forged the “identity synthesis” that conquered many college campuses by 2010. He lays out how a relatively marginal set of ideas came to gain tremendous influence in business, media, and government by 2020. He makes a nuanced philosophical case for why the application of these ideas to areas from education to public policy is proving to be so deeply counterproductive—and why universal, humanist values can best serve the vital goal of true equality. In explaining the huge political and cultural transformations of the past decade, The Identity Trap provides truth and clarity where they are needed most.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Identity Trap: A Story of Ideas and Power in Our Time
Author: Yascha Mounk
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: September 26, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Named a Best Book of the Year by The Economist, Financial Times, Inc., Prospect Magazine, and The Conversation “The most comprehensive and reasonable story of this shift that has yet been attempted . . . Mounk has told the story of the Great Awokening better than any other writer who has attempted to make sense of it.” —The Washington Post &amp;#039;An intellectual tour de force about the origins of identity politics and the threat it presents to genuine, honest, old-fashioned liberalism.” —Bret Stephens, The New York Times “Among the most insightful and important books written in the last decade on American democracy and its current torments, because it also shows us a way out of the trap.” —Jonathan Haidt, author of The Righteous Mind, and coauthor of The Coddling of the American Mind &amp;#039;Outstanding.&amp;#039; —David Brooks, The New York Times One of our leading public intellectuals traces the origin of a set of ideas about identity and social justice that is rapidly transforming America—and explains why it will fail to accomplish its noble goals. For much of history, societies have violently oppressed ethnic, religious, and sexual minorities. It is no surprise that many who passionately believe in social justice came to believe that members of marginalized groups need to take pride in their identity to resist injustice. But over the past decades, a healthy appreciation for the culture and heritage of minority groups has transformed into a counterproductive obsession with group identity in all its forms. A new ideology aiming to place each person’s matrix of identities at the center of social, cultural, and political life has quickly become highly influential. It stifles discourse, vilifies mutual influence as cultural appropriation, denies that members of different groups can truly understand one another, and insists that the way governments treat their citizens should depend on the color of their skin. This, Yascha Mounk argues, is the identity trap. Though those who battle for these ideas are full of good intentions, they will ultimately make it harder to achieve progress toward the genuine equality we desperately need. Mounk has built his acclaimed scholarly career on being one of the first to warn of the risks right-wing populists pose to American democracy. But, he shows, those on the left and center who are stuck in the identity trap are now inadvertent allies to the MAGA movement. In The Identity Trap, Mounk provides the most ambitious and comprehensive account to date of the origins, consequences, and limitations of so-called “wokeness.” He is the first to show how postmodernism, postcolonialism, and critical race theory forged the “identity synthesis” that conquered many college campuses by 2010. He lays out how a relatively marginal set of ideas came to gain tremendous influence in business, media, and government by 2020. He makes a nuanced philosophical case for why the application of these ideas to areas from education to public policy is proving to be so deeply counterproductive—and why universal, humanist values can best serve the vital goal of true equality. In explaining the huge political and cultural transformations of the past decade, The Identity Trap provides truth and clarity where they are needed most.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Black Angels: The Untold Story of the Nurses Who Helped Cure Tuberculosis by Maria Smilios</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669359</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669359">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669359</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Angels: The Untold Story of the Nurses Who Helped Cure Tuberculosis
Author: Maria Smilios
Narrator: Gina Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 13 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
New York City, 1929. A sanatorium, a deadly disease, and a dire nurse shortage. So begins the remarkable true story of the Black nurses who helped cure one of the world’s deadliest plagues: tuberculosis. During those dark pre-antibiotic days, when tuberculosis killed one in seven people, white nurses at Sea View, New York’s largest municipal hospital, began quitting. Desperate to avert a public health crisis, city officials summoned Black southern nurses, luring them with promises of good pay, a career, and an escape from the strictures of Jim Crow. But after arriving, they found themselves on an isolated hilltop in the remote borough of Staten Island, yet again confronting racism and consigned to a woefully understaffed facility, dubbed “the pest house” where “no one left alive.”  Spanning the Great Depression and moving through World War II and beyond, this story follows the intrepid young women, the “Black Angels,” who, for twenty years, risked their lives working under dreadful conditions while caring for the city’s poorest—1,800 souls languishing in wards, waiting to die or become “guinea pigs” for experimental (often deadly) drugs. Yet despite their major role in desegregating the NYC hospital system—and regardless of their vital work in helping to find the cure for tuberculosis at Sea View—these nurses were completely erased from history. The Black Angels recovers the voices of these extraordinary women and puts them at the center of this riveting story celebrating their legacy and spirit of survival. Photo of nurses courtesy of NYCHHC/SeaView Archives</description>
      <author>Maria Smilios</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593787502.mp3" length="2792601" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669359</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593787502.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669359">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669359</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Angels: The Untold Story of the Nurses Who Helped Cure Tuberculosis
Author: Maria Smilios
Narrator: Gina Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 13 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
New York City, 1929. A sanatorium, a deadly disease, and a dire nurse shortage. So begins the remarkable true story of the Black nurses who helped cure one of the world’s deadliest plagues: tuberculosis. During those dark pre-antibiotic days, when tuberculosis killed one in seven people, white nurses at Sea View, New York’s largest municipal hospital, began quitting. Desperate to avert a public health crisis, city officials summoned Black southern nurses, luring them with promises of good pay, a career, and an escape from the strictures of Jim Crow. But after arriving, they found themselves on an isolated hilltop in the remote borough of Staten Island, yet again confronting racism and consigned to a woefully understaffed facility, dubbed “the pest house” where “no one left alive.”  Spanning the Great Depression and moving through World War II and beyond, this story follows the intrepid young women, the “Black Angels,” who, for twenty years, risked their lives working under dreadful conditions while caring for the city’s poorest—1,800 souls languishing in wards, waiting to die or become “guinea pigs” for experimental (often deadly) drugs. Yet despite their major role in desegregating the NYC hospital system—and regardless of their vital work in helping to find the cure for tuberculosis at Sea View—these nurses were completely erased from history. The Black Angels recovers the voices of these extraordinary women and puts them at the center of this riveting story celebrating their legacy and spirit of survival. Photo of nurses courtesy of NYCHHC/SeaView Archives</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669359">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669359</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Angels: The Untold Story of the Nurses Who Helped Cure Tuberculosis
Author: Maria Smilios
Narrator: Gina Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 13 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
New York City, 1929. A sanatorium, a deadly disease, and a dire nurse shortage. So begins the remarkable true story of the Black nurses who helped cure one of the world’s deadliest plagues: tuberculosis. During those dark pre-antibiotic days, when tuberculosis killed one in seven people, white nurses at Sea View, New York’s largest municipal hospital, began quitting. Desperate to avert a public health crisis, city officials summoned Black southern nurses, luring them with promises of good pay, a career, and an escape from the strictures of Jim Crow. But after arriving, they found themselves on an isolated hilltop in the remote borough of Staten Island, yet again confronting racism and consigned to a woefully understaffed facility, dubbed “the pest house” where “no one left alive.”  Spanning the Great Depression and moving through World War II and beyond, this story follows the intrepid young women, the “Black Angels,” who, for twenty years, risked their lives working under dreadful conditions while caring for the city’s poorest—1,800 souls languishing in wards, waiting to die or become “guinea pigs” for experimental (often deadly) drugs. Yet despite their major role in desegregating the NYC hospital system—and regardless of their vital work in helping to find the cure for tuberculosis at Sea View—these nurses were completely erased from history. The Black Angels recovers the voices of these extraordinary women and puts them at the center of this riveting story celebrating their legacy and spirit of survival. Photo of nurses courtesy of NYCHHC/SeaView Archives</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Taming the Street: The Old Guard, the New Deal, and FDR&amp;#039;s Fight to Regulate American Capitalism by Diana B. Henriques</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669345</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669345">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669345</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Taming the Street: The Old Guard, the New Deal, and FDR&amp;#039;s Fight to Regulate American Capitalism
Author: Diana B. Henriques
Narrator: Karen Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The “extraordinary” (New York Times Book Review, Editors’ Choice) story of FDR’s fight for the soul of American capitalism—from award-winning journalist Diana B. Henriques, author of The Wizard of Lies: Bernie Madoff and the Death of Trust “I thought I was well versed in the New Deal, but it turns out I knew next to nothing. Diana Henriques’s chronicle is meticulous, illuminating, and riveting.”—Kurt Andersen, New York Times bestselling author of Evil Geniuses and Fantasyland WINNER OF THE SABEW BEST IN BUSINESS BOOK AWARD • A BLOOMBERG BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Taming the Street describes how President Franklin D. Roosevelt battled to regulate Wall Street in the wake of the 1929 stock market crash and the ensuing Great Depression. With deep reporting and vivid storytelling, Diana B. Henriques takes readers back to a time when America’s financial landscape was a jungle ruled by the titans of vast wealth, largely unrestrained by government. Roosevelt ran for office in 1932 vowing to curb that ruthless capitalism and make the world of finance safer for ordinary savers and investors. His deeply personal campaign to tame the Street is one of the great untold dramas in American history.  Success in this political struggle was far from certain for FDR and his New Deal allies, who included the political dynasty builder Joseph P. Kennedy and the future Supreme Court justice William O. Douglas. Wall Street’s old guard, led by New York Stock Exchange president Richard Whitney, fought every new rule to the “last legal ditch.” That clash—between two sharply different visions of financial power and federal responsibility—has shaped how “other people’s money” is managed in the United States to this day.  As inequality once again reaches Jazz Age levels, Henriques brings to life a time when the system worked—an idealistic moment when ordinary Americans knew what had to be done and supported leaders who could do it. A vital history and a riveting true-life thriller, Taming the Street raises an urgent and troubling question: What does capitalism owe to the common good?</description>
      <author>Diana B. Henriques</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593790588.mp3" length="2612724" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669345</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593790588.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669345">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669345</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Taming the Street: The Old Guard, the New Deal, and FDR&amp;#039;s Fight to Regulate American Capitalism
Author: Diana B. Henriques
Narrator: Karen Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The “extraordinary” (New York Times Book Review, Editors’ Choice) story of FDR’s fight for the soul of American capitalism—from award-winning journalist Diana B. Henriques, author of The Wizard of Lies: Bernie Madoff and the Death of Trust “I thought I was well versed in the New Deal, but it turns out I knew next to nothing. Diana Henriques’s chronicle is meticulous, illuminating, and riveting.”—Kurt Andersen, New York Times bestselling author of Evil Geniuses and Fantasyland WINNER OF THE SABEW BEST IN BUSINESS BOOK AWARD • A BLOOMBERG BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Taming the Street describes how President Franklin D. Roosevelt battled to regulate Wall Street in the wake of the 1929 stock market crash and the ensuing Great Depression. With deep reporting and vivid storytelling, Diana B. Henriques takes readers back to a time when America’s financial landscape was a jungle ruled by the titans of vast wealth, largely unrestrained by government. Roosevelt ran for office in 1932 vowing to curb that ruthless capitalism and make the world of finance safer for ordinary savers and investors. His deeply personal campaign to tame the Street is one of the great untold dramas in American history.  Success in this political struggle was far from certain for FDR and his New Deal allies, who included the political dynasty builder Joseph P. Kennedy and the future Supreme Court justice William O. Douglas. Wall Street’s old guard, led by New York Stock Exchange president Richard Whitney, fought every new rule to the “last legal ditch.” That clash—between two sharply different visions of financial power and federal responsibility—has shaped how “other people’s money” is managed in the United States to this day.  As inequality once again reaches Jazz Age levels, Henriques brings to life a time when the system worked—an idealistic moment when ordinary Americans knew what had to be done and supported leaders who could do it. A vital history and a riveting true-life thriller, Taming the Street raises an urgent and troubling question: What does capitalism owe to the common good?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669345">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669345</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Taming the Street: The Old Guard, the New Deal, and FDR&amp;#039;s Fight to Regulate American Capitalism
Author: Diana B. Henriques
Narrator: Karen Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The “extraordinary” (New York Times Book Review, Editors’ Choice) story of FDR’s fight for the soul of American capitalism—from award-winning journalist Diana B. Henriques, author of The Wizard of Lies: Bernie Madoff and the Death of Trust “I thought I was well versed in the New Deal, but it turns out I knew next to nothing. Diana Henriques’s chronicle is meticulous, illuminating, and riveting.”—Kurt Andersen, New York Times bestselling author of Evil Geniuses and Fantasyland WINNER OF THE SABEW BEST IN BUSINESS BOOK AWARD • A BLOOMBERG BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Taming the Street describes how President Franklin D. Roosevelt battled to regulate Wall Street in the wake of the 1929 stock market crash and the ensuing Great Depression. With deep reporting and vivid storytelling, Diana B. Henriques takes readers back to a time when America’s financial landscape was a jungle ruled by the titans of vast wealth, largely unrestrained by government. Roosevelt ran for office in 1932 vowing to curb that ruthless capitalism and make the world of finance safer for ordinary savers and investors. His deeply personal campaign to tame the Street is one of the great untold dramas in American history.  Success in this political struggle was far from certain for FDR and his New Deal allies, who included the political dynasty builder Joseph P. Kennedy and the future Supreme Court justice William O. Douglas. Wall Street’s old guard, led by New York Stock Exchange president Richard Whitney, fought every new rule to the “last legal ditch.” That clash—between two sharply different visions of financial power and federal responsibility—has shaped how “other people’s money” is managed in the United States to this day.  As inequality once again reaches Jazz Age levels, Henriques brings to life a time when the system worked—an idealistic moment when ordinary Americans knew what had to be done and supported leaders who could do it. A vital history and a riveting true-life thriller, Taming the Street raises an urgent and troubling question: What does capitalism owe to the common good?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - رحلة إلى التبت by نيه شياو يانغ</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668924</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - رحلة إلى التبت
Author: نيه شياو يانغ
Narrator: مارلين شكيب
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
«في التبت، عندما يذهب الناس في رحلة، في كل مرة يجتازون فيها الجبال عليهم أن يخلعوا قبعاتهم احتراما لآلهة الجبال». يعود تاريخ هضبة التبت إلى آلاف السنين؛ حيث سكنها البشر منذ حوالي واحد وعشرين ألف سنة تقريبًا. كما تتميز بخصائص جغرافية ومناخية خاصة، وتسمى بالعديد من الأسماء مثل: «أرض الرهبان»، و«مدينة الشمس»، و«سقف العالم» لأنها تعد أعلى هضبة في العالم. عاصمتها «لاسا» وتقع في جنوب غرب الصين. في هذا الكتاب بفصوله الثمانية، يأخذنا الكاتب الصيني «نيه شياو يانغ» في رحلةٍ شيقة للتعرف على عادات وتقاليد التبت، من خلال مجموعة من المشاهدات والانطباعات والقصص الطريفة التي سجلها المؤلف في شكل مدونات، بعد زيارته لهذه المنطقة الساحرة. ولفت الكاتب إلى أنه يمكن رؤية تلك الهضبة المغطاة بالثلوج من بعيد، ولكن من الضروري رؤية التفاصيل الخفية الدقيقة التي يتسم بها التبتيون، والتعمق وتدقيق النظر في المشاعر الغنية والحب العميق لهذه المياه وهذه البقعة من الأرض. استمع الآن.</description>
      <author>نيه شياو يانغ</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jul 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179317416.mp3" length="1441066" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668924</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179317416.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - رحلة إلى التبت
Author: نيه شياو يانغ
Narrator: مارلين شكيب
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
«في التبت، عندما يذهب الناس في رحلة، في كل مرة يجتازون فيها الجبال عليهم أن يخلعوا قبعاتهم احتراما لآلهة الجبال». يعود تاريخ هضبة التبت إلى آلاف السنين؛ حيث سكنها البشر منذ حوالي واحد وعشرين ألف سنة تقريبًا. كما تتميز بخصائص جغرافية ومناخية خاصة، وتسمى بالعديد من الأسماء مثل: «أرض الرهبان»، و«مدينة الشمس»، و«سقف العالم» لأنها تعد أعلى هضبة في العالم. عاصمتها «لاسا» وتقع في جنوب غرب الصين. في هذا الكتاب بفصوله الثمانية، يأخذنا الكاتب الصيني «نيه شياو يانغ» في رحلةٍ شيقة للتعرف على عادات وتقاليد التبت، من خلال مجموعة من المشاهدات والانطباعات والقصص الطريفة التي سجلها المؤلف في شكل مدونات، بعد زيارته لهذه المنطقة الساحرة. ولفت الكاتب إلى أنه يمكن رؤية تلك الهضبة المغطاة بالثلوج من بعيد، ولكن من الضروري رؤية التفاصيل الخفية الدقيقة التي يتسم بها التبتيون، والتعمق وتدقيق النظر في المشاعر الغنية والحب العميق لهذه المياه وهذه البقعة من الأرض. استمع الآن.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - رحلة إلى التبت
Author: نيه شياو يانغ
Narrator: مارلين شكيب
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
«في التبت، عندما يذهب الناس في رحلة، في كل مرة يجتازون فيها الجبال عليهم أن يخلعوا قبعاتهم احتراما لآلهة الجبال». يعود تاريخ هضبة التبت إلى آلاف السنين؛ حيث سكنها البشر منذ حوالي واحد وعشرين ألف سنة تقريبًا. كما تتميز بخصائص جغرافية ومناخية خاصة، وتسمى بالعديد من الأسماء مثل: «أرض الرهبان»، و«مدينة الشمس»، و«سقف العالم» لأنها تعد أعلى هضبة في العالم. عاصمتها «لاسا» وتقع في جنوب غرب الصين. في هذا الكتاب بفصوله الثمانية، يأخذنا الكاتب الصيني «نيه شياو يانغ» في رحلةٍ شيقة للتعرف على عادات وتقاليد التبت، من خلال مجموعة من المشاهدات والانطباعات والقصص الطريفة التي سجلها المؤلف في شكل مدونات، بعد زيارته لهذه المنطقة الساحرة. ولفت الكاتب إلى أنه يمكن رؤية تلك الهضبة المغطاة بالثلوج من بعيد، ولكن من الضروري رؤية التفاصيل الخفية الدقيقة التي يتسم بها التبتيون، والتعمق وتدقيق النظر في المشاعر الغنية والحب العميق لهذه المياه وهذه البقعة من الأرض. استمع الآن.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fire and Rain: Nixon, Kissinger, and the Wars in Southeast Asia by Carolyn Woods Eisenberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668836</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668836">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668836</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire and Rain: Nixon, Kissinger, and the Wars in Southeast Asia
Author: Carolyn Woods Eisenberg
Narrator: Susan Ericksen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 35 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Fire and Rain is a compelling, meticulous narrative of the way national security decisions formed at the highest levels of government affect the lives of individuals at home and abroad. By drawing these connections, Carolyn Woods Eisenberg brings to life policy decisions about Vietnam, Laos, and Cambodia, conveying their significance to a new generation of readers. She breaks fresh ground in contextualizing Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger&amp;#039;s decisions within a wider institutional and societal framework. Drawing upon a vast collection of declassified documents, Eisenberg presents an important reinterpretation of the Nixon Administration&amp;#039;s relations with the Soviet Union and China vis a vis the war in Southeast Asia. She argues that in their desperate effort to overcome, or at least overshadow, their failure in Vietnam, Nixon and Kissinger made major concessions to both nations in the field of arms control, their response to the India-Pakistan war, and the diplomacy surrounding Taiwan—much of this secret. A half-century after the Paris Peace Conference marking the withdrawal of US troops and advisors from Vietnam and foreign troops from Laos and Cambodia, Fire and Rain is a dramatic account of geopolitical decision making, civil society, and the human toll of the war on the people of Southeast Asia.</description>
      <author>Carolyn Woods Eisenberg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765077603.mp3" length="7853966" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668836</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765077603.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>29:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668836">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668836</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire and Rain: Nixon, Kissinger, and the Wars in Southeast Asia
Author: Carolyn Woods Eisenberg
Narrator: Susan Ericksen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 35 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Fire and Rain is a compelling, meticulous narrative of the way national security decisions formed at the highest levels of government affect the lives of individuals at home and abroad. By drawing these connections, Carolyn Woods Eisenberg brings to life policy decisions about Vietnam, Laos, and Cambodia, conveying their significance to a new generation of readers. She breaks fresh ground in contextualizing Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger&amp;#039;s decisions within a wider institutional and societal framework. Drawing upon a vast collection of declassified documents, Eisenberg presents an important reinterpretation of the Nixon Administration&amp;#039;s relations with the Soviet Union and China vis a vis the war in Southeast Asia. She argues that in their desperate effort to overcome, or at least overshadow, their failure in Vietnam, Nixon and Kissinger made major concessions to both nations in the field of arms control, their response to the India-Pakistan war, and the diplomacy surrounding Taiwan—much of this secret. A half-century after the Paris Peace Conference marking the withdrawal of US troops and advisors from Vietnam and foreign troops from Laos and Cambodia, Fire and Rain is a dramatic account of geopolitical decision making, civil society, and the human toll of the war on the people of Southeast Asia.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668836">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668836</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire and Rain: Nixon, Kissinger, and the Wars in Southeast Asia
Author: Carolyn Woods Eisenberg
Narrator: Susan Ericksen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 35 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Fire and Rain is a compelling, meticulous narrative of the way national security decisions formed at the highest levels of government affect the lives of individuals at home and abroad. By drawing these connections, Carolyn Woods Eisenberg brings to life policy decisions about Vietnam, Laos, and Cambodia, conveying their significance to a new generation of readers. She breaks fresh ground in contextualizing Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger&amp;#039;s decisions within a wider institutional and societal framework. Drawing upon a vast collection of declassified documents, Eisenberg presents an important reinterpretation of the Nixon Administration&amp;#039;s relations with the Soviet Union and China vis a vis the war in Southeast Asia. She argues that in their desperate effort to overcome, or at least overshadow, their failure in Vietnam, Nixon and Kissinger made major concessions to both nations in the field of arms control, their response to the India-Pakistan war, and the diplomacy surrounding Taiwan—much of this secret. A half-century after the Paris Peace Conference marking the withdrawal of US troops and advisors from Vietnam and foreign troops from Laos and Cambodia, Fire and Rain is a dramatic account of geopolitical decision making, civil society, and the human toll of the war on the people of Southeast Asia.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Slavers: Merchants, Mariners, and the Transatlantic Commerce in Captives, 1644 – 1865 by Sean M. Kelley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668831</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668831">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668831</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Slavers: Merchants, Mariners, and the Transatlantic Commerce in Captives, 1644 – 1865
Author: Sean M. Kelley
Narrator: Christopher Douyard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 52 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first telling of the unknown story of America&amp;#039;s two-hundred-year history as a slave-trading nation   A total of 305,000 enslaved Africans arrived in the New World aboard American vessels over a span of two hundred years as American merchants and mariners sailed to Africa and to the Caribbean to acquire and sell captives. Using exhaustive archival research, including many collections that have never been used before, historian Sean M. Kelley argues that slave trading needs to be seen as integral to the larger story of American slavery.   Engaging with both African and American history and addressing the trade over time, Kelley examines the experience of captivity, drawing on more than a hundred African narratives to offer a portrait of enslavement in the regions of Africa frequented by American ships. Kelley also provides a social history of the two American ports where slave trading was most intensive, Newport and Bristol, Rhode Island.   In telling this tragic, brutal, and largely unknown story, Kelley corrects many misconceptions while leaving no doubt that Americans were a nation of slave traders.</description>
      <author>Sean M. Kelley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 May 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350828061.mp3" length="8322493" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668831</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350828061.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668831">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668831</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Slavers: Merchants, Mariners, and the Transatlantic Commerce in Captives, 1644 – 1865
Author: Sean M. Kelley
Narrator: Christopher Douyard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 52 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first telling of the unknown story of America&amp;#039;s two-hundred-year history as a slave-trading nation   A total of 305,000 enslaved Africans arrived in the New World aboard American vessels over a span of two hundred years as American merchants and mariners sailed to Africa and to the Caribbean to acquire and sell captives. Using exhaustive archival research, including many collections that have never been used before, historian Sean M. Kelley argues that slave trading needs to be seen as integral to the larger story of American slavery.   Engaging with both African and American history and addressing the trade over time, Kelley examines the experience of captivity, drawing on more than a hundred African narratives to offer a portrait of enslavement in the regions of Africa frequented by American ships. Kelley also provides a social history of the two American ports where slave trading was most intensive, Newport and Bristol, Rhode Island.   In telling this tragic, brutal, and largely unknown story, Kelley corrects many misconceptions while leaving no doubt that Americans were a nation of slave traders.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668831">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668831</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Slavers: Merchants, Mariners, and the Transatlantic Commerce in Captives, 1644 – 1865
Author: Sean M. Kelley
Narrator: Christopher Douyard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 52 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first telling of the unknown story of America&amp;#039;s two-hundred-year history as a slave-trading nation   A total of 305,000 enslaved Africans arrived in the New World aboard American vessels over a span of two hundred years as American merchants and mariners sailed to Africa and to the Caribbean to acquire and sell captives. Using exhaustive archival research, including many collections that have never been used before, historian Sean M. Kelley argues that slave trading needs to be seen as integral to the larger story of American slavery.   Engaging with both African and American history and addressing the trade over time, Kelley examines the experience of captivity, drawing on more than a hundred African narratives to offer a portrait of enslavement in the regions of Africa frequented by American ships. Kelley also provides a social history of the two American ports where slave trading was most intensive, Newport and Bristol, Rhode Island.   In telling this tragic, brutal, and largely unknown story, Kelley corrects many misconceptions while leaving no doubt that Americans were a nation of slave traders.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Communists in Closets: Queering the History 1930s–1990s by Bettina Aptheker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668826</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668826">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668826</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Communists in Closets: Queering the History 1930s–1990s
Author: Bettina Aptheker
Narrator: Ann Sprinkle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Communist Party banned lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) people from membership beginning in 1938 when it cast them off as &amp;#039;degenerates.&amp;#039; It persisted in this policy until 1991. During this sixty-year ban, gays and lesbians who did join the Communist Party were deeply closeted within it, as well as in their public lives as both queer and Communist. By the late 1930s, the Communist Party had a membership approaching 100,000 and tens of thousands more people moved in its orbit through the Popular Front against fascism, anti-racist organizing, especially in the south, and its widely read cultural magazine, the New Masses. Based on a decade of archival research, correspondence, and interviews, Bettina Aptheker explores this history, also pulling from her own experience as a closeted lesbian in the Communist Party in the 1960s and &amp;#039;70s. Ironically, and in spite of this homophobia, individual Communists laid some of the political and theoretical foundations for lesbian and gay liberation and women&amp;#039;s liberation, and contributed significantly to peace, social justice, civil rights, and Black and Latinx liberation movements. This book will be of interest to students, scholars, and anyone interested in political history, gender studies, and the history of sexuality.</description>
      <author>Bettina Aptheker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350823004.mp3" length="8408884" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668826</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350823004.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668826">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668826</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Communists in Closets: Queering the History 1930s–1990s
Author: Bettina Aptheker
Narrator: Ann Sprinkle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Communist Party banned lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) people from membership beginning in 1938 when it cast them off as &amp;#039;degenerates.&amp;#039; It persisted in this policy until 1991. During this sixty-year ban, gays and lesbians who did join the Communist Party were deeply closeted within it, as well as in their public lives as both queer and Communist. By the late 1930s, the Communist Party had a membership approaching 100,000 and tens of thousands more people moved in its orbit through the Popular Front against fascism, anti-racist organizing, especially in the south, and its widely read cultural magazine, the New Masses. Based on a decade of archival research, correspondence, and interviews, Bettina Aptheker explores this history, also pulling from her own experience as a closeted lesbian in the Communist Party in the 1960s and &amp;#039;70s. Ironically, and in spite of this homophobia, individual Communists laid some of the political and theoretical foundations for lesbian and gay liberation and women&amp;#039;s liberation, and contributed significantly to peace, social justice, civil rights, and Black and Latinx liberation movements. This book will be of interest to students, scholars, and anyone interested in political history, gender studies, and the history of sexuality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668826">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668826</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Communists in Closets: Queering the History 1930s–1990s
Author: Bettina Aptheker
Narrator: Ann Sprinkle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Communist Party banned lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) people from membership beginning in 1938 when it cast them off as &amp;#039;degenerates.&amp;#039; It persisted in this policy until 1991. During this sixty-year ban, gays and lesbians who did join the Communist Party were deeply closeted within it, as well as in their public lives as both queer and Communist. By the late 1930s, the Communist Party had a membership approaching 100,000 and tens of thousands more people moved in its orbit through the Popular Front against fascism, anti-racist organizing, especially in the south, and its widely read cultural magazine, the New Masses. Based on a decade of archival research, correspondence, and interviews, Bettina Aptheker explores this history, also pulling from her own experience as a closeted lesbian in the Communist Party in the 1960s and &amp;#039;70s. Ironically, and in spite of this homophobia, individual Communists laid some of the political and theoretical foundations for lesbian and gay liberation and women&amp;#039;s liberation, and contributed significantly to peace, social justice, civil rights, and Black and Latinx liberation movements. This book will be of interest to students, scholars, and anyone interested in political history, gender studies, and the history of sexuality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The True Story of Pocahontas: The Other Side of History by Angela L. Daniel &amp;#039;silver Star&amp;#039;, Dr. Linwood &amp;#039;little Bear&amp;#039; Custalow</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668816</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668816">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668816</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The True Story of Pocahontas: The Other Side of History
Author: Angela L. Daniel &amp;#039;silver Star&amp;#039;, Dr. Linwood &amp;#039;little Bear&amp;#039; Custalow
Narrator: Rainy Fields
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 21 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The True Story of Pocahontas is the first public publication of the Powhatan perspective that has been maintained and passed down from generation to generation within the Mattaponi Tribe, and the first written history of Pocahontas by her own people.</description>
      <author>Angela L. Daniel &amp;#039;silver Star&amp;#039;, Dr. Linwood &amp;#039;little Bear&amp;#039; Custalow</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666139365.mp3" length="7413770" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668816</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666139365.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668816">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668816</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The True Story of Pocahontas: The Other Side of History
Author: Angela L. Daniel &amp;#039;silver Star&amp;#039;, Dr. Linwood &amp;#039;little Bear&amp;#039; Custalow
Narrator: Rainy Fields
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 21 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The True Story of Pocahontas is the first public publication of the Powhatan perspective that has been maintained and passed down from generation to generation within the Mattaponi Tribe, and the first written history of Pocahontas by her own people.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668816">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668816</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The True Story of Pocahontas: The Other Side of History
Author: Angela L. Daniel &amp;#039;silver Star&amp;#039;, Dr. Linwood &amp;#039;little Bear&amp;#039; Custalow
Narrator: Rainy Fields
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 21 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The True Story of Pocahontas is the first public publication of the Powhatan perspective that has been maintained and passed down from generation to generation within the Mattaponi Tribe, and the first written history of Pocahontas by her own people.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Murder on the Inside: The True Story of the Deadly Riot at Kingston Penitentiary by Catherine Fogarty</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668725</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668725">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668725</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Murder on the Inside: The True Story of the Deadly Riot at Kingston Penitentiary
Author: Catherine Fogarty
Narrator: Catherine Fogarty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 27 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Shortlisted for the Speaker&amp;#039;s Book Award • Shortlisted for The Brass Knuckles Award for Best Nonfiction Crime Book 		“You have taken our civil rights—we want our human rights.” 		On April 14, 1971, a handful of prisoners attacked the guards at Kingston Penitentiary and seized control, making headlines around the world. For four intense days, the prisoners held the guards hostage while their leaders negotiated with a citizens’ committee of journalists and lawyers, drawing attention to the dehumanizing realities of their incarceration, including overcrowding, harsh punishment and extreme isolation. But when another group of convicts turned their pent-up rage towards some of the weakest prisoners, tensions inside the old stone walls erupted, with tragic consequences. As heavily armed soldiers prepared to regain control of the prison through a full military assault, the inmates were finally forced to surrender. 		Murder on the Inside tells the harrowing story of a prison in crisis against the backdrop of a pivotal moment in the history of human rights. Occurring just months before the uprising at Attica Prison, the Kingston riot has remained largely undocumented, and few have known the details—yet the tense drama chronicled here is more relevant today than ever. A gripping account of the standoff and the efforts for justice and reform it inspired, Murder on the Inside is essential reading for our times.</description>
      <author>Catherine Fogarty</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781771965323.mp3" length="1228402" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668725</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781771965323.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668725">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668725</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Murder on the Inside: The True Story of the Deadly Riot at Kingston Penitentiary
Author: Catherine Fogarty
Narrator: Catherine Fogarty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 27 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Shortlisted for the Speaker&amp;#039;s Book Award • Shortlisted for The Brass Knuckles Award for Best Nonfiction Crime Book 		“You have taken our civil rights—we want our human rights.” 		On April 14, 1971, a handful of prisoners attacked the guards at Kingston Penitentiary and seized control, making headlines around the world. For four intense days, the prisoners held the guards hostage while their leaders negotiated with a citizens’ committee of journalists and lawyers, drawing attention to the dehumanizing realities of their incarceration, including overcrowding, harsh punishment and extreme isolation. But when another group of convicts turned their pent-up rage towards some of the weakest prisoners, tensions inside the old stone walls erupted, with tragic consequences. As heavily armed soldiers prepared to regain control of the prison through a full military assault, the inmates were finally forced to surrender. 		Murder on the Inside tells the harrowing story of a prison in crisis against the backdrop of a pivotal moment in the history of human rights. Occurring just months before the uprising at Attica Prison, the Kingston riot has remained largely undocumented, and few have known the details—yet the tense drama chronicled here is more relevant today than ever. A gripping account of the standoff and the efforts for justice and reform it inspired, Murder on the Inside is essential reading for our times.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668725">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668725</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Murder on the Inside: The True Story of the Deadly Riot at Kingston Penitentiary
Author: Catherine Fogarty
Narrator: Catherine Fogarty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 27 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Shortlisted for the Speaker&amp;#039;s Book Award • Shortlisted for The Brass Knuckles Award for Best Nonfiction Crime Book 		“You have taken our civil rights—we want our human rights.” 		On April 14, 1971, a handful of prisoners attacked the guards at Kingston Penitentiary and seized control, making headlines around the world. For four intense days, the prisoners held the guards hostage while their leaders negotiated with a citizens’ committee of journalists and lawyers, drawing attention to the dehumanizing realities of their incarceration, including overcrowding, harsh punishment and extreme isolation. But when another group of convicts turned their pent-up rage towards some of the weakest prisoners, tensions inside the old stone walls erupted, with tragic consequences. As heavily armed soldiers prepared to regain control of the prison through a full military assault, the inmates were finally forced to surrender. 		Murder on the Inside tells the harrowing story of a prison in crisis against the backdrop of a pivotal moment in the history of human rights. Occurring just months before the uprising at Attica Prison, the Kingston riot has remained largely undocumented, and few have known the details—yet the tense drama chronicled here is more relevant today than ever. A gripping account of the standoff and the efforts for justice and reform it inspired, Murder on the Inside is essential reading for our times.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power of Story: On Truth, the Trickster, and New Fictions for a New Era by Harold R Johnson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668723</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Story: On Truth, the Trickster, and New Fictions for a New Era
Author: Harold R Johnson
Narrator: Craig Lauzon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Award-winning Indigenous author Harold R. Johnson discusses the promise and potential of storytelling. Approached by an ecumenical society representing many faiths, from Judeo-Christians to fellow members of First Nations, Harold R. Johnson agreed to host a group who wanted to hear him speak about the power of storytelling. This book is the outcome of that gathering. In The Power of Story, Johnson explains the role of storytelling in every aspect of human life, from personal identity to history and the social contracts that structure our societies, and illustrates how we can direct its potential to re-create and reform not only our own lives, but the life we share. Companionable, clear-eyed, and, above all, optimistic, Johnson’s message is both a dire warning and a direct invitation to each of us to imagine and create, together, the world we want to live in.</description>
      <author>Harold R Johnson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781771965576.mp3" length="1286467" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668723</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781771965576.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Story: On Truth, the Trickster, and New Fictions for a New Era
Author: Harold R Johnson
Narrator: Craig Lauzon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Award-winning Indigenous author Harold R. Johnson discusses the promise and potential of storytelling. Approached by an ecumenical society representing many faiths, from Judeo-Christians to fellow members of First Nations, Harold R. Johnson agreed to host a group who wanted to hear him speak about the power of storytelling. This book is the outcome of that gathering. In The Power of Story, Johnson explains the role of storytelling in every aspect of human life, from personal identity to history and the social contracts that structure our societies, and illustrates how we can direct its potential to re-create and reform not only our own lives, but the life we share. Companionable, clear-eyed, and, above all, optimistic, Johnson’s message is both a dire warning and a direct invitation to each of us to imagine and create, together, the world we want to live in.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Story: On Truth, the Trickster, and New Fictions for a New Era
Author: Harold R Johnson
Narrator: Craig Lauzon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Award-winning Indigenous author Harold R. Johnson discusses the promise and potential of storytelling. Approached by an ecumenical society representing many faiths, from Judeo-Christians to fellow members of First Nations, Harold R. Johnson agreed to host a group who wanted to hear him speak about the power of storytelling. This book is the outcome of that gathering. In The Power of Story, Johnson explains the role of storytelling in every aspect of human life, from personal identity to history and the social contracts that structure our societies, and illustrates how we can direct its potential to re-create and reform not only our own lives, but the life we share. Companionable, clear-eyed, and, above all, optimistic, Johnson’s message is both a dire warning and a direct invitation to each of us to imagine and create, together, the world we want to live in.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Olmecas, zapotecos y mixtecos. Los indígenas de Mesoamérica IV by José Mariano Leyva</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668590</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Olmecas, zapotecos y mixtecos. Los indígenas de Mesoamérica IV
Series: #4 of Los indígenas de Mesoamérica
Author: José Mariano Leyva
Narrator: Kyria Montoya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Estas civilizaciones, aportaron su arte y sus ideas para conformar, junto con otros pueblos, un área de alta cultura en Mesoamérica. Sin embargo, se tiene conocimiento de la existencia de culturas &amp;#039;preolmecas&amp;#039;, de las que se han encontrado señales intactas de su desarrollo, hace más de cuatro mil años, en los restos de vasijas de cerámica grabada con imágenes del maíz, el Sol, el cielo, el rayo y la tierra. En todos estos vestigios aparecen representaciones de niños-jaguares; patas con garras; manos muy estilizadas, y enormes cabezas de piedra con rasgos negroides y ojos rasgados. Estas antiguas civilizaciones estaban ubicadas en los actuales estados de Tabasco, Veracruz y Oaxaca.</description>
      <author>José Mariano Leyva</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Apr 2020 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179735227.mp3" length="1259929" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668590</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179735227.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Olmecas, zapotecos y mixtecos. Los indígenas de Mesoamérica IV
Series: #4 of Los indígenas de Mesoamérica
Author: José Mariano Leyva
Narrator: Kyria Montoya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Estas civilizaciones, aportaron su arte y sus ideas para conformar, junto con otros pueblos, un área de alta cultura en Mesoamérica. Sin embargo, se tiene conocimiento de la existencia de culturas &amp;#039;preolmecas&amp;#039;, de las que se han encontrado señales intactas de su desarrollo, hace más de cuatro mil años, en los restos de vasijas de cerámica grabada con imágenes del maíz, el Sol, el cielo, el rayo y la tierra. En todos estos vestigios aparecen representaciones de niños-jaguares; patas con garras; manos muy estilizadas, y enormes cabezas de piedra con rasgos negroides y ojos rasgados. Estas antiguas civilizaciones estaban ubicadas en los actuales estados de Tabasco, Veracruz y Oaxaca.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Olmecas, zapotecos y mixtecos. Los indígenas de Mesoamérica IV
Series: #4 of Los indígenas de Mesoamérica
Author: José Mariano Leyva
Narrator: Kyria Montoya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Estas civilizaciones, aportaron su arte y sus ideas para conformar, junto con otros pueblos, un área de alta cultura en Mesoamérica. Sin embargo, se tiene conocimiento de la existencia de culturas &amp;#039;preolmecas&amp;#039;, de las que se han encontrado señales intactas de su desarrollo, hace más de cuatro mil años, en los restos de vasijas de cerámica grabada con imágenes del maíz, el Sol, el cielo, el rayo y la tierra. En todos estos vestigios aparecen representaciones de niños-jaguares; patas con garras; manos muy estilizadas, y enormes cabezas de piedra con rasgos negroides y ojos rasgados. Estas antiguas civilizaciones estaban ubicadas en los actuales estados de Tabasco, Veracruz y Oaxaca.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Historia secreta mapuche by Pedro Cayuqueo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668463</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Historia secreta mapuche
Author: Pedro Cayuqueo
Narrator: Alejandro Bono
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;La historia la escriben los vencedores&amp;#039;, sentenció el escritor inglés George Orwell. Esto bien lo saben los mapuches. ¿Cómo se entiende si no que un pueblo guerrero en el siglo dieciséis, diplomático en el diecisiete, rico y ganadero en el dieciocho y diecinueve, pasara a ser más tarde en la historia oficial chileno-argentina una tropa de &amp;#039;salvajes y bárbaros&amp;#039;? ¿O que sus grandes líderes y estadistas, que parlamentaron siglos con la Corona Española y mantuvieron luego nutrida correspondencia con mandatarios de ambas repúblicas, fueran degradados a indios &amp;#039;traidores&amp;#039; y &amp;#039;rencorosos&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;ladrones&amp;#039; y &amp;#039;borrachos&amp;#039;? &amp;#039;El único deber que tenemos con la historia es reescribirla&amp;#039;, señaló el poeta y dramaturgo irlandés Oscar Wilde. En este nuevo libro del periodista Pedro Cayuqueo, la historia mapuche es reescrita para honrar la memoria de sus ancestros. Pero no se trata de un anecdotario. Mucho menos de un panfleto. Un gran trabajo de investigación y extensa bibliografía que incluye a destacados académicos, así como memorias de cronistas y viajeros que recorrieron en tiempos pasados el Wallmapu libre, sostienen cada una de sus páginas. El autor reescribe, haciendo uso de la crónica periodística, la fascinante historia de resistencia de su pueblo. Y lo hace de manera diferente, entretenida, casi en lenguaje cinematográfico, como si se tratara de una serie de Netflix. Nunca antes la historia mapuche la contaron así.</description>
      <author>Pedro Cayuqueo</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Aug 2019 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789178975501.mp3" length="1201494" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668463</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789178975501.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Historia secreta mapuche
Author: Pedro Cayuqueo
Narrator: Alejandro Bono
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;La historia la escriben los vencedores&amp;#039;, sentenció el escritor inglés George Orwell. Esto bien lo saben los mapuches. ¿Cómo se entiende si no que un pueblo guerrero en el siglo dieciséis, diplomático en el diecisiete, rico y ganadero en el dieciocho y diecinueve, pasara a ser más tarde en la historia oficial chileno-argentina una tropa de &amp;#039;salvajes y bárbaros&amp;#039;? ¿O que sus grandes líderes y estadistas, que parlamentaron siglos con la Corona Española y mantuvieron luego nutrida correspondencia con mandatarios de ambas repúblicas, fueran degradados a indios &amp;#039;traidores&amp;#039; y &amp;#039;rencorosos&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;ladrones&amp;#039; y &amp;#039;borrachos&amp;#039;? &amp;#039;El único deber que tenemos con la historia es reescribirla&amp;#039;, señaló el poeta y dramaturgo irlandés Oscar Wilde. En este nuevo libro del periodista Pedro Cayuqueo, la historia mapuche es reescrita para honrar la memoria de sus ancestros. Pero no se trata de un anecdotario. Mucho menos de un panfleto. Un gran trabajo de investigación y extensa bibliografía que incluye a destacados académicos, así como memorias de cronistas y viajeros que recorrieron en tiempos pasados el Wallmapu libre, sostienen cada una de sus páginas. El autor reescribe, haciendo uso de la crónica periodística, la fascinante historia de resistencia de su pueblo. Y lo hace de manera diferente, entretenida, casi en lenguaje cinematográfico, como si se tratara de una serie de Netflix. Nunca antes la historia mapuche la contaron así.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Historia secreta mapuche
Author: Pedro Cayuqueo
Narrator: Alejandro Bono
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;La historia la escriben los vencedores&amp;#039;, sentenció el escritor inglés George Orwell. Esto bien lo saben los mapuches. ¿Cómo se entiende si no que un pueblo guerrero en el siglo dieciséis, diplomático en el diecisiete, rico y ganadero en el dieciocho y diecinueve, pasara a ser más tarde en la historia oficial chileno-argentina una tropa de &amp;#039;salvajes y bárbaros&amp;#039;? ¿O que sus grandes líderes y estadistas, que parlamentaron siglos con la Corona Española y mantuvieron luego nutrida correspondencia con mandatarios de ambas repúblicas, fueran degradados a indios &amp;#039;traidores&amp;#039; y &amp;#039;rencorosos&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;ladrones&amp;#039; y &amp;#039;borrachos&amp;#039;? &amp;#039;El único deber que tenemos con la historia es reescribirla&amp;#039;, señaló el poeta y dramaturgo irlandés Oscar Wilde. En este nuevo libro del periodista Pedro Cayuqueo, la historia mapuche es reescrita para honrar la memoria de sus ancestros. Pero no se trata de un anecdotario. Mucho menos de un panfleto. Un gran trabajo de investigación y extensa bibliografía que incluye a destacados académicos, así como memorias de cronistas y viajeros que recorrieron en tiempos pasados el Wallmapu libre, sostienen cada una de sus páginas. El autor reescribe, haciendo uso de la crónica periodística, la fascinante historia de resistencia de su pueblo. Y lo hace de manera diferente, entretenida, casi en lenguaje cinematográfico, como si se tratara de una serie de Netflix. Nunca antes la historia mapuche la contaron así.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flying to Extremes by Dominique Prinet</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668126</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668126">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668126</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flying to Extremes
Author: Dominique Prinet
Narrator: Adam Henderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Recalling some of the most memorable escapades ever conducted in the Canadian Arctic with bush planes, Flying to Extremes takes place in the late ’60s and early ’70s from a base at Yellowknife, in the heart of the Northwest Territories. Beyond recounting so many near-mishaps, this book is also about colourful people: the trappers, prospectors, miners, adventurers and gold-ingot thieves who constituted the fauna at the main bar in Yellowknife in those days. For Arctic dreamers, there was always the flight to the Nahanni River, with its Deadman’s Valley, hot springs, tales of lost or dead prospectors, the many airplanes crashed in pursuit of gold, and much more Nahanni lore. This entertaining book recollects Prinet’s adventures as a young man while capturing the humour, beauty, danger and unique culture of northern communities, in the dramatic landscape of the Canadian Arctic. Readers familiar with the region and those who can only dream of visiting it will both find this title a nostalgic and captivating read.</description>
      <author>Dominique Prinet</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Dec 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780888397546.mp3" length="1392741" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668126</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780888397546.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668126">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668126</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flying to Extremes
Author: Dominique Prinet
Narrator: Adam Henderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Recalling some of the most memorable escapades ever conducted in the Canadian Arctic with bush planes, Flying to Extremes takes place in the late ’60s and early ’70s from a base at Yellowknife, in the heart of the Northwest Territories. Beyond recounting so many near-mishaps, this book is also about colourful people: the trappers, prospectors, miners, adventurers and gold-ingot thieves who constituted the fauna at the main bar in Yellowknife in those days. For Arctic dreamers, there was always the flight to the Nahanni River, with its Deadman’s Valley, hot springs, tales of lost or dead prospectors, the many airplanes crashed in pursuit of gold, and much more Nahanni lore. This entertaining book recollects Prinet’s adventures as a young man while capturing the humour, beauty, danger and unique culture of northern communities, in the dramatic landscape of the Canadian Arctic. Readers familiar with the region and those who can only dream of visiting it will both find this title a nostalgic and captivating read.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668126">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668126</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flying to Extremes
Author: Dominique Prinet
Narrator: Adam Henderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Recalling some of the most memorable escapades ever conducted in the Canadian Arctic with bush planes, Flying to Extremes takes place in the late ’60s and early ’70s from a base at Yellowknife, in the heart of the Northwest Territories. Beyond recounting so many near-mishaps, this book is also about colourful people: the trappers, prospectors, miners, adventurers and gold-ingot thieves who constituted the fauna at the main bar in Yellowknife in those days. For Arctic dreamers, there was always the flight to the Nahanni River, with its Deadman’s Valley, hot springs, tales of lost or dead prospectors, the many airplanes crashed in pursuit of gold, and much more Nahanni lore. This entertaining book recollects Prinet’s adventures as a young man while capturing the humour, beauty, danger and unique culture of northern communities, in the dramatic landscape of the Canadian Arctic. Readers familiar with the region and those who can only dream of visiting it will both find this title a nostalgic and captivating read.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - رحلة إلى منغوليا الداخلية by موه جيو يو</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667979</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667979">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667979</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - رحلة إلى منغوليا الداخلية
Author: موه جيو يو
Narrator: مارلين شكيب
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January 11, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
في أربعمئة وعشرين تدوينة صغيرة، يرسم الكاتب الصيني «مو جيو يو» صورة حية ومتحركة وناضحة بالتفاصيل لمنغوليا الداخلية على المستوى الحضاري والثقافي والاقتصادي، في كتابه «رحلة إلى منغوليا الداخلية». تقع منغوليا في الجزء الشمالي من الصين، وتُشكِّل قوة جذب للسياح ورجال الأعمال من داخل الصين وخارجها. وتعد واحدة من منابع الحضارة الصينية؛ فقد سكنها الإنسان القديم قبل قرابة خمسمائة إلى ستمائة ألف عام. كانت منغوليا حلقة وصل مهمة بين المناطق الداخلية في الصين وبين المناطق الحدودية، مما ساهم في تطور المنطقة، والربط بين المراعي الواسعة والغابات المترامية وبين المناطق الأساسية في البلاد بشكل وثيق، وأصبحت جزءًا لا يتجزَّأ من التاريخ الصيني. كما تضم البقايا الأكثر عددًا واكتمالًا من سور الصين العظيم، وغيرها من الآثار والمعالم المتفردة. الأمر الذي يجعلها وجهة هامة للمفتونين بالتاريخ. وينقل لنا هذا الكتاب صورة واسعة عن طبيعة وتاريخ منغوليا الداخلية وعن الأطعمة المميزة فيها وسكانها وثقافتهم وعاداتهم. تبدأ رحلتنا في هذه المنطقة من عصور ما قبل التاريخ وتنتهي في المستقبل. استمع الآن.</description>
      <author>موه جيو يو</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Jan 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179317409.mp3" length="1418074" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667979</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179317409.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667979">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667979</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - رحلة إلى منغوليا الداخلية
Author: موه جيو يو
Narrator: مارلين شكيب
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January 11, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
في أربعمئة وعشرين تدوينة صغيرة، يرسم الكاتب الصيني «مو جيو يو» صورة حية ومتحركة وناضحة بالتفاصيل لمنغوليا الداخلية على المستوى الحضاري والثقافي والاقتصادي، في كتابه «رحلة إلى منغوليا الداخلية». تقع منغوليا في الجزء الشمالي من الصين، وتُشكِّل قوة جذب للسياح ورجال الأعمال من داخل الصين وخارجها. وتعد واحدة من منابع الحضارة الصينية؛ فقد سكنها الإنسان القديم قبل قرابة خمسمائة إلى ستمائة ألف عام. كانت منغوليا حلقة وصل مهمة بين المناطق الداخلية في الصين وبين المناطق الحدودية، مما ساهم في تطور المنطقة، والربط بين المراعي الواسعة والغابات المترامية وبين المناطق الأساسية في البلاد بشكل وثيق، وأصبحت جزءًا لا يتجزَّأ من التاريخ الصيني. كما تضم البقايا الأكثر عددًا واكتمالًا من سور الصين العظيم، وغيرها من الآثار والمعالم المتفردة. الأمر الذي يجعلها وجهة هامة للمفتونين بالتاريخ. وينقل لنا هذا الكتاب صورة واسعة عن طبيعة وتاريخ منغوليا الداخلية وعن الأطعمة المميزة فيها وسكانها وثقافتهم وعاداتهم. تبدأ رحلتنا في هذه المنطقة من عصور ما قبل التاريخ وتنتهي في المستقبل. استمع الآن.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667979">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667979</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - رحلة إلى منغوليا الداخلية
Author: موه جيو يو
Narrator: مارلين شكيب
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January 11, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
في أربعمئة وعشرين تدوينة صغيرة، يرسم الكاتب الصيني «مو جيو يو» صورة حية ومتحركة وناضحة بالتفاصيل لمنغوليا الداخلية على المستوى الحضاري والثقافي والاقتصادي، في كتابه «رحلة إلى منغوليا الداخلية». تقع منغوليا في الجزء الشمالي من الصين، وتُشكِّل قوة جذب للسياح ورجال الأعمال من داخل الصين وخارجها. وتعد واحدة من منابع الحضارة الصينية؛ فقد سكنها الإنسان القديم قبل قرابة خمسمائة إلى ستمائة ألف عام. كانت منغوليا حلقة وصل مهمة بين المناطق الداخلية في الصين وبين المناطق الحدودية، مما ساهم في تطور المنطقة، والربط بين المراعي الواسعة والغابات المترامية وبين المناطق الأساسية في البلاد بشكل وثيق، وأصبحت جزءًا لا يتجزَّأ من التاريخ الصيني. كما تضم البقايا الأكثر عددًا واكتمالًا من سور الصين العظيم، وغيرها من الآثار والمعالم المتفردة. الأمر الذي يجعلها وجهة هامة للمفتونين بالتاريخ. وينقل لنا هذا الكتاب صورة واسعة عن طبيعة وتاريخ منغوليا الداخلية وعن الأطعمة المميزة فيها وسكانها وثقافتهم وعاداتهم. تبدأ رحلتنا في هذه المنطقة من عصور ما قبل التاريخ وتنتهي في المستقبل. استمع الآن.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Slave Religion: The &amp;#039;Invisible Institution&amp;#039; in the Antebellum South by Albert J. Raboteau</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667314</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667314">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667314</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Slave Religion: The &amp;#039;Invisible Institution&amp;#039; in the Antebellum South
Author: Albert J. Raboteau
Narrator: Rodney Louis Tompkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 23, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Twenty-five years after its original publication, Slave Religion remains a classic in the study of African American history and religion. In a new chapter in this anniversary edition, author Albert J. Raboteau reflects upon the origins of the book, the reactions to it over the past twenty-five years, and how he would write it differently today. Using a variety of first and second-hand sources-- some objective, some personal, all riveting-- Raboteau analyzes the transformation of the African religions into evangelical Christianity. He presents the narratives of the slaves themselves, as well as missionary reports, travel accounts, folklore, black autobiographies, and the journals of white observers to describe the day-to-day religious life in the slave communities. Slave Religion is a must-read for anyone wanting a full picture of this &amp;#039;invisible institution.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Albert J. Raboteau</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 23 Jan 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350827361.mp3" length="1268826" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667314</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350827361.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667314">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667314</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Slave Religion: The &amp;#039;Invisible Institution&amp;#039; in the Antebellum South
Author: Albert J. Raboteau
Narrator: Rodney Louis Tompkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 23, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Twenty-five years after its original publication, Slave Religion remains a classic in the study of African American history and religion. In a new chapter in this anniversary edition, author Albert J. Raboteau reflects upon the origins of the book, the reactions to it over the past twenty-five years, and how he would write it differently today. Using a variety of first and second-hand sources-- some objective, some personal, all riveting-- Raboteau analyzes the transformation of the African religions into evangelical Christianity. He presents the narratives of the slaves themselves, as well as missionary reports, travel accounts, folklore, black autobiographies, and the journals of white observers to describe the day-to-day religious life in the slave communities. Slave Religion is a must-read for anyone wanting a full picture of this &amp;#039;invisible institution.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667314">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667314</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Slave Religion: The &amp;#039;Invisible Institution&amp;#039; in the Antebellum South
Author: Albert J. Raboteau
Narrator: Rodney Louis Tompkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 23, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Twenty-five years after its original publication, Slave Religion remains a classic in the study of African American history and religion. In a new chapter in this anniversary edition, author Albert J. Raboteau reflects upon the origins of the book, the reactions to it over the past twenty-five years, and how he would write it differently today. Using a variety of first and second-hand sources-- some objective, some personal, all riveting-- Raboteau analyzes the transformation of the African religions into evangelical Christianity. He presents the narratives of the slaves themselves, as well as missionary reports, travel accounts, folklore, black autobiographies, and the journals of white observers to describe the day-to-day religious life in the slave communities. Slave Religion is a must-read for anyone wanting a full picture of this &amp;#039;invisible institution.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Apostles of Disunion: Southern Secession Commissioners and the Causes of the Civil War: Fifteenth Anniversary Edition by Charles B. Dew</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667276</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667276">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667276</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Apostles of Disunion: Southern Secession Commissioners and the Causes of the Civil War: Fifteenth Anniversary Edition
Author: Charles B. Dew
Narrator: Mitchell Dorian
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Dew&amp;#039;s Apostles of Disunion has established itself as a modern classic and an indispensable account of the Southern states&amp;#039; secession from the Union. Addressing topics still hotly debated among historians and the public at large more than a century and a half after the Civil War, the book offers a compelling and clearly substantiated argument that slavery and race were at the heart of our great national crisis. The fifteen years since the original publication of Apostles of Disunion have seen an intensification of debates surrounding the Confederate flag and Civil War monuments. In a powerful new afterword to this anniversary edition, Dew situates the book in relation to these recent controversies and factors in the role of vast financial interests tied to the internal slave trade in pushing Virginia and other upper South states toward secession and war.</description>
      <author>Charles B. Dew</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350826968.mp3" length="1385829" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667276</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350826968.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667276">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667276</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Apostles of Disunion: Southern Secession Commissioners and the Causes of the Civil War: Fifteenth Anniversary Edition
Author: Charles B. Dew
Narrator: Mitchell Dorian
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Dew&amp;#039;s Apostles of Disunion has established itself as a modern classic and an indispensable account of the Southern states&amp;#039; secession from the Union. Addressing topics still hotly debated among historians and the public at large more than a century and a half after the Civil War, the book offers a compelling and clearly substantiated argument that slavery and race were at the heart of our great national crisis. The fifteen years since the original publication of Apostles of Disunion have seen an intensification of debates surrounding the Confederate flag and Civil War monuments. In a powerful new afterword to this anniversary edition, Dew situates the book in relation to these recent controversies and factors in the role of vast financial interests tied to the internal slave trade in pushing Virginia and other upper South states toward secession and war.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667276">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667276</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Apostles of Disunion: Southern Secession Commissioners and the Causes of the Civil War: Fifteenth Anniversary Edition
Author: Charles B. Dew
Narrator: Mitchell Dorian
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Dew&amp;#039;s Apostles of Disunion has established itself as a modern classic and an indispensable account of the Southern states&amp;#039; secession from the Union. Addressing topics still hotly debated among historians and the public at large more than a century and a half after the Civil War, the book offers a compelling and clearly substantiated argument that slavery and race were at the heart of our great national crisis. The fifteen years since the original publication of Apostles of Disunion have seen an intensification of debates surrounding the Confederate flag and Civil War monuments. In a powerful new afterword to this anniversary edition, Dew situates the book in relation to these recent controversies and factors in the role of vast financial interests tied to the internal slave trade in pushing Virginia and other upper South states toward secession and war.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dream Town: Shaker Heights and the Quest for Racial Equity by Laura Meckler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666924</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dream Town: Shaker Heights and the Quest for Racial Equity
Author: Laura Meckler
Narrator: Laura Meckler, Debi Tinsley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Can a group of well-intentioned people fulfill the promise of racial integration in America? In this searing and deeply researched examination of the promises and realities of racial integration, award-winning Washington Post journalist Laura Meckler aims to uncover where the problem lies and to shed light on what’s being done to move forward—in housing, in education, and in the promise of shared community. In the late 1950s, Shaker Heights became a national model for housing integration. And beginning in the seventies, it was known as a crown jewel in the national move to racially integrate schools. The school district built a national reputation for academic excellence and diversity, serving as a model for how white and Black Americans can not just coexist but thrive together. Meckler—herself a product of Shaker Heights—takes a deeper look into the place that shaped her, investigating its complicated history and its ongoing challenges in order to untangle the myth from the truth. She confronts an enduring, and troubling, question—if Shaker Heights has worked so hard at racial equity, why does a racial academic achievement gap persist? In telling the stories of the Shakerites who built and live in this community, Meckler asks: Can a group of well-intentioned people fulfill the promise of racial integration in America? What does success look like and has Shaker achieved it? What are Black Americans asked to sacrifice and what will white people have to give up? The result is a complex portrait of a place that, while never perfect, has achieved more than most, and a road map for communities that seek to do the same.</description>
      <author>Laura Meckler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593793534.mp3" length="2764269" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666924</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593793534.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dream Town: Shaker Heights and the Quest for Racial Equity
Author: Laura Meckler
Narrator: Laura Meckler, Debi Tinsley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Can a group of well-intentioned people fulfill the promise of racial integration in America? In this searing and deeply researched examination of the promises and realities of racial integration, award-winning Washington Post journalist Laura Meckler aims to uncover where the problem lies and to shed light on what’s being done to move forward—in housing, in education, and in the promise of shared community. In the late 1950s, Shaker Heights became a national model for housing integration. And beginning in the seventies, it was known as a crown jewel in the national move to racially integrate schools. The school district built a national reputation for academic excellence and diversity, serving as a model for how white and Black Americans can not just coexist but thrive together. Meckler—herself a product of Shaker Heights—takes a deeper look into the place that shaped her, investigating its complicated history and its ongoing challenges in order to untangle the myth from the truth. She confronts an enduring, and troubling, question—if Shaker Heights has worked so hard at racial equity, why does a racial academic achievement gap persist? In telling the stories of the Shakerites who built and live in this community, Meckler asks: Can a group of well-intentioned people fulfill the promise of racial integration in America? What does success look like and has Shaker achieved it? What are Black Americans asked to sacrifice and what will white people have to give up? The result is a complex portrait of a place that, while never perfect, has achieved more than most, and a road map for communities that seek to do the same.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dream Town: Shaker Heights and the Quest for Racial Equity
Author: Laura Meckler
Narrator: Laura Meckler, Debi Tinsley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Can a group of well-intentioned people fulfill the promise of racial integration in America? In this searing and deeply researched examination of the promises and realities of racial integration, award-winning Washington Post journalist Laura Meckler aims to uncover where the problem lies and to shed light on what’s being done to move forward—in housing, in education, and in the promise of shared community. In the late 1950s, Shaker Heights became a national model for housing integration. And beginning in the seventies, it was known as a crown jewel in the national move to racially integrate schools. The school district built a national reputation for academic excellence and diversity, serving as a model for how white and Black Americans can not just coexist but thrive together. Meckler—herself a product of Shaker Heights—takes a deeper look into the place that shaped her, investigating its complicated history and its ongoing challenges in order to untangle the myth from the truth. She confronts an enduring, and troubling, question—if Shaker Heights has worked so hard at racial equity, why does a racial academic achievement gap persist? In telling the stories of the Shakerites who built and live in this community, Meckler asks: Can a group of well-intentioned people fulfill the promise of racial integration in America? What does success look like and has Shaker achieved it? What are Black Americans asked to sacrifice and what will white people have to give up? The result is a complex portrait of a place that, while never perfect, has achieved more than most, and a road map for communities that seek to do the same.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Last Ships from Hamburg: Business, Rivalry, and the Race to Save Russia’s Jews on the Eve of World War I by Steven Ujifusa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666836</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666836">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666836</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Ships from Hamburg: Business, Rivalry, and the Race to Save Russia’s Jews on the Eve of World War I
Author: Steven Ujifusa
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A propulsive human drama that chronicles the mass exodus of Jews from Eastern Europe to America in the early years of the twentieth century, and the men who made it possible. Over thirty years, from 1890 to 1921, 2.5 million Jews, fleeing discrimination and violence in their homelands of Eastern Europe, arrived in the United States. Many sailed on steamships from Hamburg. This mass exodus was facilitated by three businessmen whose involvement in the Jewish-American narrative has been largely forgotten: Jacob Schiff, the managing partner of the investment bank Kuhn, Loeb &amp;amp; Company, who used his immense wealth to help Jews to leave Europe; Albert Ballin, managing director of the Hamburg-American Line, who created a transportation network of trains and steamships to carry them across continents and an ocean; and J. P. Morgan, mastermind of the International Mercantile Marine (I.M.M.) trust, who tried to monopolize the lucrative steamship business. Though their goals were often contradictory, together they made possible a migration that spared millions from persecution. Descendants of these immigrants included Ruth Bader Ginsberg, Estée Lauder, George Gershwin, Irving Berlin, Fanny Brice, Lauren Bacall, the Marx Brothers, David Sarnoff, Al Jolson, Sam Goldwyn, Ben Shahn, Hank Greenberg, Felix Frankfurter, Moses Annenberg, and many more—including Ujifusa’s great grandparents. That is their legacy. Moving from the shtetls of Russia and the ports of Hamburg to the mansions of New York’s Upper East Side and the picket lines outside of the notorious Triangle Shirtwaist Factory, The Last Ships from Hamburg is a history that unfolds on both an intimate and epic scale. Meticulously researched, masterfully told, Ujifusa’s story offers original insight into the American experience, connecting banking, shipping, politics, immigration, nativism, and war—and delivers crucial insight into the burgeoning refugee crisis of our own time.</description>
      <author>Steven Ujifusa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062971944.mp3" length="1402940" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666836</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062971944.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666836">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666836</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Ships from Hamburg: Business, Rivalry, and the Race to Save Russia’s Jews on the Eve of World War I
Author: Steven Ujifusa
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A propulsive human drama that chronicles the mass exodus of Jews from Eastern Europe to America in the early years of the twentieth century, and the men who made it possible. Over thirty years, from 1890 to 1921, 2.5 million Jews, fleeing discrimination and violence in their homelands of Eastern Europe, arrived in the United States. Many sailed on steamships from Hamburg. This mass exodus was facilitated by three businessmen whose involvement in the Jewish-American narrative has been largely forgotten: Jacob Schiff, the managing partner of the investment bank Kuhn, Loeb &amp;amp; Company, who used his immense wealth to help Jews to leave Europe; Albert Ballin, managing director of the Hamburg-American Line, who created a transportation network of trains and steamships to carry them across continents and an ocean; and J. P. Morgan, mastermind of the International Mercantile Marine (I.M.M.) trust, who tried to monopolize the lucrative steamship business. Though their goals were often contradictory, together they made possible a migration that spared millions from persecution. Descendants of these immigrants included Ruth Bader Ginsberg, Estée Lauder, George Gershwin, Irving Berlin, Fanny Brice, Lauren Bacall, the Marx Brothers, David Sarnoff, Al Jolson, Sam Goldwyn, Ben Shahn, Hank Greenberg, Felix Frankfurter, Moses Annenberg, and many more—including Ujifusa’s great grandparents. That is their legacy. Moving from the shtetls of Russia and the ports of Hamburg to the mansions of New York’s Upper East Side and the picket lines outside of the notorious Triangle Shirtwaist Factory, The Last Ships from Hamburg is a history that unfolds on both an intimate and epic scale. Meticulously researched, masterfully told, Ujifusa’s story offers original insight into the American experience, connecting banking, shipping, politics, immigration, nativism, and war—and delivers crucial insight into the burgeoning refugee crisis of our own time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666836">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666836</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Ships from Hamburg: Business, Rivalry, and the Race to Save Russia’s Jews on the Eve of World War I
Author: Steven Ujifusa
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A propulsive human drama that chronicles the mass exodus of Jews from Eastern Europe to America in the early years of the twentieth century, and the men who made it possible. Over thirty years, from 1890 to 1921, 2.5 million Jews, fleeing discrimination and violence in their homelands of Eastern Europe, arrived in the United States. Many sailed on steamships from Hamburg. This mass exodus was facilitated by three businessmen whose involvement in the Jewish-American narrative has been largely forgotten: Jacob Schiff, the managing partner of the investment bank Kuhn, Loeb &amp;amp; Company, who used his immense wealth to help Jews to leave Europe; Albert Ballin, managing director of the Hamburg-American Line, who created a transportation network of trains and steamships to carry them across continents and an ocean; and J. P. Morgan, mastermind of the International Mercantile Marine (I.M.M.) trust, who tried to monopolize the lucrative steamship business. Though their goals were often contradictory, together they made possible a migration that spared millions from persecution. Descendants of these immigrants included Ruth Bader Ginsberg, Estée Lauder, George Gershwin, Irving Berlin, Fanny Brice, Lauren Bacall, the Marx Brothers, David Sarnoff, Al Jolson, Sam Goldwyn, Ben Shahn, Hank Greenberg, Felix Frankfurter, Moses Annenberg, and many more—including Ujifusa’s great grandparents. That is their legacy. Moving from the shtetls of Russia and the ports of Hamburg to the mansions of New York’s Upper East Side and the picket lines outside of the notorious Triangle Shirtwaist Factory, The Last Ships from Hamburg is a history that unfolds on both an intimate and epic scale. Meticulously researched, masterfully told, Ujifusa’s story offers original insight into the American experience, connecting banking, shipping, politics, immigration, nativism, and war—and delivers crucial insight into the burgeoning refugee crisis of our own time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Astor: The Rise and Fall of an American Fortune by Katherine Howe, Anderson Cooper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666827</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Astor: The Rise and Fall of an American Fortune
Author: Katherine Howe, Anderson Cooper
Narrator: Anderson Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.84 of Total 37 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The number one New York Times bestselling authors of Vanderbilt return with another riveting history of a legendary American family, the Astors, and how they built and lavished their fortune. The story of the Astors is a quintessentially American story—of ambition, invention, destruction, and reinvention. From 1783, when German immigrant John Jacob Astor first arrived in the United States, until 2009, when Brooke Astor’s son, Anthony Marshall, was convicted of defrauding his elderly mother, the Astor name occupied a unique place in American society. The family fortune, first made by a beaver trapping business that grew into an empire, was then amplified by holdings in Manhattan real estate. Over the ensuing generations, Astors ruled Gilded Age New York society and inserted themselves into political and cultural life, but also suffered the most famous loss on the Titanic, one of many shocking and unexpected twists in the family’s story. In this unconventional, page-turning historical biography, #1 New York Times bestselling authors Anderson Cooper and Katherine Howe chronicle the lives of the Astors and explore what the Astor name has come to mean in America—offering a window onto the making of America itself. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Katherine Howe, Anderson Cooper</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062964687.mp3" length="1517300" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666827</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062964687.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Astor: The Rise and Fall of an American Fortune
Author: Katherine Howe, Anderson Cooper
Narrator: Anderson Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.84 of Total 37 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The number one New York Times bestselling authors of Vanderbilt return with another riveting history of a legendary American family, the Astors, and how they built and lavished their fortune. The story of the Astors is a quintessentially American story—of ambition, invention, destruction, and reinvention. From 1783, when German immigrant John Jacob Astor first arrived in the United States, until 2009, when Brooke Astor’s son, Anthony Marshall, was convicted of defrauding his elderly mother, the Astor name occupied a unique place in American society. The family fortune, first made by a beaver trapping business that grew into an empire, was then amplified by holdings in Manhattan real estate. Over the ensuing generations, Astors ruled Gilded Age New York society and inserted themselves into political and cultural life, but also suffered the most famous loss on the Titanic, one of many shocking and unexpected twists in the family’s story. In this unconventional, page-turning historical biography, #1 New York Times bestselling authors Anderson Cooper and Katherine Howe chronicle the lives of the Astors and explore what the Astor name has come to mean in America—offering a window onto the making of America itself. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Astor: The Rise and Fall of an American Fortune
Author: Katherine Howe, Anderson Cooper
Narrator: Anderson Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.84 of Total 37 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The number one New York Times bestselling authors of Vanderbilt return with another riveting history of a legendary American family, the Astors, and how they built and lavished their fortune. The story of the Astors is a quintessentially American story—of ambition, invention, destruction, and reinvention. From 1783, when German immigrant John Jacob Astor first arrived in the United States, until 2009, when Brooke Astor’s son, Anthony Marshall, was convicted of defrauding his elderly mother, the Astor name occupied a unique place in American society. The family fortune, first made by a beaver trapping business that grew into an empire, was then amplified by holdings in Manhattan real estate. Over the ensuing generations, Astors ruled Gilded Age New York society and inserted themselves into political and cultural life, but also suffered the most famous loss on the Titanic, one of many shocking and unexpected twists in the family’s story. In this unconventional, page-turning historical biography, #1 New York Times bestselling authors Anderson Cooper and Katherine Howe chronicle the lives of the Astors and explore what the Astor name has come to mean in America—offering a window onto the making of America itself. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Glitter and Concrete: A Cultural History of Drag in New York City by Elyssa Maxx Goodman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666828</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Glitter and Concrete: A Cultural History of Drag in New York City
Author: Elyssa Maxx Goodman
Narrator: Natalie Duke, Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
*The Millions Most Anticipated List of 2023* *A Vogue Best LGBTQ+ Book of 2023* &amp;quot;Deeply researched and featuring a cast of characters who can truly be described as fabulous, Glitter and Concrete is urban history on fire.&amp;quot; —Thomas Dyja, author of New York, New York, New York An intimate, evocative history of drag in New York City exploring its dynamic role, from the Jazz Age to Drag Race, in queer liberation and urban life From the lush feather boas that adorned early female impersonators to the sequined lip syncs of barroom queens to the drag kings that have us laughing in stitches, drag has played a vital role in the creative life of New York City. But the evolution of drag in the city—as an art form, a community and a mode of liberation—has never before been fully chronicled. Now, for the first time, journalist and drag historian Elyssa Maxx Goodman unearths the dramatic, provocative untold story of drag in New York City in all its glistening glory. Goodman ducks beneath the velvet ropes of Harlem Renaissance balls, examines drag’s crucial role in the Stonewall Uprising, traces drag&amp;#039;s influence on disco and punk rock as well as its unifying power during the AIDS crisis and 9/11, and culminates in the era of RuPaul’s Drag Race. Informed by meticulous research and archival work, as well as original interviews with high-profile performers, Glitter and Concrete is a significant contribution to queer history and an essential read for anyone curious about the story that echoes beneath the heels.</description>
      <author>Elyssa Maxx Goodman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781488228902.mp3" length="1391968" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666828</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781488228902.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Glitter and Concrete: A Cultural History of Drag in New York City
Author: Elyssa Maxx Goodman
Narrator: Natalie Duke, Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
*The Millions Most Anticipated List of 2023* *A Vogue Best LGBTQ+ Book of 2023* &amp;quot;Deeply researched and featuring a cast of characters who can truly be described as fabulous, Glitter and Concrete is urban history on fire.&amp;quot; —Thomas Dyja, author of New York, New York, New York An intimate, evocative history of drag in New York City exploring its dynamic role, from the Jazz Age to Drag Race, in queer liberation and urban life From the lush feather boas that adorned early female impersonators to the sequined lip syncs of barroom queens to the drag kings that have us laughing in stitches, drag has played a vital role in the creative life of New York City. But the evolution of drag in the city—as an art form, a community and a mode of liberation—has never before been fully chronicled. Now, for the first time, journalist and drag historian Elyssa Maxx Goodman unearths the dramatic, provocative untold story of drag in New York City in all its glistening glory. Goodman ducks beneath the velvet ropes of Harlem Renaissance balls, examines drag’s crucial role in the Stonewall Uprising, traces drag&amp;#039;s influence on disco and punk rock as well as its unifying power during the AIDS crisis and 9/11, and culminates in the era of RuPaul’s Drag Race. Informed by meticulous research and archival work, as well as original interviews with high-profile performers, Glitter and Concrete is a significant contribution to queer history and an essential read for anyone curious about the story that echoes beneath the heels.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Glitter and Concrete: A Cultural History of Drag in New York City
Author: Elyssa Maxx Goodman
Narrator: Natalie Duke, Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
*The Millions Most Anticipated List of 2023* *A Vogue Best LGBTQ+ Book of 2023* &amp;quot;Deeply researched and featuring a cast of characters who can truly be described as fabulous, Glitter and Concrete is urban history on fire.&amp;quot; —Thomas Dyja, author of New York, New York, New York An intimate, evocative history of drag in New York City exploring its dynamic role, from the Jazz Age to Drag Race, in queer liberation and urban life From the lush feather boas that adorned early female impersonators to the sequined lip syncs of barroom queens to the drag kings that have us laughing in stitches, drag has played a vital role in the creative life of New York City. But the evolution of drag in the city—as an art form, a community and a mode of liberation—has never before been fully chronicled. Now, for the first time, journalist and drag historian Elyssa Maxx Goodman unearths the dramatic, provocative untold story of drag in New York City in all its glistening glory. Goodman ducks beneath the velvet ropes of Harlem Renaissance balls, examines drag’s crucial role in the Stonewall Uprising, traces drag&amp;#039;s influence on disco and punk rock as well as its unifying power during the AIDS crisis and 9/11, and culminates in the era of RuPaul’s Drag Race. Informed by meticulous research and archival work, as well as original interviews with high-profile performers, Glitter and Concrete is a significant contribution to queer history and an essential read for anyone curious about the story that echoes beneath the heels.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On Great Fields: The Life and Unlikely Heroism of Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain by Ronald C. White</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666370</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Great Fields: The Life and Unlikely Heroism of Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain
Author: Ronald C. White
Narrator: Ronald C. White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 23 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of A. Lincoln and American Ulysses comes the dramatic and definitive biography of Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain, the history-altering professor turned Civil War hero. “A vital and vivid portrait of an unlikely military hero who played a key role in the preservation of the Union and therefore in the making of modern America.”—Jon Meacham, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of And There Was Light Before 1862, Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain had rarely left his home state of Maine, where he was a trained minister and mild-mannered professor at Bowdoin College. His colleagues were shocked when he volunteered for the Union army, but he was undeterred and later became known as one of the North’s greatest heroes: On the second day at Gettysburg, after running out of ammunition at Little Round Top, he ordered his men to wield their bayonets in a desperate charge down a rocky slope that routed the Confederate attackers. Despite being wounded at Petersburg—and told by two surgeons he would die—Chamberlain survived the war, going on to be elected governor of Maine four times and serve as president of Bowdoin College. How did a stuttering young boy come to be fluent in nine languages and even teach speech and rhetoric? How did a trained minister find his way to the battlefield? Award-winning historian Ronald C. White delves into these contradictions in this cradle-to-grave biography of General Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain, from his upbringing in rural Maine to his tenacious, empathetic military leadership and his influential postwar public service, exploring a question that still plagues so many veterans: How do you make a civilian life of meaning after having experienced the extreme highs and lows of war? Chamberlain is familiar to millions from Michael Shaara’s now-classic novel of the Civil War, The Killer Angels, and Ken Burns’s timeless miniseries The Civil War, but in this book, White captures the complex and inspiring man behind the hero. This gripping, impeccably researched portrait illuminates one of the most admired but least known figures in our nation’s bloodiest conflict.</description>
      <author>Ronald C. White</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593790069.mp3" length="2564449" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666370</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593790069.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Great Fields: The Life and Unlikely Heroism of Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain
Author: Ronald C. White
Narrator: Ronald C. White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 23 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of A. Lincoln and American Ulysses comes the dramatic and definitive biography of Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain, the history-altering professor turned Civil War hero. “A vital and vivid portrait of an unlikely military hero who played a key role in the preservation of the Union and therefore in the making of modern America.”—Jon Meacham, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of And There Was Light Before 1862, Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain had rarely left his home state of Maine, where he was a trained minister and mild-mannered professor at Bowdoin College. His colleagues were shocked when he volunteered for the Union army, but he was undeterred and later became known as one of the North’s greatest heroes: On the second day at Gettysburg, after running out of ammunition at Little Round Top, he ordered his men to wield their bayonets in a desperate charge down a rocky slope that routed the Confederate attackers. Despite being wounded at Petersburg—and told by two surgeons he would die—Chamberlain survived the war, going on to be elected governor of Maine four times and serve as president of Bowdoin College. How did a stuttering young boy come to be fluent in nine languages and even teach speech and rhetoric? How did a trained minister find his way to the battlefield? Award-winning historian Ronald C. White delves into these contradictions in this cradle-to-grave biography of General Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain, from his upbringing in rural Maine to his tenacious, empathetic military leadership and his influential postwar public service, exploring a question that still plagues so many veterans: How do you make a civilian life of meaning after having experienced the extreme highs and lows of war? Chamberlain is familiar to millions from Michael Shaara’s now-classic novel of the Civil War, The Killer Angels, and Ken Burns’s timeless miniseries The Civil War, but in this book, White captures the complex and inspiring man behind the hero. This gripping, impeccably researched portrait illuminates one of the most admired but least known figures in our nation’s bloodiest conflict.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Great Fields: The Life and Unlikely Heroism of Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain
Author: Ronald C. White
Narrator: Ronald C. White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 23 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of A. Lincoln and American Ulysses comes the dramatic and definitive biography of Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain, the history-altering professor turned Civil War hero. “A vital and vivid portrait of an unlikely military hero who played a key role in the preservation of the Union and therefore in the making of modern America.”—Jon Meacham, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of And There Was Light Before 1862, Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain had rarely left his home state of Maine, where he was a trained minister and mild-mannered professor at Bowdoin College. His colleagues were shocked when he volunteered for the Union army, but he was undeterred and later became known as one of the North’s greatest heroes: On the second day at Gettysburg, after running out of ammunition at Little Round Top, he ordered his men to wield their bayonets in a desperate charge down a rocky slope that routed the Confederate attackers. Despite being wounded at Petersburg—and told by two surgeons he would die—Chamberlain survived the war, going on to be elected governor of Maine four times and serve as president of Bowdoin College. How did a stuttering young boy come to be fluent in nine languages and even teach speech and rhetoric? How did a trained minister find his way to the battlefield? Award-winning historian Ronald C. White delves into these contradictions in this cradle-to-grave biography of General Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain, from his upbringing in rural Maine to his tenacious, empathetic military leadership and his influential postwar public service, exploring a question that still plagues so many veterans: How do you make a civilian life of meaning after having experienced the extreme highs and lows of war? Chamberlain is familiar to millions from Michael Shaara’s now-classic novel of the Civil War, The Killer Angels, and Ken Burns’s timeless miniseries The Civil War, but in this book, White captures the complex and inspiring man behind the hero. This gripping, impeccably researched portrait illuminates one of the most admired but least known figures in our nation’s bloodiest conflict.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ours Was the Shining Future: The Story of the American Dream by David Leonhardt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666358</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ours Was the Shining Future: The Story of the American Dream
Author: David Leonhardt
Narrator: Dan John Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 52 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The clear-eyed, definitive history of the modern American economy and the decline of the American Dream, from the Pulitzer Prize–winning columnist behind The New York Times&amp;#039;s “The Morning” newsletter. “With the even-handed incisiveness that has made him one of the country’s most-respected voices on economics, David Leonhardt illuminates the inside history of the players and missteps that have stolen so many Americans’ futures.”—Jane Mayer, author of Dark Money NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS’ CHOICE • ONE OF THE ATLANTIC’S TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR • A FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Two decades into the twenty-first century, the stagnation of living standards has become the defining trend of American life. Life expectancy has declined, economic inequality has soared, and, after some progress, the Black-white wage gap is once again as large as it was in the 1950s. How did this happen in the world’s most powerful country? And what happened to the “American dream”—the promise of a happier, healthier, more prosperous future—which was once such an inextricable part of our national identity? Drawing on decades of writing about the economy for The New York Times, Pulitzer Prize–winning writer David Leonhardt examines the past century of American history, from the Great Depression to today’s Great Stagnation, in search of an answer. To make sense of the rise and subsequent fall of the American dream, Leonhardt tells the story of the modern American economy as an ongoing battle between two competing forms of capitalism: one that envisions prosperity for most, and one that serves the individual and favors the wealthy. In vivid prose, Ours Was the Shining Future traces how democratic capitalism flourished to make the American dream possible, until the latter decades of the twentieth century when, bit by bit, the dream was corrupted to serve only the privileged few. Ours Was the Shining Future is a sweeping narrative full of innovation and grit, human drama and hope. Featuring the trailblazing figures who helped shape the American dream—Frances Perkins, Paul Hoffman, Cesar Chavez, Robert Kennedy, A. Philip Randolph, Grace Hopper, and more—this engaging history reveals the power of grassroots democratic movements from across the political spectrum. And though the American dream feels lost to us now, Leonhardt shows how Americans—if they commit themselves to transforming the economy, as they did in the past—have the power to revive the dream once more.</description>
      <author>David Leonhardt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593790489.mp3" length="2746115" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666358</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593790489.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ours Was the Shining Future: The Story of the American Dream
Author: David Leonhardt
Narrator: Dan John Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 52 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The clear-eyed, definitive history of the modern American economy and the decline of the American Dream, from the Pulitzer Prize–winning columnist behind The New York Times&amp;#039;s “The Morning” newsletter. “With the even-handed incisiveness that has made him one of the country’s most-respected voices on economics, David Leonhardt illuminates the inside history of the players and missteps that have stolen so many Americans’ futures.”—Jane Mayer, author of Dark Money NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS’ CHOICE • ONE OF THE ATLANTIC’S TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR • A FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Two decades into the twenty-first century, the stagnation of living standards has become the defining trend of American life. Life expectancy has declined, economic inequality has soared, and, after some progress, the Black-white wage gap is once again as large as it was in the 1950s. How did this happen in the world’s most powerful country? And what happened to the “American dream”—the promise of a happier, healthier, more prosperous future—which was once such an inextricable part of our national identity? Drawing on decades of writing about the economy for The New York Times, Pulitzer Prize–winning writer David Leonhardt examines the past century of American history, from the Great Depression to today’s Great Stagnation, in search of an answer. To make sense of the rise and subsequent fall of the American dream, Leonhardt tells the story of the modern American economy as an ongoing battle between two competing forms of capitalism: one that envisions prosperity for most, and one that serves the individual and favors the wealthy. In vivid prose, Ours Was the Shining Future traces how democratic capitalism flourished to make the American dream possible, until the latter decades of the twentieth century when, bit by bit, the dream was corrupted to serve only the privileged few. Ours Was the Shining Future is a sweeping narrative full of innovation and grit, human drama and hope. Featuring the trailblazing figures who helped shape the American dream—Frances Perkins, Paul Hoffman, Cesar Chavez, Robert Kennedy, A. Philip Randolph, Grace Hopper, and more—this engaging history reveals the power of grassroots democratic movements from across the political spectrum. And though the American dream feels lost to us now, Leonhardt shows how Americans—if they commit themselves to transforming the economy, as they did in the past—have the power to revive the dream once more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ours Was the Shining Future: The Story of the American Dream
Author: David Leonhardt
Narrator: Dan John Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 52 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The clear-eyed, definitive history of the modern American economy and the decline of the American Dream, from the Pulitzer Prize–winning columnist behind The New York Times&amp;#039;s “The Morning” newsletter. “With the even-handed incisiveness that has made him one of the country’s most-respected voices on economics, David Leonhardt illuminates the inside history of the players and missteps that have stolen so many Americans’ futures.”—Jane Mayer, author of Dark Money NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS’ CHOICE • ONE OF THE ATLANTIC’S TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR • A FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Two decades into the twenty-first century, the stagnation of living standards has become the defining trend of American life. Life expectancy has declined, economic inequality has soared, and, after some progress, the Black-white wage gap is once again as large as it was in the 1950s. How did this happen in the world’s most powerful country? And what happened to the “American dream”—the promise of a happier, healthier, more prosperous future—which was once such an inextricable part of our national identity? Drawing on decades of writing about the economy for The New York Times, Pulitzer Prize–winning writer David Leonhardt examines the past century of American history, from the Great Depression to today’s Great Stagnation, in search of an answer. To make sense of the rise and subsequent fall of the American dream, Leonhardt tells the story of the modern American economy as an ongoing battle between two competing forms of capitalism: one that envisions prosperity for most, and one that serves the individual and favors the wealthy. In vivid prose, Ours Was the Shining Future traces how democratic capitalism flourished to make the American dream possible, until the latter decades of the twentieth century when, bit by bit, the dream was corrupted to serve only the privileged few. Ours Was the Shining Future is a sweeping narrative full of innovation and grit, human drama and hope. Featuring the trailblazing figures who helped shape the American dream—Frances Perkins, Paul Hoffman, Cesar Chavez, Robert Kennedy, A. Philip Randolph, Grace Hopper, and more—this engaging history reveals the power of grassroots democratic movements from across the political spectrum. And though the American dream feels lost to us now, Leonhardt shows how Americans—if they commit themselves to transforming the economy, as they did in the past—have the power to revive the dream once more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Sisterhood: The Secret History of Women at the CIA by Liza Mundy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666351</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666351">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666351</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sisterhood: The Secret History of Women at the CIA
Author: Liza Mundy
Narrator: Liza Mundy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER • A “rip-roaring” (Steve Coll), “staggeringly well-researched” (The New York Times) history of three generations at the CIA, “electric with revelations” (Booklist) about the women who fought to become operatives, transformed spycraft, and tracked down Osama bin Laden, from the bestselling author of Code Girls A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS’ CHOICE • A FOREIGN POLICY AND SMITHSONIAN BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR In development as a series from Lionsgate Television, executive produced by Scott Delman (Station Eleven) Created in the aftermath of World War II, the Central Intelligence Agency relied on women even as it attempted to channel their talents and keep them down. Women sent cables, made dead drops, and maintained the agency’s secrets. Despite discrimination—even because of it—women who started as clerks, secretaries, or unpaid spouses rose to become some of the CIA’s shrewdest operatives. They were unlikely spies—and that’s exactly what made them perfect for the role. Because women were seen as unimportant, pioneering female intelligence officers moved unnoticed around Bonn, Geneva, and Moscow, stealing secrets from under the noses of their KGB adversaries. Back at headquarters, women built the CIA’s critical archives—first by hand, then by computer. And they noticed things that the men at the top didn’t see. As the CIA faced an identity crisis after the Cold War, it was a close-knit network of female analysts who spotted the rising threat of al-Qaeda—though their warnings were repeatedly brushed aside. After the 9/11 attacks, more women joined the agency as a new job, targeter, came to prominence. They showed that data analysis would be crucial to the post-9/11 national security landscape—an effort that culminated spectacularly in the CIA’s successful effort to track down bin Laden in his Pakistani compound. Propelled by the same meticulous reporting and vivid storytelling that infused Code Girls, The Sisterhood offers a riveting new perspective on history, revealing how women at the CIA ushered in the modern intelligence age, and how their silencing made the world more dangerous</description>
      <author>Liza Mundy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593786345.mp3" length="2792289" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666351</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593786345.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666351">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666351</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sisterhood: The Secret History of Women at the CIA
Author: Liza Mundy
Narrator: Liza Mundy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER • A “rip-roaring” (Steve Coll), “staggeringly well-researched” (The New York Times) history of three generations at the CIA, “electric with revelations” (Booklist) about the women who fought to become operatives, transformed spycraft, and tracked down Osama bin Laden, from the bestselling author of Code Girls A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS’ CHOICE • A FOREIGN POLICY AND SMITHSONIAN BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR In development as a series from Lionsgate Television, executive produced by Scott Delman (Station Eleven) Created in the aftermath of World War II, the Central Intelligence Agency relied on women even as it attempted to channel their talents and keep them down. Women sent cables, made dead drops, and maintained the agency’s secrets. Despite discrimination—even because of it—women who started as clerks, secretaries, or unpaid spouses rose to become some of the CIA’s shrewdest operatives. They were unlikely spies—and that’s exactly what made them perfect for the role. Because women were seen as unimportant, pioneering female intelligence officers moved unnoticed around Bonn, Geneva, and Moscow, stealing secrets from under the noses of their KGB adversaries. Back at headquarters, women built the CIA’s critical archives—first by hand, then by computer. And they noticed things that the men at the top didn’t see. As the CIA faced an identity crisis after the Cold War, it was a close-knit network of female analysts who spotted the rising threat of al-Qaeda—though their warnings were repeatedly brushed aside. After the 9/11 attacks, more women joined the agency as a new job, targeter, came to prominence. They showed that data analysis would be crucial to the post-9/11 national security landscape—an effort that culminated spectacularly in the CIA’s successful effort to track down bin Laden in his Pakistani compound. Propelled by the same meticulous reporting and vivid storytelling that infused Code Girls, The Sisterhood offers a riveting new perspective on history, revealing how women at the CIA ushered in the modern intelligence age, and how their silencing made the world more dangerous</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666351">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666351</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sisterhood: The Secret History of Women at the CIA
Author: Liza Mundy
Narrator: Liza Mundy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER • A “rip-roaring” (Steve Coll), “staggeringly well-researched” (The New York Times) history of three generations at the CIA, “electric with revelations” (Booklist) about the women who fought to become operatives, transformed spycraft, and tracked down Osama bin Laden, from the bestselling author of Code Girls A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS’ CHOICE • A FOREIGN POLICY AND SMITHSONIAN BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR In development as a series from Lionsgate Television, executive produced by Scott Delman (Station Eleven) Created in the aftermath of World War II, the Central Intelligence Agency relied on women even as it attempted to channel their talents and keep them down. Women sent cables, made dead drops, and maintained the agency’s secrets. Despite discrimination—even because of it—women who started as clerks, secretaries, or unpaid spouses rose to become some of the CIA’s shrewdest operatives. They were unlikely spies—and that’s exactly what made them perfect for the role. Because women were seen as unimportant, pioneering female intelligence officers moved unnoticed around Bonn, Geneva, and Moscow, stealing secrets from under the noses of their KGB adversaries. Back at headquarters, women built the CIA’s critical archives—first by hand, then by computer. And they noticed things that the men at the top didn’t see. As the CIA faced an identity crisis after the Cold War, it was a close-knit network of female analysts who spotted the rising threat of al-Qaeda—though their warnings were repeatedly brushed aside. After the 9/11 attacks, more women joined the agency as a new job, targeter, came to prominence. They showed that data analysis would be crucial to the post-9/11 national security landscape—an effort that culminated spectacularly in the CIA’s successful effort to track down bin Laden in his Pakistani compound. Propelled by the same meticulous reporting and vivid storytelling that infused Code Girls, The Sisterhood offers a riveting new perspective on history, revealing how women at the CIA ushered in the modern intelligence age, and how their silencing made the world more dangerous</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Klan War: Ulysses S. Grant and the Battle to Save Reconstruction by Fergus M. Bordewich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666347</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Klan War: Ulysses S. Grant and the Battle to Save Reconstruction
Author: Fergus M. Bordewich
Narrator: Landon Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • A stunning history of the first national anti-terrorist campaign waged on American soil—when Ulysses S. Grant wielded the power of the federal government to dismantle the KKK The Ku Klux Klan, which celebrated historian Fergus Bordewich defines as “the first organized terrorist movement in American history,” rose from the ashes of the Civil War. At its peak in the early 1870s, the Klan boasted many tens of thousands of members, no small number of them landowners, lawmen, doctors, journalists, and churchmen, as well as future governors and congressmen. And their mission was to obliterate the muscular democratic power of newly emancipated Black Americans and their white allies, often by the most horrifying means imaginable. To repel the virulent tidal wave of violence, President Ulysses S. Grant waged a two-term battle against both armed Southern enemies of Reconstruction and Northern politicians seduced by visions of postwar conciliation, testing the limits of the federal government in determining the extent of states’ rights. In this book, Bordewich transports us to the front lines, in the hamlets of the former Confederate States and in the marble corridors of Congress, reviving an unsung generation of grassroots Black leaders and key figures such as crusading Missouri senator Carl Schurz, who sacrificed the rights of Black Americans in the name of political “reform,” and the ruthless former slave trader and Klan leader Nathan Bedford Forrest. Klan War is a bold and bracing record of America’s past that reveals the bloody, Reconstruction-era roots of present-day battles to protect the ballot box and stamp out resurgent white supremacist ideologies.</description>
      <author>Fergus M. Bordewich</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593788363.mp3" length="2643934" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666347</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593788363.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Klan War: Ulysses S. Grant and the Battle to Save Reconstruction
Author: Fergus M. Bordewich
Narrator: Landon Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • A stunning history of the first national anti-terrorist campaign waged on American soil—when Ulysses S. Grant wielded the power of the federal government to dismantle the KKK The Ku Klux Klan, which celebrated historian Fergus Bordewich defines as “the first organized terrorist movement in American history,” rose from the ashes of the Civil War. At its peak in the early 1870s, the Klan boasted many tens of thousands of members, no small number of them landowners, lawmen, doctors, journalists, and churchmen, as well as future governors and congressmen. And their mission was to obliterate the muscular democratic power of newly emancipated Black Americans and their white allies, often by the most horrifying means imaginable. To repel the virulent tidal wave of violence, President Ulysses S. Grant waged a two-term battle against both armed Southern enemies of Reconstruction and Northern politicians seduced by visions of postwar conciliation, testing the limits of the federal government in determining the extent of states’ rights. In this book, Bordewich transports us to the front lines, in the hamlets of the former Confederate States and in the marble corridors of Congress, reviving an unsung generation of grassroots Black leaders and key figures such as crusading Missouri senator Carl Schurz, who sacrificed the rights of Black Americans in the name of political “reform,” and the ruthless former slave trader and Klan leader Nathan Bedford Forrest. Klan War is a bold and bracing record of America’s past that reveals the bloody, Reconstruction-era roots of present-day battles to protect the ballot box and stamp out resurgent white supremacist ideologies.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Klan War: Ulysses S. Grant and the Battle to Save Reconstruction
Author: Fergus M. Bordewich
Narrator: Landon Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • A stunning history of the first national anti-terrorist campaign waged on American soil—when Ulysses S. Grant wielded the power of the federal government to dismantle the KKK The Ku Klux Klan, which celebrated historian Fergus Bordewich defines as “the first organized terrorist movement in American history,” rose from the ashes of the Civil War. At its peak in the early 1870s, the Klan boasted many tens of thousands of members, no small number of them landowners, lawmen, doctors, journalists, and churchmen, as well as future governors and congressmen. And their mission was to obliterate the muscular democratic power of newly emancipated Black Americans and their white allies, often by the most horrifying means imaginable. To repel the virulent tidal wave of violence, President Ulysses S. Grant waged a two-term battle against both armed Southern enemies of Reconstruction and Northern politicians seduced by visions of postwar conciliation, testing the limits of the federal government in determining the extent of states’ rights. In this book, Bordewich transports us to the front lines, in the hamlets of the former Confederate States and in the marble corridors of Congress, reviving an unsung generation of grassroots Black leaders and key figures such as crusading Missouri senator Carl Schurz, who sacrificed the rights of Black Americans in the name of political “reform,” and the ruthless former slave trader and Klan leader Nathan Bedford Forrest. Klan War is a bold and bracing record of America’s past that reveals the bloody, Reconstruction-era roots of present-day battles to protect the ballot box and stamp out resurgent white supremacist ideologies.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hollywood and the Movies of the Fifties: The Collapse of the Studio System, the Thrill of Cinerama, and the Invasion of the Ultimate Body Snatcher--Television by Foster Hirsch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666346</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hollywood and the Movies of the Fifties: The Collapse of the Studio System, the Thrill of Cinerama, and the Invasion of the Ultimate Body Snatcher--Television
Author: Foster Hirsch
Narrator: Foster Hirsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 36 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating look at Hollywood’s most turbulent decade and the demise of the studio system—set against the boom of the post–World War II years, the Cold War, and the atomic age—and the movies that reflected the seismic shifts “The definitive book on 1950s Hollywood.” —Booklist “Lavish. . . insightful, rich, expansive, penetrating.” —Kirkus Hollywood in the 1950s was a period when the film industry both set conventions and broke norms and traditions—from Cinerama, CinemaScope, and VistaVision to the epic film and lavish musical. It was a decade that saw the rise of the anti-hero; the smoldering, the hidden, and the unspoken; teenagers gone wild in the streets; the sacred and the profane; the revolution of the Method; the socially conscious; the implosion of the studios; the end of the production code; and the invasion of the ultimate body snatcher: the “small screen” television. Here is Eisenhower’s America—seemingly complacent, conformity-ridden revealed in Vincente Minnelli’s Father of the Bride, Walt Disney’s Cinderella, and Brigadoon, among others. And here is its darkening, resonant landscape, beset by conflict, discontent, and anxiety (The Man Who Knew Too Much, The Asphalt Jungle, A Place in the Sun, Touch of Evil, It Came From Outer Space) . . . an America on the verge of cultural, political and sexual revolt, busting up and breaking out (East of Eden, From Here to Eternity, On the Waterfront, Sweet Smell of Success, The Wild One, A Streetcar Named Desire, and Jailhouse Rock). An important, riveting look at our nation at its peak as a world power and at the political, cultural, sexual upheavals it endured, reflected and explored in the quintessential American art form.</description>
      <author>Foster Hirsch</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593788189.mp3" length="2733425" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666346</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593788189.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>36:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hollywood and the Movies of the Fifties: The Collapse of the Studio System, the Thrill of Cinerama, and the Invasion of the Ultimate Body Snatcher--Television
Author: Foster Hirsch
Narrator: Foster Hirsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 36 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating look at Hollywood’s most turbulent decade and the demise of the studio system—set against the boom of the post–World War II years, the Cold War, and the atomic age—and the movies that reflected the seismic shifts “The definitive book on 1950s Hollywood.” —Booklist “Lavish. . . insightful, rich, expansive, penetrating.” —Kirkus Hollywood in the 1950s was a period when the film industry both set conventions and broke norms and traditions—from Cinerama, CinemaScope, and VistaVision to the epic film and lavish musical. It was a decade that saw the rise of the anti-hero; the smoldering, the hidden, and the unspoken; teenagers gone wild in the streets; the sacred and the profane; the revolution of the Method; the socially conscious; the implosion of the studios; the end of the production code; and the invasion of the ultimate body snatcher: the “small screen” television. Here is Eisenhower’s America—seemingly complacent, conformity-ridden revealed in Vincente Minnelli’s Father of the Bride, Walt Disney’s Cinderella, and Brigadoon, among others. And here is its darkening, resonant landscape, beset by conflict, discontent, and anxiety (The Man Who Knew Too Much, The Asphalt Jungle, A Place in the Sun, Touch of Evil, It Came From Outer Space) . . . an America on the verge of cultural, political and sexual revolt, busting up and breaking out (East of Eden, From Here to Eternity, On the Waterfront, Sweet Smell of Success, The Wild One, A Streetcar Named Desire, and Jailhouse Rock). An important, riveting look at our nation at its peak as a world power and at the political, cultural, sexual upheavals it endured, reflected and explored in the quintessential American art form.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hollywood and the Movies of the Fifties: The Collapse of the Studio System, the Thrill of Cinerama, and the Invasion of the Ultimate Body Snatcher--Television
Author: Foster Hirsch
Narrator: Foster Hirsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 36 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating look at Hollywood’s most turbulent decade and the demise of the studio system—set against the boom of the post–World War II years, the Cold War, and the atomic age—and the movies that reflected the seismic shifts “The definitive book on 1950s Hollywood.” —Booklist “Lavish. . . insightful, rich, expansive, penetrating.” —Kirkus Hollywood in the 1950s was a period when the film industry both set conventions and broke norms and traditions—from Cinerama, CinemaScope, and VistaVision to the epic film and lavish musical. It was a decade that saw the rise of the anti-hero; the smoldering, the hidden, and the unspoken; teenagers gone wild in the streets; the sacred and the profane; the revolution of the Method; the socially conscious; the implosion of the studios; the end of the production code; and the invasion of the ultimate body snatcher: the “small screen” television. Here is Eisenhower’s America—seemingly complacent, conformity-ridden revealed in Vincente Minnelli’s Father of the Bride, Walt Disney’s Cinderella, and Brigadoon, among others. And here is its darkening, resonant landscape, beset by conflict, discontent, and anxiety (The Man Who Knew Too Much, The Asphalt Jungle, A Place in the Sun, Touch of Evil, It Came From Outer Space) . . . an America on the verge of cultural, political and sexual revolt, busting up and breaking out (East of Eden, From Here to Eternity, On the Waterfront, Sweet Smell of Success, The Wild One, A Streetcar Named Desire, and Jailhouse Rock). An important, riveting look at our nation at its peak as a world power and at the political, cultural, sexual upheavals it endured, reflected and explored in the quintessential American art form.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cost of Free Land: Jews, Lakota, and an American Inheritance by Rebecca Clarren</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666332</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666332">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666332</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cost of Free Land: Jews, Lakota, and an American Inheritance
Author: Rebecca Clarren
Narrator: Rebecca Clarren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the Will Rogers Medallion Award for Western Nonfiction Finalist for The Stubbendieck Great Plains Distinguished Book Prize Shortlisted for The William Saroyan International Prize A Kirkus Reviews Best Book of the Year &amp;#039;Sharply insightful . . . A monumental piece of work.&amp;#039;—The Boston Globe An award-winning author investigates the entangled history of her Jewish ancestors&amp;#039; land in South Dakota and the Lakota, who were forced off that land by the United States government Growing up, Rebecca Clarren only knew the major plot points of her tenacious immigrant family’s origins. Her great-great-grandparents, the Sinykins, and their six children fled antisemitism in Russia and arrived in the United States at the turn of the 20th century, ultimately settling on a 160-acre homestead in South Dakota. Over the next few decades, despite tough years on a merciless prairie and multiple setbacks, the Sinykins became an American immigrant success story. What none of Clarren’s ancestors ever mentioned was that their land, the foundation for much of their wealth, had been cruelly taken from the Lakota by the United States government. By the time the Sinykins moved to South Dakota, America had broken hundreds of treaties with hundreds of Indigenous nations across the continent, and the land that had once been reserved for the seven bands of the Lakota had been diminished, splintered, and handed for free, or practically free, to white settlers. In The Cost of Free Land, Clarren melds investigative reporting with personal family history to reveal the intertwined stories of her family and the Lakota, and the devastating cycle of loss of Indigenous land, culture, and resources that continues today. With deep empathy and clarity of purpose, Clarren grapples with the personal and national consequences of this legacy of violence and dispossession. What does it mean to survive oppression only to perpetuate and benefit from the oppression of others? By shining a light on the people and families tangled up in this country’s difficult history, The Cost of Free Land invites readers to consider their own culpability and what, now, can be done.</description>
      <author>Rebecca Clarren</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593789667.mp3" length="2600961" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666332</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593789667.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666332">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666332</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cost of Free Land: Jews, Lakota, and an American Inheritance
Author: Rebecca Clarren
Narrator: Rebecca Clarren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the Will Rogers Medallion Award for Western Nonfiction Finalist for The Stubbendieck Great Plains Distinguished Book Prize Shortlisted for The William Saroyan International Prize A Kirkus Reviews Best Book of the Year &amp;#039;Sharply insightful . . . A monumental piece of work.&amp;#039;—The Boston Globe An award-winning author investigates the entangled history of her Jewish ancestors&amp;#039; land in South Dakota and the Lakota, who were forced off that land by the United States government Growing up, Rebecca Clarren only knew the major plot points of her tenacious immigrant family’s origins. Her great-great-grandparents, the Sinykins, and their six children fled antisemitism in Russia and arrived in the United States at the turn of the 20th century, ultimately settling on a 160-acre homestead in South Dakota. Over the next few decades, despite tough years on a merciless prairie and multiple setbacks, the Sinykins became an American immigrant success story. What none of Clarren’s ancestors ever mentioned was that their land, the foundation for much of their wealth, had been cruelly taken from the Lakota by the United States government. By the time the Sinykins moved to South Dakota, America had broken hundreds of treaties with hundreds of Indigenous nations across the continent, and the land that had once been reserved for the seven bands of the Lakota had been diminished, splintered, and handed for free, or practically free, to white settlers. In The Cost of Free Land, Clarren melds investigative reporting with personal family history to reveal the intertwined stories of her family and the Lakota, and the devastating cycle of loss of Indigenous land, culture, and resources that continues today. With deep empathy and clarity of purpose, Clarren grapples with the personal and national consequences of this legacy of violence and dispossession. What does it mean to survive oppression only to perpetuate and benefit from the oppression of others? By shining a light on the people and families tangled up in this country’s difficult history, The Cost of Free Land invites readers to consider their own culpability and what, now, can be done.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666332">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666332</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cost of Free Land: Jews, Lakota, and an American Inheritance
Author: Rebecca Clarren
Narrator: Rebecca Clarren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the Will Rogers Medallion Award for Western Nonfiction Finalist for The Stubbendieck Great Plains Distinguished Book Prize Shortlisted for The William Saroyan International Prize A Kirkus Reviews Best Book of the Year &amp;#039;Sharply insightful . . . A monumental piece of work.&amp;#039;—The Boston Globe An award-winning author investigates the entangled history of her Jewish ancestors&amp;#039; land in South Dakota and the Lakota, who were forced off that land by the United States government Growing up, Rebecca Clarren only knew the major plot points of her tenacious immigrant family’s origins. Her great-great-grandparents, the Sinykins, and their six children fled antisemitism in Russia and arrived in the United States at the turn of the 20th century, ultimately settling on a 160-acre homestead in South Dakota. Over the next few decades, despite tough years on a merciless prairie and multiple setbacks, the Sinykins became an American immigrant success story. What none of Clarren’s ancestors ever mentioned was that their land, the foundation for much of their wealth, had been cruelly taken from the Lakota by the United States government. By the time the Sinykins moved to South Dakota, America had broken hundreds of treaties with hundreds of Indigenous nations across the continent, and the land that had once been reserved for the seven bands of the Lakota had been diminished, splintered, and handed for free, or practically free, to white settlers. In The Cost of Free Land, Clarren melds investigative reporting with personal family history to reveal the intertwined stories of her family and the Lakota, and the devastating cycle of loss of Indigenous land, culture, and resources that continues today. With deep empathy and clarity of purpose, Clarren grapples with the personal and national consequences of this legacy of violence and dispossession. What does it mean to survive oppression only to perpetuate and benefit from the oppression of others? By shining a light on the people and families tangled up in this country’s difficult history, The Cost of Free Land invites readers to consider their own culpability and what, now, can be done.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Differ We Must: How Lincoln Succeeded in a Divided America by Steve Inskeep</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666330</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Differ We Must: How Lincoln Succeeded in a Divided America
Author: Steve Inskeep
Narrator: Steve Inskeep
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An instant New York Times bestseller A nuanced exploration of Abraham Lincoln’s political acumen, illuminating a great politician’s strategy in a country divided—and lessons for our own disorderly present In 1855, with the United States at odds over slavery, the lawyer Abraham Lincoln wrote a note to his best friend, the son of a Kentucky slaveowner. Lincoln rebuked his friend for failing to oppose slavery. But he added: “If for this you and I must differ, differ we must,” and said they would be friends forever. Throughout his life and political career, Lincoln often agreed to disagree. Democracy demanded it, since even an adversary had a vote. The man who went on to become America’s sixteenth president has assumed many roles in our historical consciousness, but most notable is that he was, unapologetically, a politician. And as Steve Inskeep argues, it was because he was willing to engage in politics—meeting with critics, sometimes working with them and other times outwitting them—that he was able to lead a social revolution.     In Differ We Must, Inskeep illuminates Lincoln’s life through sixteen encounters, some well-known, some obscure, but all imbued with new significance. As the host of NPR’s Morning Edition for almost two decades, Inskeep has mastered the art of bridging divides and building constructive debate in interviews; here, he brings his skills to bear on a prior master, forming a fresh and compelling narrative of Lincoln’s life. With rich detail and enlightening commentary, Inskeep expands our understanding of a politician who held strong to his moral compass while navigating between corrosive political factions, one who began his career in the minority party and not only won the majority but succeeded in uniting a nation.</description>
      <author>Steve Inskeep</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593788837.mp3" length="2692019" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666330</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593788837.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Differ We Must: How Lincoln Succeeded in a Divided America
Author: Steve Inskeep
Narrator: Steve Inskeep
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An instant New York Times bestseller A nuanced exploration of Abraham Lincoln’s political acumen, illuminating a great politician’s strategy in a country divided—and lessons for our own disorderly present In 1855, with the United States at odds over slavery, the lawyer Abraham Lincoln wrote a note to his best friend, the son of a Kentucky slaveowner. Lincoln rebuked his friend for failing to oppose slavery. But he added: “If for this you and I must differ, differ we must,” and said they would be friends forever. Throughout his life and political career, Lincoln often agreed to disagree. Democracy demanded it, since even an adversary had a vote. The man who went on to become America’s sixteenth president has assumed many roles in our historical consciousness, but most notable is that he was, unapologetically, a politician. And as Steve Inskeep argues, it was because he was willing to engage in politics—meeting with critics, sometimes working with them and other times outwitting them—that he was able to lead a social revolution.     In Differ We Must, Inskeep illuminates Lincoln’s life through sixteen encounters, some well-known, some obscure, but all imbued with new significance. As the host of NPR’s Morning Edition for almost two decades, Inskeep has mastered the art of bridging divides and building constructive debate in interviews; here, he brings his skills to bear on a prior master, forming a fresh and compelling narrative of Lincoln’s life. With rich detail and enlightening commentary, Inskeep expands our understanding of a politician who held strong to his moral compass while navigating between corrosive political factions, one who began his career in the minority party and not only won the majority but succeeded in uniting a nation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Differ We Must: How Lincoln Succeeded in a Divided America
Author: Steve Inskeep
Narrator: Steve Inskeep
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An instant New York Times bestseller A nuanced exploration of Abraham Lincoln’s political acumen, illuminating a great politician’s strategy in a country divided—and lessons for our own disorderly present In 1855, with the United States at odds over slavery, the lawyer Abraham Lincoln wrote a note to his best friend, the son of a Kentucky slaveowner. Lincoln rebuked his friend for failing to oppose slavery. But he added: “If for this you and I must differ, differ we must,” and said they would be friends forever. Throughout his life and political career, Lincoln often agreed to disagree. Democracy demanded it, since even an adversary had a vote. The man who went on to become America’s sixteenth president has assumed many roles in our historical consciousness, but most notable is that he was, unapologetically, a politician. And as Steve Inskeep argues, it was because he was willing to engage in politics—meeting with critics, sometimes working with them and other times outwitting them—that he was able to lead a social revolution.     In Differ We Must, Inskeep illuminates Lincoln’s life through sixteen encounters, some well-known, some obscure, but all imbued with new significance. As the host of NPR’s Morning Edition for almost two decades, Inskeep has mastered the art of bridging divides and building constructive debate in interviews; here, he brings his skills to bear on a prior master, forming a fresh and compelling narrative of Lincoln’s life. With rich detail and enlightening commentary, Inskeep expands our understanding of a politician who held strong to his moral compass while navigating between corrosive political factions, one who began his career in the minority party and not only won the majority but succeeded in uniting a nation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hitchcock&amp;#039;s Blondes: The Unforgettable Women Behind the Legendary Director&amp;#039;s Dark Obsession by Laurence Leamer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666321</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hitchcock&amp;#039;s Blondes: The Unforgettable Women Behind the Legendary Director&amp;#039;s Dark Obsession
Author: Laurence Leamer
Narrator: Sharmila Devar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestselling author of Capote’s Women Laurence Leamer shares an engrossing account of the enigmatic director Alfred Hitchcock that finally puts the dazzling actresses he cast in his legendary movies at the center of the story. Alfred Hitchcock was fixated—not just on the dark, twisty stories that became his hallmark, but also by the blond actresses who starred in many of his iconic movies. The director of North by Northwest, Rear Window, and other classic films didn’t much care if they wore wigs, got their hair coloring out of a bottle, or were the rarest human specimen—a natural blonde—as long as they shone with a golden veneer on camera. The lengths he went to in order to showcase (and often manipulate) these women would become the stuff of movie legend. But the women themselves have rarely been at the center of the story, until  now. In Hitchcock’s Blondes, bestselling biographer Laurence Leamer offers an intimate journey into the lives of eight legendary actresses whose stories helped chart the course of the troubled, talented director’s career—from his early days in the British film industry, to his triumphant American debut, to his Hollywood heyday and beyond. Through the stories of June Howard-Tripp, Madeleine Carroll, Ingrid Bergman, Grace Kelly, Janet Leigh, Kim Novak, Eva Marie Saint, and Tippi Hedren—who starred in fourteen of Hitchcock’s most notable films and who bore the brunt of his fondness and sometimes fixation—we can finally start to see the enigmatic man himself. After all, “his” blondes (as he thought of them) knew the truths of his art, his obsessions and desires, as well as  anyone. From the acclaimed author of Capote’s Women comes an intimate, revealing, and thoroughly modern look at both the enduring art created by a man obsessed…and the private toll that fixation took on the women in his orbit.</description>
      <author>Laurence Leamer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593787540.mp3" length="2821531" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666321</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593787540.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hitchcock&amp;#039;s Blondes: The Unforgettable Women Behind the Legendary Director&amp;#039;s Dark Obsession
Author: Laurence Leamer
Narrator: Sharmila Devar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestselling author of Capote’s Women Laurence Leamer shares an engrossing account of the enigmatic director Alfred Hitchcock that finally puts the dazzling actresses he cast in his legendary movies at the center of the story. Alfred Hitchcock was fixated—not just on the dark, twisty stories that became his hallmark, but also by the blond actresses who starred in many of his iconic movies. The director of North by Northwest, Rear Window, and other classic films didn’t much care if they wore wigs, got their hair coloring out of a bottle, or were the rarest human specimen—a natural blonde—as long as they shone with a golden veneer on camera. The lengths he went to in order to showcase (and often manipulate) these women would become the stuff of movie legend. But the women themselves have rarely been at the center of the story, until  now. In Hitchcock’s Blondes, bestselling biographer Laurence Leamer offers an intimate journey into the lives of eight legendary actresses whose stories helped chart the course of the troubled, talented director’s career—from his early days in the British film industry, to his triumphant American debut, to his Hollywood heyday and beyond. Through the stories of June Howard-Tripp, Madeleine Carroll, Ingrid Bergman, Grace Kelly, Janet Leigh, Kim Novak, Eva Marie Saint, and Tippi Hedren—who starred in fourteen of Hitchcock’s most notable films and who bore the brunt of his fondness and sometimes fixation—we can finally start to see the enigmatic man himself. After all, “his” blondes (as he thought of them) knew the truths of his art, his obsessions and desires, as well as  anyone. From the acclaimed author of Capote’s Women comes an intimate, revealing, and thoroughly modern look at both the enduring art created by a man obsessed…and the private toll that fixation took on the women in his orbit.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hitchcock&amp;#039;s Blondes: The Unforgettable Women Behind the Legendary Director&amp;#039;s Dark Obsession
Author: Laurence Leamer
Narrator: Sharmila Devar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestselling author of Capote’s Women Laurence Leamer shares an engrossing account of the enigmatic director Alfred Hitchcock that finally puts the dazzling actresses he cast in his legendary movies at the center of the story. Alfred Hitchcock was fixated—not just on the dark, twisty stories that became his hallmark, but also by the blond actresses who starred in many of his iconic movies. The director of North by Northwest, Rear Window, and other classic films didn’t much care if they wore wigs, got their hair coloring out of a bottle, or were the rarest human specimen—a natural blonde—as long as they shone with a golden veneer on camera. The lengths he went to in order to showcase (and often manipulate) these women would become the stuff of movie legend. But the women themselves have rarely been at the center of the story, until  now. In Hitchcock’s Blondes, bestselling biographer Laurence Leamer offers an intimate journey into the lives of eight legendary actresses whose stories helped chart the course of the troubled, talented director’s career—from his early days in the British film industry, to his triumphant American debut, to his Hollywood heyday and beyond. Through the stories of June Howard-Tripp, Madeleine Carroll, Ingrid Bergman, Grace Kelly, Janet Leigh, Kim Novak, Eva Marie Saint, and Tippi Hedren—who starred in fourteen of Hitchcock’s most notable films and who bore the brunt of his fondness and sometimes fixation—we can finally start to see the enigmatic man himself. After all, “his” blondes (as he thought of them) knew the truths of his art, his obsessions and desires, as well as  anyone. From the acclaimed author of Capote’s Women comes an intimate, revealing, and thoroughly modern look at both the enduring art created by a man obsessed…and the private toll that fixation took on the women in his orbit.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Indigenous Peoples&amp;#039; History of the United States by Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666297</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Indigenous Peoples&amp;#039; History of the United States
Author: Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz
Narrator: Shaun Taylor-Corbett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 107 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times Bestseller This American Book Award winning title about Native American struggle and resistance radically reframes more than 400 years of US history    A New York Times Bestseller and the basis for the HBO docu-series Exterminate All the Brutes, directed by Raoul Peck, this 10th anniversary edition of An Indigenous Peoples’ History of the United States includes both a new foreword by Peck and a new introduction by Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz. Unflinchingly honest about the brutality of this nation’s founding and its legacy of settler-colonialism and genocide, the impact of Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz’s 2014 book is profound. This classic is revisited with new material that takes an incisive look at the post-Obama era from the war in Afghanistan to Charlottesville’s white supremacy-fueled rallies, and from the onset of the pandemic to the election of President Biden. Writing from the perspective of the peoples displaced by Europeans and their white descendants, she centers Indigenous voices over the course of four centuries, tracing their perseverance against policies intended to obliterate them. Today in the United States, there are more than five hundred federally recognized Indigenous nations comprising nearly three million people, descendants of the fifteen million Native people who once inhabited this land. The centuries-long genocidal program of the US settler-colonial regimen has largely been omitted from history. With a new foreword from Raoul Peck and a new introduction from Dunbar Ortiz, this classic bottom-up peoples’ history explodes the silences that have haunted our national narrative. Big Concept Myths That America&amp;#039;s founding was a revolution against colonial powers in pursuit of freedom from tyranny That Native people were passive, didn’t resist and no longer exist That the US is a “nation of immigrants” as opposed to having a racist settler colonial history</description>
      <author>Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807014592.mp3" length="2695411" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666297</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807014592.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Indigenous Peoples&amp;#039; History of the United States
Author: Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz
Narrator: Shaun Taylor-Corbett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 107 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times Bestseller This American Book Award winning title about Native American struggle and resistance radically reframes more than 400 years of US history    A New York Times Bestseller and the basis for the HBO docu-series Exterminate All the Brutes, directed by Raoul Peck, this 10th anniversary edition of An Indigenous Peoples’ History of the United States includes both a new foreword by Peck and a new introduction by Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz. Unflinchingly honest about the brutality of this nation’s founding and its legacy of settler-colonialism and genocide, the impact of Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz’s 2014 book is profound. This classic is revisited with new material that takes an incisive look at the post-Obama era from the war in Afghanistan to Charlottesville’s white supremacy-fueled rallies, and from the onset of the pandemic to the election of President Biden. Writing from the perspective of the peoples displaced by Europeans and their white descendants, she centers Indigenous voices over the course of four centuries, tracing their perseverance against policies intended to obliterate them. Today in the United States, there are more than five hundred federally recognized Indigenous nations comprising nearly three million people, descendants of the fifteen million Native people who once inhabited this land. The centuries-long genocidal program of the US settler-colonial regimen has largely been omitted from history. With a new foreword from Raoul Peck and a new introduction from Dunbar Ortiz, this classic bottom-up peoples’ history explodes the silences that have haunted our national narrative. Big Concept Myths That America&amp;#039;s founding was a revolution against colonial powers in pursuit of freedom from tyranny That Native people were passive, didn’t resist and no longer exist That the US is a “nation of immigrants” as opposed to having a racist settler colonial history</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Indigenous Peoples&amp;#039; History of the United States
Author: Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz
Narrator: Shaun Taylor-Corbett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 107 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times Bestseller This American Book Award winning title about Native American struggle and resistance radically reframes more than 400 years of US history    A New York Times Bestseller and the basis for the HBO docu-series Exterminate All the Brutes, directed by Raoul Peck, this 10th anniversary edition of An Indigenous Peoples’ History of the United States includes both a new foreword by Peck and a new introduction by Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz. Unflinchingly honest about the brutality of this nation’s founding and its legacy of settler-colonialism and genocide, the impact of Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz’s 2014 book is profound. This classic is revisited with new material that takes an incisive look at the post-Obama era from the war in Afghanistan to Charlottesville’s white supremacy-fueled rallies, and from the onset of the pandemic to the election of President Biden. Writing from the perspective of the peoples displaced by Europeans and their white descendants, she centers Indigenous voices over the course of four centuries, tracing their perseverance against policies intended to obliterate them. Today in the United States, there are more than five hundred federally recognized Indigenous nations comprising nearly three million people, descendants of the fifteen million Native people who once inhabited this land. The centuries-long genocidal program of the US settler-colonial regimen has largely been omitted from history. With a new foreword from Raoul Peck and a new introduction from Dunbar Ortiz, this classic bottom-up peoples’ history explodes the silences that have haunted our national narrative. Big Concept Myths That America&amp;#039;s founding was a revolution against colonial powers in pursuit of freedom from tyranny That Native people were passive, didn’t resist and no longer exist That the US is a “nation of immigrants” as opposed to having a racist settler colonial history</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cornerstone at the Confluence: Navigating the Colorado River Compact&amp;#039;s Next Century by Jason A. Robison</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cornerstone at the Confluence: Navigating the Colorado River Compact&amp;#039;s Next Century
Author: Jason A. Robison
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Signed on November 24, 1922, the Colorado River Compact is body of laws colloquially called the &amp;#039;Law of the River&amp;#039; that governs how human beings use water from the river system dubbed the &amp;#039;American Nile.&amp;#039; No fewer than forty million people have come to rely on the Colorado River system in modern times—a system immersed in an unprecedented, unrelenting megadrought for more than two decades. Attempting to navigate this &amp;#039;new normal,&amp;#039; policymakers are negotiating new management rules for the river system, a process coinciding with the compact&amp;#039;s centennial that must be completed by 2026. Animated by this remarkable confluence of events, Cornerstone at the Confluence leverages the centennial year to reflect on the compact and broader &amp;#039;Law of the River&amp;#039; to envision the future. It is a volume inviting dialogue about how the river system&amp;#039;s flows should be apportioned given climate change, what should be done about environmental issues such as ecosystem restoration and biodiversity protection, and how long-standing issues of water justice facing Native American communities should be addressed. These topics touch on the concept of &amp;#039;equity&amp;#039; embedded within the compact—a concept that tees up what is perhaps the foundational question confronted by Cornerstone at the Confluence: Who should have a seat at the table of Colorado River governance?</description>
      <author>Jason A. Robison</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350822762.mp3" length="8282672" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350822762.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cornerstone at the Confluence: Navigating the Colorado River Compact&amp;#039;s Next Century
Author: Jason A. Robison
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Signed on November 24, 1922, the Colorado River Compact is body of laws colloquially called the &amp;#039;Law of the River&amp;#039; that governs how human beings use water from the river system dubbed the &amp;#039;American Nile.&amp;#039; No fewer than forty million people have come to rely on the Colorado River system in modern times—a system immersed in an unprecedented, unrelenting megadrought for more than two decades. Attempting to navigate this &amp;#039;new normal,&amp;#039; policymakers are negotiating new management rules for the river system, a process coinciding with the compact&amp;#039;s centennial that must be completed by 2026. Animated by this remarkable confluence of events, Cornerstone at the Confluence leverages the centennial year to reflect on the compact and broader &amp;#039;Law of the River&amp;#039; to envision the future. It is a volume inviting dialogue about how the river system&amp;#039;s flows should be apportioned given climate change, what should be done about environmental issues such as ecosystem restoration and biodiversity protection, and how long-standing issues of water justice facing Native American communities should be addressed. These topics touch on the concept of &amp;#039;equity&amp;#039; embedded within the compact—a concept that tees up what is perhaps the foundational question confronted by Cornerstone at the Confluence: Who should have a seat at the table of Colorado River governance?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cornerstone at the Confluence: Navigating the Colorado River Compact&amp;#039;s Next Century
Author: Jason A. Robison
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Signed on November 24, 1922, the Colorado River Compact is body of laws colloquially called the &amp;#039;Law of the River&amp;#039; that governs how human beings use water from the river system dubbed the &amp;#039;American Nile.&amp;#039; No fewer than forty million people have come to rely on the Colorado River system in modern times—a system immersed in an unprecedented, unrelenting megadrought for more than two decades. Attempting to navigate this &amp;#039;new normal,&amp;#039; policymakers are negotiating new management rules for the river system, a process coinciding with the compact&amp;#039;s centennial that must be completed by 2026. Animated by this remarkable confluence of events, Cornerstone at the Confluence leverages the centennial year to reflect on the compact and broader &amp;#039;Law of the River&amp;#039; to envision the future. It is a volume inviting dialogue about how the river system&amp;#039;s flows should be apportioned given climate change, what should be done about environmental issues such as ecosystem restoration and biodiversity protection, and how long-standing issues of water justice facing Native American communities should be addressed. These topics touch on the concept of &amp;#039;equity&amp;#039; embedded within the compact—a concept that tees up what is perhaps the foundational question confronted by Cornerstone at the Confluence: Who should have a seat at the table of Colorado River governance?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Down the Hill: My Descent into the Double Murder in Delphi by Susan Hendricks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665600</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Down the Hill: My Descent into the Double Murder in Delphi
Author: Susan Hendricks
Narrator: Kelsi German Siebert, Susan Hendricks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Former CNN/HLN anchor and veteran broadcast journalist Susan Hendricks takes an investigative deep-dive into the still-unsolved double homicide of two teens in Delphi, Indiana—and its lasting impact on the community  On February 13, 2017, two teenage girls—13-year-old Abby Williams and 14-year-old Libby German—decided to enjoy a day off from school by exploring the popular hiking trails near the Monon High Bridge just a few minutes’ drive from Libby’s home in Delphi, Indiana. Libby’s sister, Kelsi, dropped the two girls off at the head of the trail and waved to them as they walked down the path, which was the last time they’d ever be seen alive. Less than 24 hours later, their bodies were found on the north bank of Deer Creek, about a mile from where they were last seen. There were few clues and little to go on in terms of physical evidence, except for the visual and audio remnants of a strange encounter the girls had with a stranger just hours before their disappearance, an encounter unsettling enough that Libby had thought to record it on her cellphone as it unfolded. In the years since the murders were first made public, Libby’s audio and video recordings have been released and two very different composite sketches of the suspect have been shown, but local law enforcement remained vague about developments for years—until finally, in October 2022, the long-awaited suspect was arrested and a trial date was set.  Longtime anchor and journalist Susan Hendricks was one of the first reporters to cover the case. A broadcast veteran with decades’ worth of experience under her belt, she was no stranger when it came to sharing the tragedies of the day with viewers. But there was something about this case that rattled her to her core. A year after the murders, Susan went to Delphi to interview the victims’ families for an in-depth special report where Kelsi drove Susan down the same path that she drove her sister down on the last day of her life. Over the years, Susan has built close relationships with family members, and law enforcement officials and armchair detectives alike who are determined to get justice for Abby and Libby.  In Down the Hill, Hendricks digs deeper in into the mystery that has captivated our nation for years, exploring the family&amp;#039;s enduring resilience and advocacy, as well as the rippling impact the case has had on not just Delphi, but the very heart of the American heartland. As a result, this book is more than just a book about a double homicide; it’s about a small town in middle America that’s been haunted by an unfathomable act of violence; it’s about the ways families and communities cope with grief and move forward after tragedy; it’s about the limitations of local law enforcement and the rise of technology in helping to solve cases in new ways. But it’s also about compassion, connection, empathy, and resilience—on a very real, very human level.</description>
      <author>Susan Hendricks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668633328.mp3" length="832727" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665600</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668633328.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Down the Hill: My Descent into the Double Murder in Delphi
Author: Susan Hendricks
Narrator: Kelsi German Siebert, Susan Hendricks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Former CNN/HLN anchor and veteran broadcast journalist Susan Hendricks takes an investigative deep-dive into the still-unsolved double homicide of two teens in Delphi, Indiana—and its lasting impact on the community  On February 13, 2017, two teenage girls—13-year-old Abby Williams and 14-year-old Libby German—decided to enjoy a day off from school by exploring the popular hiking trails near the Monon High Bridge just a few minutes’ drive from Libby’s home in Delphi, Indiana. Libby’s sister, Kelsi, dropped the two girls off at the head of the trail and waved to them as they walked down the path, which was the last time they’d ever be seen alive. Less than 24 hours later, their bodies were found on the north bank of Deer Creek, about a mile from where they were last seen. There were few clues and little to go on in terms of physical evidence, except for the visual and audio remnants of a strange encounter the girls had with a stranger just hours before their disappearance, an encounter unsettling enough that Libby had thought to record it on her cellphone as it unfolded. In the years since the murders were first made public, Libby’s audio and video recordings have been released and two very different composite sketches of the suspect have been shown, but local law enforcement remained vague about developments for years—until finally, in October 2022, the long-awaited suspect was arrested and a trial date was set.  Longtime anchor and journalist Susan Hendricks was one of the first reporters to cover the case. A broadcast veteran with decades’ worth of experience under her belt, she was no stranger when it came to sharing the tragedies of the day with viewers. But there was something about this case that rattled her to her core. A year after the murders, Susan went to Delphi to interview the victims’ families for an in-depth special report where Kelsi drove Susan down the same path that she drove her sister down on the last day of her life. Over the years, Susan has built close relationships with family members, and law enforcement officials and armchair detectives alike who are determined to get justice for Abby and Libby.  In Down the Hill, Hendricks digs deeper in into the mystery that has captivated our nation for years, exploring the family&amp;#039;s enduring resilience and advocacy, as well as the rippling impact the case has had on not just Delphi, but the very heart of the American heartland. As a result, this book is more than just a book about a double homicide; it’s about a small town in middle America that’s been haunted by an unfathomable act of violence; it’s about the ways families and communities cope with grief and move forward after tragedy; it’s about the limitations of local law enforcement and the rise of technology in helping to solve cases in new ways. But it’s also about compassion, connection, empathy, and resilience—on a very real, very human level.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Down the Hill: My Descent into the Double Murder in Delphi
Author: Susan Hendricks
Narrator: Kelsi German Siebert, Susan Hendricks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Former CNN/HLN anchor and veteran broadcast journalist Susan Hendricks takes an investigative deep-dive into the still-unsolved double homicide of two teens in Delphi, Indiana—and its lasting impact on the community  On February 13, 2017, two teenage girls—13-year-old Abby Williams and 14-year-old Libby German—decided to enjoy a day off from school by exploring the popular hiking trails near the Monon High Bridge just a few minutes’ drive from Libby’s home in Delphi, Indiana. Libby’s sister, Kelsi, dropped the two girls off at the head of the trail and waved to them as they walked down the path, which was the last time they’d ever be seen alive. Less than 24 hours later, their bodies were found on the north bank of Deer Creek, about a mile from where they were last seen. There were few clues and little to go on in terms of physical evidence, except for the visual and audio remnants of a strange encounter the girls had with a stranger just hours before their disappearance, an encounter unsettling enough that Libby had thought to record it on her cellphone as it unfolded. In the years since the murders were first made public, Libby’s audio and video recordings have been released and two very different composite sketches of the suspect have been shown, but local law enforcement remained vague about developments for years—until finally, in October 2022, the long-awaited suspect was arrested and a trial date was set.  Longtime anchor and journalist Susan Hendricks was one of the first reporters to cover the case. A broadcast veteran with decades’ worth of experience under her belt, she was no stranger when it came to sharing the tragedies of the day with viewers. But there was something about this case that rattled her to her core. A year after the murders, Susan went to Delphi to interview the victims’ families for an in-depth special report where Kelsi drove Susan down the same path that she drove her sister down on the last day of her life. Over the years, Susan has built close relationships with family members, and law enforcement officials and armchair detectives alike who are determined to get justice for Abby and Libby.  In Down the Hill, Hendricks digs deeper in into the mystery that has captivated our nation for years, exploring the family&amp;#039;s enduring resilience and advocacy, as well as the rippling impact the case has had on not just Delphi, but the very heart of the American heartland. As a result, this book is more than just a book about a double homicide; it’s about a small town in middle America that’s been haunted by an unfathomable act of violence; it’s about the ways families and communities cope with grief and move forward after tragedy; it’s about the limitations of local law enforcement and the rise of technology in helping to solve cases in new ways. But it’s also about compassion, connection, empathy, and resilience—on a very real, very human level.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Big Time: How the 1970s Transformed Sports in America by Michael Maccambridge</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665580</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665580">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665580</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Time: How the 1970s Transformed Sports in America
Author: Michael Maccambridge
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A captivating chronicle of the pivotal decade in American sports, when the games invaded prime time, and sports moved from the margins to the mainstream of American culture.  Every decade brings change, but as Michael MacCambridge chronicles in THE BIG TIME, no decade in American sports history featured such convulsive cultural shifts as the 1970s. So many things happened during the decade—the move of sports into prime-time television, the beginning of athletes’ gaining a sense of autonomy for their own careers, integration becoming—at least within sports—more of the rule than the exception, and the social revolution that brought females more decisively into sports, as athletes, coaches, executives, and spectators. More than politicians, musicians or actors, the decade in America was defined by its most exemplary athletes. The sweeping changes in the decade could be seen in the collective experience of Billie Jean King and Muhammad Ali, Henry Aaron and Julius Erving, Kareem Abdul-Jabbar and Joe Greene, Jack Nicklaus and Chris Evert, among others, who redefined the role of athletes and athletics in American culture. The Seventies witnessed the emergence of spectator sports as an ever-expanding mainstream phenomenon, as well as dramatic changes in the way athletes were paid, portrayed, and packaged. In tracing the epic narrative of how American sports was transformed in the Seventies, a larger story emerges: of how America itself changed, and how spectator sports moved decisively on a trajectory toward what it has become today, the last truly “big tent” in American culture.</description>
      <author>Michael Maccambridge</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668632185.mp3" length="852083" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665580</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668632185.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665580">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665580</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Time: How the 1970s Transformed Sports in America
Author: Michael Maccambridge
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A captivating chronicle of the pivotal decade in American sports, when the games invaded prime time, and sports moved from the margins to the mainstream of American culture.  Every decade brings change, but as Michael MacCambridge chronicles in THE BIG TIME, no decade in American sports history featured such convulsive cultural shifts as the 1970s. So many things happened during the decade—the move of sports into prime-time television, the beginning of athletes’ gaining a sense of autonomy for their own careers, integration becoming—at least within sports—more of the rule than the exception, and the social revolution that brought females more decisively into sports, as athletes, coaches, executives, and spectators. More than politicians, musicians or actors, the decade in America was defined by its most exemplary athletes. The sweeping changes in the decade could be seen in the collective experience of Billie Jean King and Muhammad Ali, Henry Aaron and Julius Erving, Kareem Abdul-Jabbar and Joe Greene, Jack Nicklaus and Chris Evert, among others, who redefined the role of athletes and athletics in American culture. The Seventies witnessed the emergence of spectator sports as an ever-expanding mainstream phenomenon, as well as dramatic changes in the way athletes were paid, portrayed, and packaged. In tracing the epic narrative of how American sports was transformed in the Seventies, a larger story emerges: of how America itself changed, and how spectator sports moved decisively on a trajectory toward what it has become today, the last truly “big tent” in American culture.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665580">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665580</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Time: How the 1970s Transformed Sports in America
Author: Michael Maccambridge
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A captivating chronicle of the pivotal decade in American sports, when the games invaded prime time, and sports moved from the margins to the mainstream of American culture.  Every decade brings change, but as Michael MacCambridge chronicles in THE BIG TIME, no decade in American sports history featured such convulsive cultural shifts as the 1970s. So many things happened during the decade—the move of sports into prime-time television, the beginning of athletes’ gaining a sense of autonomy for their own careers, integration becoming—at least within sports—more of the rule than the exception, and the social revolution that brought females more decisively into sports, as athletes, coaches, executives, and spectators. More than politicians, musicians or actors, the decade in America was defined by its most exemplary athletes. The sweeping changes in the decade could be seen in the collective experience of Billie Jean King and Muhammad Ali, Henry Aaron and Julius Erving, Kareem Abdul-Jabbar and Joe Greene, Jack Nicklaus and Chris Evert, among others, who redefined the role of athletes and athletics in American culture. The Seventies witnessed the emergence of spectator sports as an ever-expanding mainstream phenomenon, as well as dramatic changes in the way athletes were paid, portrayed, and packaged. In tracing the epic narrative of how American sports was transformed in the Seventies, a larger story emerges: of how America itself changed, and how spectator sports moved decisively on a trajectory toward what it has become today, the last truly “big tent” in American culture.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In the Shadow of Fear: America and the World in 1950 by Nick Bunker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665581</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665581">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665581</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Shadow of Fear: America and the World in 1950
Author: Nick Bunker
Narrator: Rich Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An evocative portrait of a divided America at the dawn of the Cold War       Halfway through the twentieth century, the United States towered over the world in industrial might. After winning the 1948 election, Harry Truman hoped to use this economic strength to build on FDR’s achievements with new liberal reforms. But then, in just ten months between September 1949 and June 1950, the president’s ambitions were overtaken by events that left the country gripped by rage and fear. The Soviets tested an atomic bomb, Mao’s army swept through China, and at home Truman faced labor unrest and a Republican Party desperate for power.       In the Shadow of Fear is an innovative and gripping history of this pivotal moment. Recounting the launch of Senator Joe McCarthy’s anti-communist crusade, the defeat of Truman’s liberal program, and the start of the Korean War, prizewinning historian Nick Bunker shows us a polarized nation facing crises at home and abroad—a story with deep resonances today.</description>
      <author>Nick Bunker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668632826.mp3" length="867996" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665581</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668632826.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665581">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665581</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Shadow of Fear: America and the World in 1950
Author: Nick Bunker
Narrator: Rich Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An evocative portrait of a divided America at the dawn of the Cold War       Halfway through the twentieth century, the United States towered over the world in industrial might. After winning the 1948 election, Harry Truman hoped to use this economic strength to build on FDR’s achievements with new liberal reforms. But then, in just ten months between September 1949 and June 1950, the president’s ambitions were overtaken by events that left the country gripped by rage and fear. The Soviets tested an atomic bomb, Mao’s army swept through China, and at home Truman faced labor unrest and a Republican Party desperate for power.       In the Shadow of Fear is an innovative and gripping history of this pivotal moment. Recounting the launch of Senator Joe McCarthy’s anti-communist crusade, the defeat of Truman’s liberal program, and the start of the Korean War, prizewinning historian Nick Bunker shows us a polarized nation facing crises at home and abroad—a story with deep resonances today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665581">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665581</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Shadow of Fear: America and the World in 1950
Author: Nick Bunker
Narrator: Rich Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An evocative portrait of a divided America at the dawn of the Cold War       Halfway through the twentieth century, the United States towered over the world in industrial might. After winning the 1948 election, Harry Truman hoped to use this economic strength to build on FDR’s achievements with new liberal reforms. But then, in just ten months between September 1949 and June 1950, the president’s ambitions were overtaken by events that left the country gripped by rage and fear. The Soviets tested an atomic bomb, Mao’s army swept through China, and at home Truman faced labor unrest and a Republican Party desperate for power.       In the Shadow of Fear is an innovative and gripping history of this pivotal moment. Recounting the launch of Senator Joe McCarthy’s anti-communist crusade, the defeat of Truman’s liberal program, and the start of the Korean War, prizewinning historian Nick Bunker shows us a polarized nation facing crises at home and abroad—a story with deep resonances today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>But Will You Love Me Tomorrow?: An Oral History of the &amp;#039;60s Girl Groups by Emily Sieu Liebowitz, Laura Flam</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665571</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665571">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665571</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: But Will You Love Me Tomorrow?: An Oral History of the &amp;#039;60s Girl Groups
Author: Emily Sieu Liebowitz, Laura Flam
Narrator: Emily Sieu Liebowitz, Laura Flam, Lanecia Edmonds, Leon Nixon, Robin Eller, Janina Edwards, Fred Berman, Suzanne Toren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Featuring over 300 hours of new interviews with 100+ subjects, an oral history of the girl groups (such as The Ronettes, The Shirelles, The Supremes, and The Vandellas) that redefined the early 1960s     The girl group sound, made famous and unforgettable by acts like The Ronettes, The Shirelles, The Supremes, and The Vandellas, took over the airwaves by capturing the mixture of innocence and rebellion emblematic of America in the 1960s.   As songs like &amp;quot;Will You Love Me Tomorrow,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Then He Kissed Me,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Be My Baby&amp;quot; rose to the top of the charts, girl groups cornered the burgeoning post-war market of teenage rock and roll fans, indelibly shaping the trajectory of pop music in the process. While the songs are essential to the American canon, many of the artists remain all but anonymous to most listeners.   With more than 100 subjects that made the music, from the singers to the songwriters, to their agents, managers, and sound engineers—and even to the present-day celebrities inspired by their lasting influence–But Will You Love Me Tomorrow: An Oral History of 60s Girl Groups tells a national coming-of-age story that gives particular insight into the experiences of the female singers and songwriters who created the movement.</description>
      <author>Emily Sieu Liebowitz, Laura Flam</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668633274.mp3" length="948817" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665571</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668633274.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665571">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665571</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: But Will You Love Me Tomorrow?: An Oral History of the &amp;#039;60s Girl Groups
Author: Emily Sieu Liebowitz, Laura Flam
Narrator: Emily Sieu Liebowitz, Laura Flam, Lanecia Edmonds, Leon Nixon, Robin Eller, Janina Edwards, Fred Berman, Suzanne Toren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Featuring over 300 hours of new interviews with 100+ subjects, an oral history of the girl groups (such as The Ronettes, The Shirelles, The Supremes, and The Vandellas) that redefined the early 1960s     The girl group sound, made famous and unforgettable by acts like The Ronettes, The Shirelles, The Supremes, and The Vandellas, took over the airwaves by capturing the mixture of innocence and rebellion emblematic of America in the 1960s.   As songs like &amp;quot;Will You Love Me Tomorrow,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Then He Kissed Me,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Be My Baby&amp;quot; rose to the top of the charts, girl groups cornered the burgeoning post-war market of teenage rock and roll fans, indelibly shaping the trajectory of pop music in the process. While the songs are essential to the American canon, many of the artists remain all but anonymous to most listeners.   With more than 100 subjects that made the music, from the singers to the songwriters, to their agents, managers, and sound engineers—and even to the present-day celebrities inspired by their lasting influence–But Will You Love Me Tomorrow: An Oral History of 60s Girl Groups tells a national coming-of-age story that gives particular insight into the experiences of the female singers and songwriters who created the movement.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665571">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665571</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: But Will You Love Me Tomorrow?: An Oral History of the &amp;#039;60s Girl Groups
Author: Emily Sieu Liebowitz, Laura Flam
Narrator: Emily Sieu Liebowitz, Laura Flam, Lanecia Edmonds, Leon Nixon, Robin Eller, Janina Edwards, Fred Berman, Suzanne Toren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Featuring over 300 hours of new interviews with 100+ subjects, an oral history of the girl groups (such as The Ronettes, The Shirelles, The Supremes, and The Vandellas) that redefined the early 1960s     The girl group sound, made famous and unforgettable by acts like The Ronettes, The Shirelles, The Supremes, and The Vandellas, took over the airwaves by capturing the mixture of innocence and rebellion emblematic of America in the 1960s.   As songs like &amp;quot;Will You Love Me Tomorrow,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Then He Kissed Me,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Be My Baby&amp;quot; rose to the top of the charts, girl groups cornered the burgeoning post-war market of teenage rock and roll fans, indelibly shaping the trajectory of pop music in the process. While the songs are essential to the American canon, many of the artists remain all but anonymous to most listeners.   With more than 100 subjects that made the music, from the singers to the songwriters, to their agents, managers, and sound engineers—and even to the present-day celebrities inspired by their lasting influence–But Will You Love Me Tomorrow: An Oral History of 60s Girl Groups tells a national coming-of-age story that gives particular insight into the experiences of the female singers and songwriters who created the movement.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lena Horne: Goddess Reclaimed by Donald Bogle</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665550</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665550">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665550</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lena Horne: Goddess Reclaimed
Author: Donald Bogle
Narrator: Donald Bogle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 12 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From Donald Bogle, the award-winning author of Hollywood Black and leading authority on Black cinema history, this is a first-of-its-kind comprehensive and lavish biography of Hollywood’s first African American movie goddess.  Lena Horne’s life and career are truly remarkable in American film history. She was the first Black performer to become a true star—to receive the kind of glamour treatment at the fabled MGM that the studio had previously given to the likes of Greta Garbo, Jean Harlow, Lana Turner, and Ava Gardner. At the same time, Horne dealt with endless indignities, not the least of which was the fact that her roles in films was often as a musical performer, which allowed her numbers to be easily stripped out of films without affecting the narrative when played to audiences that would find her presence undesirable.  ​  At long last, Lena Horne: Goddess Reclaimed gives the star her due. Through a highly informed and insightful narrative based on interviews, press accounts, studio archives, and decades of research, the book sheds new light on the star&amp;#039;s compelling life and complicated career: her activism; her accomplishments and heady triumphs in movies, television, and nightclubs as she broke down long-standing barriers for Black individuals—especially Black women—and her solemn, sometimes bitter disappointments, both professional and personal. Illustrated by stunning photos (some published for the first time), this is the ultimate book on the icon.</description>
      <author>Donald Bogle</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668633151.mp3" length="894091" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665550</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668633151.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665550">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665550</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lena Horne: Goddess Reclaimed
Author: Donald Bogle
Narrator: Donald Bogle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 12 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From Donald Bogle, the award-winning author of Hollywood Black and leading authority on Black cinema history, this is a first-of-its-kind comprehensive and lavish biography of Hollywood’s first African American movie goddess.  Lena Horne’s life and career are truly remarkable in American film history. She was the first Black performer to become a true star—to receive the kind of glamour treatment at the fabled MGM that the studio had previously given to the likes of Greta Garbo, Jean Harlow, Lana Turner, and Ava Gardner. At the same time, Horne dealt with endless indignities, not the least of which was the fact that her roles in films was often as a musical performer, which allowed her numbers to be easily stripped out of films without affecting the narrative when played to audiences that would find her presence undesirable.  ​  At long last, Lena Horne: Goddess Reclaimed gives the star her due. Through a highly informed and insightful narrative based on interviews, press accounts, studio archives, and decades of research, the book sheds new light on the star&amp;#039;s compelling life and complicated career: her activism; her accomplishments and heady triumphs in movies, television, and nightclubs as she broke down long-standing barriers for Black individuals—especially Black women—and her solemn, sometimes bitter disappointments, both professional and personal. Illustrated by stunning photos (some published for the first time), this is the ultimate book on the icon.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665550">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665550</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lena Horne: Goddess Reclaimed
Author: Donald Bogle
Narrator: Donald Bogle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 12 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From Donald Bogle, the award-winning author of Hollywood Black and leading authority on Black cinema history, this is a first-of-its-kind comprehensive and lavish biography of Hollywood’s first African American movie goddess.  Lena Horne’s life and career are truly remarkable in American film history. She was the first Black performer to become a true star—to receive the kind of glamour treatment at the fabled MGM that the studio had previously given to the likes of Greta Garbo, Jean Harlow, Lana Turner, and Ava Gardner. At the same time, Horne dealt with endless indignities, not the least of which was the fact that her roles in films was often as a musical performer, which allowed her numbers to be easily stripped out of films without affecting the narrative when played to audiences that would find her presence undesirable.  ​  At long last, Lena Horne: Goddess Reclaimed gives the star her due. Through a highly informed and insightful narrative based on interviews, press accounts, studio archives, and decades of research, the book sheds new light on the star&amp;#039;s compelling life and complicated career: her activism; her accomplishments and heady triumphs in movies, television, and nightclubs as she broke down long-standing barriers for Black individuals—especially Black women—and her solemn, sometimes bitter disappointments, both professional and personal. Illustrated by stunning photos (some published for the first time), this is the ultimate book on the icon.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>UFO: The Inside Story of the US Government&amp;#039;s Search for Alien Life Here—and Out There by Garrett M. Graff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663114</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: UFO: The Inside Story of the US Government&amp;#039;s Search for Alien Life Here—and Out There
Author: Garrett M. Graff
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“One of the rare books on the topic that manages to be both entertaining and factually grounded.” —The Wall Street Journal   From the bestselling author of Raven Rock, The Only Plane in the Sky, and Watergate (finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in history) comes the first comprehensive and eye-opening exploration of our government’s decades-long quest to solve one of humanity’s greatest mysteries: Are we alone in the universe? For as long as we have looked to the skies, the question of whether life on earth is the only life to exist has been at the core of the human experience, driving scientific debate and discovery, shaping spiritual belief, and prompting existential thought across borders and generations. It’s one of our culture’s favorite conversations, and yet, the idea of extraterrestrial intelligence has been largely banished to the realm of fantasy and conspiracy. Now, for the first time, the full story of our national obsession with UFOs—and the covert search by scientists, the United States military, and the CIA for proof of alien life—is told by bestselling author and Pulitzer Prize finalist Garrett M. Graff in a deeply reported and researched history.   It begins in 1947, when two headline-making sightings of strange flying objects prompt the US Air Force’s newly formed Department of Defense to create a series of secret programs to determine how unidentified phenomena may pose a threat to national security. Over the next half-century, as the atomic age gives way to the space race and the Cold War, the mission continues, bringing together an unexpected group of astronomers, military officials, civilian contactees, and true believers who bring us closer, then further, then closer again, to answering one of our most enduring questions: What exactly is out there?   Drawing from original archival research, declassified documents, and interviews with senior intelligence and military officials, Graff brings readers a story that’s “Loads of fun…[a] fascinating deep dive down the rabbit hole” (Publishers Weekly).</description>
      <author>Garrett M. Graff</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Nov 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797164267.mp3" length="850112" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663114</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797164267.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: UFO: The Inside Story of the US Government&amp;#039;s Search for Alien Life Here—and Out There
Author: Garrett M. Graff
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“One of the rare books on the topic that manages to be both entertaining and factually grounded.” —The Wall Street Journal   From the bestselling author of Raven Rock, The Only Plane in the Sky, and Watergate (finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in history) comes the first comprehensive and eye-opening exploration of our government’s decades-long quest to solve one of humanity’s greatest mysteries: Are we alone in the universe? For as long as we have looked to the skies, the question of whether life on earth is the only life to exist has been at the core of the human experience, driving scientific debate and discovery, shaping spiritual belief, and prompting existential thought across borders and generations. It’s one of our culture’s favorite conversations, and yet, the idea of extraterrestrial intelligence has been largely banished to the realm of fantasy and conspiracy. Now, for the first time, the full story of our national obsession with UFOs—and the covert search by scientists, the United States military, and the CIA for proof of alien life—is told by bestselling author and Pulitzer Prize finalist Garrett M. Graff in a deeply reported and researched history.   It begins in 1947, when two headline-making sightings of strange flying objects prompt the US Air Force’s newly formed Department of Defense to create a series of secret programs to determine how unidentified phenomena may pose a threat to national security. Over the next half-century, as the atomic age gives way to the space race and the Cold War, the mission continues, bringing together an unexpected group of astronomers, military officials, civilian contactees, and true believers who bring us closer, then further, then closer again, to answering one of our most enduring questions: What exactly is out there?   Drawing from original archival research, declassified documents, and interviews with senior intelligence and military officials, Graff brings readers a story that’s “Loads of fun…[a] fascinating deep dive down the rabbit hole” (Publishers Weekly).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: UFO: The Inside Story of the US Government&amp;#039;s Search for Alien Life Here—and Out There
Author: Garrett M. Graff
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“One of the rare books on the topic that manages to be both entertaining and factually grounded.” —The Wall Street Journal   From the bestselling author of Raven Rock, The Only Plane in the Sky, and Watergate (finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in history) comes the first comprehensive and eye-opening exploration of our government’s decades-long quest to solve one of humanity’s greatest mysteries: Are we alone in the universe? For as long as we have looked to the skies, the question of whether life on earth is the only life to exist has been at the core of the human experience, driving scientific debate and discovery, shaping spiritual belief, and prompting existential thought across borders and generations. It’s one of our culture’s favorite conversations, and yet, the idea of extraterrestrial intelligence has been largely banished to the realm of fantasy and conspiracy. Now, for the first time, the full story of our national obsession with UFOs—and the covert search by scientists, the United States military, and the CIA for proof of alien life—is told by bestselling author and Pulitzer Prize finalist Garrett M. Graff in a deeply reported and researched history.   It begins in 1947, when two headline-making sightings of strange flying objects prompt the US Air Force’s newly formed Department of Defense to create a series of secret programs to determine how unidentified phenomena may pose a threat to national security. Over the next half-century, as the atomic age gives way to the space race and the Cold War, the mission continues, bringing together an unexpected group of astronomers, military officials, civilian contactees, and true believers who bring us closer, then further, then closer again, to answering one of our most enduring questions: What exactly is out there?   Drawing from original archival research, declassified documents, and interviews with senior intelligence and military officials, Graff brings readers a story that’s “Loads of fun…[a] fascinating deep dive down the rabbit hole” (Publishers Weekly).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Hidden Roots of White Supremacy: And the Path to a Shared American Future by Robert P. Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663112</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663112">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663112</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden Roots of White Supremacy: And the Path to a Shared American Future
Author: Robert P. Jones
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times Bestseller   Taking the story of white supremacy in America back to 1493, and examining contemporary communities in Mississippi, Minnesota, and Oklahoma for models of racial repair, The Hidden Roots of White Supremacy is “full of urgency and insight” (The New York Times) as it helps chart a new course toward a genuinely pluralistic democracy. Beginning with contemporary efforts to reckon with the legacy of white supremacy in America, Jones returns to the fateful year when a little-known church doctrine emerged that shaped the way five centuries of European Christians would understand the “discovered” world and the people who populated it. Along the way, he shows us the connections between Emmett Till and the Spanish conquistador Hernando De Soto in the Mississippi Delta, between the lynching of three Black circus workers in Duluth and the mass execution of thirty-eight Dakota men in Makato, and between the murder of 300 African Americans during the burning of Black Wall Street in Tulsa and the Trail of Tears.   From this vantage point, Jones offers a “revelatory…searing, stirring outline” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) of how the enslavement of Africans was not America’s original sin but, rather, the continuation of acts of genocide and dispossession flowing from the first European contact with Native Americans. These deeds were justified by people who embraced the 15th-century Doctrine of Discovery: the belief that God had designated all territory not inhabited or controlled by Christians as their new promised land.   This “blistering, bracing, and brave” (Michael Eric Dyson) reframing of American origins explains how the founders of the United States could build the philosophical framework for a democratic society on a foundation of mass racial violence—and why this paradox survives today in the form of white Christian nationalism. Through stories of people navigating these contradictions in three communities, Jones illuminates the possibility of a new American future in which we finally fulfill the promise of a pluralistic democracy.</description>
      <author>Robert P. Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797164113.mp3" length="849216" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663112</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797164113.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663112">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663112</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden Roots of White Supremacy: And the Path to a Shared American Future
Author: Robert P. Jones
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times Bestseller   Taking the story of white supremacy in America back to 1493, and examining contemporary communities in Mississippi, Minnesota, and Oklahoma for models of racial repair, The Hidden Roots of White Supremacy is “full of urgency and insight” (The New York Times) as it helps chart a new course toward a genuinely pluralistic democracy. Beginning with contemporary efforts to reckon with the legacy of white supremacy in America, Jones returns to the fateful year when a little-known church doctrine emerged that shaped the way five centuries of European Christians would understand the “discovered” world and the people who populated it. Along the way, he shows us the connections between Emmett Till and the Spanish conquistador Hernando De Soto in the Mississippi Delta, between the lynching of three Black circus workers in Duluth and the mass execution of thirty-eight Dakota men in Makato, and between the murder of 300 African Americans during the burning of Black Wall Street in Tulsa and the Trail of Tears.   From this vantage point, Jones offers a “revelatory…searing, stirring outline” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) of how the enslavement of Africans was not America’s original sin but, rather, the continuation of acts of genocide and dispossession flowing from the first European contact with Native Americans. These deeds were justified by people who embraced the 15th-century Doctrine of Discovery: the belief that God had designated all territory not inhabited or controlled by Christians as their new promised land.   This “blistering, bracing, and brave” (Michael Eric Dyson) reframing of American origins explains how the founders of the United States could build the philosophical framework for a democratic society on a foundation of mass racial violence—and why this paradox survives today in the form of white Christian nationalism. Through stories of people navigating these contradictions in three communities, Jones illuminates the possibility of a new American future in which we finally fulfill the promise of a pluralistic democracy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663112">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663112</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden Roots of White Supremacy: And the Path to a Shared American Future
Author: Robert P. Jones
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times Bestseller   Taking the story of white supremacy in America back to 1493, and examining contemporary communities in Mississippi, Minnesota, and Oklahoma for models of racial repair, The Hidden Roots of White Supremacy is “full of urgency and insight” (The New York Times) as it helps chart a new course toward a genuinely pluralistic democracy. Beginning with contemporary efforts to reckon with the legacy of white supremacy in America, Jones returns to the fateful year when a little-known church doctrine emerged that shaped the way five centuries of European Christians would understand the “discovered” world and the people who populated it. Along the way, he shows us the connections between Emmett Till and the Spanish conquistador Hernando De Soto in the Mississippi Delta, between the lynching of three Black circus workers in Duluth and the mass execution of thirty-eight Dakota men in Makato, and between the murder of 300 African Americans during the burning of Black Wall Street in Tulsa and the Trail of Tears.   From this vantage point, Jones offers a “revelatory…searing, stirring outline” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) of how the enslavement of Africans was not America’s original sin but, rather, the continuation of acts of genocide and dispossession flowing from the first European contact with Native Americans. These deeds were justified by people who embraced the 15th-century Doctrine of Discovery: the belief that God had designated all territory not inhabited or controlled by Christians as their new promised land.   This “blistering, bracing, and brave” (Michael Eric Dyson) reframing of American origins explains how the founders of the United States could build the philosophical framework for a democratic society on a foundation of mass racial violence—and why this paradox survives today in the form of white Christian nationalism. Through stories of people navigating these contradictions in three communities, Jones illuminates the possibility of a new American future in which we finally fulfill the promise of a pluralistic democracy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Six: The Untold Story of America&amp;#039;s First Women Astronauts by Loren Grush</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663077</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663077">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663077</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Six: The Untold Story of America&amp;#039;s First Women Astronauts
Author: Loren Grush
Narrator: Inés Del Castillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Vivid.” —The Guardian * “Engrossing.” —Booklist * “Suspenseful, meticulously observed, enlightening.” —Margot Lee Shetterly, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Hidden Figures    In this account of America’s first women astronauts “Grush skillfully weaves a story that, at its heart, is about desire: not a nation’s desire to conquer space, but the longing of six women to reach heights that were forbidden to them” (The New York Times). When NASA sent astronauts to the moon in the 1960s and 1970s the agency excluded women from the corps, arguing that only military test pilots—a group then made up exclusively of men—had the right stuff. It was an era in which women were steered away from jobs in science and deemed unqualified for space flight. Eventually, though, NASA recognized its blunder and opened the application process to a wider array of hopefuls, regardless of race or gender. From a candidate pool of 8,000 six elite women were selected in 1978—Sally Ride, Judy Resnik, Anna Fisher, Kathy Sullivan, Shannon Lucid, and Rhea Seddon.   In The Six, acclaimed journalist Loren Grush shows these brilliant and courageous women enduring claustrophobic—and sometimes deeply sexist—media attention, undergoing rigorous survival training, and preparing for years to take multi-million-dollar payloads into orbit. Together, the Six helped build the tools that made the space program run. One of the group, Judy Resnik, sacrificed her life when the Space Shuttle Challenger exploded at 46,000 feet. Everyone knows of Sally Ride’s history-making first space ride, but each of the Six would make their mark. “A spirited group biography…it’s hard not to feel awe for these women” (The Wall Street Journal).</description>
      <author>Loren Grush</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797160610.mp3" length="878387" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663077</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797160610.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663077">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663077</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Six: The Untold Story of America&amp;#039;s First Women Astronauts
Author: Loren Grush
Narrator: Inés Del Castillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Vivid.” —The Guardian * “Engrossing.” —Booklist * “Suspenseful, meticulously observed, enlightening.” —Margot Lee Shetterly, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Hidden Figures    In this account of America’s first women astronauts “Grush skillfully weaves a story that, at its heart, is about desire: not a nation’s desire to conquer space, but the longing of six women to reach heights that were forbidden to them” (The New York Times). When NASA sent astronauts to the moon in the 1960s and 1970s the agency excluded women from the corps, arguing that only military test pilots—a group then made up exclusively of men—had the right stuff. It was an era in which women were steered away from jobs in science and deemed unqualified for space flight. Eventually, though, NASA recognized its blunder and opened the application process to a wider array of hopefuls, regardless of race or gender. From a candidate pool of 8,000 six elite women were selected in 1978—Sally Ride, Judy Resnik, Anna Fisher, Kathy Sullivan, Shannon Lucid, and Rhea Seddon.   In The Six, acclaimed journalist Loren Grush shows these brilliant and courageous women enduring claustrophobic—and sometimes deeply sexist—media attention, undergoing rigorous survival training, and preparing for years to take multi-million-dollar payloads into orbit. Together, the Six helped build the tools that made the space program run. One of the group, Judy Resnik, sacrificed her life when the Space Shuttle Challenger exploded at 46,000 feet. Everyone knows of Sally Ride’s history-making first space ride, but each of the Six would make their mark. “A spirited group biography…it’s hard not to feel awe for these women” (The Wall Street Journal).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663077">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663077</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Six: The Untold Story of America&amp;#039;s First Women Astronauts
Author: Loren Grush
Narrator: Inés Del Castillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Vivid.” —The Guardian * “Engrossing.” —Booklist * “Suspenseful, meticulously observed, enlightening.” —Margot Lee Shetterly, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Hidden Figures    In this account of America’s first women astronauts “Grush skillfully weaves a story that, at its heart, is about desire: not a nation’s desire to conquer space, but the longing of six women to reach heights that were forbidden to them” (The New York Times). When NASA sent astronauts to the moon in the 1960s and 1970s the agency excluded women from the corps, arguing that only military test pilots—a group then made up exclusively of men—had the right stuff. It was an era in which women were steered away from jobs in science and deemed unqualified for space flight. Eventually, though, NASA recognized its blunder and opened the application process to a wider array of hopefuls, regardless of race or gender. From a candidate pool of 8,000 six elite women were selected in 1978—Sally Ride, Judy Resnik, Anna Fisher, Kathy Sullivan, Shannon Lucid, and Rhea Seddon.   In The Six, acclaimed journalist Loren Grush shows these brilliant and courageous women enduring claustrophobic—and sometimes deeply sexist—media attention, undergoing rigorous survival training, and preparing for years to take multi-million-dollar payloads into orbit. Together, the Six helped build the tools that made the space program run. One of the group, Judy Resnik, sacrificed her life when the Space Shuttle Challenger exploded at 46,000 feet. Everyone knows of Sally Ride’s history-making first space ride, but each of the Six would make their mark. “A spirited group biography…it’s hard not to feel awe for these women” (The Wall Street Journal).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All Our Relations: Native Struggles for Land and Life by Winona Laduke</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662847</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Our Relations: Native Struggles for Land and Life
Author: Winona Laduke
Narrator: Jess Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July 19, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Haymarket Books proudly brings back into print Winona LaDuke&amp;#039;s seminal work of Native resistance to oppression. This thoughtful, in-depth account of Native struggles against environmental and cultural degradation features chapters on the Seminoles, the Anishinaabeg, the Innu, the Northern Cheyenne, and the Mohawks, among others. Filled with inspiring testimonies of struggles for survival, each page of this volume speaks forcefully for self-determination and community. Winona LaDuke was named by Time in 1994 as one of America&amp;#039;s fifty most promising leaders under forty. In 1996 and 2000, LaDuke served as Ralph Nader&amp;#039;s vice presidential running mate in the Green Party.</description>
      <author>Winona Laduke</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jul 2021 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350826937.mp3" length="7837331" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662847</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350826937.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Our Relations: Native Struggles for Land and Life
Author: Winona Laduke
Narrator: Jess Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July 19, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Haymarket Books proudly brings back into print Winona LaDuke&amp;#039;s seminal work of Native resistance to oppression. This thoughtful, in-depth account of Native struggles against environmental and cultural degradation features chapters on the Seminoles, the Anishinaabeg, the Innu, the Northern Cheyenne, and the Mohawks, among others. Filled with inspiring testimonies of struggles for survival, each page of this volume speaks forcefully for self-determination and community. Winona LaDuke was named by Time in 1994 as one of America&amp;#039;s fifty most promising leaders under forty. In 1996 and 2000, LaDuke served as Ralph Nader&amp;#039;s vice presidential running mate in the Green Party.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Our Relations: Native Struggles for Land and Life
Author: Winona Laduke
Narrator: Jess Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July 19, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Haymarket Books proudly brings back into print Winona LaDuke&amp;#039;s seminal work of Native resistance to oppression. This thoughtful, in-depth account of Native struggles against environmental and cultural degradation features chapters on the Seminoles, the Anishinaabeg, the Innu, the Northern Cheyenne, and the Mohawks, among others. Filled with inspiring testimonies of struggles for survival, each page of this volume speaks forcefully for self-determination and community. Winona LaDuke was named by Time in 1994 as one of America&amp;#039;s fifty most promising leaders under forty. In 1996 and 2000, LaDuke served as Ralph Nader&amp;#039;s vice presidential running mate in the Green Party.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Lionkeeper of Algiers: How an American Captive Rose to Power in Barbary and Saved His Homeland from War by Des Ekin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662828</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lionkeeper of Algiers: How an American Captive Rose to Power in Barbary and Saved His Homeland from War
Author: Des Ekin
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1785, a young American named James Leander Cathcart is kidnapped at sea and carried as prisoner to the maverick North African statelet of Algiers. The piratical corsairs of Algiers have decided to exploit the vulnerability of the United States by seizing its mariners and holding them for ransom. Today, the name of James Leander Cathcart has been all but forgotten. The Lionkeeper of Algiers reveals the extraordinary and unlikely story of Cathcart, who rose steadily up the ranks from lionkeeper at the Dey&amp;#039;s private zoo to become Chief Clerk at the Palace, along the way amassing a chain of taverns in Algiers that functioned as safe houses and food banks for American prisoners. Eleven years later, Cathcart was paroled back to America and charged with delivering a vital letter to President George Washington, saving a tenuous peace deal and bringing the other captives home. Cathcart would go on to become a US diplomat in the lands where he was held captive for more than a decade. This narrative follows the twists and turns of Cathcart&amp;#039;s own life upon the international stage of diplomacy, trade, and maritime statecraft at a time when America&amp;#039;s place in the world was hanging in the balance.</description>
      <author>Des Ekin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765006108.mp3" length="8269751" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662828</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765006108.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lionkeeper of Algiers: How an American Captive Rose to Power in Barbary and Saved His Homeland from War
Author: Des Ekin
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1785, a young American named James Leander Cathcart is kidnapped at sea and carried as prisoner to the maverick North African statelet of Algiers. The piratical corsairs of Algiers have decided to exploit the vulnerability of the United States by seizing its mariners and holding them for ransom. Today, the name of James Leander Cathcart has been all but forgotten. The Lionkeeper of Algiers reveals the extraordinary and unlikely story of Cathcart, who rose steadily up the ranks from lionkeeper at the Dey&amp;#039;s private zoo to become Chief Clerk at the Palace, along the way amassing a chain of taverns in Algiers that functioned as safe houses and food banks for American prisoners. Eleven years later, Cathcart was paroled back to America and charged with delivering a vital letter to President George Washington, saving a tenuous peace deal and bringing the other captives home. Cathcart would go on to become a US diplomat in the lands where he was held captive for more than a decade. This narrative follows the twists and turns of Cathcart&amp;#039;s own life upon the international stage of diplomacy, trade, and maritime statecraft at a time when America&amp;#039;s place in the world was hanging in the balance.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lionkeeper of Algiers: How an American Captive Rose to Power in Barbary and Saved His Homeland from War
Author: Des Ekin
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1785, a young American named James Leander Cathcart is kidnapped at sea and carried as prisoner to the maverick North African statelet of Algiers. The piratical corsairs of Algiers have decided to exploit the vulnerability of the United States by seizing its mariners and holding them for ransom. Today, the name of James Leander Cathcart has been all but forgotten. The Lionkeeper of Algiers reveals the extraordinary and unlikely story of Cathcart, who rose steadily up the ranks from lionkeeper at the Dey&amp;#039;s private zoo to become Chief Clerk at the Palace, along the way amassing a chain of taverns in Algiers that functioned as safe houses and food banks for American prisoners. Eleven years later, Cathcart was paroled back to America and charged with delivering a vital letter to President George Washington, saving a tenuous peace deal and bringing the other captives home. Cathcart would go on to become a US diplomat in the lands where he was held captive for more than a decade. This narrative follows the twists and turns of Cathcart&amp;#039;s own life upon the international stage of diplomacy, trade, and maritime statecraft at a time when America&amp;#039;s place in the world was hanging in the balance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deep Water: Murder, Scandal, and Intrigue in a New England Town by Kenneth M. Sheldon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662820</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deep Water: Murder, Scandal, and Intrigue in a New England Town
Author: Kenneth M. Sheldon
Narrator: Michael James Bell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 24 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the waning days of World War I, William K. Dean was brutally murdered, his body hog-tied and dumped in a rainwater cistern on his farm in the quiet town of Jaffrey, New Hampshire. Suspicion quickly fell on Dean&amp;#039;s wife, an invalid in the early stages of dementia. Her friends, outraged at the accusations, pointed instead to a former tenant of Dean&amp;#039;s, whom many suspected of being a German spy. Others believed that Dean&amp;#039;s best friend, a politically powerful banker and judge, was involved. Deep Water is based on extensive research into the Dean murder, including thousands of pages of FBI documents, Grand Jury testimonies, newspaper accounts, private correspondence, and the archives of the Jaffrey Historical Society.</description>
      <author>Kenneth M. Sheldon</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765086841.mp3" length="7768841" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662820</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765086841.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deep Water: Murder, Scandal, and Intrigue in a New England Town
Author: Kenneth M. Sheldon
Narrator: Michael James Bell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 24 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the waning days of World War I, William K. Dean was brutally murdered, his body hog-tied and dumped in a rainwater cistern on his farm in the quiet town of Jaffrey, New Hampshire. Suspicion quickly fell on Dean&amp;#039;s wife, an invalid in the early stages of dementia. Her friends, outraged at the accusations, pointed instead to a former tenant of Dean&amp;#039;s, whom many suspected of being a German spy. Others believed that Dean&amp;#039;s best friend, a politically powerful banker and judge, was involved. Deep Water is based on extensive research into the Dean murder, including thousands of pages of FBI documents, Grand Jury testimonies, newspaper accounts, private correspondence, and the archives of the Jaffrey Historical Society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deep Water: Murder, Scandal, and Intrigue in a New England Town
Author: Kenneth M. Sheldon
Narrator: Michael James Bell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 24 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the waning days of World War I, William K. Dean was brutally murdered, his body hog-tied and dumped in a rainwater cistern on his farm in the quiet town of Jaffrey, New Hampshire. Suspicion quickly fell on Dean&amp;#039;s wife, an invalid in the early stages of dementia. Her friends, outraged at the accusations, pointed instead to a former tenant of Dean&amp;#039;s, whom many suspected of being a German spy. Others believed that Dean&amp;#039;s best friend, a politically powerful banker and judge, was involved. Deep Water is based on extensive research into the Dean murder, including thousands of pages of FBI documents, Grand Jury testimonies, newspaper accounts, private correspondence, and the archives of the Jaffrey Historical Society.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>George Washington and the Irish: Incredible Stories of the Irish Spies, Soldiers, and Workers Who Helped Free America by Niall O&amp;#039;dowd</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662819</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: George Washington and the Irish: Incredible Stories of the Irish Spies, Soldiers, and Workers Who Helped Free America
Author: Niall O&amp;#039;dowd
Narrator: John Keating
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
George Washington changed the world and saved democracy by defeating the British during the American War of Independence. The Irish role in the American Revolution, the war for the ages, has never been correctly reported. Because many of the Irish who fought were poor and illiterate and left no memoirs, their stories and role have never been told. Until now.   The Irish played a huge role in the American Revolution, not just on the battlefield but also in the field hospitals and in the framing of the Declaration of Independence. Learn the story of the famous spy Hercules Mulligan, who saved George Washington&amp;#039;s life on two occasions and who was famously portrayed by Okieriete Onaodowan in Lin-Manuel Miranda&amp;#039;s smash hit Hamilton. Discover the story of Edward Hoban, a carpenter from Ireland who Washington tasked with building the most famous residence in the world: the White House. Niall O&amp;#039;Dowd, author of Lincoln and the Irish and A New Ireland, takes listeners on a journey into the unexplored contributions of the Irish in the American Revolution and behind the scenes of the relationships of some of those men and women with the first president of the United States. These unsung heroes of the American Revolution have never gotten their due, never had their story told, until now, in George Washington and the Irish.</description>
      <author>Niall O&amp;#039;dowd</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765084427.mp3" length="7641430" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662819</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765084427.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: George Washington and the Irish: Incredible Stories of the Irish Spies, Soldiers, and Workers Who Helped Free America
Author: Niall O&amp;#039;dowd
Narrator: John Keating
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
George Washington changed the world and saved democracy by defeating the British during the American War of Independence. The Irish role in the American Revolution, the war for the ages, has never been correctly reported. Because many of the Irish who fought were poor and illiterate and left no memoirs, their stories and role have never been told. Until now.   The Irish played a huge role in the American Revolution, not just on the battlefield but also in the field hospitals and in the framing of the Declaration of Independence. Learn the story of the famous spy Hercules Mulligan, who saved George Washington&amp;#039;s life on two occasions and who was famously portrayed by Okieriete Onaodowan in Lin-Manuel Miranda&amp;#039;s smash hit Hamilton. Discover the story of Edward Hoban, a carpenter from Ireland who Washington tasked with building the most famous residence in the world: the White House. Niall O&amp;#039;Dowd, author of Lincoln and the Irish and A New Ireland, takes listeners on a journey into the unexplored contributions of the Irish in the American Revolution and behind the scenes of the relationships of some of those men and women with the first president of the United States. These unsung heroes of the American Revolution have never gotten their due, never had their story told, until now, in George Washington and the Irish.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: George Washington and the Irish: Incredible Stories of the Irish Spies, Soldiers, and Workers Who Helped Free America
Author: Niall O&amp;#039;dowd
Narrator: John Keating
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
George Washington changed the world and saved democracy by defeating the British during the American War of Independence. The Irish role in the American Revolution, the war for the ages, has never been correctly reported. Because many of the Irish who fought were poor and illiterate and left no memoirs, their stories and role have never been told. Until now.   The Irish played a huge role in the American Revolution, not just on the battlefield but also in the field hospitals and in the framing of the Declaration of Independence. Learn the story of the famous spy Hercules Mulligan, who saved George Washington&amp;#039;s life on two occasions and who was famously portrayed by Okieriete Onaodowan in Lin-Manuel Miranda&amp;#039;s smash hit Hamilton. Discover the story of Edward Hoban, a carpenter from Ireland who Washington tasked with building the most famous residence in the world: the White House. Niall O&amp;#039;Dowd, author of Lincoln and the Irish and A New Ireland, takes listeners on a journey into the unexplored contributions of the Irish in the American Revolution and behind the scenes of the relationships of some of those men and women with the first president of the United States. These unsung heroes of the American Revolution have never gotten their due, never had their story told, until now, in George Washington and the Irish.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unsettled: Lord Selkirk&amp;#039;s Scottish Colonists and the Battle for Canada&amp;#039;s West, 1813-1816 by Robert Lower</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662766</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662766">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662766</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unsettled: Lord Selkirk&amp;#039;s Scottish Colonists and the Battle for Canada&amp;#039;s West, 1813-1816
Author: Robert Lower
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The fascinating story of the Red River Settlement, now Winnipeg, in the years 1813 to 1816, told with archival journals, reports, and letters Unsettled tells the story of two hundred Highlanders who flee the Scottish Clearances in 1813 to establish a settlement on the Red River in what eventually became Winnipeg. They are sponsored by the Earl of Selkirk, a man who has never been west of Montreal. Families who have never left their Highland crofts take an epic journey over ocean, up wild rivers, and through boundless wilderness, surviving disease and brutal winter only to face the determined opposition of fur barons who want no sodbusters threatening their trade and are prepared to stop at nothing to destroy their dream. The &amp;#039;empty&amp;#039; land they&amp;#039;ve been promised is also anything but, already occupied by First Nations bands and the beginnings of that proud nation soon to be called Métis, whom they must befriend or fight. Unsettled takes you inside the experience, relying on journals, reports, and letters to bring these days of soaring hope, crushing despair, and heroic determination to life—to bring their present into ours.</description>
      <author>Robert Lower</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350811827.mp3" length="8078503" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662766</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350811827.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662766">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662766</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unsettled: Lord Selkirk&amp;#039;s Scottish Colonists and the Battle for Canada&amp;#039;s West, 1813-1816
Author: Robert Lower
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The fascinating story of the Red River Settlement, now Winnipeg, in the years 1813 to 1816, told with archival journals, reports, and letters Unsettled tells the story of two hundred Highlanders who flee the Scottish Clearances in 1813 to establish a settlement on the Red River in what eventually became Winnipeg. They are sponsored by the Earl of Selkirk, a man who has never been west of Montreal. Families who have never left their Highland crofts take an epic journey over ocean, up wild rivers, and through boundless wilderness, surviving disease and brutal winter only to face the determined opposition of fur barons who want no sodbusters threatening their trade and are prepared to stop at nothing to destroy their dream. The &amp;#039;empty&amp;#039; land they&amp;#039;ve been promised is also anything but, already occupied by First Nations bands and the beginnings of that proud nation soon to be called Métis, whom they must befriend or fight. Unsettled takes you inside the experience, relying on journals, reports, and letters to bring these days of soaring hope, crushing despair, and heroic determination to life—to bring their present into ours.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662766">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662766</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unsettled: Lord Selkirk&amp;#039;s Scottish Colonists and the Battle for Canada&amp;#039;s West, 1813-1816
Author: Robert Lower
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The fascinating story of the Red River Settlement, now Winnipeg, in the years 1813 to 1816, told with archival journals, reports, and letters Unsettled tells the story of two hundred Highlanders who flee the Scottish Clearances in 1813 to establish a settlement on the Red River in what eventually became Winnipeg. They are sponsored by the Earl of Selkirk, a man who has never been west of Montreal. Families who have never left their Highland crofts take an epic journey over ocean, up wild rivers, and through boundless wilderness, surviving disease and brutal winter only to face the determined opposition of fur barons who want no sodbusters threatening their trade and are prepared to stop at nothing to destroy their dream. The &amp;#039;empty&amp;#039; land they&amp;#039;ve been promised is also anything but, already occupied by First Nations bands and the beginnings of that proud nation soon to be called Métis, whom they must befriend or fight. Unsettled takes you inside the experience, relying on journals, reports, and letters to bring these days of soaring hope, crushing despair, and heroic determination to life—to bring their present into ours.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In The Storm by James Lemoyne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660598</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In The Storm
Author: James Lemoyne
Narrator: Rick Foucheux
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;In The Storm&amp;quot; is LeMoyne&amp;#039;s personal account of the aftermath of Hurricane Andrew in south Florida. The writer, with his wife, daughter, and sister-in-law, evacuated their apartment near downtown Miami and drove to a friend&amp;#039;s concrete-block house about five miles inland. The worst of the storm struck just 10 miles farther south. In the end, Hurricane Andrew severely damaged 300 square miles, with about 100 square miles  blasted or simply gone. Fifteen people were killed that night by the storm. This selection is part of the full length audiobook, &amp;quot;Storm: Stories of Survival From Land and Sea.&amp;quot;</description>
      <author>James Lemoyne</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886421132.mp3" length="576768" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660598</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886421132.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In The Storm
Author: James Lemoyne
Narrator: Rick Foucheux
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;In The Storm&amp;quot; is LeMoyne&amp;#039;s personal account of the aftermath of Hurricane Andrew in south Florida. The writer, with his wife, daughter, and sister-in-law, evacuated their apartment near downtown Miami and drove to a friend&amp;#039;s concrete-block house about five miles inland. The worst of the storm struck just 10 miles farther south. In the end, Hurricane Andrew severely damaged 300 square miles, with about 100 square miles  blasted or simply gone. Fifteen people were killed that night by the storm. This selection is part of the full length audiobook, &amp;quot;Storm: Stories of Survival From Land and Sea.&amp;quot;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In The Storm
Author: James Lemoyne
Narrator: Rick Foucheux
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;In The Storm&amp;quot; is LeMoyne&amp;#039;s personal account of the aftermath of Hurricane Andrew in south Florida. The writer, with his wife, daughter, and sister-in-law, evacuated their apartment near downtown Miami and drove to a friend&amp;#039;s concrete-block house about five miles inland. The worst of the storm struck just 10 miles farther south. In the end, Hurricane Andrew severely damaged 300 square miles, with about 100 square miles  blasted or simply gone. Fifteen people were killed that night by the storm. This selection is part of the full length audiobook, &amp;quot;Storm: Stories of Survival From Land and Sea.&amp;quot;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ship That Vanished by John Valliant</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660600</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ship That Vanished
Author: John Valliant
Narrator: Terrence Aselford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
John Valliant&amp;#039;s essay about the sinking of the Fantome, a Caribbean pleasure cruiser during Hurricane Mitch in 1998, and the subsequent lawsuit. The disaster was the Atlantic’s worst sailing accident in over forty years. This selection is part of the full length audiobook, &amp;quot;Storm: Stories of Survival From Land and Sea.&amp;quot;</description>
      <author>John Valliant</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886421156.mp3" length="595312" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660600</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886421156.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ship That Vanished
Author: John Valliant
Narrator: Terrence Aselford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
John Valliant&amp;#039;s essay about the sinking of the Fantome, a Caribbean pleasure cruiser during Hurricane Mitch in 1998, and the subsequent lawsuit. The disaster was the Atlantic’s worst sailing accident in over forty years. This selection is part of the full length audiobook, &amp;quot;Storm: Stories of Survival From Land and Sea.&amp;quot;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ship That Vanished
Author: John Valliant
Narrator: Terrence Aselford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
John Valliant&amp;#039;s essay about the sinking of the Fantome, a Caribbean pleasure cruiser during Hurricane Mitch in 1998, and the subsequent lawsuit. The disaster was the Atlantic’s worst sailing accident in over forty years. This selection is part of the full length audiobook, &amp;quot;Storm: Stories of Survival From Land and Sea.&amp;quot;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gangland Style - The Transcript by Bruce McCall</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660588</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gangland Style - The Transcript
Author: Bruce McCall
Narrator: Richard Rohan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A humorous take on gangsters interviewing an image consultant named Mr. Buncombe who tells them about a scheme to market fragrances, open a theme park, sell bathrobes and Gangland &amp;#039;Mean Cuisine,&amp;#039; as well as self-improvement cassettes and tax seminars. This selection is part of the full-length audiobook, &amp;quot;Mob: Stories of Death and Betrayal From Organized Crime.&amp;quot;</description>
      <author>Bruce McCall</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886421033.mp3" length="302805" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660588</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886421033.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gangland Style - The Transcript
Author: Bruce McCall
Narrator: Richard Rohan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A humorous take on gangsters interviewing an image consultant named Mr. Buncombe who tells them about a scheme to market fragrances, open a theme park, sell bathrobes and Gangland &amp;#039;Mean Cuisine,&amp;#039; as well as self-improvement cassettes and tax seminars. This selection is part of the full-length audiobook, &amp;quot;Mob: Stories of Death and Betrayal From Organized Crime.&amp;quot;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gangland Style - The Transcript
Author: Bruce McCall
Narrator: Richard Rohan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A humorous take on gangsters interviewing an image consultant named Mr. Buncombe who tells them about a scheme to market fragrances, open a theme park, sell bathrobes and Gangland &amp;#039;Mean Cuisine,&amp;#039; as well as self-improvement cassettes and tax seminars. This selection is part of the full-length audiobook, &amp;quot;Mob: Stories of Death and Betrayal From Organized Crime.&amp;quot;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The G-man and the Hit Man by Frederic Dannen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660589</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The G-man and the Hit Man
Author: Frederic Dannen
Narrator: Gary Telles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Journalist Frederic Dannen reports on the questionable close relationship between a mobster/informant and an F.B.I. agent during a bloody Colombo crime family battle. This selection is part of the full-length audiobook, &amp;quot;Mob: Stories of Death and Betrayal From Organized Crime.&amp;quot;</description>
      <author>Frederic Dannen</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886421040.mp3" length="583043" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660589</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886421040.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The G-man and the Hit Man
Author: Frederic Dannen
Narrator: Gary Telles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Journalist Frederic Dannen reports on the questionable close relationship between a mobster/informant and an F.B.I. agent during a bloody Colombo crime family battle. This selection is part of the full-length audiobook, &amp;quot;Mob: Stories of Death and Betrayal From Organized Crime.&amp;quot;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The G-man and the Hit Man
Author: Frederic Dannen
Narrator: Gary Telles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Journalist Frederic Dannen reports on the questionable close relationship between a mobster/informant and an F.B.I. agent during a bloody Colombo crime family battle. This selection is part of the full-length audiobook, &amp;quot;Mob: Stories of Death and Betrayal From Organized Crime.&amp;quot;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The American Nation: A History, Vol. 14: Rise of the New West, 1819–1829 by Frederick Jackson Turner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660498</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660498">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660498</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Nation: A History, Vol. 14: Rise of the New West, 1819–1829
Series: #14 of The American Nation Series
Author: Frederick Jackson Turner
Narrator: Joseph Tabler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Dusty Tomes Audio BookIn Cooperation with Spoken Realms Rise of the New West 1819–1829 by Frederick Jackson Turner, PhD Professor of American History at the University of Wisconsin. Narrated by Joseph Tabler. Volume 14 of 27 in The American Nation: A History From Original Sources by Associated Scholars published by Harper Brothers (1904–1918). Edited by Albert Bushnell Hart, Professor of History at Harvard University. In the Editor’s Introduction to the Series: That a new history of the United States is needed, extending from the discovery down to the present time hardly needs a statement. No such comprehensive work by a competent writer is now in existence. Individual writers have treated only limited chronological fields. Meantime there, is a rapid increase of published sources and serviceable monographs based on material hitherto unused. On the one side, there is a necessity for an intelligent summarizing of the present knowledge of American history by trained specialists; on the other hand, there is a need for a complete work, written in an untechnical style, which shall serve for the instruction and the entertainment of the general reader. From the Editor’s Introduction to Volume Fourteen: To describe such a movement and its effects. Professor Turner has the advantage to be a descendant of New Yorkers, of New England stock, but native to the west, and living alongside the most complete collection of materials upon the west which has ever been brought together—the Library of the Wisconsin State Historical Society. The aim of the volume is not to show the Rise of the New West as though it were a separate story, but to show how the nation found itself in the midst of questions involving the west, and how all parts of the Union were enriched and stimulated by the appearance of a new section. It opens up new vistas of historical study. From the Author’s Preface: In the present volume I have kept before myself the importance of regarding American development as the outcome of economic and social as well as political forces. To make plain the attitude and influence of New England, the middle region, the south, and the west, and of the public men who reflected the changing conditions of those sections in the period under consideration, has been my principal purpose. The limits of the volume have prevented the elaboration of some points well worthy of fuller treatment; and, by the plan of the series, certain aspects of the period have been reserved for other writers. Editor’s IntroductionAuthor’s PrefaceI. Nationalism and Sectionalism (1815–1830)II. New England (1820–1830)III. The Middle Region (1820–1830)IV. The South (1820–1830)V. Colonization of the West (1820–1830)VI. Social and Economic Development of theWest (1820–1830)VII. Western Commerce and Ideals (1820–1830)VIII. The Far West (1820–1830)IX. The Crisis of 1819 and Its Results (1819–1820)X. The Missouri Compromise (1819–1821)XI. Party Politics (1820–1822)XII. The Monroe Doctrine (1821–1823)XIII. Internal Improvements (1818–1824)XIV. The Tariff of 1824 (1820–1824)XV. The Election of 1824 (1822–1825)XVI. President Adams and the Opposition (1825–1827)XVII. Internal Improvements and Foreign Trade (1825–1829)XVIII. Reaction Towards State Sovereignty (1816–1829)XIX. The Tariff of Abominations and the South Carolina Exposition (1827–1828) Dusty Tomes Audio Books are public domain books retrieved from the ravages of time. Available for the first time in this format for your pleasure and consideration.</description>
      <author>Frederick Jackson Turner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212528245.mp3" length="911206" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660498</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212528245.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660498">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660498</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Nation: A History, Vol. 14: Rise of the New West, 1819–1829
Series: #14 of The American Nation Series
Author: Frederick Jackson Turner
Narrator: Joseph Tabler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Dusty Tomes Audio BookIn Cooperation with Spoken Realms Rise of the New West 1819–1829 by Frederick Jackson Turner, PhD Professor of American History at the University of Wisconsin. Narrated by Joseph Tabler. Volume 14 of 27 in The American Nation: A History From Original Sources by Associated Scholars published by Harper Brothers (1904–1918). Edited by Albert Bushnell Hart, Professor of History at Harvard University. In the Editor’s Introduction to the Series: That a new history of the United States is needed, extending from the discovery down to the present time hardly needs a statement. No such comprehensive work by a competent writer is now in existence. Individual writers have treated only limited chronological fields. Meantime there, is a rapid increase of published sources and serviceable monographs based on material hitherto unused. On the one side, there is a necessity for an intelligent summarizing of the present knowledge of American history by trained specialists; on the other hand, there is a need for a complete work, written in an untechnical style, which shall serve for the instruction and the entertainment of the general reader. From the Editor’s Introduction to Volume Fourteen: To describe such a movement and its effects. Professor Turner has the advantage to be a descendant of New Yorkers, of New England stock, but native to the west, and living alongside the most complete collection of materials upon the west which has ever been brought together—the Library of the Wisconsin State Historical Society. The aim of the volume is not to show the Rise of the New West as though it were a separate story, but to show how the nation found itself in the midst of questions involving the west, and how all parts of the Union were enriched and stimulated by the appearance of a new section. It opens up new vistas of historical study. From the Author’s Preface: In the present volume I have kept before myself the importance of regarding American development as the outcome of economic and social as well as political forces. To make plain the attitude and influence of New England, the middle region, the south, and the west, and of the public men who reflected the changing conditions of those sections in the period under consideration, has been my principal purpose. The limits of the volume have prevented the elaboration of some points well worthy of fuller treatment; and, by the plan of the series, certain aspects of the period have been reserved for other writers. Editor’s IntroductionAuthor’s PrefaceI. Nationalism and Sectionalism (1815–1830)II. New England (1820–1830)III. The Middle Region (1820–1830)IV. The South (1820–1830)V. Colonization of the West (1820–1830)VI. Social and Economic Development of theWest (1820–1830)VII. Western Commerce and Ideals (1820–1830)VIII. The Far West (1820–1830)IX. The Crisis of 1819 and Its Results (1819–1820)X. The Missouri Compromise (1819–1821)XI. Party Politics (1820–1822)XII. The Monroe Doctrine (1821–1823)XIII. Internal Improvements (1818–1824)XIV. The Tariff of 1824 (1820–1824)XV. The Election of 1824 (1822–1825)XVI. President Adams and the Opposition (1825–1827)XVII. Internal Improvements and Foreign Trade (1825–1829)XVIII. Reaction Towards State Sovereignty (1816–1829)XIX. The Tariff of Abominations and the South Carolina Exposition (1827–1828) Dusty Tomes Audio Books are public domain books retrieved from the ravages of time. Available for the first time in this format for your pleasure and consideration.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660498">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660498</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Nation: A History, Vol. 14: Rise of the New West, 1819–1829
Series: #14 of The American Nation Series
Author: Frederick Jackson Turner
Narrator: Joseph Tabler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Dusty Tomes Audio BookIn Cooperation with Spoken Realms Rise of the New West 1819–1829 by Frederick Jackson Turner, PhD Professor of American History at the University of Wisconsin. Narrated by Joseph Tabler. Volume 14 of 27 in The American Nation: A History From Original Sources by Associated Scholars published by Harper Brothers (1904–1918). Edited by Albert Bushnell Hart, Professor of History at Harvard University. In the Editor’s Introduction to the Series: That a new history of the United States is needed, extending from the discovery down to the present time hardly needs a statement. No such comprehensive work by a competent writer is now in existence. Individual writers have treated only limited chronological fields. Meantime there, is a rapid increase of published sources and serviceable monographs based on material hitherto unused. On the one side, there is a necessity for an intelligent summarizing of the present knowledge of American history by trained specialists; on the other hand, there is a need for a complete work, written in an untechnical style, which shall serve for the instruction and the entertainment of the general reader. From the Editor’s Introduction to Volume Fourteen: To describe such a movement and its effects. Professor Turner has the advantage to be a descendant of New Yorkers, of New England stock, but native to the west, and living alongside the most complete collection of materials upon the west which has ever been brought together—the Library of the Wisconsin State Historical Society. The aim of the volume is not to show the Rise of the New West as though it were a separate story, but to show how the nation found itself in the midst of questions involving the west, and how all parts of the Union were enriched and stimulated by the appearance of a new section. It opens up new vistas of historical study. From the Author’s Preface: In the present volume I have kept before myself the importance of regarding American development as the outcome of economic and social as well as political forces. To make plain the attitude and influence of New England, the middle region, the south, and the west, and of the public men who reflected the changing conditions of those sections in the period under consideration, has been my principal purpose. The limits of the volume have prevented the elaboration of some points well worthy of fuller treatment; and, by the plan of the series, certain aspects of the period have been reserved for other writers. Editor’s IntroductionAuthor’s PrefaceI. Nationalism and Sectionalism (1815–1830)II. New England (1820–1830)III. The Middle Region (1820–1830)IV. The South (1820–1830)V. Colonization of the West (1820–1830)VI. Social and Economic Development of theWest (1820–1830)VII. Western Commerce and Ideals (1820–1830)VIII. The Far West (1820–1830)IX. The Crisis of 1819 and Its Results (1819–1820)X. The Missouri Compromise (1819–1821)XI. Party Politics (1820–1822)XII. The Monroe Doctrine (1821–1823)XIII. Internal Improvements (1818–1824)XIV. The Tariff of 1824 (1820–1824)XV. The Election of 1824 (1822–1825)XVI. President Adams and the Opposition (1825–1827)XVII. Internal Improvements and Foreign Trade (1825–1829)XVIII. Reaction Towards State Sovereignty (1816–1829)XIX. The Tariff of Abominations and the South Carolina Exposition (1827–1828) Dusty Tomes Audio Books are public domain books retrieved from the ravages of time. Available for the first time in this format for your pleasure and consideration.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lethbridge by Terry Mcconnell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660152</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660152">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660152</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lethbridge
Author: Terry Mcconnell
Narrator: Charles Robert Fox
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January 23, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A love story set against the backdrop of the First World War, the events in Lethbridge unfold in disparate locales, from London to Boston, from Maine to Niagara Falls, from the trenches of wartime France to the military hospitals of England. Yet the lives of its three protagonists come together in one place: the frontier western Canadian city of Lethbridge, Alberta. Inspired by a true story, Lethbridge author Terry McConnell tells the tale of an English lad abandoned by his family, and a young American escaping the tyranny of his own father. Both come to Lethbridge in search of a future and find themselves drawn to a pretty Scottish immigrant who struggles with her own sense of destiny. What follows charts the future for all three in ways none of them could have foreseen. This is their story.</description>
      <author>Terry Mcconnell</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jan 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823441131.mp3" length="1352081" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660152</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823441131.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660152">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660152</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lethbridge
Author: Terry Mcconnell
Narrator: Charles Robert Fox
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January 23, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A love story set against the backdrop of the First World War, the events in Lethbridge unfold in disparate locales, from London to Boston, from Maine to Niagara Falls, from the trenches of wartime France to the military hospitals of England. Yet the lives of its three protagonists come together in one place: the frontier western Canadian city of Lethbridge, Alberta. Inspired by a true story, Lethbridge author Terry McConnell tells the tale of an English lad abandoned by his family, and a young American escaping the tyranny of his own father. Both come to Lethbridge in search of a future and find themselves drawn to a pretty Scottish immigrant who struggles with her own sense of destiny. What follows charts the future for all three in ways none of them could have foreseen. This is their story.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660152">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660152</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lethbridge
Author: Terry Mcconnell
Narrator: Charles Robert Fox
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January 23, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A love story set against the backdrop of the First World War, the events in Lethbridge unfold in disparate locales, from London to Boston, from Maine to Niagara Falls, from the trenches of wartime France to the military hospitals of England. Yet the lives of its three protagonists come together in one place: the frontier western Canadian city of Lethbridge, Alberta. Inspired by a true story, Lethbridge author Terry McConnell tells the tale of an English lad abandoned by his family, and a young American escaping the tyranny of his own father. Both come to Lethbridge in search of a future and find themselves drawn to a pretty Scottish immigrant who struggles with her own sense of destiny. What follows charts the future for all three in ways none of them could have foreseen. This is their story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rocket Men: The Black Quarterbacks Who Revolutionized Pro Football by John Eisenberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660104</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rocket Men: The Black Quarterbacks Who Revolutionized Pro Football
Author: John Eisenberg
Narrator: Brad Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An acclaimed sportswriter offers an inside look at the Black quarterbacks whose skill and grit transformed the NFL    In Rocket Men, John Eisenberg offers the definitive history of Black quarterbacks in the NFL—men who shaped not only the history of football but the cause of civil rights in America. From early pioneers like Fritz Pollard to groundbreaking modern standouts like Marlin Briscoe and James “Shack” Harris, Black quarterbacks had to be twice as good as their white counterparts to get playing time—and even then, many never got that chance. That didn’t begin to change in earnest until the 1990s and the 2000s, when racist notions about what Black quarterbacks supposedly couldn’t do began to fade, paving the way for today’s stars like Patrick Mahomes and Lamar Jackson.    Drawing on deep historical research and exclusive interviews with Black quarterbacks and players, coaches, and talent evaluators who have worked alongside them, Rocket Men is a celebration of the athletes and activists who transformed the game.</description>
      <author>John Eisenberg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668632772.mp3" length="1425043" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660104</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668632772.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rocket Men: The Black Quarterbacks Who Revolutionized Pro Football
Author: John Eisenberg
Narrator: Brad Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An acclaimed sportswriter offers an inside look at the Black quarterbacks whose skill and grit transformed the NFL    In Rocket Men, John Eisenberg offers the definitive history of Black quarterbacks in the NFL—men who shaped not only the history of football but the cause of civil rights in America. From early pioneers like Fritz Pollard to groundbreaking modern standouts like Marlin Briscoe and James “Shack” Harris, Black quarterbacks had to be twice as good as their white counterparts to get playing time—and even then, many never got that chance. That didn’t begin to change in earnest until the 1990s and the 2000s, when racist notions about what Black quarterbacks supposedly couldn’t do began to fade, paving the way for today’s stars like Patrick Mahomes and Lamar Jackson.    Drawing on deep historical research and exclusive interviews with Black quarterbacks and players, coaches, and talent evaluators who have worked alongside them, Rocket Men is a celebration of the athletes and activists who transformed the game.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rocket Men: The Black Quarterbacks Who Revolutionized Pro Football
Author: John Eisenberg
Narrator: Brad Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An acclaimed sportswriter offers an inside look at the Black quarterbacks whose skill and grit transformed the NFL    In Rocket Men, John Eisenberg offers the definitive history of Black quarterbacks in the NFL—men who shaped not only the history of football but the cause of civil rights in America. From early pioneers like Fritz Pollard to groundbreaking modern standouts like Marlin Briscoe and James “Shack” Harris, Black quarterbacks had to be twice as good as their white counterparts to get playing time—and even then, many never got that chance. That didn’t begin to change in earnest until the 1990s and the 2000s, when racist notions about what Black quarterbacks supposedly couldn’t do began to fade, paving the way for today’s stars like Patrick Mahomes and Lamar Jackson.    Drawing on deep historical research and exclusive interviews with Black quarterbacks and players, coaches, and talent evaluators who have worked alongside them, Rocket Men is a celebration of the athletes and activists who transformed the game.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nazis of Copley Square: The Forgotten Story of the Christian Front by Charles R. Gallagher</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660006</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660006">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660006</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nazis of Copley Square: The Forgotten Story of the Christian Front
Author: Charles R. Gallagher
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 59 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On January 13, 1940, FBI agents burst into the homes and offices of seventeen members of the Christian Front, seizing guns, ammunition, and homemade bombs. J. Edgar Hoover&amp;#039;s charges were incendiary: the group, he alleged, was planning to incite a revolution and install a &amp;#039;temporary dictatorship&amp;#039; in order to stamp out Jewish and Communist influence in the United States. In Nazis of Copley Square, Charles Gallagher provides a crucial missing chapter in the history of the American far right. The men of the Christian Front imagined themselves as crusaders fighting for the spiritual purification of the nation, and they were hardly alone in their beliefs. The front traced its origins to vibrant global Catholic theological movements of the early twentieth century, such as the Mystical Body of Christ and Catholic Action. The front&amp;#039;s anti-Semitism was inspired by Sunday sermons and by lay leaders openly espousing fascist and Nazi beliefs. Gallagher chronicles the evolution of the front, the transatlantic cloak-and-dagger intelligence operations that subverted it, and the mainstream political and religious leaders who shielded the front&amp;#039;s activities from scrutiny. Nazis of Copley Square is a grim tale of faith perverted to violent ends, and a warning for those who hope to curb the spread of far-right ideologies today.</description>
      <author>Charles R. Gallagher</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350821420.mp3" length="2764035" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660006</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350821420.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660006">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660006</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nazis of Copley Square: The Forgotten Story of the Christian Front
Author: Charles R. Gallagher
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 59 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On January 13, 1940, FBI agents burst into the homes and offices of seventeen members of the Christian Front, seizing guns, ammunition, and homemade bombs. J. Edgar Hoover&amp;#039;s charges were incendiary: the group, he alleged, was planning to incite a revolution and install a &amp;#039;temporary dictatorship&amp;#039; in order to stamp out Jewish and Communist influence in the United States. In Nazis of Copley Square, Charles Gallagher provides a crucial missing chapter in the history of the American far right. The men of the Christian Front imagined themselves as crusaders fighting for the spiritual purification of the nation, and they were hardly alone in their beliefs. The front traced its origins to vibrant global Catholic theological movements of the early twentieth century, such as the Mystical Body of Christ and Catholic Action. The front&amp;#039;s anti-Semitism was inspired by Sunday sermons and by lay leaders openly espousing fascist and Nazi beliefs. Gallagher chronicles the evolution of the front, the transatlantic cloak-and-dagger intelligence operations that subverted it, and the mainstream political and religious leaders who shielded the front&amp;#039;s activities from scrutiny. Nazis of Copley Square is a grim tale of faith perverted to violent ends, and a warning for those who hope to curb the spread of far-right ideologies today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660006">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660006</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nazis of Copley Square: The Forgotten Story of the Christian Front
Author: Charles R. Gallagher
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 59 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On January 13, 1940, FBI agents burst into the homes and offices of seventeen members of the Christian Front, seizing guns, ammunition, and homemade bombs. J. Edgar Hoover&amp;#039;s charges were incendiary: the group, he alleged, was planning to incite a revolution and install a &amp;#039;temporary dictatorship&amp;#039; in order to stamp out Jewish and Communist influence in the United States. In Nazis of Copley Square, Charles Gallagher provides a crucial missing chapter in the history of the American far right. The men of the Christian Front imagined themselves as crusaders fighting for the spiritual purification of the nation, and they were hardly alone in their beliefs. The front traced its origins to vibrant global Catholic theological movements of the early twentieth century, such as the Mystical Body of Christ and Catholic Action. The front&amp;#039;s anti-Semitism was inspired by Sunday sermons and by lay leaders openly espousing fascist and Nazi beliefs. Gallagher chronicles the evolution of the front, the transatlantic cloak-and-dagger intelligence operations that subverted it, and the mainstream political and religious leaders who shielded the front&amp;#039;s activities from scrutiny. Nazis of Copley Square is a grim tale of faith perverted to violent ends, and a warning for those who hope to curb the spread of far-right ideologies today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blowback: A Warning to Save Democracy from the Next Trump by Miles Taylor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659769</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blowback: A Warning to Save Democracy from the Next Trump
Author: Miles Taylor
Narrator: Miles Taylor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The author behind the “eye-popping” (CNN) #1 New York Times bestseller A Warning presents an urgent look at how our deeply divided nation is setting the stage for “The Next Trump.” Donald Trump will be president again, whether he is on the ballot or not. That is because Trumpism is overtaking the Republican Party and will mount a vigorous comeback, potentially in the hands of a savvier successor. This prophecy will come true, according to Miles Taylor, if we do not learn the lessons of the recent past.   With the 2024 election approaching, the formerly “Anonymous” official is back with bombshell revelations and a sobering national forecast. Through interviews with dozens of ex-Trump aides and government leaders, Taylor predicts what could happen inside “Trump 2.0,” the White House of a more competent and more formidable copycat.   What sounds like a political thriller—from shadowy presidential powers and CIA betrayals to angry henchmen and assassination plots—is instead America’s political reality, as Taylor uses untold stories to shed light on the ex-President’s unfulfilled plans, the dark forces haunting our lives, and how we can thwart the rise of extremism in the United States.   Blowback is also a surprisingly emotional and self-critical portrait of a dissenter, whose own unmasking provides a vivid warning about what happens when we hide the truth from others and, most importantly, ourselves.</description>
      <author>Miles Taylor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797163918.mp3" length="895492" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659769</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797163918.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blowback: A Warning to Save Democracy from the Next Trump
Author: Miles Taylor
Narrator: Miles Taylor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The author behind the “eye-popping” (CNN) #1 New York Times bestseller A Warning presents an urgent look at how our deeply divided nation is setting the stage for “The Next Trump.” Donald Trump will be president again, whether he is on the ballot or not. That is because Trumpism is overtaking the Republican Party and will mount a vigorous comeback, potentially in the hands of a savvier successor. This prophecy will come true, according to Miles Taylor, if we do not learn the lessons of the recent past.   With the 2024 election approaching, the formerly “Anonymous” official is back with bombshell revelations and a sobering national forecast. Through interviews with dozens of ex-Trump aides and government leaders, Taylor predicts what could happen inside “Trump 2.0,” the White House of a more competent and more formidable copycat.   What sounds like a political thriller—from shadowy presidential powers and CIA betrayals to angry henchmen and assassination plots—is instead America’s political reality, as Taylor uses untold stories to shed light on the ex-President’s unfulfilled plans, the dark forces haunting our lives, and how we can thwart the rise of extremism in the United States.   Blowback is also a surprisingly emotional and self-critical portrait of a dissenter, whose own unmasking provides a vivid warning about what happens when we hide the truth from others and, most importantly, ourselves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blowback: A Warning to Save Democracy from the Next Trump
Author: Miles Taylor
Narrator: Miles Taylor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The author behind the “eye-popping” (CNN) #1 New York Times bestseller A Warning presents an urgent look at how our deeply divided nation is setting the stage for “The Next Trump.” Donald Trump will be president again, whether he is on the ballot or not. That is because Trumpism is overtaking the Republican Party and will mount a vigorous comeback, potentially in the hands of a savvier successor. This prophecy will come true, according to Miles Taylor, if we do not learn the lessons of the recent past.   With the 2024 election approaching, the formerly “Anonymous” official is back with bombshell revelations and a sobering national forecast. Through interviews with dozens of ex-Trump aides and government leaders, Taylor predicts what could happen inside “Trump 2.0,” the White House of a more competent and more formidable copycat.   What sounds like a political thriller—from shadowy presidential powers and CIA betrayals to angry henchmen and assassination plots—is instead America’s political reality, as Taylor uses untold stories to shed light on the ex-President’s unfulfilled plans, the dark forces haunting our lives, and how we can thwart the rise of extremism in the United States.   Blowback is also a surprisingly emotional and self-critical portrait of a dissenter, whose own unmasking provides a vivid warning about what happens when we hide the truth from others and, most importantly, ourselves.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dammed: The Politics of Loss and Survival in Anishinaabe Territory by Brittany Luby</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659368</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dammed: The Politics of Loss and Survival in Anishinaabe Territory
Author: Brittany Luby
Narrator: Elle-Máijá Tailfeathers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Dammed: The Politics of Loss and Survival in Anishinaabe Territory explores Canada’s hydroelectric boom in the Lake of the Woods area. It complicates narratives of increasing affluence in postwar Canada, revealing that the inverse was true for Indigenous communities along the Winnipeg River. 		Dammed makes clear that hydroelectric generating stations were designed to serve settler populations. Governments and developers excluded the Anishinabeg from planning and operations and failed to consider how power production might influence the health and economy of their communities. By so doing, Canada and Ontario thwarted a future that aligned with the terms of treaty, a future in which both settlers and the Anishinabeg might thrive in shared territories. 		The same hydroelectric development that powered settler communities flooded manomin fields, washed away roads, and compromised fish populations. Anishinaabe families responded creatively to manage the government-sanctioned environmental change and survive the resulting economic loss. Luby reveals these responses to dam development, inviting readers to consider how resistance might be expressed by individuals and families, and across gendered and generational lines. 		Luby weaves text, testimony, and experience together, grounding this historical work in the territory of her paternal ancestors, lands she calls home. With evidence drawn from archival material, oral history, and environmental observation, Dammed invites readers to confront Canadian colonialism in the twentieth century.</description>
      <author>Brittany Luby</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Jan 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780887552779.mp3" length="1512728" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659368</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780887552779.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dammed: The Politics of Loss and Survival in Anishinaabe Territory
Author: Brittany Luby
Narrator: Elle-Máijá Tailfeathers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Dammed: The Politics of Loss and Survival in Anishinaabe Territory explores Canada’s hydroelectric boom in the Lake of the Woods area. It complicates narratives of increasing affluence in postwar Canada, revealing that the inverse was true for Indigenous communities along the Winnipeg River. 		Dammed makes clear that hydroelectric generating stations were designed to serve settler populations. Governments and developers excluded the Anishinabeg from planning and operations and failed to consider how power production might influence the health and economy of their communities. By so doing, Canada and Ontario thwarted a future that aligned with the terms of treaty, a future in which both settlers and the Anishinabeg might thrive in shared territories. 		The same hydroelectric development that powered settler communities flooded manomin fields, washed away roads, and compromised fish populations. Anishinaabe families responded creatively to manage the government-sanctioned environmental change and survive the resulting economic loss. Luby reveals these responses to dam development, inviting readers to consider how resistance might be expressed by individuals and families, and across gendered and generational lines. 		Luby weaves text, testimony, and experience together, grounding this historical work in the territory of her paternal ancestors, lands she calls home. With evidence drawn from archival material, oral history, and environmental observation, Dammed invites readers to confront Canadian colonialism in the twentieth century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dammed: The Politics of Loss and Survival in Anishinaabe Territory
Author: Brittany Luby
Narrator: Elle-Máijá Tailfeathers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Dammed: The Politics of Loss and Survival in Anishinaabe Territory explores Canada’s hydroelectric boom in the Lake of the Woods area. It complicates narratives of increasing affluence in postwar Canada, revealing that the inverse was true for Indigenous communities along the Winnipeg River. 		Dammed makes clear that hydroelectric generating stations were designed to serve settler populations. Governments and developers excluded the Anishinabeg from planning and operations and failed to consider how power production might influence the health and economy of their communities. By so doing, Canada and Ontario thwarted a future that aligned with the terms of treaty, a future in which both settlers and the Anishinabeg might thrive in shared territories. 		The same hydroelectric development that powered settler communities flooded manomin fields, washed away roads, and compromised fish populations. Anishinaabe families responded creatively to manage the government-sanctioned environmental change and survive the resulting economic loss. Luby reveals these responses to dam development, inviting readers to consider how resistance might be expressed by individuals and families, and across gendered and generational lines. 		Luby weaves text, testimony, and experience together, grounding this historical work in the territory of her paternal ancestors, lands she calls home. With evidence drawn from archival material, oral history, and environmental observation, Dammed invites readers to confront Canadian colonialism in the twentieth century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Football 100 by The Athletic</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658999</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Football 100
Series: #1 of Sports Series
Author: The Athletic
Narrator: Jamie Lincoln Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 59 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From The Athletic, powerhouse of sports reporting, comes the definitive story of the greatest football players of all time. It is a question that has bedeviled football fans for generations: Who’s the best? Of the more than 25,000 men who have suited up during the NFL’s century of existence, which ones stood head and shoulders above all others? At The Athletic, home to the best newsroom in sports, this question would become a labor of love for dozens of the best football writers on the planet, including Mike Sando and Dan Pompei. Over the course of 100 riveting profiles—each drawing upon unparalleled access and superlative storytelling to offer intimate perspective on what made the greatest players tick—these writers reveal their findings. In the process, they also uncover the history of football. In the early days of the NFL, the game bore little resemblance to the product we see today. Points were scarce, the forward pass was an exotic strategic curiosity, and most players played all 60 minutes—both sides of the ball. It was on the shoulders of the many greats who starred in the League over the last century that the game of football blossomed. Each profile in The Football 100 uses the vivid narrative storytelling for which The Athletic is known to bring to life extraordinary athletic talents, tactical geniuses who changed the way the game is played, and legendary, outsized personalities. Based on many hundreds of interviews with players, coaches, broadcasters, and others, this is a penetrating look at the greatest players to ever don cleats and pads, as well as a view from the trenches of the harsh realities of a brutal game.  Deeply reported, beautifully written, and sure to spark heated debate among football fans of all stripes, The Football 100 sets a new standard for writing about the game. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>The Athletic</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063329119.mp3" length="1508582" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658999</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063329119.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Football 100
Series: #1 of Sports Series
Author: The Athletic
Narrator: Jamie Lincoln Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 59 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From The Athletic, powerhouse of sports reporting, comes the definitive story of the greatest football players of all time. It is a question that has bedeviled football fans for generations: Who’s the best? Of the more than 25,000 men who have suited up during the NFL’s century of existence, which ones stood head and shoulders above all others? At The Athletic, home to the best newsroom in sports, this question would become a labor of love for dozens of the best football writers on the planet, including Mike Sando and Dan Pompei. Over the course of 100 riveting profiles—each drawing upon unparalleled access and superlative storytelling to offer intimate perspective on what made the greatest players tick—these writers reveal their findings. In the process, they also uncover the history of football. In the early days of the NFL, the game bore little resemblance to the product we see today. Points were scarce, the forward pass was an exotic strategic curiosity, and most players played all 60 minutes—both sides of the ball. It was on the shoulders of the many greats who starred in the League over the last century that the game of football blossomed. Each profile in The Football 100 uses the vivid narrative storytelling for which The Athletic is known to bring to life extraordinary athletic talents, tactical geniuses who changed the way the game is played, and legendary, outsized personalities. Based on many hundreds of interviews with players, coaches, broadcasters, and others, this is a penetrating look at the greatest players to ever don cleats and pads, as well as a view from the trenches of the harsh realities of a brutal game.  Deeply reported, beautifully written, and sure to spark heated debate among football fans of all stripes, The Football 100 sets a new standard for writing about the game. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Football 100
Series: #1 of Sports Series
Author: The Athletic
Narrator: Jamie Lincoln Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 59 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From The Athletic, powerhouse of sports reporting, comes the definitive story of the greatest football players of all time. It is a question that has bedeviled football fans for generations: Who’s the best? Of the more than 25,000 men who have suited up during the NFL’s century of existence, which ones stood head and shoulders above all others? At The Athletic, home to the best newsroom in sports, this question would become a labor of love for dozens of the best football writers on the planet, including Mike Sando and Dan Pompei. Over the course of 100 riveting profiles—each drawing upon unparalleled access and superlative storytelling to offer intimate perspective on what made the greatest players tick—these writers reveal their findings. In the process, they also uncover the history of football. In the early days of the NFL, the game bore little resemblance to the product we see today. Points were scarce, the forward pass was an exotic strategic curiosity, and most players played all 60 minutes—both sides of the ball. It was on the shoulders of the many greats who starred in the League over the last century that the game of football blossomed. Each profile in The Football 100 uses the vivid narrative storytelling for which The Athletic is known to bring to life extraordinary athletic talents, tactical geniuses who changed the way the game is played, and legendary, outsized personalities. Based on many hundreds of interviews with players, coaches, broadcasters, and others, this is a penetrating look at the greatest players to ever don cleats and pads, as well as a view from the trenches of the harsh realities of a brutal game.  Deeply reported, beautifully written, and sure to spark heated debate among football fans of all stripes, The Football 100 sets a new standard for writing about the game. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Killing the Witches: The Horror of Salem, Massachusetts by Martin Dugard, Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657912</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657912">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657912</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Killing the Witches: The Horror of Salem, Massachusetts
Series: Part of Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly&amp;#039;s Killing Series
Author: Martin Dugard, Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.66 of Total 53 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 18
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
With over 19 million copies in print and a remarkable record of #1 New York Times, Wall Street Journal, USA Today, and Publishers Weekly bestsellers, Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly&amp;#039;s Killing series is the most popular series of narrative histories in the world. Killing the Witches revisits one of the most frightening and inexplicable episodes in American history: the events of 1692 and 1693 in Salem Village, Massachusetts. What began as a mysterious affliction of two young girls who suffered violent fits and exhibited strange behavior soon spread to other young women. Rumors of demonic possession and witchcraft consumed Salem. Soon three women were arrested under suspicion of being witches--but as the hysteria spread, more than 200 people were accused. Thirty were found guilty, twenty were executed, and others died in jail or their lives were ruined. Killing the Witches tells the dramatic history of how the Puritan tradition and the power of early American ministers shaped the origins of the United States, influencing the founding fathers, the American Revolution, and even the Constitutional Convention. The repercussions of Salem continue to the present day, notably in the real-life story behind The Exorcist and in contemporary “witch hunts” driven by social media. The result is a compulsively listenable audiobook about good, evil, community panic, and how fear can overwhelm fact and reason. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press.</description>
      <author>Martin Dugard, Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250902368.mp3" length="1469578" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657912</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250902368.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657912">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657912</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Killing the Witches: The Horror of Salem, Massachusetts
Series: Part of Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly&amp;#039;s Killing Series
Author: Martin Dugard, Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.66 of Total 53 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 18
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
With over 19 million copies in print and a remarkable record of #1 New York Times, Wall Street Journal, USA Today, and Publishers Weekly bestsellers, Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly&amp;#039;s Killing series is the most popular series of narrative histories in the world. Killing the Witches revisits one of the most frightening and inexplicable episodes in American history: the events of 1692 and 1693 in Salem Village, Massachusetts. What began as a mysterious affliction of two young girls who suffered violent fits and exhibited strange behavior soon spread to other young women. Rumors of demonic possession and witchcraft consumed Salem. Soon three women were arrested under suspicion of being witches--but as the hysteria spread, more than 200 people were accused. Thirty were found guilty, twenty were executed, and others died in jail or their lives were ruined. Killing the Witches tells the dramatic history of how the Puritan tradition and the power of early American ministers shaped the origins of the United States, influencing the founding fathers, the American Revolution, and even the Constitutional Convention. The repercussions of Salem continue to the present day, notably in the real-life story behind The Exorcist and in contemporary “witch hunts” driven by social media. The result is a compulsively listenable audiobook about good, evil, community panic, and how fear can overwhelm fact and reason. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657912">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657912</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Killing the Witches: The Horror of Salem, Massachusetts
Series: Part of Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly&amp;#039;s Killing Series
Author: Martin Dugard, Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.66 of Total 53 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 18
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
With over 19 million copies in print and a remarkable record of #1 New York Times, Wall Street Journal, USA Today, and Publishers Weekly bestsellers, Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly&amp;#039;s Killing series is the most popular series of narrative histories in the world. Killing the Witches revisits one of the most frightening and inexplicable episodes in American history: the events of 1692 and 1693 in Salem Village, Massachusetts. What began as a mysterious affliction of two young girls who suffered violent fits and exhibited strange behavior soon spread to other young women. Rumors of demonic possession and witchcraft consumed Salem. Soon three women were arrested under suspicion of being witches--but as the hysteria spread, more than 200 people were accused. Thirty were found guilty, twenty were executed, and others died in jail or their lives were ruined. Killing the Witches tells the dramatic history of how the Puritan tradition and the power of early American ministers shaped the origins of the United States, influencing the founding fathers, the American Revolution, and even the Constitutional Convention. The repercussions of Salem continue to the present day, notably in the real-life story behind The Exorcist and in contemporary “witch hunts” driven by social media. The result is a compulsively listenable audiobook about good, evil, community panic, and how fear can overwhelm fact and reason. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Alexander Hamilton and the Battle of Yorktown, October 1781: The Winning of American Independence by Phillip Thomas Tucker PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657838</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657838">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657838</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alexander Hamilton and the Battle of Yorktown, October 1781: The Winning of American Independence
Author: Phillip Thomas Tucker PhD
Narrator: Justin Price
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Alexander Hamilton and the Battle of Yorktown, October 1781 is the first book in nearly two and a half centuries that has ever been devoted to the story of Alexander Hamilton&amp;#039;s key contributions in winning the most decisive victory the of the American Revolutionary war at Yorktown. Past biographies of Hamilton, including the most respected ones, have minimized the overall importance of the young lieutenant colonel&amp;#039;s role and battlefield performance at Yorktown, which was key to forcing the surrender of Lord Cornwallis&amp;#039;s army. Hamilton led the assault on strategic Redoubt Number Ten, located on the left flank of the British defensive line, and captured the defensive bastion—an accomplishment that ensured the defeat and surrender of Cornwallis&amp;#039;s army that won the American Revolution and changed the course of world history. You thought you knew the full story of the founding father of the American financial system from Lin Manual Miranda&amp;#039;s Broadway smash hit Hamilton, but Alexander Hamilton and the Battle of Yorktown, October 1781 brings into sharp relief the vital role he played in the most important battle of the American Revolution, as told by renowned historian Phillip Thomas Ticker, PhD.</description>
      <author>Phillip Thomas Tucker PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350826500.mp3" length="8188561" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657838</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350826500.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657838">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657838</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alexander Hamilton and the Battle of Yorktown, October 1781: The Winning of American Independence
Author: Phillip Thomas Tucker PhD
Narrator: Justin Price
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Alexander Hamilton and the Battle of Yorktown, October 1781 is the first book in nearly two and a half centuries that has ever been devoted to the story of Alexander Hamilton&amp;#039;s key contributions in winning the most decisive victory the of the American Revolutionary war at Yorktown. Past biographies of Hamilton, including the most respected ones, have minimized the overall importance of the young lieutenant colonel&amp;#039;s role and battlefield performance at Yorktown, which was key to forcing the surrender of Lord Cornwallis&amp;#039;s army. Hamilton led the assault on strategic Redoubt Number Ten, located on the left flank of the British defensive line, and captured the defensive bastion—an accomplishment that ensured the defeat and surrender of Cornwallis&amp;#039;s army that won the American Revolution and changed the course of world history. You thought you knew the full story of the founding father of the American financial system from Lin Manual Miranda&amp;#039;s Broadway smash hit Hamilton, but Alexander Hamilton and the Battle of Yorktown, October 1781 brings into sharp relief the vital role he played in the most important battle of the American Revolution, as told by renowned historian Phillip Thomas Ticker, PhD.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657838">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657838</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alexander Hamilton and the Battle of Yorktown, October 1781: The Winning of American Independence
Author: Phillip Thomas Tucker PhD
Narrator: Justin Price
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Alexander Hamilton and the Battle of Yorktown, October 1781 is the first book in nearly two and a half centuries that has ever been devoted to the story of Alexander Hamilton&amp;#039;s key contributions in winning the most decisive victory the of the American Revolutionary war at Yorktown. Past biographies of Hamilton, including the most respected ones, have minimized the overall importance of the young lieutenant colonel&amp;#039;s role and battlefield performance at Yorktown, which was key to forcing the surrender of Lord Cornwallis&amp;#039;s army. Hamilton led the assault on strategic Redoubt Number Ten, located on the left flank of the British defensive line, and captured the defensive bastion—an accomplishment that ensured the defeat and surrender of Cornwallis&amp;#039;s army that won the American Revolution and changed the course of world history. You thought you knew the full story of the founding father of the American financial system from Lin Manual Miranda&amp;#039;s Broadway smash hit Hamilton, but Alexander Hamilton and the Battle of Yorktown, October 1781 brings into sharp relief the vital role he played in the most important battle of the American Revolution, as told by renowned historian Phillip Thomas Ticker, PhD.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lieutenant General James Longstreet: Innovative Military Strategist: The Most Misunderstood Civil War General by F. Gregory Toretta</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657837</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lieutenant General James Longstreet: Innovative Military Strategist: The Most Misunderstood Civil War General
Author: F. Gregory Toretta
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Lieutenant-General James Longstreet, commander of the First Corps of the Army of Northern Virginia, was a brilliant tactician and strategist. Prior to the Civil War there were many technological developments, of which the rifled musket and cannon, rail transport, and the telegraph were a few. Longstreet adapted to these technological changes and the disparity between the belligerents making recommendations on how the war should be fought. Unfortunately, his advice was not heeded and given the weight it deserved. In contrast to many other southern generals, Longstreet advocated for defensive warfare, using entrenchments and trying to maneuver the enemy to assault his position, conserving manpower, resources, and supplies. Longstreet was a pragmatic and methodical general and had his suggestions been utilized there would have been a better outcome for the South. Many historians and biographers have misunderstood Longstreet and his motives, not focusing on the total picture. This work offers a fresh and unique perspective on Lieutenant-General James Longstreet and the Civil War. This narrative takes a new viewpoint of the Civil War and the generals who tailored their designs to pursue the war, analyzes Longstreet&amp;#039;s views of the generals and the tactics and strategy they employed, and examines why Longstreet proposed and urged a new type of warfare.</description>
      <author>F. Gregory Toretta</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350826104.mp3" length="8542262" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657837</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350826104.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lieutenant General James Longstreet: Innovative Military Strategist: The Most Misunderstood Civil War General
Author: F. Gregory Toretta
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Lieutenant-General James Longstreet, commander of the First Corps of the Army of Northern Virginia, was a brilliant tactician and strategist. Prior to the Civil War there were many technological developments, of which the rifled musket and cannon, rail transport, and the telegraph were a few. Longstreet adapted to these technological changes and the disparity between the belligerents making recommendations on how the war should be fought. Unfortunately, his advice was not heeded and given the weight it deserved. In contrast to many other southern generals, Longstreet advocated for defensive warfare, using entrenchments and trying to maneuver the enemy to assault his position, conserving manpower, resources, and supplies. Longstreet was a pragmatic and methodical general and had his suggestions been utilized there would have been a better outcome for the South. Many historians and biographers have misunderstood Longstreet and his motives, not focusing on the total picture. This work offers a fresh and unique perspective on Lieutenant-General James Longstreet and the Civil War. This narrative takes a new viewpoint of the Civil War and the generals who tailored their designs to pursue the war, analyzes Longstreet&amp;#039;s views of the generals and the tactics and strategy they employed, and examines why Longstreet proposed and urged a new type of warfare.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lieutenant General James Longstreet: Innovative Military Strategist: The Most Misunderstood Civil War General
Author: F. Gregory Toretta
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Lieutenant-General James Longstreet, commander of the First Corps of the Army of Northern Virginia, was a brilliant tactician and strategist. Prior to the Civil War there were many technological developments, of which the rifled musket and cannon, rail transport, and the telegraph were a few. Longstreet adapted to these technological changes and the disparity between the belligerents making recommendations on how the war should be fought. Unfortunately, his advice was not heeded and given the weight it deserved. In contrast to many other southern generals, Longstreet advocated for defensive warfare, using entrenchments and trying to maneuver the enemy to assault his position, conserving manpower, resources, and supplies. Longstreet was a pragmatic and methodical general and had his suggestions been utilized there would have been a better outcome for the South. Many historians and biographers have misunderstood Longstreet and his motives, not focusing on the total picture. This work offers a fresh and unique perspective on Lieutenant-General James Longstreet and the Civil War. This narrative takes a new viewpoint of the Civil War and the generals who tailored their designs to pursue the war, analyzes Longstreet&amp;#039;s views of the generals and the tactics and strategy they employed, and examines why Longstreet proposed and urged a new type of warfare.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Countdown to Dallas: The Incredible Coincidences, Routines, and Blind &amp;#039;Luck&amp;#039; that Brought John F. Kennedy and Lee Harvey Oswald Together on November 22, 1963 by Paul Brandus</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657823</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657823">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657823</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Countdown to Dallas: The Incredible Coincidences, Routines, and Blind &amp;#039;Luck&amp;#039; that Brought John F. Kennedy and Lee Harvey Oswald Together on November 22, 1963
Author: Paul Brandus
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 45 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The so-called &amp;#039;crime of the century&amp;#039;—the assassination of President John F. Kennedy—was almost preordained to happen. Like all presidents from decades before him, JFK played it loose with security—open cars, Secret Service agents at a distance, and a desire to be seen. Yet conspiracy buffs are certain the security setup on November 22, 1963 was unusual and suspicious. It wasn&amp;#039;t. And what of Lee Harvey Oswald, the drifter, the vicious wife-beating, fame-seeking narcissist? Everything in his background—dating back to his violent, disturbing grade school years, including his stated desire to murder President Dwight Eisenhower—defines the real Lee Oswald. The Oswald that conspiracists rarely talk about—the Oswald who was perched in the sixth floor of the Texas School Book Depository as JFK drove by—was headed for this moment of infamy years before he pulled the trigger. In Countdown to Dallas, author Paul Brandus tracks the backgrounds of both Kennedy and Oswald, the very different era in which they lived, and the incredible string of circumstances that brought them together for a few fateful moments in Dallas.</description>
      <author>Paul Brandus</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350816044.mp3" length="8050660" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657823</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350816044.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657823">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657823</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Countdown to Dallas: The Incredible Coincidences, Routines, and Blind &amp;#039;Luck&amp;#039; that Brought John F. Kennedy and Lee Harvey Oswald Together on November 22, 1963
Author: Paul Brandus
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 45 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The so-called &amp;#039;crime of the century&amp;#039;—the assassination of President John F. Kennedy—was almost preordained to happen. Like all presidents from decades before him, JFK played it loose with security—open cars, Secret Service agents at a distance, and a desire to be seen. Yet conspiracy buffs are certain the security setup on November 22, 1963 was unusual and suspicious. It wasn&amp;#039;t. And what of Lee Harvey Oswald, the drifter, the vicious wife-beating, fame-seeking narcissist? Everything in his background—dating back to his violent, disturbing grade school years, including his stated desire to murder President Dwight Eisenhower—defines the real Lee Oswald. The Oswald that conspiracists rarely talk about—the Oswald who was perched in the sixth floor of the Texas School Book Depository as JFK drove by—was headed for this moment of infamy years before he pulled the trigger. In Countdown to Dallas, author Paul Brandus tracks the backgrounds of both Kennedy and Oswald, the very different era in which they lived, and the incredible string of circumstances that brought them together for a few fateful moments in Dallas.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657823">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657823</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Countdown to Dallas: The Incredible Coincidences, Routines, and Blind &amp;#039;Luck&amp;#039; that Brought John F. Kennedy and Lee Harvey Oswald Together on November 22, 1963
Author: Paul Brandus
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 45 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The so-called &amp;#039;crime of the century&amp;#039;—the assassination of President John F. Kennedy—was almost preordained to happen. Like all presidents from decades before him, JFK played it loose with security—open cars, Secret Service agents at a distance, and a desire to be seen. Yet conspiracy buffs are certain the security setup on November 22, 1963 was unusual and suspicious. It wasn&amp;#039;t. And what of Lee Harvey Oswald, the drifter, the vicious wife-beating, fame-seeking narcissist? Everything in his background—dating back to his violent, disturbing grade school years, including his stated desire to murder President Dwight Eisenhower—defines the real Lee Oswald. The Oswald that conspiracists rarely talk about—the Oswald who was perched in the sixth floor of the Texas School Book Depository as JFK drove by—was headed for this moment of infamy years before he pulled the trigger. In Countdown to Dallas, author Paul Brandus tracks the backgrounds of both Kennedy and Oswald, the very different era in which they lived, and the incredible string of circumstances that brought them together for a few fateful moments in Dallas.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Finding Judge Crater: A Life and Phenomenal Disappearance in Jazz Age New York by Stephen J. Riegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657298</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding Judge Crater: A Life and Phenomenal Disappearance in Jazz Age New York
Author: Stephen J. Riegel
Narrator: Chris Monteiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On the night of August 6, 1930, Joseph Force Crater, a newly appointed judge and prominent figure in many circles of Manhattan, hailed a taxi in the heart of Broadway and vanished into thin air. Despite a decades-long international manhunt led by the New York Police Department&amp;#039;s esteemed Missing Persons Bureau, the reason for Crater&amp;#039;s disappearance remains a confounding mystery. In the early months of the investigation, evidence implicated and imperiled New York&amp;#039;s top officials, including then-Governor Franklin D. Roosevelt and Mayor Jimmy Walker, as well as the city&amp;#039;s Tammany Hall political machine, lawyers and judges, and a theater mogul. Drawing on new sources, including NYPD case files and court records, and overlooked evidence discovered years later, Riegel pieces together the puzzle of what likely happened to Joseph Crater and why. To uncover the mystery, he delves into Crater&amp;#039;s ascension into the scintillating and corrupt world of Manhattan in the Roaring Twenties and Jazz Age. In turn, the story of the judge&amp;#039;s vanishing amid the Great Depression unfolds as a harbinger of the disappearance of his lost metropolis and its transformation into modern-day New York City.</description>
      <author>Stephen J. Riegel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350802283.mp3" length="8512504" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657298</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350802283.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding Judge Crater: A Life and Phenomenal Disappearance in Jazz Age New York
Author: Stephen J. Riegel
Narrator: Chris Monteiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On the night of August 6, 1930, Joseph Force Crater, a newly appointed judge and prominent figure in many circles of Manhattan, hailed a taxi in the heart of Broadway and vanished into thin air. Despite a decades-long international manhunt led by the New York Police Department&amp;#039;s esteemed Missing Persons Bureau, the reason for Crater&amp;#039;s disappearance remains a confounding mystery. In the early months of the investigation, evidence implicated and imperiled New York&amp;#039;s top officials, including then-Governor Franklin D. Roosevelt and Mayor Jimmy Walker, as well as the city&amp;#039;s Tammany Hall political machine, lawyers and judges, and a theater mogul. Drawing on new sources, including NYPD case files and court records, and overlooked evidence discovered years later, Riegel pieces together the puzzle of what likely happened to Joseph Crater and why. To uncover the mystery, he delves into Crater&amp;#039;s ascension into the scintillating and corrupt world of Manhattan in the Roaring Twenties and Jazz Age. In turn, the story of the judge&amp;#039;s vanishing amid the Great Depression unfolds as a harbinger of the disappearance of his lost metropolis and its transformation into modern-day New York City.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding Judge Crater: A Life and Phenomenal Disappearance in Jazz Age New York
Author: Stephen J. Riegel
Narrator: Chris Monteiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On the night of August 6, 1930, Joseph Force Crater, a newly appointed judge and prominent figure in many circles of Manhattan, hailed a taxi in the heart of Broadway and vanished into thin air. Despite a decades-long international manhunt led by the New York Police Department&amp;#039;s esteemed Missing Persons Bureau, the reason for Crater&amp;#039;s disappearance remains a confounding mystery. In the early months of the investigation, evidence implicated and imperiled New York&amp;#039;s top officials, including then-Governor Franklin D. Roosevelt and Mayor Jimmy Walker, as well as the city&amp;#039;s Tammany Hall political machine, lawyers and judges, and a theater mogul. Drawing on new sources, including NYPD case files and court records, and overlooked evidence discovered years later, Riegel pieces together the puzzle of what likely happened to Joseph Crater and why. To uncover the mystery, he delves into Crater&amp;#039;s ascension into the scintillating and corrupt world of Manhattan in the Roaring Twenties and Jazz Age. In turn, the story of the judge&amp;#039;s vanishing amid the Great Depression unfolds as a harbinger of the disappearance of his lost metropolis and its transformation into modern-day New York City.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>History of the United States of America, Volume III: From the Discovery of the Continent by George Bancroft</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657053</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657053">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657053</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: History of the United States of America, Volume III: From the Discovery of the Continent
Author: George Bancroft
Narrator: Joseph Tabler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 9 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Dusty Tomes Audio BookIn Cooperation with Spoken Realms Volume 3 of History of the United States of America: From the Discovery of the Continent by George Bancroft. A major US History Series in six volumes. “Author’s Last Revision” 1883 by D. Appleton and Company. Bancroft as US Secretary of the Navy established the United States Naval Academy at Annapolis. He was a senior American diplomat in Europe, leading diplomatic missions to Britain and Germany. His comprehensive study of the origins and development of the United States caused him to be referred to as the “Father of American history.” CONTENTS OF THE THIRD VOLUME THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION IN FIVE EPOCHSII. BRITAIN ESTRANGES AMERICACHAPTER I. ENGLAND AS IT WAS IN 1768CHAPTER II. ENGLAND AND ITS DEPENDENCIES. IRELANDCHAPTER III. CHARLES TOWNSHEND PLEDGES THE MINISTRY OF BUTE TO TAX AMERICA BY THE BRITISH PARLIAMENT, AND RESIGNSCHAPTER IV. PONTIAC’S WAR. TRIUMVIRATE MINISTRYCHAPTER V. THE MINUTE FOR AN AMERICAN STAMP-TAX. MINISTRY OF GRENVILLECHAPTER VI. ENFORCEMENT OF THE ACTS OF NAVIGATION. GRENVILLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUEDCHAPTER VII. HOW AMERICA RECEIVED THE PLAN OF A STAMP-TAX. GRENVILLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUEDCHAPTER VIII. THE TWELFTH PARLIAMENT OF GREAT BRITAIN PASSES THE AMERICAN STAMP-TAX. GRENVILLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUEDCHAPTER IX. THE DAY-STAR OF THE AMERICAN UNIONCHAPTER X. THE BATTLE BETWEEN THE KING AND THE DUKE OF BEDFORDCHAPTER XI. AMERICA REPELS THE STAMP-TAX. ADMINISTRATION OF ROCKINGHAMCHAPTER XII. THE STAMP ACT LEADS AMERICA TO UNION. ADMINISTRATION OF ROCKHIMHAMCHAPTER XIII. HAS PARLIAMENT THE RIGHT TO TAX AMERICA? ADMINISTRATION OF ROCKINGHAMCHAPTER XIV. WILLIAM PITT INTERVENES. ROCKINGHAM’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUESCHAPTER XV. PARLIAMENT AFFIRMS ITS RIGHT TO TAX AMERICA. ROCKINGHAM’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUEDCHAPTER XVI. THE REPEAL OF THE STAMP ACT. ADMNISTRATION OF ROCKINGHAMCHAPTER XVII. THE CHARTER OF MASSACHUSETTS IN PERIL. THE FALL OF THE ROCKINGHAM WHIGS. THE EARL OF CHATHAMCHAPTER XVIII. CHARLES TOWNSHEND USURPS THE LEAD IN GOVERNMENT. ADMINSTRATION OF CHATHAMCHAPTER XIX. PARLIAMENT WILL HAVE AN AMERICAN ARMY AND AN AMERICAN REVENUE. ADMINISTRATION OF GRAFTONCHAPTER XX. COALITION OF THE KING AND THE ARISTOCRACYCHAPTER XXI. MASSACHUSETTS CONSULTS HER SISTER COLONIES. ADMINISTRATION OF GRAFTON. HILLSBOROUGH SECRETARY FOR THE COLONIESCHAPTER XXII. WILL MASSACHUSETTS RESCIND? ADMINISTRATION OF GRAFTON. HILLSBOROUGH SECRETARY FOR THE COLONIESCHAPTER XXIII. UNION OF BEDFORD AND THE KING. THE REGULATIONS OF NORTH CAROLINA. HILLSBOROUGH SECRETARY FOR THE COLONIESCHAPTER XXIV. THE TOWNS OF MASSACHUSETTS MEET IN CONVENTION. A COMMONWEALTH IN LOUISIANA. HILLSBOROUGH SECRETARY FOR THE COLONIESCHAPTER XXV. THE KING AND PARLIAMENT AGAINST THE TOWN OF BOSTON. HILLSBOROUGH SECRETARY FOR THE COLONIESCHAPTER XXVI. VIRGINIA COMES TO THE AID OF MASSACHUSETTS. GRAFTON’S ADMINISTRATION. HILLSBOROUGH COLONIAL MINISTERCHAPTER XXVII. GROWTH OF REPUBLICANISM IN LOUISIANA, KENTUCKY, AND MASSACHUSETTS. LORD NORTH FORMS AN ADMINISTRATIONCHAPTER XXVIII. THE BOSTON “MASSACRE.” LORD NORTH’S ADMINISTRATIONCHAPTER XXIX. THE KING VIOLATES THE CHARTER OF MASSACHUSETTSCHAPTER XXX. THE ORIGIN OF TENNESSEECHAPTER XXXI. GREAT BRITAIN CENTRES IN ITSELF POWER OVER ITS COLONIES. HILLSBOROUGH’S RETIREMENTCHAPTER XXXII. THE TOWNS OF MASSACHUSETTS HOLD CORRESPONDENCECHAPTER XXXIII VIRGINIA CONSOLIDATES UNIONCHAPTER XXXIV. THE BOSTON TEA-PARTYCHAPTER XXXV. THE KING IN COUNCIL INSULTS MASSACHUSETTS AND ITS AGENTCHAPTER XXXVI. THE CRISIS Dusty Tomes Audio Books are public domain books retrieved from the ravages of time. Available as never before, as an audiobook, for your pleasure and consideration.</description>
      <author>George Bancroft</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212512961.mp3" length="886274" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657053</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212512961.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657053">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657053</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: History of the United States of America, Volume III: From the Discovery of the Continent
Author: George Bancroft
Narrator: Joseph Tabler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 9 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Dusty Tomes Audio BookIn Cooperation with Spoken Realms Volume 3 of History of the United States of America: From the Discovery of the Continent by George Bancroft. A major US History Series in six volumes. “Author’s Last Revision” 1883 by D. Appleton and Company. Bancroft as US Secretary of the Navy established the United States Naval Academy at Annapolis. He was a senior American diplomat in Europe, leading diplomatic missions to Britain and Germany. His comprehensive study of the origins and development of the United States caused him to be referred to as the “Father of American history.” CONTENTS OF THE THIRD VOLUME THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION IN FIVE EPOCHSII. BRITAIN ESTRANGES AMERICACHAPTER I. ENGLAND AS IT WAS IN 1768CHAPTER II. ENGLAND AND ITS DEPENDENCIES. IRELANDCHAPTER III. CHARLES TOWNSHEND PLEDGES THE MINISTRY OF BUTE TO TAX AMERICA BY THE BRITISH PARLIAMENT, AND RESIGNSCHAPTER IV. PONTIAC’S WAR. TRIUMVIRATE MINISTRYCHAPTER V. THE MINUTE FOR AN AMERICAN STAMP-TAX. MINISTRY OF GRENVILLECHAPTER VI. ENFORCEMENT OF THE ACTS OF NAVIGATION. GRENVILLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUEDCHAPTER VII. HOW AMERICA RECEIVED THE PLAN OF A STAMP-TAX. GRENVILLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUEDCHAPTER VIII. THE TWELFTH PARLIAMENT OF GREAT BRITAIN PASSES THE AMERICAN STAMP-TAX. GRENVILLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUEDCHAPTER IX. THE DAY-STAR OF THE AMERICAN UNIONCHAPTER X. THE BATTLE BETWEEN THE KING AND THE DUKE OF BEDFORDCHAPTER XI. AMERICA REPELS THE STAMP-TAX. ADMINISTRATION OF ROCKINGHAMCHAPTER XII. THE STAMP ACT LEADS AMERICA TO UNION. ADMINISTRATION OF ROCKHIMHAMCHAPTER XIII. HAS PARLIAMENT THE RIGHT TO TAX AMERICA? ADMINISTRATION OF ROCKINGHAMCHAPTER XIV. WILLIAM PITT INTERVENES. ROCKINGHAM’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUESCHAPTER XV. PARLIAMENT AFFIRMS ITS RIGHT TO TAX AMERICA. ROCKINGHAM’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUEDCHAPTER XVI. THE REPEAL OF THE STAMP ACT. ADMNISTRATION OF ROCKINGHAMCHAPTER XVII. THE CHARTER OF MASSACHUSETTS IN PERIL. THE FALL OF THE ROCKINGHAM WHIGS. THE EARL OF CHATHAMCHAPTER XVIII. CHARLES TOWNSHEND USURPS THE LEAD IN GOVERNMENT. ADMINSTRATION OF CHATHAMCHAPTER XIX. PARLIAMENT WILL HAVE AN AMERICAN ARMY AND AN AMERICAN REVENUE. ADMINISTRATION OF GRAFTONCHAPTER XX. COALITION OF THE KING AND THE ARISTOCRACYCHAPTER XXI. MASSACHUSETTS CONSULTS HER SISTER COLONIES. ADMINISTRATION OF GRAFTON. HILLSBOROUGH SECRETARY FOR THE COLONIESCHAPTER XXII. WILL MASSACHUSETTS RESCIND? ADMINISTRATION OF GRAFTON. HILLSBOROUGH SECRETARY FOR THE COLONIESCHAPTER XXIII. UNION OF BEDFORD AND THE KING. THE REGULATIONS OF NORTH CAROLINA. HILLSBOROUGH SECRETARY FOR THE COLONIESCHAPTER XXIV. THE TOWNS OF MASSACHUSETTS MEET IN CONVENTION. A COMMONWEALTH IN LOUISIANA. HILLSBOROUGH SECRETARY FOR THE COLONIESCHAPTER XXV. THE KING AND PARLIAMENT AGAINST THE TOWN OF BOSTON. HILLSBOROUGH SECRETARY FOR THE COLONIESCHAPTER XXVI. VIRGINIA COMES TO THE AID OF MASSACHUSETTS. GRAFTON’S ADMINISTRATION. HILLSBOROUGH COLONIAL MINISTERCHAPTER XXVII. GROWTH OF REPUBLICANISM IN LOUISIANA, KENTUCKY, AND MASSACHUSETTS. LORD NORTH FORMS AN ADMINISTRATIONCHAPTER XXVIII. THE BOSTON “MASSACRE.” LORD NORTH’S ADMINISTRATIONCHAPTER XXIX. THE KING VIOLATES THE CHARTER OF MASSACHUSETTSCHAPTER XXX. THE ORIGIN OF TENNESSEECHAPTER XXXI. GREAT BRITAIN CENTRES IN ITSELF POWER OVER ITS COLONIES. HILLSBOROUGH’S RETIREMENTCHAPTER XXXII. THE TOWNS OF MASSACHUSETTS HOLD CORRESPONDENCECHAPTER XXXIII VIRGINIA CONSOLIDATES UNIONCHAPTER XXXIV. THE BOSTON TEA-PARTYCHAPTER XXXV. THE KING IN COUNCIL INSULTS MASSACHUSETTS AND ITS AGENTCHAPTER XXXVI. THE CRISIS Dusty Tomes Audio Books are public domain books retrieved from the ravages of time. Available as never before, as an audiobook, for your pleasure and consideration.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657053">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657053</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: History of the United States of America, Volume III: From the Discovery of the Continent
Author: George Bancroft
Narrator: Joseph Tabler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 9 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Dusty Tomes Audio BookIn Cooperation with Spoken Realms Volume 3 of History of the United States of America: From the Discovery of the Continent by George Bancroft. A major US History Series in six volumes. “Author’s Last Revision” 1883 by D. Appleton and Company. Bancroft as US Secretary of the Navy established the United States Naval Academy at Annapolis. He was a senior American diplomat in Europe, leading diplomatic missions to Britain and Germany. His comprehensive study of the origins and development of the United States caused him to be referred to as the “Father of American history.” CONTENTS OF THE THIRD VOLUME THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION IN FIVE EPOCHSII. BRITAIN ESTRANGES AMERICACHAPTER I. ENGLAND AS IT WAS IN 1768CHAPTER II. ENGLAND AND ITS DEPENDENCIES. IRELANDCHAPTER III. CHARLES TOWNSHEND PLEDGES THE MINISTRY OF BUTE TO TAX AMERICA BY THE BRITISH PARLIAMENT, AND RESIGNSCHAPTER IV. PONTIAC’S WAR. TRIUMVIRATE MINISTRYCHAPTER V. THE MINUTE FOR AN AMERICAN STAMP-TAX. MINISTRY OF GRENVILLECHAPTER VI. ENFORCEMENT OF THE ACTS OF NAVIGATION. GRENVILLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUEDCHAPTER VII. HOW AMERICA RECEIVED THE PLAN OF A STAMP-TAX. GRENVILLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUEDCHAPTER VIII. THE TWELFTH PARLIAMENT OF GREAT BRITAIN PASSES THE AMERICAN STAMP-TAX. GRENVILLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUEDCHAPTER IX. THE DAY-STAR OF THE AMERICAN UNIONCHAPTER X. THE BATTLE BETWEEN THE KING AND THE DUKE OF BEDFORDCHAPTER XI. AMERICA REPELS THE STAMP-TAX. ADMINISTRATION OF ROCKINGHAMCHAPTER XII. THE STAMP ACT LEADS AMERICA TO UNION. ADMINISTRATION OF ROCKHIMHAMCHAPTER XIII. HAS PARLIAMENT THE RIGHT TO TAX AMERICA? ADMINISTRATION OF ROCKINGHAMCHAPTER XIV. WILLIAM PITT INTERVENES. ROCKINGHAM’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUESCHAPTER XV. PARLIAMENT AFFIRMS ITS RIGHT TO TAX AMERICA. ROCKINGHAM’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUEDCHAPTER XVI. THE REPEAL OF THE STAMP ACT. ADMNISTRATION OF ROCKINGHAMCHAPTER XVII. THE CHARTER OF MASSACHUSETTS IN PERIL. THE FALL OF THE ROCKINGHAM WHIGS. THE EARL OF CHATHAMCHAPTER XVIII. CHARLES TOWNSHEND USURPS THE LEAD IN GOVERNMENT. ADMINSTRATION OF CHATHAMCHAPTER XIX. PARLIAMENT WILL HAVE AN AMERICAN ARMY AND AN AMERICAN REVENUE. ADMINISTRATION OF GRAFTONCHAPTER XX. COALITION OF THE KING AND THE ARISTOCRACYCHAPTER XXI. MASSACHUSETTS CONSULTS HER SISTER COLONIES. ADMINISTRATION OF GRAFTON. HILLSBOROUGH SECRETARY FOR THE COLONIESCHAPTER XXII. WILL MASSACHUSETTS RESCIND? ADMINISTRATION OF GRAFTON. HILLSBOROUGH SECRETARY FOR THE COLONIESCHAPTER XXIII. UNION OF BEDFORD AND THE KING. THE REGULATIONS OF NORTH CAROLINA. HILLSBOROUGH SECRETARY FOR THE COLONIESCHAPTER XXIV. THE TOWNS OF MASSACHUSETTS MEET IN CONVENTION. A COMMONWEALTH IN LOUISIANA. HILLSBOROUGH SECRETARY FOR THE COLONIESCHAPTER XXV. THE KING AND PARLIAMENT AGAINST THE TOWN OF BOSTON. HILLSBOROUGH SECRETARY FOR THE COLONIESCHAPTER XXVI. VIRGINIA COMES TO THE AID OF MASSACHUSETTS. GRAFTON’S ADMINISTRATION. HILLSBOROUGH COLONIAL MINISTERCHAPTER XXVII. GROWTH OF REPUBLICANISM IN LOUISIANA, KENTUCKY, AND MASSACHUSETTS. LORD NORTH FORMS AN ADMINISTRATIONCHAPTER XXVIII. THE BOSTON “MASSACRE.” LORD NORTH’S ADMINISTRATIONCHAPTER XXIX. THE KING VIOLATES THE CHARTER OF MASSACHUSETTSCHAPTER XXX. THE ORIGIN OF TENNESSEECHAPTER XXXI. GREAT BRITAIN CENTRES IN ITSELF POWER OVER ITS COLONIES. HILLSBOROUGH’S RETIREMENTCHAPTER XXXII. THE TOWNS OF MASSACHUSETTS HOLD CORRESPONDENCECHAPTER XXXIII VIRGINIA CONSOLIDATES UNIONCHAPTER XXXIV. THE BOSTON TEA-PARTYCHAPTER XXXV. THE KING IN COUNCIL INSULTS MASSACHUSETTS AND ITS AGENTCHAPTER XXXVI. THE CRISIS Dusty Tomes Audio Books are public domain books retrieved from the ravages of time. Available as never before, as an audiobook, for your pleasure and consideration.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fredericksburg: A Study in War by Major G. W. Redway</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657002</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657002">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657002</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fredericksburg: A Study in War
Series: #3 of The Special Campaign Series
Author: Major G. W. Redway
Narrator: Joseph Tabler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Dusty Tomes Audio BookIn Cooperation with Spoken Realms Publisher’s Preface to the Series: The “Special Campaign” Series deals with the history of war in its technical aspect, and the text of each volume is interspersed with strategical and tactical comments … subsequent volumes will deal with those campaigns of the nineteenth century that present features of exceptional military interest. It is hoped that this series will not only be useful for examination purposes but may form the nucleus of an interesting library for military students. From the Author’s Preface: It must be a primary object with every soldier to know exactly how war is carried on: how strategy is influenced, in its conception by politics and in its execution by tactics; how both strategy and tactics are affected by terrain, by the seasons, by railways, telegraphy, and sea power: how armies have been raised and organized, trained and led in battle; how supplied with weapons and other means of defense, with food and clothing, ammunition and shelter; how the sick and wounded are cared for; how the waste of war is repaired.The study of these matters in peacetime can only be pursued seriously when we illustrate the subject continually with examples drawn from history. Author’s PrefaceI. IntroductoryII. After SharpsburgIII. Burnside Assumes CommandIV. Cavalry ReconnaissanceV. FredericksburgVI. Federal Artillery DispositionVII. The Confederates Concentrate for BattleVIII. Movements of the Three Grand DivisionsIX. The Morning of December 13X. The American SoldierXI. The Battle of December 13XII. After the Battle Dusty Tomes Audio Books are public domain books retrieved from the ravages of time. Available for the first time in this format for your pleasure and consideration. Narrator’s Note: I read only as written. These old books were once solid sellers for bookmen of their time. They may neglect portions of society that are more emphasized now. It may be they are somewhat out of favor presently. I believe they can shed light on their times and ours. Loving obscure and remote literature, they are a distinct pleasure for me to read to you. These turn out to be distant and unknown only so long as they remain unread, or unheard. Thank you.</description>
      <author>Major G. W. Redway</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212450102.mp3" length="895028" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657002</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212450102.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657002">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657002</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fredericksburg: A Study in War
Series: #3 of The Special Campaign Series
Author: Major G. W. Redway
Narrator: Joseph Tabler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Dusty Tomes Audio BookIn Cooperation with Spoken Realms Publisher’s Preface to the Series: The “Special Campaign” Series deals with the history of war in its technical aspect, and the text of each volume is interspersed with strategical and tactical comments … subsequent volumes will deal with those campaigns of the nineteenth century that present features of exceptional military interest. It is hoped that this series will not only be useful for examination purposes but may form the nucleus of an interesting library for military students. From the Author’s Preface: It must be a primary object with every soldier to know exactly how war is carried on: how strategy is influenced, in its conception by politics and in its execution by tactics; how both strategy and tactics are affected by terrain, by the seasons, by railways, telegraphy, and sea power: how armies have been raised and organized, trained and led in battle; how supplied with weapons and other means of defense, with food and clothing, ammunition and shelter; how the sick and wounded are cared for; how the waste of war is repaired.The study of these matters in peacetime can only be pursued seriously when we illustrate the subject continually with examples drawn from history. Author’s PrefaceI. IntroductoryII. After SharpsburgIII. Burnside Assumes CommandIV. Cavalry ReconnaissanceV. FredericksburgVI. Federal Artillery DispositionVII. The Confederates Concentrate for BattleVIII. Movements of the Three Grand DivisionsIX. The Morning of December 13X. The American SoldierXI. The Battle of December 13XII. After the Battle Dusty Tomes Audio Books are public domain books retrieved from the ravages of time. Available for the first time in this format for your pleasure and consideration. Narrator’s Note: I read only as written. These old books were once solid sellers for bookmen of their time. They may neglect portions of society that are more emphasized now. It may be they are somewhat out of favor presently. I believe they can shed light on their times and ours. Loving obscure and remote literature, they are a distinct pleasure for me to read to you. These turn out to be distant and unknown only so long as they remain unread, or unheard. Thank you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657002">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657002</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fredericksburg: A Study in War
Series: #3 of The Special Campaign Series
Author: Major G. W. Redway
Narrator: Joseph Tabler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Dusty Tomes Audio BookIn Cooperation with Spoken Realms Publisher’s Preface to the Series: The “Special Campaign” Series deals with the history of war in its technical aspect, and the text of each volume is interspersed with strategical and tactical comments … subsequent volumes will deal with those campaigns of the nineteenth century that present features of exceptional military interest. It is hoped that this series will not only be useful for examination purposes but may form the nucleus of an interesting library for military students. From the Author’s Preface: It must be a primary object with every soldier to know exactly how war is carried on: how strategy is influenced, in its conception by politics and in its execution by tactics; how both strategy and tactics are affected by terrain, by the seasons, by railways, telegraphy, and sea power: how armies have been raised and organized, trained and led in battle; how supplied with weapons and other means of defense, with food and clothing, ammunition and shelter; how the sick and wounded are cared for; how the waste of war is repaired.The study of these matters in peacetime can only be pursued seriously when we illustrate the subject continually with examples drawn from history. Author’s PrefaceI. IntroductoryII. After SharpsburgIII. Burnside Assumes CommandIV. Cavalry ReconnaissanceV. FredericksburgVI. Federal Artillery DispositionVII. The Confederates Concentrate for BattleVIII. Movements of the Three Grand DivisionsIX. The Morning of December 13X. The American SoldierXI. The Battle of December 13XII. After the Battle Dusty Tomes Audio Books are public domain books retrieved from the ravages of time. Available for the first time in this format for your pleasure and consideration. Narrator’s Note: I read only as written. These old books were once solid sellers for bookmen of their time. They may neglect portions of society that are more emphasized now. It may be they are somewhat out of favor presently. I believe they can shed light on their times and ours. Loving obscure and remote literature, they are a distinct pleasure for me to read to you. These turn out to be distant and unknown only so long as they remain unread, or unheard. Thank you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Graveyard of the Pacific: Shipwreck and Survival on America’s Deadliest Waterway by Randall Sullivan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656228</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Graveyard of the Pacific: Shipwreck and Survival on America’s Deadliest Waterway
Author: Randall Sullivan
Narrator: Lynch Travis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Off the coast of Oregon, the Columbia River flows into the Pacific Ocean and forms the Columbia River Bar: a watery collision so turbulent and deadly that it’s nicknamed the Graveyard of the Pacific. Two thousand ships have been wrecked on the bar since the first European ship dared to try to cross it. Since then, the commercial importance of the Columbia River has only grown, but despite the construction of jetties on either side, the bar remains treacherous. When Randall Sullivan and a friend set out to cross the bar in a two-man kayak, they’re met with skepticism and concern. But on a clear day in July 2021, when the tides and weather seem right, they embark. As they plunge through the currents that have taken so many lives, Randall commemorates the brave sailors that made the crossing before him—including his own abusive father, a sailor himself who also once dared to cross the bar—and reflects on toxic masculinity, fatherhood, and what drives men to extremes. Rich with exhaustive research and propulsive narrative, Graveyard of the Pacific follows historical shipwrecks through the moment-by-moment details that often determined whether sailors would live or die, exposing the ways in which boats, sailors, and navigation have changed over the decades. As he makes his way across the bar, floating above the wrecks and across the same currents that have taken so many lives, Randall Sullivan faces the past, both in his own life and on the Columbia River Bar.</description>
      <author>Randall Sullivan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666635232.mp3" length="763669" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656228</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666635232.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Graveyard of the Pacific: Shipwreck and Survival on America’s Deadliest Waterway
Author: Randall Sullivan
Narrator: Lynch Travis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Off the coast of Oregon, the Columbia River flows into the Pacific Ocean and forms the Columbia River Bar: a watery collision so turbulent and deadly that it’s nicknamed the Graveyard of the Pacific. Two thousand ships have been wrecked on the bar since the first European ship dared to try to cross it. Since then, the commercial importance of the Columbia River has only grown, but despite the construction of jetties on either side, the bar remains treacherous. When Randall Sullivan and a friend set out to cross the bar in a two-man kayak, they’re met with skepticism and concern. But on a clear day in July 2021, when the tides and weather seem right, they embark. As they plunge through the currents that have taken so many lives, Randall commemorates the brave sailors that made the crossing before him—including his own abusive father, a sailor himself who also once dared to cross the bar—and reflects on toxic masculinity, fatherhood, and what drives men to extremes. Rich with exhaustive research and propulsive narrative, Graveyard of the Pacific follows historical shipwrecks through the moment-by-moment details that often determined whether sailors would live or die, exposing the ways in which boats, sailors, and navigation have changed over the decades. As he makes his way across the bar, floating above the wrecks and across the same currents that have taken so many lives, Randall Sullivan faces the past, both in his own life and on the Columbia River Bar.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Graveyard of the Pacific: Shipwreck and Survival on America’s Deadliest Waterway
Author: Randall Sullivan
Narrator: Lynch Travis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Off the coast of Oregon, the Columbia River flows into the Pacific Ocean and forms the Columbia River Bar: a watery collision so turbulent and deadly that it’s nicknamed the Graveyard of the Pacific. Two thousand ships have been wrecked on the bar since the first European ship dared to try to cross it. Since then, the commercial importance of the Columbia River has only grown, but despite the construction of jetties on either side, the bar remains treacherous. When Randall Sullivan and a friend set out to cross the bar in a two-man kayak, they’re met with skepticism and concern. But on a clear day in July 2021, when the tides and weather seem right, they embark. As they plunge through the currents that have taken so many lives, Randall commemorates the brave sailors that made the crossing before him—including his own abusive father, a sailor himself who also once dared to cross the bar—and reflects on toxic masculinity, fatherhood, and what drives men to extremes. Rich with exhaustive research and propulsive narrative, Graveyard of the Pacific follows historical shipwrecks through the moment-by-moment details that often determined whether sailors would live or die, exposing the ways in which boats, sailors, and navigation have changed over the decades. As he makes his way across the bar, floating above the wrecks and across the same currents that have taken so many lives, Randall Sullivan faces the past, both in his own life and on the Columbia River Bar.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>No Human Contact: Solitary Confinement, Maximum Security, and Two Inmates Who Changed the System by Pete Earley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655969</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Human Contact: Solitary Confinement, Maximum Security, and Two Inmates Who Changed the System
Author: Pete Earley
Narrator: Rich Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1983, Thomas Silverstein and Clayton Fountain, both serving life sentences at the U.S. Prison in Marion, Illinois, separately murdered two correction officers on the same day. The Bureau of Prisons condemned both men to the severest punishment that could legally be imposed, one created specifically for them. It was unofficially called &amp;#039;no human contact.&amp;#039; Each initially spent nine months in a mattress-sized cell where the lights burned twenty-four hours a day. They were clothed only in boxer shorts, completely sealed off from the outside world with only their minds to occupy their time. Fountain turned to religion and endured twenty-one-years before dying alone of natural causes. Silverstein became a skilled artist and lasted thirty-six years, longer than any other American prisoner in isolation. Pete Earley—the only journalist to be granted face-to-face access with Silverstein—examines profound questions at the heart of our justice system. Were Silverstein and Fountain born bad? Or were they twisted by abusive childhoods? Did incarceration offer them a chance of rehabilitation—or force them to commit increasingly heinous crimes? No Human Contact elicits a uniquely deep and uncomfortable understanding of the crimes committed, the use of solitary confinement, and the reality of life, redemption, and death behind prison walls.</description>
      <author>Pete Earley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765075784.mp3" length="7753107" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655969</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765075784.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Human Contact: Solitary Confinement, Maximum Security, and Two Inmates Who Changed the System
Author: Pete Earley
Narrator: Rich Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1983, Thomas Silverstein and Clayton Fountain, both serving life sentences at the U.S. Prison in Marion, Illinois, separately murdered two correction officers on the same day. The Bureau of Prisons condemned both men to the severest punishment that could legally be imposed, one created specifically for them. It was unofficially called &amp;#039;no human contact.&amp;#039; Each initially spent nine months in a mattress-sized cell where the lights burned twenty-four hours a day. They were clothed only in boxer shorts, completely sealed off from the outside world with only their minds to occupy their time. Fountain turned to religion and endured twenty-one-years before dying alone of natural causes. Silverstein became a skilled artist and lasted thirty-six years, longer than any other American prisoner in isolation. Pete Earley—the only journalist to be granted face-to-face access with Silverstein—examines profound questions at the heart of our justice system. Were Silverstein and Fountain born bad? Or were they twisted by abusive childhoods? Did incarceration offer them a chance of rehabilitation—or force them to commit increasingly heinous crimes? No Human Contact elicits a uniquely deep and uncomfortable understanding of the crimes committed, the use of solitary confinement, and the reality of life, redemption, and death behind prison walls.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Human Contact: Solitary Confinement, Maximum Security, and Two Inmates Who Changed the System
Author: Pete Earley
Narrator: Rich Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1983, Thomas Silverstein and Clayton Fountain, both serving life sentences at the U.S. Prison in Marion, Illinois, separately murdered two correction officers on the same day. The Bureau of Prisons condemned both men to the severest punishment that could legally be imposed, one created specifically for them. It was unofficially called &amp;#039;no human contact.&amp;#039; Each initially spent nine months in a mattress-sized cell where the lights burned twenty-four hours a day. They were clothed only in boxer shorts, completely sealed off from the outside world with only their minds to occupy their time. Fountain turned to religion and endured twenty-one-years before dying alone of natural causes. Silverstein became a skilled artist and lasted thirty-six years, longer than any other American prisoner in isolation. Pete Earley—the only journalist to be granted face-to-face access with Silverstein—examines profound questions at the heart of our justice system. Were Silverstein and Fountain born bad? Or were they twisted by abusive childhoods? Did incarceration offer them a chance of rehabilitation—or force them to commit increasingly heinous crimes? No Human Contact elicits a uniquely deep and uncomfortable understanding of the crimes committed, the use of solitary confinement, and the reality of life, redemption, and death behind prison walls.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gangbuster: One Man&amp;#039;s Battle Against Crime, Corruption, and the Klan by Alan Prendergast</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655942</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gangbuster: One Man&amp;#039;s Battle Against Crime, Corruption, and the Klan
Author: Alan Prendergast
Narrator: Gabriel Vaughan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
At the height of the roaring 1920s, the ex-frontier town of Denver, Colorado, emerged from the postwar boom as the future of the American city. But the slick façade of progress and opportunity masked a murky stew of organized crime, elaborate swindles, and widespread government corruption.   Rookie district attorney Phillip Van Cise was already making national headlines for a new brand of law enforcement. Employing military intelligence tools he&amp;#039;d developed during the Great War, Van Cise crippled the criminal empire of Lou Blonger, an ex-lawman who had risen from petty scam artist to master of the Big Con. But Van Cise had even darker, more malevolent forces on his radar.   The Ku Klux Klan had emerged as a shockingly mainstream middle-class movement, all while claiming to protect true American values. Utilizing his pioneering surveillance techniques, Van Cise was determined to expose the Invisible Empire from within.   Gripping and exhaustively researched, this prescient chronicle of Phillip Van Cise&amp;#039;s spectacular career as a feared gangbuster taking on organized crime, the KKK, and corruption at the highest levels of government is a cautionary tale that mirrors our tumultuous times.</description>
      <author>Alan Prendergast</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765075685.mp3" length="8036012" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655942</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765075685.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gangbuster: One Man&amp;#039;s Battle Against Crime, Corruption, and the Klan
Author: Alan Prendergast
Narrator: Gabriel Vaughan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
At the height of the roaring 1920s, the ex-frontier town of Denver, Colorado, emerged from the postwar boom as the future of the American city. But the slick façade of progress and opportunity masked a murky stew of organized crime, elaborate swindles, and widespread government corruption.   Rookie district attorney Phillip Van Cise was already making national headlines for a new brand of law enforcement. Employing military intelligence tools he&amp;#039;d developed during the Great War, Van Cise crippled the criminal empire of Lou Blonger, an ex-lawman who had risen from petty scam artist to master of the Big Con. But Van Cise had even darker, more malevolent forces on his radar.   The Ku Klux Klan had emerged as a shockingly mainstream middle-class movement, all while claiming to protect true American values. Utilizing his pioneering surveillance techniques, Van Cise was determined to expose the Invisible Empire from within.   Gripping and exhaustively researched, this prescient chronicle of Phillip Van Cise&amp;#039;s spectacular career as a feared gangbuster taking on organized crime, the KKK, and corruption at the highest levels of government is a cautionary tale that mirrors our tumultuous times.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gangbuster: One Man&amp;#039;s Battle Against Crime, Corruption, and the Klan
Author: Alan Prendergast
Narrator: Gabriel Vaughan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
At the height of the roaring 1920s, the ex-frontier town of Denver, Colorado, emerged from the postwar boom as the future of the American city. But the slick façade of progress and opportunity masked a murky stew of organized crime, elaborate swindles, and widespread government corruption.   Rookie district attorney Phillip Van Cise was already making national headlines for a new brand of law enforcement. Employing military intelligence tools he&amp;#039;d developed during the Great War, Van Cise crippled the criminal empire of Lou Blonger, an ex-lawman who had risen from petty scam artist to master of the Big Con. But Van Cise had even darker, more malevolent forces on his radar.   The Ku Klux Klan had emerged as a shockingly mainstream middle-class movement, all while claiming to protect true American values. Utilizing his pioneering surveillance techniques, Van Cise was determined to expose the Invisible Empire from within.   Gripping and exhaustively researched, this prescient chronicle of Phillip Van Cise&amp;#039;s spectacular career as a feared gangbuster taking on organized crime, the KKK, and corruption at the highest levels of government is a cautionary tale that mirrors our tumultuous times.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Good Wife: The Shocking Betrayal and Brutal Murder of a Godly Woman in Texas by Clint Richmond</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655922</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Good Wife: The Shocking Betrayal and Brutal Murder of a Godly Woman in Texas
Author: Clint Richmond
Narrator: Stephen Bowlby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Roger and Penny Scaggs seemed a poster couple for family values. Evangelical Christians living in booming Austin, Texas, in the mid-1990s, they were respected leaders in their church and community. As Roger diligently worked his way up the high-tech corporate ladder, Penny kept a pristine home and coached similarly devout young women on how to be perfect wives. But on a windy March evening, this godly woman met the devil head-on. And when the police discovered her lifeless body—repeatedly bludgeoned with a lead pipe, then mutilated with a knife from her own spotless kitchen—they were shocked by the rage and savagery behind her slaying. The Good Wife is a startling true story of greed, hatred, betrayal, and an unimaginable murder—a tale of the dark decay that can be hidden behind a façade of saintliness when a marriage seemingly made in heaven descends into hell.</description>
      <author>Clint Richmond</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765042243.mp3" length="8147032" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655922</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765042243.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Good Wife: The Shocking Betrayal and Brutal Murder of a Godly Woman in Texas
Author: Clint Richmond
Narrator: Stephen Bowlby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Roger and Penny Scaggs seemed a poster couple for family values. Evangelical Christians living in booming Austin, Texas, in the mid-1990s, they were respected leaders in their church and community. As Roger diligently worked his way up the high-tech corporate ladder, Penny kept a pristine home and coached similarly devout young women on how to be perfect wives. But on a windy March evening, this godly woman met the devil head-on. And when the police discovered her lifeless body—repeatedly bludgeoned with a lead pipe, then mutilated with a knife from her own spotless kitchen—they were shocked by the rage and savagery behind her slaying. The Good Wife is a startling true story of greed, hatred, betrayal, and an unimaginable murder—a tale of the dark decay that can be hidden behind a façade of saintliness when a marriage seemingly made in heaven descends into hell.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Good Wife: The Shocking Betrayal and Brutal Murder of a Godly Woman in Texas
Author: Clint Richmond
Narrator: Stephen Bowlby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Roger and Penny Scaggs seemed a poster couple for family values. Evangelical Christians living in booming Austin, Texas, in the mid-1990s, they were respected leaders in their church and community. As Roger diligently worked his way up the high-tech corporate ladder, Penny kept a pristine home and coached similarly devout young women on how to be perfect wives. But on a windy March evening, this godly woman met the devil head-on. And when the police discovered her lifeless body—repeatedly bludgeoned with a lead pipe, then mutilated with a knife from her own spotless kitchen—they were shocked by the rage and savagery behind her slaying. The Good Wife is a startling true story of greed, hatred, betrayal, and an unimaginable murder—a tale of the dark decay that can be hidden behind a façade of saintliness when a marriage seemingly made in heaven descends into hell.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Medgar and Myrlie: Medgar Evers and the Love Story that Awakened America by Joy-Ann Reid</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655140</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655140">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655140</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Medgar and Myrlie: Medgar Evers and the Love Story that Awakened America
Author: Joy-Ann Reid
Narrator: Joy-Ann Reid
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: February  6, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.9 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 New York Times Bestseller “Medgar Evers deserves a place alongside Malcolm X and Dr. King in our historical memory. Evers, with Myrlie as his partner in activism and in life, was doing civil rights work in the single most hostile and dangerous environment in America.”—from Medgar and Myrlie By MSNBC&amp;#039;s Joy-Ann Reid, a triumphant work of biography that repositions slain Civil Rights pioneer Medgar Evers at the heart of America&amp;#039;s struggle for freedom, and celebrates Myrlie Evers&amp;#039;s extraordinary activism after her husband&amp;#039;s assassination in the driveway of their Mississippi home. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;I love this book. The empathic, brilliant, and wise Joy Reid has brought us the poignant, fascinating inside story of Medgar and Myrlie Evers, transformational leaders who confronted pure evil and risked their lives to ensure that all American children might grow up in a United States that was more just. As Reid shows us, that painful task is now more urgent than ever.” — Michael Beschloss Myrlie Louise Beasley met Medgar Evers on her first day of college. They fell in love at first sight, married just one year later, and Myrlie left school to focus on their growing family. Medgar became the field secretary for the Mississippi branch of the NAACP, charged with beating back the most intractable and violent resistance to black voting rights in the country. Myrlie served as Medgar’s secretary and confidant, working hand in hand with him as they struggled against public accommodations and school segregation, lynching, violence, and sheer despair within their state’s “black belt.” They fought to desegregate the intractable University of Mississippi, organized picket lines and boycotts, despite repeated terroristic threats, including the 1962 firebombing of their home, where they lived with their three young children. On June 12, 1963, Medgar Evers became the highest profile victim of Klan-related assassination of a black civil rights leader at that time; gunned down in the couple’s driveway in Jackson. In the wake of his tragic death, Myrlie carried on their civil rights legacy; writing a book about Medgar’s fight, trying to win a congressional seat, and becoming a leader of the NAACP in her own right. In this groundbreaking and thrilling account of two heroes of the civil rights movement, Joy-Ann Reid uses Medgar and Myrlie’s relationship as a lens through which to explore the on-the-ground work that went into winning basic rights for Black Americans, and the repercussions that still resonate today.</description>
      <author>Joy-Ann Reid</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Feb 2024 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063068827.mp3" length="1360999" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655140</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063068827.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655140">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655140</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Medgar and Myrlie: Medgar Evers and the Love Story that Awakened America
Author: Joy-Ann Reid
Narrator: Joy-Ann Reid
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: February  6, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.9 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 New York Times Bestseller “Medgar Evers deserves a place alongside Malcolm X and Dr. King in our historical memory. Evers, with Myrlie as his partner in activism and in life, was doing civil rights work in the single most hostile and dangerous environment in America.”—from Medgar and Myrlie By MSNBC&amp;#039;s Joy-Ann Reid, a triumphant work of biography that repositions slain Civil Rights pioneer Medgar Evers at the heart of America&amp;#039;s struggle for freedom, and celebrates Myrlie Evers&amp;#039;s extraordinary activism after her husband&amp;#039;s assassination in the driveway of their Mississippi home. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;I love this book. The empathic, brilliant, and wise Joy Reid has brought us the poignant, fascinating inside story of Medgar and Myrlie Evers, transformational leaders who confronted pure evil and risked their lives to ensure that all American children might grow up in a United States that was more just. As Reid shows us, that painful task is now more urgent than ever.” — Michael Beschloss Myrlie Louise Beasley met Medgar Evers on her first day of college. They fell in love at first sight, married just one year later, and Myrlie left school to focus on their growing family. Medgar became the field secretary for the Mississippi branch of the NAACP, charged with beating back the most intractable and violent resistance to black voting rights in the country. Myrlie served as Medgar’s secretary and confidant, working hand in hand with him as they struggled against public accommodations and school segregation, lynching, violence, and sheer despair within their state’s “black belt.” They fought to desegregate the intractable University of Mississippi, organized picket lines and boycotts, despite repeated terroristic threats, including the 1962 firebombing of their home, where they lived with their three young children. On June 12, 1963, Medgar Evers became the highest profile victim of Klan-related assassination of a black civil rights leader at that time; gunned down in the couple’s driveway in Jackson. In the wake of his tragic death, Myrlie carried on their civil rights legacy; writing a book about Medgar’s fight, trying to win a congressional seat, and becoming a leader of the NAACP in her own right. In this groundbreaking and thrilling account of two heroes of the civil rights movement, Joy-Ann Reid uses Medgar and Myrlie’s relationship as a lens through which to explore the on-the-ground work that went into winning basic rights for Black Americans, and the repercussions that still resonate today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655140">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655140</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Medgar and Myrlie: Medgar Evers and the Love Story that Awakened America
Author: Joy-Ann Reid
Narrator: Joy-Ann Reid
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: February  6, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.9 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 New York Times Bestseller “Medgar Evers deserves a place alongside Malcolm X and Dr. King in our historical memory. Evers, with Myrlie as his partner in activism and in life, was doing civil rights work in the single most hostile and dangerous environment in America.”—from Medgar and Myrlie By MSNBC&amp;#039;s Joy-Ann Reid, a triumphant work of biography that repositions slain Civil Rights pioneer Medgar Evers at the heart of America&amp;#039;s struggle for freedom, and celebrates Myrlie Evers&amp;#039;s extraordinary activism after her husband&amp;#039;s assassination in the driveway of their Mississippi home. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;I love this book. The empathic, brilliant, and wise Joy Reid has brought us the poignant, fascinating inside story of Medgar and Myrlie Evers, transformational leaders who confronted pure evil and risked their lives to ensure that all American children might grow up in a United States that was more just. As Reid shows us, that painful task is now more urgent than ever.” — Michael Beschloss Myrlie Louise Beasley met Medgar Evers on her first day of college. They fell in love at first sight, married just one year later, and Myrlie left school to focus on their growing family. Medgar became the field secretary for the Mississippi branch of the NAACP, charged with beating back the most intractable and violent resistance to black voting rights in the country. Myrlie served as Medgar’s secretary and confidant, working hand in hand with him as they struggled against public accommodations and school segregation, lynching, violence, and sheer despair within their state’s “black belt.” They fought to desegregate the intractable University of Mississippi, organized picket lines and boycotts, despite repeated terroristic threats, including the 1962 firebombing of their home, where they lived with their three young children. On June 12, 1963, Medgar Evers became the highest profile victim of Klan-related assassination of a black civil rights leader at that time; gunned down in the couple’s driveway in Jackson. In the wake of his tragic death, Myrlie carried on their civil rights legacy; writing a book about Medgar’s fight, trying to win a congressional seat, and becoming a leader of the NAACP in her own right. In this groundbreaking and thrilling account of two heroes of the civil rights movement, Joy-Ann Reid uses Medgar and Myrlie’s relationship as a lens through which to explore the on-the-ground work that went into winning basic rights for Black Americans, and the repercussions that still resonate today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>To Rescue the Constitution: George Washington and the Fragile American Experiment by Bret Baier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655139</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655139">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655139</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: To Rescue the Constitution: George Washington and the Fragile American Experiment
Author: Bret Baier
Narrator: Bret Baier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Instant New York Times Bestseller #1 New York Times bestselling author Bret Baier reveals how George Washington saved the Constitution–and the American experiment &amp;#039;&amp;#039;To Rescue The Constitution is a masterful exploration of the electrifying struggle to unite a young United States.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Jay Winik A sweeping narrative ranging from the unsettled early American frontier and the battlefields of the Revolution to the history-making clashes within Philadelphia’s Independence Hall, Bret Baier’s To Rescue the Constitution dramatically illuminates the life of George Washington, the Founder who did more than perhaps any other individual to secure the future of the United States. George Washington rescued the nation three times: first by leading the Continental Army to victory in the Revolutionary War, second by presiding over the Constitutional Convention that set the blueprint for the United States and ushering the Constitution through a fractious ratification process, and third by leading the nation as its first president. There is no doubt that the struggling new nation needed to be rescued—and that Washington was the only American who could bring them together. After the victorious War of Independence, when a spirit of unity and patriotism might have been expected, instead the nation fractured. The states were no more than a loosely knit and contentious confederation, with no strong central union. It was an urgent matter that led to the calling of a Constitutional Convention to meet in Philadelphia during the summer of 1787. Setting aside his plan to retire to Mount Vernon, Washington agreed to be a delegate at Philadelphia. There he was unanimously elected president of the convention. After successfully bringing the Constitution into being, Washington then sacrificed any hope of returning to private life by accepting the unanimous election to be the nation’s first president. Washington was not known for brilliant oratory or prose, but his quiet, steady leadership gave life to the Constitution by showing how it should be enacted. In this vivid and moving portrait of America’s early struggles, Baier captures the critical moments when Washington’s leadership brought the nation from the brink of collapse. Baier exposes an early America that is grittier and far more divided than is often portrayed—one we can see reflected in today’s conflicts.</description>
      <author>Bret Baier</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063039612.mp3" length="1408438" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655139</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063039612.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655139">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655139</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: To Rescue the Constitution: George Washington and the Fragile American Experiment
Author: Bret Baier
Narrator: Bret Baier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Instant New York Times Bestseller #1 New York Times bestselling author Bret Baier reveals how George Washington saved the Constitution–and the American experiment &amp;#039;&amp;#039;To Rescue The Constitution is a masterful exploration of the electrifying struggle to unite a young United States.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Jay Winik A sweeping narrative ranging from the unsettled early American frontier and the battlefields of the Revolution to the history-making clashes within Philadelphia’s Independence Hall, Bret Baier’s To Rescue the Constitution dramatically illuminates the life of George Washington, the Founder who did more than perhaps any other individual to secure the future of the United States. George Washington rescued the nation three times: first by leading the Continental Army to victory in the Revolutionary War, second by presiding over the Constitutional Convention that set the blueprint for the United States and ushering the Constitution through a fractious ratification process, and third by leading the nation as its first president. There is no doubt that the struggling new nation needed to be rescued—and that Washington was the only American who could bring them together. After the victorious War of Independence, when a spirit of unity and patriotism might have been expected, instead the nation fractured. The states were no more than a loosely knit and contentious confederation, with no strong central union. It was an urgent matter that led to the calling of a Constitutional Convention to meet in Philadelphia during the summer of 1787. Setting aside his plan to retire to Mount Vernon, Washington agreed to be a delegate at Philadelphia. There he was unanimously elected president of the convention. After successfully bringing the Constitution into being, Washington then sacrificed any hope of returning to private life by accepting the unanimous election to be the nation’s first president. Washington was not known for brilliant oratory or prose, but his quiet, steady leadership gave life to the Constitution by showing how it should be enacted. In this vivid and moving portrait of America’s early struggles, Baier captures the critical moments when Washington’s leadership brought the nation from the brink of collapse. Baier exposes an early America that is grittier and far more divided than is often portrayed—one we can see reflected in today’s conflicts.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655139">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655139</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: To Rescue the Constitution: George Washington and the Fragile American Experiment
Author: Bret Baier
Narrator: Bret Baier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Instant New York Times Bestseller #1 New York Times bestselling author Bret Baier reveals how George Washington saved the Constitution–and the American experiment &amp;#039;&amp;#039;To Rescue The Constitution is a masterful exploration of the electrifying struggle to unite a young United States.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Jay Winik A sweeping narrative ranging from the unsettled early American frontier and the battlefields of the Revolution to the history-making clashes within Philadelphia’s Independence Hall, Bret Baier’s To Rescue the Constitution dramatically illuminates the life of George Washington, the Founder who did more than perhaps any other individual to secure the future of the United States. George Washington rescued the nation three times: first by leading the Continental Army to victory in the Revolutionary War, second by presiding over the Constitutional Convention that set the blueprint for the United States and ushering the Constitution through a fractious ratification process, and third by leading the nation as its first president. There is no doubt that the struggling new nation needed to be rescued—and that Washington was the only American who could bring them together. After the victorious War of Independence, when a spirit of unity and patriotism might have been expected, instead the nation fractured. The states were no more than a loosely knit and contentious confederation, with no strong central union. It was an urgent matter that led to the calling of a Constitutional Convention to meet in Philadelphia during the summer of 1787. Setting aside his plan to retire to Mount Vernon, Washington agreed to be a delegate at Philadelphia. There he was unanimously elected president of the convention. After successfully bringing the Constitution into being, Washington then sacrificed any hope of returning to private life by accepting the unanimous election to be the nation’s first president. Washington was not known for brilliant oratory or prose, but his quiet, steady leadership gave life to the Constitution by showing how it should be enacted. In this vivid and moving portrait of America’s early struggles, Baier captures the critical moments when Washington’s leadership brought the nation from the brink of collapse. Baier exposes an early America that is grittier and far more divided than is often portrayed—one we can see reflected in today’s conflicts.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Inheritance: Liberty and Slavery in the Birth of a Nation, 1765-1795 by Edward J. Larson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654786</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654786">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654786</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Inheritance: Liberty and Slavery in the Birth of a Nation, 1765-1795
Author: Edward J. Larson
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From a Pulitzer Prize winner, a powerful history that reveals how the twin strands of liberty and slavery were joined in the nation&amp;#039;s founding. &amp;#039;Gut-wrenching. . . . While acknowledging that the study of liberty and slavery in the Revolutionary era remains a &amp;#039;partisan minefield,&amp;#039; Mr. Larson plunges in, sparing none of the era&amp;#039;s most prominent revolutionaries from scrutiny.&amp;#039; —Harold Holzer, Wall Street Journal New attention from historians and journalists is raising pointed questions about the founding period: was the American revolution waged to preserve slavery, and was the Constitution a pact with slavery or a landmark in the antislavery movement? Leaders of the founding who called for American liberty are scrutinized for enslaving Black people themselves: George Washington consistently refused to recognize the freedom of those who escaped his Mount Vernon plantation. And we have long needed a history of the founding that fully includes Black Americans in the revolutionary protests, the war, and the debates over slavery and freedom that followed. We now have that history in Edward J. Larson&amp;#039;s insightful synthesis of the founding. Indeed throughout Larson&amp;#039;s brilliant history it is the voices of Black Americans that prove the most convincing of all on the urgency of liberty.</description>
      <author>Edward J. Larson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696610322.mp3" length="8483391" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654786</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696610322.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654786">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654786</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Inheritance: Liberty and Slavery in the Birth of a Nation, 1765-1795
Author: Edward J. Larson
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From a Pulitzer Prize winner, a powerful history that reveals how the twin strands of liberty and slavery were joined in the nation&amp;#039;s founding. &amp;#039;Gut-wrenching. . . . While acknowledging that the study of liberty and slavery in the Revolutionary era remains a &amp;#039;partisan minefield,&amp;#039; Mr. Larson plunges in, sparing none of the era&amp;#039;s most prominent revolutionaries from scrutiny.&amp;#039; —Harold Holzer, Wall Street Journal New attention from historians and journalists is raising pointed questions about the founding period: was the American revolution waged to preserve slavery, and was the Constitution a pact with slavery or a landmark in the antislavery movement? Leaders of the founding who called for American liberty are scrutinized for enslaving Black people themselves: George Washington consistently refused to recognize the freedom of those who escaped his Mount Vernon plantation. And we have long needed a history of the founding that fully includes Black Americans in the revolutionary protests, the war, and the debates over slavery and freedom that followed. We now have that history in Edward J. Larson&amp;#039;s insightful synthesis of the founding. Indeed throughout Larson&amp;#039;s brilliant history it is the voices of Black Americans that prove the most convincing of all on the urgency of liberty.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654786">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654786</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Inheritance: Liberty and Slavery in the Birth of a Nation, 1765-1795
Author: Edward J. Larson
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From a Pulitzer Prize winner, a powerful history that reveals how the twin strands of liberty and slavery were joined in the nation&amp;#039;s founding. &amp;#039;Gut-wrenching. . . . While acknowledging that the study of liberty and slavery in the Revolutionary era remains a &amp;#039;partisan minefield,&amp;#039; Mr. Larson plunges in, sparing none of the era&amp;#039;s most prominent revolutionaries from scrutiny.&amp;#039; —Harold Holzer, Wall Street Journal New attention from historians and journalists is raising pointed questions about the founding period: was the American revolution waged to preserve slavery, and was the Constitution a pact with slavery or a landmark in the antislavery movement? Leaders of the founding who called for American liberty are scrutinized for enslaving Black people themselves: George Washington consistently refused to recognize the freedom of those who escaped his Mount Vernon plantation. And we have long needed a history of the founding that fully includes Black Americans in the revolutionary protests, the war, and the debates over slavery and freedom that followed. We now have that history in Edward J. Larson&amp;#039;s insightful synthesis of the founding. Indeed throughout Larson&amp;#039;s brilliant history it is the voices of Black Americans that prove the most convincing of all on the urgency of liberty.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The War of Words: How America’s GI Journalists Battled Censorship and Propaganda to Help Win World War II by Molly Guptill Manning</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654733</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654733">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654733</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The War of Words: How America’s GI Journalists Battled Censorship and Propaganda to Help Win World War II
Author: Molly Guptill Manning
Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From New York Times bestselling author Molly Guptill Manning comes The War of Words, the captivating story of how American troops in World War II wielded pens to tell their own stories as they made history. At a time when civilian periodicals faced strict censorship, US Army Chief of Staff George Marshall won the support of President Franklin Delano Roosevelt to create an expansive troop-newspaper program. Both Marshall and FDR recognized that there was a second struggle taking place outside the battlefields of World War II—the war of words. While Hitler inundated the globe with propaganda, morale across the US Army dwindled. As the Axis blurred the lines between truth and fiction, the best defense was for American troops to bring the truth into focus by writing it down and disseminating it themselves. By war’s end, over 4,600 unique GI publications had been printed around the world. In newsprint, troops made sense of their hardships, losses, and reasons for fighting. These newspapers—by and for the troops—became the heart and soul of a unit. From Normandy to the shores of Japan, American soldiers exercised a level of free speech the military had never known nor would again. It was an extraordinary chapter in American democracy and military history. In the war for “four freedoms,” it was remarkably fitting that troops fought not only with guns but with their pens. This stunning volume includes fourteen pages of photographs and illustrations.</description>
      <author>Molly Guptill Manning</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200963027.mp3" length="806176" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654733</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200963027.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654733">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654733</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The War of Words: How America’s GI Journalists Battled Censorship and Propaganda to Help Win World War II
Author: Molly Guptill Manning
Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From New York Times bestselling author Molly Guptill Manning comes The War of Words, the captivating story of how American troops in World War II wielded pens to tell their own stories as they made history. At a time when civilian periodicals faced strict censorship, US Army Chief of Staff George Marshall won the support of President Franklin Delano Roosevelt to create an expansive troop-newspaper program. Both Marshall and FDR recognized that there was a second struggle taking place outside the battlefields of World War II—the war of words. While Hitler inundated the globe with propaganda, morale across the US Army dwindled. As the Axis blurred the lines between truth and fiction, the best defense was for American troops to bring the truth into focus by writing it down and disseminating it themselves. By war’s end, over 4,600 unique GI publications had been printed around the world. In newsprint, troops made sense of their hardships, losses, and reasons for fighting. These newspapers—by and for the troops—became the heart and soul of a unit. From Normandy to the shores of Japan, American soldiers exercised a level of free speech the military had never known nor would again. It was an extraordinary chapter in American democracy and military history. In the war for “four freedoms,” it was remarkably fitting that troops fought not only with guns but with their pens. This stunning volume includes fourteen pages of photographs and illustrations.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654733">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654733</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The War of Words: How America’s GI Journalists Battled Censorship and Propaganda to Help Win World War II
Author: Molly Guptill Manning
Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From New York Times bestselling author Molly Guptill Manning comes The War of Words, the captivating story of how American troops in World War II wielded pens to tell their own stories as they made history. At a time when civilian periodicals faced strict censorship, US Army Chief of Staff George Marshall won the support of President Franklin Delano Roosevelt to create an expansive troop-newspaper program. Both Marshall and FDR recognized that there was a second struggle taking place outside the battlefields of World War II—the war of words. While Hitler inundated the globe with propaganda, morale across the US Army dwindled. As the Axis blurred the lines between truth and fiction, the best defense was for American troops to bring the truth into focus by writing it down and disseminating it themselves. By war’s end, over 4,600 unique GI publications had been printed around the world. In newsprint, troops made sense of their hardships, losses, and reasons for fighting. These newspapers—by and for the troops—became the heart and soul of a unit. From Normandy to the shores of Japan, American soldiers exercised a level of free speech the military had never known nor would again. It was an extraordinary chapter in American democracy and military history. In the war for “four freedoms,” it was remarkably fitting that troops fought not only with guns but with their pens. This stunning volume includes fourteen pages of photographs and illustrations.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Liars&amp;#039; Club: A Memoir by Mary Karr</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654086</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Liars&amp;#039; Club: A Memoir
Author: Mary Karr
Narrator: Mary Karr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Wickedly funny and always movingly illuminating, thanks to kick-ass storytelling and a poet&amp;#039;s ear.” –Oprah.com     The New York Times bestselling, hilarious tale of Mary Karr’s hardscrabble Texas childhood that Oprah.com calls the best memoir of a generation. The Liars’ Club took the world by storm and raised the art of the memoir to an entirely new level, bringing about a dramatic revival of the form. Karr’s comic childhood in an east Texas oil town brings us characters as darkly hilarious as any of J. D. Salinger’s—a hard-drinking daddy, a sister who can talk down the sheriff at age twelve, and an oft-married mother whose accumulated secrets threaten to destroy them all. This unsentimental and profoundly moving account of an apocalyptic childhood is as “funny, lively, and un-put-downable” (USA Today) today as it ever was.</description>
      <author>Mary Karr</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593627457.mp3" length="2568813" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654086</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593627457.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Liars&amp;#039; Club: A Memoir
Author: Mary Karr
Narrator: Mary Karr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Wickedly funny and always movingly illuminating, thanks to kick-ass storytelling and a poet&amp;#039;s ear.” –Oprah.com     The New York Times bestselling, hilarious tale of Mary Karr’s hardscrabble Texas childhood that Oprah.com calls the best memoir of a generation. The Liars’ Club took the world by storm and raised the art of the memoir to an entirely new level, bringing about a dramatic revival of the form. Karr’s comic childhood in an east Texas oil town brings us characters as darkly hilarious as any of J. D. Salinger’s—a hard-drinking daddy, a sister who can talk down the sheriff at age twelve, and an oft-married mother whose accumulated secrets threaten to destroy them all. This unsentimental and profoundly moving account of an apocalyptic childhood is as “funny, lively, and un-put-downable” (USA Today) today as it ever was.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Liars&amp;#039; Club: A Memoir
Author: Mary Karr
Narrator: Mary Karr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Wickedly funny and always movingly illuminating, thanks to kick-ass storytelling and a poet&amp;#039;s ear.” –Oprah.com     The New York Times bestselling, hilarious tale of Mary Karr’s hardscrabble Texas childhood that Oprah.com calls the best memoir of a generation. The Liars’ Club took the world by storm and raised the art of the memoir to an entirely new level, bringing about a dramatic revival of the form. Karr’s comic childhood in an east Texas oil town brings us characters as darkly hilarious as any of J. D. Salinger’s—a hard-drinking daddy, a sister who can talk down the sheriff at age twelve, and an oft-married mother whose accumulated secrets threaten to destroy them all. This unsentimental and profoundly moving account of an apocalyptic childhood is as “funny, lively, and un-put-downable” (USA Today) today as it ever was.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Say It Loud I&amp;#039;m Black And I&amp;#039;m Proud by Geoffrey Giuliano</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654003</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654003">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654003</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Say It Loud I&amp;#039;m Black And I&amp;#039;m Proud
Author: Geoffrey Giuliano
Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 12 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this unique inspirational audiobook, together we take a deep dive and celebrate the almost superhuman contributions of the greatest black leaders from the 20th century. Each of them educating, liberating, and freeing untold millions of souls from the heartless bondage they were forced to endure at the hands of a cruel largely racist selfinterested exclusionary society. Fighting a Goliath of ignorance with little chance of success each, in their own way, overcoming incredible obstacles to implement the finer attributes of justice, truth, and freedom in the troubled unfair often brutal world around them. Painstakingly put together over two years by author Geoffrey Giuliano here is a unique inside look at the lives, loves, tragedies, and triumphs of our most precious black heroes of justice. An absolute must for any educational system, those interested in black studies, and everyone who counts themselves as a lover and defender of freedom everywhere. Featuring the histories and inspirational words of Huey P. Newton, Malcolm X, Angela Davis, Rosa Parks, Stokely Carmichael, Jimi Hendrix, Tupac Shakur, Congressman John Lewis and Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. With a timely moving contribution from Richie Havens and iconic singer Ben E. King.</description>
      <author>Geoffrey Giuliano</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Dec 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798887676791.mp3" length="1480833" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654003</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798887676791.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654003">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654003</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Say It Loud I&amp;#039;m Black And I&amp;#039;m Proud
Author: Geoffrey Giuliano
Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 12 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this unique inspirational audiobook, together we take a deep dive and celebrate the almost superhuman contributions of the greatest black leaders from the 20th century. Each of them educating, liberating, and freeing untold millions of souls from the heartless bondage they were forced to endure at the hands of a cruel largely racist selfinterested exclusionary society. Fighting a Goliath of ignorance with little chance of success each, in their own way, overcoming incredible obstacles to implement the finer attributes of justice, truth, and freedom in the troubled unfair often brutal world around them. Painstakingly put together over two years by author Geoffrey Giuliano here is a unique inside look at the lives, loves, tragedies, and triumphs of our most precious black heroes of justice. An absolute must for any educational system, those interested in black studies, and everyone who counts themselves as a lover and defender of freedom everywhere. Featuring the histories and inspirational words of Huey P. Newton, Malcolm X, Angela Davis, Rosa Parks, Stokely Carmichael, Jimi Hendrix, Tupac Shakur, Congressman John Lewis and Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. With a timely moving contribution from Richie Havens and iconic singer Ben E. King.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654003">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654003</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Say It Loud I&amp;#039;m Black And I&amp;#039;m Proud
Author: Geoffrey Giuliano
Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 12 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this unique inspirational audiobook, together we take a deep dive and celebrate the almost superhuman contributions of the greatest black leaders from the 20th century. Each of them educating, liberating, and freeing untold millions of souls from the heartless bondage they were forced to endure at the hands of a cruel largely racist selfinterested exclusionary society. Fighting a Goliath of ignorance with little chance of success each, in their own way, overcoming incredible obstacles to implement the finer attributes of justice, truth, and freedom in the troubled unfair often brutal world around them. Painstakingly put together over two years by author Geoffrey Giuliano here is a unique inside look at the lives, loves, tragedies, and triumphs of our most precious black heroes of justice. An absolute must for any educational system, those interested in black studies, and everyone who counts themselves as a lover and defender of freedom everywhere. Featuring the histories and inspirational words of Huey P. Newton, Malcolm X, Angela Davis, Rosa Parks, Stokely Carmichael, Jimi Hendrix, Tupac Shakur, Congressman John Lewis and Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. With a timely moving contribution from Richie Havens and iconic singer Ben E. King.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Hard Road to Glory, Volume 3 (1946-1992): A History of the African-American Athlete by Arthur Ashe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653619</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Hard Road to Glory, Volume 3 (1946-1992): A History of the African-American Athlete
Author: Arthur Ashe
Narrator: Landon Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2024
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
With a Foreword by Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe Available once again for a new generation of readers, the third and final volume in Arthur Ashe’s epic trilogy that chronicles the remarkable legacy of Black athletes in the United States—a major addition to our understanding of American history and the fulfillment of this legendary sports star and global activist’s lifelong dream. “The most comprehensive reference source on African-American athletes yet compiled.”—San Francisco Chronicle Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Arthur Ashe</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2024 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063162341.mp3" length="1402439" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653619</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063162341.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Hard Road to Glory, Volume 3 (1946-1992): A History of the African-American Athlete
Author: Arthur Ashe
Narrator: Landon Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2024
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
With a Foreword by Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe Available once again for a new generation of readers, the third and final volume in Arthur Ashe’s epic trilogy that chronicles the remarkable legacy of Black athletes in the United States—a major addition to our understanding of American history and the fulfillment of this legendary sports star and global activist’s lifelong dream. “The most comprehensive reference source on African-American athletes yet compiled.”—San Francisco Chronicle Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Hard Road to Glory, Volume 3 (1946-1992): A History of the African-American Athlete
Author: Arthur Ashe
Narrator: Landon Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2024
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
With a Foreword by Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe Available once again for a new generation of readers, the third and final volume in Arthur Ashe’s epic trilogy that chronicles the remarkable legacy of Black athletes in the United States—a major addition to our understanding of American history and the fulfillment of this legendary sports star and global activist’s lifelong dream. “The most comprehensive reference source on African-American athletes yet compiled.”—San Francisco Chronicle Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Burning of the World: The Great Chicago Fire and the War for a City&amp;#039;s Soul by Scott W. Berg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653514</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Burning of the World: The Great Chicago Fire and the War for a City&amp;#039;s Soul
Author: Scott W. Berg
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE MIDLAND AUTHORS AWARD FOR HISTORY • LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE • A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • The &amp;#039;illuminating&amp;#039; (New Yorker) story of the Great Chicago Fire: a raging inferno, a harrowing fight for survival, and the struggle for the soul of a city—told with the &amp;#039;the clarity—and tension—of a well-wrought military narrative&amp;#039; (Wall Street Journal) In the fall of 1871, Chicagoans knew they were due for the “big one”—a massive, uncontrollable fire that would decimate the city. It had been bone-dry for months, and a recent string of blazes had nearly outstripped the fire department’s already scant resources. Then, on October 8, a minor fire broke out in the barn of Irishwoman Kate Leary. A series of unfortunate mishaps and misunderstandings along with insufficient preparation and a high south-westerly wind combined to set the stage for an unmitigated catastrophe.      The conflagration that spread from the Learys&amp;#039; property quickly overtook the neighborhood, and before long the floating embers had been cast to the far reaches of the city. Nothing to the northeast was safe. Families took to the streets with every possession they could carry. Powerful gusts whipped the flames into a terrifying firestorm. The Chicago River boiled. Over the next forty-eight hours, Chicago fell victim to the largest and most destructive natural disaster the United States had yet endured.      The effects of the Great Fire were devastating. But they were also transforming. Out of the ashes, faster than seemed possible, rose new homes, tenements, hotels, and civic buildings, as well as a new political order. The elite seized the reconstruction to crack down on vice, control the disbursement of vast charitable funds, and rebuild the city in their image. But the city’s working class recognized only a naked power grab that would challenge their traditions, hurt their chances to keep their hard-earned property, and move power out of the hands of elected officials and into private interests. As soon as the battle against the fire ended, another battle for the future of the city erupted between its entrenched business establishment and its poor and immigrant laborers and shopkeepers.      An enrapturing account of the fire’s inexorable march and an eye-opening look at its aftermath, The Burning of the World tells the story of one of the most infamous calamities in history and the new Chicago it precipitated—a disaster that still shapes American cities to this day.</description>
      <author>Scott W. Berg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593786222.mp3" length="2721729" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653514</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593786222.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Burning of the World: The Great Chicago Fire and the War for a City&amp;#039;s Soul
Author: Scott W. Berg
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE MIDLAND AUTHORS AWARD FOR HISTORY • LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE • A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • The &amp;#039;illuminating&amp;#039; (New Yorker) story of the Great Chicago Fire: a raging inferno, a harrowing fight for survival, and the struggle for the soul of a city—told with the &amp;#039;the clarity—and tension—of a well-wrought military narrative&amp;#039; (Wall Street Journal) In the fall of 1871, Chicagoans knew they were due for the “big one”—a massive, uncontrollable fire that would decimate the city. It had been bone-dry for months, and a recent string of blazes had nearly outstripped the fire department’s already scant resources. Then, on October 8, a minor fire broke out in the barn of Irishwoman Kate Leary. A series of unfortunate mishaps and misunderstandings along with insufficient preparation and a high south-westerly wind combined to set the stage for an unmitigated catastrophe.      The conflagration that spread from the Learys&amp;#039; property quickly overtook the neighborhood, and before long the floating embers had been cast to the far reaches of the city. Nothing to the northeast was safe. Families took to the streets with every possession they could carry. Powerful gusts whipped the flames into a terrifying firestorm. The Chicago River boiled. Over the next forty-eight hours, Chicago fell victim to the largest and most destructive natural disaster the United States had yet endured.      The effects of the Great Fire were devastating. But they were also transforming. Out of the ashes, faster than seemed possible, rose new homes, tenements, hotels, and civic buildings, as well as a new political order. The elite seized the reconstruction to crack down on vice, control the disbursement of vast charitable funds, and rebuild the city in their image. But the city’s working class recognized only a naked power grab that would challenge their traditions, hurt their chances to keep their hard-earned property, and move power out of the hands of elected officials and into private interests. As soon as the battle against the fire ended, another battle for the future of the city erupted between its entrenched business establishment and its poor and immigrant laborers and shopkeepers.      An enrapturing account of the fire’s inexorable march and an eye-opening look at its aftermath, The Burning of the World tells the story of one of the most infamous calamities in history and the new Chicago it precipitated—a disaster that still shapes American cities to this day.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Burning of the World: The Great Chicago Fire and the War for a City&amp;#039;s Soul
Author: Scott W. Berg
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE MIDLAND AUTHORS AWARD FOR HISTORY • LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE • A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • The &amp;#039;illuminating&amp;#039; (New Yorker) story of the Great Chicago Fire: a raging inferno, a harrowing fight for survival, and the struggle for the soul of a city—told with the &amp;#039;the clarity—and tension—of a well-wrought military narrative&amp;#039; (Wall Street Journal) In the fall of 1871, Chicagoans knew they were due for the “big one”—a massive, uncontrollable fire that would decimate the city. It had been bone-dry for months, and a recent string of blazes had nearly outstripped the fire department’s already scant resources. Then, on October 8, a minor fire broke out in the barn of Irishwoman Kate Leary. A series of unfortunate mishaps and misunderstandings along with insufficient preparation and a high south-westerly wind combined to set the stage for an unmitigated catastrophe.      The conflagration that spread from the Learys&amp;#039; property quickly overtook the neighborhood, and before long the floating embers had been cast to the far reaches of the city. Nothing to the northeast was safe. Families took to the streets with every possession they could carry. Powerful gusts whipped the flames into a terrifying firestorm. The Chicago River boiled. Over the next forty-eight hours, Chicago fell victim to the largest and most destructive natural disaster the United States had yet endured.      The effects of the Great Fire were devastating. But they were also transforming. Out of the ashes, faster than seemed possible, rose new homes, tenements, hotels, and civic buildings, as well as a new political order. The elite seized the reconstruction to crack down on vice, control the disbursement of vast charitable funds, and rebuild the city in their image. But the city’s working class recognized only a naked power grab that would challenge their traditions, hurt their chances to keep their hard-earned property, and move power out of the hands of elected officials and into private interests. As soon as the battle against the fire ended, another battle for the future of the city erupted between its entrenched business establishment and its poor and immigrant laborers and shopkeepers.      An enrapturing account of the fire’s inexorable march and an eye-opening look at its aftermath, The Burning of the World tells the story of one of the most infamous calamities in history and the new Chicago it precipitated—a disaster that still shapes American cities to this day.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A History of Antisemitism in Canada by Ira Robinson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653357</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653357">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653357</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A History of Antisemitism in Canada
Author: Ira Robinson
Narrator: Dan Rosen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This state-of-the-art account gives readers the tools to understand why antisemitism is such a controversial subject. It acquaints readers with the ambiguities inherent in the historical relationship between Jews and Christians and shows these ambiguities in play in the unfolding relationship between Jews and Canadians of other religions and ethnicities. It examines present relationships in light of history and considers particularly the influence of antisemitism on the social, religious, and political history of the Canadian Jewish community.  A History of Antisemitism in Canada builds on the foundation of numerous studies on antisemitism in general and on antisemitism in Canada in particular, as well as on the growing body of scholarship in Canadian Jewish studies. It attempts to understand the impact of antisemitism on Canada as a whole and is the first comprehensive account of antisemitism and its effect on the Jewish community of Canada. The book will be valuable to students and scholars not only of Canadian Jewish studies and Canadian ethnic studies but of Canadian history.</description>
      <author>Ira Robinson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781771125314.mp3" length="1320687" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653357</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781771125314.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653357">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653357</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A History of Antisemitism in Canada
Author: Ira Robinson
Narrator: Dan Rosen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This state-of-the-art account gives readers the tools to understand why antisemitism is such a controversial subject. It acquaints readers with the ambiguities inherent in the historical relationship between Jews and Christians and shows these ambiguities in play in the unfolding relationship between Jews and Canadians of other religions and ethnicities. It examines present relationships in light of history and considers particularly the influence of antisemitism on the social, religious, and political history of the Canadian Jewish community.  A History of Antisemitism in Canada builds on the foundation of numerous studies on antisemitism in general and on antisemitism in Canada in particular, as well as on the growing body of scholarship in Canadian Jewish studies. It attempts to understand the impact of antisemitism on Canada as a whole and is the first comprehensive account of antisemitism and its effect on the Jewish community of Canada. The book will be valuable to students and scholars not only of Canadian Jewish studies and Canadian ethnic studies but of Canadian history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653357">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653357</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A History of Antisemitism in Canada
Author: Ira Robinson
Narrator: Dan Rosen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This state-of-the-art account gives readers the tools to understand why antisemitism is such a controversial subject. It acquaints readers with the ambiguities inherent in the historical relationship between Jews and Christians and shows these ambiguities in play in the unfolding relationship between Jews and Canadians of other religions and ethnicities. It examines present relationships in light of history and considers particularly the influence of antisemitism on the social, religious, and political history of the Canadian Jewish community.  A History of Antisemitism in Canada builds on the foundation of numerous studies on antisemitism in general and on antisemitism in Canada in particular, as well as on the growing body of scholarship in Canadian Jewish studies. It attempts to understand the impact of antisemitism on Canada as a whole and is the first comprehensive account of antisemitism and its effect on the Jewish community of Canada. The book will be valuable to students and scholars not only of Canadian Jewish studies and Canadian ethnic studies but of Canadian history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cherokee Civil Warrior: Chief John Ross and the Struggle for Tribal Sovereignty by W. Dale Weeks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653292</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cherokee Civil Warrior: Chief John Ross and the Struggle for Tribal Sovereignty
Author: W. Dale Weeks
Narrator: Jason Grasl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 36 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
John Ross served the Cherokee Nation in a public capacity for nearly fifty years, thirty-eight as its constitutionally elected principal chief. Historian W. Dale Weeks describes Ross&amp;#039;s efforts to protect the tribe&amp;#039;s interests amid systematic attacks on indigenous culture throughout the nineteenth century. At the outset of the Civil War, Ross called for all Cherokees to remain neutral in a war they did not support—a position that became untenable when the US withdrew its forces from Indian Territory. The vacated forts were quickly occupied by Confederate troops, who pressured the Cherokees to align with the South. Viewed from the Cherokee perspective, these events can be seen in their proper context, as part of the history of US &amp;#039;Indian policy,&amp;#039; failed foreign relations, and the Anglo-American conquest of the American West. This approach also clarifies President Lincoln&amp;#039;s acknowledgment of the federal government&amp;#039;s abrogation of its treaty obligation and his commitment to restoring political relations with the Cherokees—a commitment abruptly ended when Andrew Johnson sought to punish the Cherokees for their perceived disloyalty. Centering a Native point of view, this book recasts and expands what we know about John Ross, the Cherokee Nation, its commitment to maintaining its sovereignty, and the Civil War era in Indian Territory.</description>
      <author>W. Dale Weeks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350812466.mp3" length="8593023" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653292</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350812466.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cherokee Civil Warrior: Chief John Ross and the Struggle for Tribal Sovereignty
Author: W. Dale Weeks
Narrator: Jason Grasl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 36 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
John Ross served the Cherokee Nation in a public capacity for nearly fifty years, thirty-eight as its constitutionally elected principal chief. Historian W. Dale Weeks describes Ross&amp;#039;s efforts to protect the tribe&amp;#039;s interests amid systematic attacks on indigenous culture throughout the nineteenth century. At the outset of the Civil War, Ross called for all Cherokees to remain neutral in a war they did not support—a position that became untenable when the US withdrew its forces from Indian Territory. The vacated forts were quickly occupied by Confederate troops, who pressured the Cherokees to align with the South. Viewed from the Cherokee perspective, these events can be seen in their proper context, as part of the history of US &amp;#039;Indian policy,&amp;#039; failed foreign relations, and the Anglo-American conquest of the American West. This approach also clarifies President Lincoln&amp;#039;s acknowledgment of the federal government&amp;#039;s abrogation of its treaty obligation and his commitment to restoring political relations with the Cherokees—a commitment abruptly ended when Andrew Johnson sought to punish the Cherokees for their perceived disloyalty. Centering a Native point of view, this book recasts and expands what we know about John Ross, the Cherokee Nation, its commitment to maintaining its sovereignty, and the Civil War era in Indian Territory.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cherokee Civil Warrior: Chief John Ross and the Struggle for Tribal Sovereignty
Author: W. Dale Weeks
Narrator: Jason Grasl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 36 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
John Ross served the Cherokee Nation in a public capacity for nearly fifty years, thirty-eight as its constitutionally elected principal chief. Historian W. Dale Weeks describes Ross&amp;#039;s efforts to protect the tribe&amp;#039;s interests amid systematic attacks on indigenous culture throughout the nineteenth century. At the outset of the Civil War, Ross called for all Cherokees to remain neutral in a war they did not support—a position that became untenable when the US withdrew its forces from Indian Territory. The vacated forts were quickly occupied by Confederate troops, who pressured the Cherokees to align with the South. Viewed from the Cherokee perspective, these events can be seen in their proper context, as part of the history of US &amp;#039;Indian policy,&amp;#039; failed foreign relations, and the Anglo-American conquest of the American West. This approach also clarifies President Lincoln&amp;#039;s acknowledgment of the federal government&amp;#039;s abrogation of its treaty obligation and his commitment to restoring political relations with the Cherokees—a commitment abruptly ended when Andrew Johnson sought to punish the Cherokees for their perceived disloyalty. Centering a Native point of view, this book recasts and expands what we know about John Ross, the Cherokee Nation, its commitment to maintaining its sovereignty, and the Civil War era in Indian Territory.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Warriors and Warships: Conflict on the Great Lakes and the Legacy of Point Frederick by Robert D. Banks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653290</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Warriors and Warships: Conflict on the Great Lakes and the Legacy of Point Frederick
Author: Robert D. Banks
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The untold story of Point Frederick, where early nineteenth-century Canadians built warships that stopped invasion, brought peace, and the world&amp;#039;s longest undefended border. Opposite Kingston, Point Frederick became the 1789 dockyard home of the navy on Lake Ontario. Armed vessels were built to transport settlers and the military. War in 1812 prompted the need for larger warships. Shipwrights were critical to winning the war. French Canadians from Quebec shipyards worked with the British to build warships with massive firepower. In 1814, two invading armies advanced on outnumbered British and Canadians holding Niagara. Meanwhile, powerful Royal Navy warships sailed toward the action, unchallenged. When advised he was without naval support, the American commander halted his advance and withdrew from Canada. With peace, the need for warships vanished. But threats of rebellion and insurgence demanded gunboats, and continued naval presence until 1853, when the dockyard finally closed. Glimpses of dockyard legacy are found today in Kingston waters, and on the grounds of the Royal Military College of Canada.</description>
      <author>Robert D. Banks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350803747.mp3" length="8654690" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653290</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350803747.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Warriors and Warships: Conflict on the Great Lakes and the Legacy of Point Frederick
Author: Robert D. Banks
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The untold story of Point Frederick, where early nineteenth-century Canadians built warships that stopped invasion, brought peace, and the world&amp;#039;s longest undefended border. Opposite Kingston, Point Frederick became the 1789 dockyard home of the navy on Lake Ontario. Armed vessels were built to transport settlers and the military. War in 1812 prompted the need for larger warships. Shipwrights were critical to winning the war. French Canadians from Quebec shipyards worked with the British to build warships with massive firepower. In 1814, two invading armies advanced on outnumbered British and Canadians holding Niagara. Meanwhile, powerful Royal Navy warships sailed toward the action, unchallenged. When advised he was without naval support, the American commander halted his advance and withdrew from Canada. With peace, the need for warships vanished. But threats of rebellion and insurgence demanded gunboats, and continued naval presence until 1853, when the dockyard finally closed. Glimpses of dockyard legacy are found today in Kingston waters, and on the grounds of the Royal Military College of Canada.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Warriors and Warships: Conflict on the Great Lakes and the Legacy of Point Frederick
Author: Robert D. Banks
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The untold story of Point Frederick, where early nineteenth-century Canadians built warships that stopped invasion, brought peace, and the world&amp;#039;s longest undefended border. Opposite Kingston, Point Frederick became the 1789 dockyard home of the navy on Lake Ontario. Armed vessels were built to transport settlers and the military. War in 1812 prompted the need for larger warships. Shipwrights were critical to winning the war. French Canadians from Quebec shipyards worked with the British to build warships with massive firepower. In 1814, two invading armies advanced on outnumbered British and Canadians holding Niagara. Meanwhile, powerful Royal Navy warships sailed toward the action, unchallenged. When advised he was without naval support, the American commander halted his advance and withdrew from Canada. With peace, the need for warships vanished. But threats of rebellion and insurgence demanded gunboats, and continued naval presence until 1853, when the dockyard finally closed. Glimpses of dockyard legacy are found today in Kingston waters, and on the grounds of the Royal Military College of Canada.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Every Citizen a Statesman: The Dream of a Democratic Foreign Policy in the American Century by David Allen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653272</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653272">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653272</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Every Citizen a Statesman: The Dream of a Democratic Foreign Policy in the American Century
Author: David Allen
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
No major arena of US governance is more elitist than foreign policy. International relations barely surface in election campaigns, and policymakers take little input from Congress. For much of the twentieth century, officials, activists, and academics worked to foster an informed public that would embrace participation in foreign policy as a civic duty. Every Citizen a Statesman recounts an abandoned effort to create a democratic foreign policy. Taking the lead alongside the State Department were philanthropic institutions like the Ford and Rockefeller foundations and the Foreign Policy Association, a nonprofit founded in 1918. In cities across the country, hundreds of thousands of Americans gathered in homes and libraries to learn and talk about pressing global issues. But by the 1960s, officials were convinced that strategy in a nuclear world was beyond ordinary people, and foundation support for outreach withered. The local councils increasingly focused on those who were already engaged in political debate and otherwise decried supposed public apathy, becoming a force for the very elitism they set out to combat. The result, David Allen argues, was a chasm between policymakers and the public that has persisted since the Vietnam War, insulating a critical area of decision-making from the will of the people.</description>
      <author>David Allen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765072424.mp3" length="2860947" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653272</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765072424.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653272">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653272</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Every Citizen a Statesman: The Dream of a Democratic Foreign Policy in the American Century
Author: David Allen
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
No major arena of US governance is more elitist than foreign policy. International relations barely surface in election campaigns, and policymakers take little input from Congress. For much of the twentieth century, officials, activists, and academics worked to foster an informed public that would embrace participation in foreign policy as a civic duty. Every Citizen a Statesman recounts an abandoned effort to create a democratic foreign policy. Taking the lead alongside the State Department were philanthropic institutions like the Ford and Rockefeller foundations and the Foreign Policy Association, a nonprofit founded in 1918. In cities across the country, hundreds of thousands of Americans gathered in homes and libraries to learn and talk about pressing global issues. But by the 1960s, officials were convinced that strategy in a nuclear world was beyond ordinary people, and foundation support for outreach withered. The local councils increasingly focused on those who were already engaged in political debate and otherwise decried supposed public apathy, becoming a force for the very elitism they set out to combat. The result, David Allen argues, was a chasm between policymakers and the public that has persisted since the Vietnam War, insulating a critical area of decision-making from the will of the people.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653272">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653272</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Every Citizen a Statesman: The Dream of a Democratic Foreign Policy in the American Century
Author: David Allen
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
No major arena of US governance is more elitist than foreign policy. International relations barely surface in election campaigns, and policymakers take little input from Congress. For much of the twentieth century, officials, activists, and academics worked to foster an informed public that would embrace participation in foreign policy as a civic duty. Every Citizen a Statesman recounts an abandoned effort to create a democratic foreign policy. Taking the lead alongside the State Department were philanthropic institutions like the Ford and Rockefeller foundations and the Foreign Policy Association, a nonprofit founded in 1918. In cities across the country, hundreds of thousands of Americans gathered in homes and libraries to learn and talk about pressing global issues. But by the 1960s, officials were convinced that strategy in a nuclear world was beyond ordinary people, and foundation support for outreach withered. The local councils increasingly focused on those who were already engaged in political debate and otherwise decried supposed public apathy, becoming a force for the very elitism they set out to combat. The result, David Allen argues, was a chasm between policymakers and the public that has persisted since the Vietnam War, insulating a critical area of decision-making from the will of the people.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rebellion: How Antiliberalism Is Tearing America Apart--Again by Robert Kagan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652398</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652398">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652398</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rebellion: How Antiliberalism Is Tearing America Apart--Again
Author: Robert Kagan
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A chilling and clear-eyed warning about the threats to our democracy posed by the increasing radicalization of the Republican Party, from a leading historian and intellectual The 2024 election could be the last free election held in a unified America. So warns Robert Kagan in this brilliant and terrifying analysis of the perilous state of democracy in the United States today. If Donald Trump loses the upcoming election, as he did in 2020, but refuses to accept the result, as he also did in the last election, he is likely to call on his millions of followers to repudiate the election results. It will be a short step from there to Republican-dominated states rejecting the legitimacy of the federal government and effectively seceding. The United States at that point will cease to be united, with grave consequences for both Americans and the world. In Rebellion, Kagan dives deeper than the op-eds and think pieces to explore the historical forces that have brought us to this moment—in particular the long history of opposition to liberalism, and to government, that has shaped America’s character from the time of the Revolution to today. Trump’s unique capacity to tap into that tradition of dissent and circumvent the American system has brought us to the edge of dissolution—not for the first time in our history but possibly the last. This is an elegant and deeply informed synthesis of history, contemporary politics, and ideas that sheds light on this crucial moment.</description>
      <author>Robert Kagan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2024 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593740552.mp3" length="3009382" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652398</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593740552.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652398">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652398</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rebellion: How Antiliberalism Is Tearing America Apart--Again
Author: Robert Kagan
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A chilling and clear-eyed warning about the threats to our democracy posed by the increasing radicalization of the Republican Party, from a leading historian and intellectual The 2024 election could be the last free election held in a unified America. So warns Robert Kagan in this brilliant and terrifying analysis of the perilous state of democracy in the United States today. If Donald Trump loses the upcoming election, as he did in 2020, but refuses to accept the result, as he also did in the last election, he is likely to call on his millions of followers to repudiate the election results. It will be a short step from there to Republican-dominated states rejecting the legitimacy of the federal government and effectively seceding. The United States at that point will cease to be united, with grave consequences for both Americans and the world. In Rebellion, Kagan dives deeper than the op-eds and think pieces to explore the historical forces that have brought us to this moment—in particular the long history of opposition to liberalism, and to government, that has shaped America’s character from the time of the Revolution to today. Trump’s unique capacity to tap into that tradition of dissent and circumvent the American system has brought us to the edge of dissolution—not for the first time in our history but possibly the last. This is an elegant and deeply informed synthesis of history, contemporary politics, and ideas that sheds light on this crucial moment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652398">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652398</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rebellion: How Antiliberalism Is Tearing America Apart--Again
Author: Robert Kagan
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A chilling and clear-eyed warning about the threats to our democracy posed by the increasing radicalization of the Republican Party, from a leading historian and intellectual The 2024 election could be the last free election held in a unified America. So warns Robert Kagan in this brilliant and terrifying analysis of the perilous state of democracy in the United States today. If Donald Trump loses the upcoming election, as he did in 2020, but refuses to accept the result, as he also did in the last election, he is likely to call on his millions of followers to repudiate the election results. It will be a short step from there to Republican-dominated states rejecting the legitimacy of the federal government and effectively seceding. The United States at that point will cease to be united, with grave consequences for both Americans and the world. In Rebellion, Kagan dives deeper than the op-eds and think pieces to explore the historical forces that have brought us to this moment—in particular the long history of opposition to liberalism, and to government, that has shaped America’s character from the time of the Revolution to today. Trump’s unique capacity to tap into that tradition of dissent and circumvent the American system has brought us to the edge of dissolution—not for the first time in our history but possibly the last. This is an elegant and deeply informed synthesis of history, contemporary politics, and ideas that sheds light on this crucial moment.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Survivors of the Clotilda: The Lost Stories of the Last Captives of the American Slave Trade by Hannah Durkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652217</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652217">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652217</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Survivors of the Clotilda: The Lost Stories of the Last Captives of the American Slave Trade
Author: Hannah Durkin
Narrator: Tariye Peterside
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2024
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Joining the ranks of Rebecca Skloot’s The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks and Zora Neale Hurston’s rediscovered classic Barracoon, an immersive and revelatory history of the Clotilda, the last slave ship to land on US soil, told through the stories of its survivors—the last documented survivors of any slave ship—whose lives diverged and intersected in profound ways. The Clotilda, the last slave ship to land on American soil, docked in Mobile Bay, Alabama, in July 1860—more than half a century after the passage of a federal law banning the importation of captive Africans, and nine months before the beginning of the Civil War. The last of its survivors lived well into the twentieth century. They were the last witnesses to the final act of a terrible and significant period in world history. In this epic work, Dr. Hannah Durkin tells the stories of the Clotilda’s 110 captives, drawing on her intensive archival, historical, and sociological research. The Survivors of the Clotilda follows their lives from their kidnappings in what is modern-day Nigeria through a terrifying 45-day journey across the Middle Passage; from the subsequent sale of the ship’s 103 surviving children and young people into slavery across Alabama to the dawn of the Civil Rights movement in Selma; from the foundation of an all-Black African Town (later Africatown) in Northern Mobile—an inspiration for writers of the Harlem Renaissance, including Zora Neale Hurston—to the foundation of the quilting community of Gee’s Bend—a Black artistic circle whose cultural influence remains enormous. An astonishing, deeply compelling tapestry of history, biography, and social commentary, The Survivors of the Clotilda is a tour de force that deepens our knowledge and understanding of the Black experience and of America and its tragic past.</description>
      <author>Hannah Durkin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2024 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063073029.mp3" length="1345110" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652217</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063073029.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652217">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652217</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Survivors of the Clotilda: The Lost Stories of the Last Captives of the American Slave Trade
Author: Hannah Durkin
Narrator: Tariye Peterside
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2024
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Joining the ranks of Rebecca Skloot’s The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks and Zora Neale Hurston’s rediscovered classic Barracoon, an immersive and revelatory history of the Clotilda, the last slave ship to land on US soil, told through the stories of its survivors—the last documented survivors of any slave ship—whose lives diverged and intersected in profound ways. The Clotilda, the last slave ship to land on American soil, docked in Mobile Bay, Alabama, in July 1860—more than half a century after the passage of a federal law banning the importation of captive Africans, and nine months before the beginning of the Civil War. The last of its survivors lived well into the twentieth century. They were the last witnesses to the final act of a terrible and significant period in world history. In this epic work, Dr. Hannah Durkin tells the stories of the Clotilda’s 110 captives, drawing on her intensive archival, historical, and sociological research. The Survivors of the Clotilda follows their lives from their kidnappings in what is modern-day Nigeria through a terrifying 45-day journey across the Middle Passage; from the subsequent sale of the ship’s 103 surviving children and young people into slavery across Alabama to the dawn of the Civil Rights movement in Selma; from the foundation of an all-Black African Town (later Africatown) in Northern Mobile—an inspiration for writers of the Harlem Renaissance, including Zora Neale Hurston—to the foundation of the quilting community of Gee’s Bend—a Black artistic circle whose cultural influence remains enormous. An astonishing, deeply compelling tapestry of history, biography, and social commentary, The Survivors of the Clotilda is a tour de force that deepens our knowledge and understanding of the Black experience and of America and its tragic past.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652217">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652217</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Survivors of the Clotilda: The Lost Stories of the Last Captives of the American Slave Trade
Author: Hannah Durkin
Narrator: Tariye Peterside
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2024
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Joining the ranks of Rebecca Skloot’s The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks and Zora Neale Hurston’s rediscovered classic Barracoon, an immersive and revelatory history of the Clotilda, the last slave ship to land on US soil, told through the stories of its survivors—the last documented survivors of any slave ship—whose lives diverged and intersected in profound ways. The Clotilda, the last slave ship to land on American soil, docked in Mobile Bay, Alabama, in July 1860—more than half a century after the passage of a federal law banning the importation of captive Africans, and nine months before the beginning of the Civil War. The last of its survivors lived well into the twentieth century. They were the last witnesses to the final act of a terrible and significant period in world history. In this epic work, Dr. Hannah Durkin tells the stories of the Clotilda’s 110 captives, drawing on her intensive archival, historical, and sociological research. The Survivors of the Clotilda follows their lives from their kidnappings in what is modern-day Nigeria through a terrifying 45-day journey across the Middle Passage; from the subsequent sale of the ship’s 103 surviving children and young people into slavery across Alabama to the dawn of the Civil Rights movement in Selma; from the foundation of an all-Black African Town (later Africatown) in Northern Mobile—an inspiration for writers of the Harlem Renaissance, including Zora Neale Hurston—to the foundation of the quilting community of Gee’s Bend—a Black artistic circle whose cultural influence remains enormous. An astonishing, deeply compelling tapestry of history, biography, and social commentary, The Survivors of the Clotilda is a tour de force that deepens our knowledge and understanding of the Black experience and of America and its tragic past.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Spies: The Epic Intelligence War Between East and West by Calder Walton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652180</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652180">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652180</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spies: The Epic Intelligence War Between East and West
Author: Calder Walton
Narrator: Dugald Bruce-Lockhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Foreign Policy Best Book of 2023  Foreign Affairs Best Book of 2023   The “riveting” (The Economist), secret story of the hundred-year intelligence war between Russia and the West with lessons for our new superpower conflict with China. Spies is the history of the secret war that Russia and the West have been waging for a century. Espionage, sabotage, and subversion were the Kremlin’s means to equalize the imbalance of resources between the East and West before, during, and after the Cold War. There was nothing “unprecedented” about Russian meddling in the 2016 US presidential election. It was simply business as usual, new means used for old ends.   The Cold War started long before 1945. But the West fought back after World War II, mounting its own shadow war, using disinformation, vast intelligence networks, and new technologies against the Soviet Union. Spies is a “deeply researched and artfully crafted” (Fiona Hill, deputy assistant to the US President) story of the best and worst of mankind: bravery and honor, treachery and betrayal. The narrative shifts across continents and decades, from the freezing streets of St. Petersburg in 1917 to the bloody beaches of Normandy; from coups in faraway lands to present-day Moscow where troll farms, synthetic bots, and weaponized cyber-attacks being launched woefully unprepared West. It is about the rise and fall of Eastern superpowers: Russia’s past and present and the global ascendance of China.   Mining hitherto secret archives in multiple languages, Calder Walton shows that the Cold War started earlier than commonly assumed, that it continued even after the Soviet Union’s collapse in 1991, and that Britain and America’s clandestine struggle with the Soviet government provided key lessons for countering China today. This “authoritative, sweeping” (Fredrik Logevall, Pulitzer Prize­–winning author of Embers of War) history, combined with practical takeaways for our current great power struggles, make Spies a unique and essential addition to the history of the Cold War and the unrolling conflict between the United States and China that will dominate the 21st century.</description>
      <author>Calder Walton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797161105.mp3" length="821277" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652180</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797161105.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652180">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652180</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spies: The Epic Intelligence War Between East and West
Author: Calder Walton
Narrator: Dugald Bruce-Lockhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Foreign Policy Best Book of 2023  Foreign Affairs Best Book of 2023   The “riveting” (The Economist), secret story of the hundred-year intelligence war between Russia and the West with lessons for our new superpower conflict with China. Spies is the history of the secret war that Russia and the West have been waging for a century. Espionage, sabotage, and subversion were the Kremlin’s means to equalize the imbalance of resources between the East and West before, during, and after the Cold War. There was nothing “unprecedented” about Russian meddling in the 2016 US presidential election. It was simply business as usual, new means used for old ends.   The Cold War started long before 1945. But the West fought back after World War II, mounting its own shadow war, using disinformation, vast intelligence networks, and new technologies against the Soviet Union. Spies is a “deeply researched and artfully crafted” (Fiona Hill, deputy assistant to the US President) story of the best and worst of mankind: bravery and honor, treachery and betrayal. The narrative shifts across continents and decades, from the freezing streets of St. Petersburg in 1917 to the bloody beaches of Normandy; from coups in faraway lands to present-day Moscow where troll farms, synthetic bots, and weaponized cyber-attacks being launched woefully unprepared West. It is about the rise and fall of Eastern superpowers: Russia’s past and present and the global ascendance of China.   Mining hitherto secret archives in multiple languages, Calder Walton shows that the Cold War started earlier than commonly assumed, that it continued even after the Soviet Union’s collapse in 1991, and that Britain and America’s clandestine struggle with the Soviet government provided key lessons for countering China today. This “authoritative, sweeping” (Fredrik Logevall, Pulitzer Prize­–winning author of Embers of War) history, combined with practical takeaways for our current great power struggles, make Spies a unique and essential addition to the history of the Cold War and the unrolling conflict between the United States and China that will dominate the 21st century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652180">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652180</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spies: The Epic Intelligence War Between East and West
Author: Calder Walton
Narrator: Dugald Bruce-Lockhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Foreign Policy Best Book of 2023  Foreign Affairs Best Book of 2023   The “riveting” (The Economist), secret story of the hundred-year intelligence war between Russia and the West with lessons for our new superpower conflict with China. Spies is the history of the secret war that Russia and the West have been waging for a century. Espionage, sabotage, and subversion were the Kremlin’s means to equalize the imbalance of resources between the East and West before, during, and after the Cold War. There was nothing “unprecedented” about Russian meddling in the 2016 US presidential election. It was simply business as usual, new means used for old ends.   The Cold War started long before 1945. But the West fought back after World War II, mounting its own shadow war, using disinformation, vast intelligence networks, and new technologies against the Soviet Union. Spies is a “deeply researched and artfully crafted” (Fiona Hill, deputy assistant to the US President) story of the best and worst of mankind: bravery and honor, treachery and betrayal. The narrative shifts across continents and decades, from the freezing streets of St. Petersburg in 1917 to the bloody beaches of Normandy; from coups in faraway lands to present-day Moscow where troll farms, synthetic bots, and weaponized cyber-attacks being launched woefully unprepared West. It is about the rise and fall of Eastern superpowers: Russia’s past and present and the global ascendance of China.   Mining hitherto secret archives in multiple languages, Calder Walton shows that the Cold War started earlier than commonly assumed, that it continued even after the Soviet Union’s collapse in 1991, and that Britain and America’s clandestine struggle with the Soviet government provided key lessons for countering China today. This “authoritative, sweeping” (Fredrik Logevall, Pulitzer Prize­–winning author of Embers of War) history, combined with practical takeaways for our current great power struggles, make Spies a unique and essential addition to the history of the Cold War and the unrolling conflict between the United States and China that will dominate the 21st century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>History of the United States of America, Volume II: From the Discovery of the Continent by George Bancroft</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652166</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652166">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652166</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: History of the United States of America, Volume II: From the Discovery of the Continent
Author: George Bancroft
Narrator: Joseph Tabler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 55 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Dusty Tomes Audio BookIn Cooperation with Spoken Realms Volume 2 of History of the United States of America: From the Discovery of the Continent by George Bancroft. A major US history series in six volumes. “Author’s Last Revision” 1883 by D. Appleton and Company. Bancroft as US Secretary of the Navy established the United States Naval Academy at Annapolis. He was a senior American diplomat in Europe, leading diplomatic missions to Britain and Germany. His comprehensive study of the origins and development of the United States caused him to be referred to as the “Father of American history.” From the Author’s Preface regarding the Last Revision to the series:… greater precision has been sought for; the fitter word that offered itself accepted; and, without the surrender of the right of history to pronounce its opinion, care has been taken never unduly to forestall the judgment of the reader, but to leave events as they sweep onward to speak their own condemnation or praise. From a 2008 Review by Stephen W. Sawyer:For Bancroft, then, the historian brought the Revolution to life in the present in order that it might circulate within the country and throughout humanity. Bancroft was convinced that a poet-historian could uncover the democratic ideal that was unfolding in the American project.Dawes and Nichols argued that Bancroft was a sound historian in that he grounded his work in archival material. “George Bancroft was the first American historian who conscientiously endeavored to make no important statement without reference to an original document.” “The author exercises powers of narration which enable the reader to watch the drama of man’s experience proceed like a splendid and inspiring pageant.” (Dawes and Nichols 280) These remarks still capture an essential element of Bancroft’s project. He saw his writing, literary or poetical as it may have been, as part of the “realization” of man’s experience with democracy. This was the Bancroft that was celebrated in the first half of the nineteenth century, pushed aside in the nationalist consensus of American historical professionalism in the 1890s, and then rediscovered in the inter-war period. He was not describing a democracy that already existed in flowery prose, but employing the poet’s pen to give life to a democratic project which he thought was in the making. Editor’s IntroductionAuthor’s PrefaceCONTENTS OF THE SECOND VOLUMEHISTORY OF THE COLONIZATION OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA PART IIICOLONIZATION OF THE WEST AND OF GEORGIACHAPTER I. THE SOUTHERN STATES AFTER THE REVOLUTIONCHAPTER II. THE MIDDLE STATES AFTER THE REVOLUTIONCHAPTER III. NEW ENGLAND AFTER THE REVOLUTIONCHAPTER IV. PARLIAMENT AND THE COLONIESCHAPTER V. THE RED MEN EAST OF THE MISSISSIPPICHAPTER VI. THE LANGUAGES AND MANNERS OF THE RED MENCHAPTER VII. POLITY AND RELIGION OF THE RED MENCHAPTER VIII. THE NATURE AND ORIGIN OF THE RED MENCHAPTER IX. PROGRESS OF FRANCE IN NORTH AMERICACHAPTER X. FRANCE AND THE VALLEY OF THE MISSISSIPPICHAPTER XI. THE RIVALRY OF FRANCE AND GREAT BRITAIN IN AMERICACHAPTER XII. THE WAR OF THE SPANISH SUCCESSIONCHAPTER XIII. OF THE BOUNDARIES OF BRITISH, FRENCH, AND SPANISH COLONIESCHAPTER XIV. PROGRESS OF LOUISIANACHAPTER XV. COLONIAL ADMINISTRATION UNDER THE HOUSE OF HANOVERCHAPTER XVI. THE BRITISH SLAVE-TRADE. COLONIZATION OF GEORGIACHAPTER XVII. WAR BETWEEN GREAT BRITAIN AND SPAIN, 1739–1748 THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION IN FIVE EPOCHSI. BRITAIN OVERTHROWS THE EUROPEAN COLONIAL SYSTEMCHAPTER I. AMERICA CLAIMS LEGISLATIVE INDEPENDENCE OF ENGLAND. HENRY PELHAM’S ADMINISTRATION, 1748CHAPTER II. THE ROYAL GOVERNOR OF NEW YORK APPEALS TO THE PARAMOUNT POWER OF BRITAIN. HENRY PELHAM’S ADMINISTRATION, 1748–1749CHAPTER III. THE EXPLORATION OF OHIO. PELHAM’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUEDCHAPTER IV. AMERICA REFUSES TO BE RULED BY ARBITRARY INSTRUCTIONS. PELHAM’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUED, 1751–1753CHAPTER V. FRANKLIN PLANS UNION FOR THE AMERICAN PEOPLE. PELHAM’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUED, 1758–1754CHAPTER VI. THE OLD THIRTEEN COLONIES. NEWCASTLE’S ADMINISTRATIONCHAPTER VII. THE MINISTERS ARE ADVISED TO TAX AMERICA BY ACT OF PARLIAMENT NEWCASTLE’S ADMINISTRATION, 1754–1755CHAPTER VIII. ENGLAND AND FRANCE CONTEND FOR THE OHIO VALLEY AND FOR ACADIA. NEWCASTLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUED, 1755CHAPTER IX. GREAT BRITAIN UNITES AMERICA UNDER MILITARY RULE. NEWCASTLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUED, 1755–1756CHAPTER X. THE ARISTOCRACY WITHOUT THE PEOPLE CANNOT GOVERN ENGLAND. NEWCASTLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUED, 1756–1757CHAPTER XI. THE WHIG ARISTOCRACY CANNOT CONQUER CANADA. ANARCHY IN THE ADMINISTRATION, 1757CHAPTER XII. THE NEW PROTESTANT POWERS AGAINST THE CATHOLIC POWERS OF THE MIDDLE AGE. WILLIAM PITT’S MINISTRYCHAPTER XIII. CONQUEST OF THE VALLEY OF THE WEST. PITT’S MINISTRY, 1757–1758CHAPTER XIV. THE CONQUEST OF CANADA. PITT’S MINISTRY CONTINUED, 1759CHAPTER XV. INVASION OF THE VALLEY OF THE TENNESSEE. PITT’S MINISTRY, 1759–1760CHAPTER XVI. POSSESSION TAKEN OF THE COUNTRY ON THE LAKES. PITT’S MINISTRY, 1760CHAPTER XVII. THE KING AND THE ARISTOCRACY AGAINST THE GREAT COMMONER. GEORGE III DRIVES OUT PITT, 1760–1761CHAPTER XVIII. THE ACTS OF TRADE PROVOKE REVOLUTION. THE REMODELING OF THE COLONIAL GOVERNMENTS, 1761–1762CHAPTER XIX. THE KING DRIVES OUT THE NEWCASTLE WHIGS. THE DAWN OF THE NEW REPUBLIC, 1762–1768 Dusty Tomes Audio Books are public domain books retrieved from the ravages of time. Available as never before, as an audiobook, for your pleasure and consideration.</description>
      <author>George Bancroft</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212436250.mp3" length="887454" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652166</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212436250.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>23:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652166">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652166</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: History of the United States of America, Volume II: From the Discovery of the Continent
Author: George Bancroft
Narrator: Joseph Tabler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 55 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Dusty Tomes Audio BookIn Cooperation with Spoken Realms Volume 2 of History of the United States of America: From the Discovery of the Continent by George Bancroft. A major US history series in six volumes. “Author’s Last Revision” 1883 by D. Appleton and Company. Bancroft as US Secretary of the Navy established the United States Naval Academy at Annapolis. He was a senior American diplomat in Europe, leading diplomatic missions to Britain and Germany. His comprehensive study of the origins and development of the United States caused him to be referred to as the “Father of American history.” From the Author’s Preface regarding the Last Revision to the series:… greater precision has been sought for; the fitter word that offered itself accepted; and, without the surrender of the right of history to pronounce its opinion, care has been taken never unduly to forestall the judgment of the reader, but to leave events as they sweep onward to speak their own condemnation or praise. From a 2008 Review by Stephen W. Sawyer:For Bancroft, then, the historian brought the Revolution to life in the present in order that it might circulate within the country and throughout humanity. Bancroft was convinced that a poet-historian could uncover the democratic ideal that was unfolding in the American project.Dawes and Nichols argued that Bancroft was a sound historian in that he grounded his work in archival material. “George Bancroft was the first American historian who conscientiously endeavored to make no important statement without reference to an original document.” “The author exercises powers of narration which enable the reader to watch the drama of man’s experience proceed like a splendid and inspiring pageant.” (Dawes and Nichols 280) These remarks still capture an essential element of Bancroft’s project. He saw his writing, literary or poetical as it may have been, as part of the “realization” of man’s experience with democracy. This was the Bancroft that was celebrated in the first half of the nineteenth century, pushed aside in the nationalist consensus of American historical professionalism in the 1890s, and then rediscovered in the inter-war period. He was not describing a democracy that already existed in flowery prose, but employing the poet’s pen to give life to a democratic project which he thought was in the making. Editor’s IntroductionAuthor’s PrefaceCONTENTS OF THE SECOND VOLUMEHISTORY OF THE COLONIZATION OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA PART IIICOLONIZATION OF THE WEST AND OF GEORGIACHAPTER I. THE SOUTHERN STATES AFTER THE REVOLUTIONCHAPTER II. THE MIDDLE STATES AFTER THE REVOLUTIONCHAPTER III. NEW ENGLAND AFTER THE REVOLUTIONCHAPTER IV. PARLIAMENT AND THE COLONIESCHAPTER V. THE RED MEN EAST OF THE MISSISSIPPICHAPTER VI. THE LANGUAGES AND MANNERS OF THE RED MENCHAPTER VII. POLITY AND RELIGION OF THE RED MENCHAPTER VIII. THE NATURE AND ORIGIN OF THE RED MENCHAPTER IX. PROGRESS OF FRANCE IN NORTH AMERICACHAPTER X. FRANCE AND THE VALLEY OF THE MISSISSIPPICHAPTER XI. THE RIVALRY OF FRANCE AND GREAT BRITAIN IN AMERICACHAPTER XII. THE WAR OF THE SPANISH SUCCESSIONCHAPTER XIII. OF THE BOUNDARIES OF BRITISH, FRENCH, AND SPANISH COLONIESCHAPTER XIV. PROGRESS OF LOUISIANACHAPTER XV. COLONIAL ADMINISTRATION UNDER THE HOUSE OF HANOVERCHAPTER XVI. THE BRITISH SLAVE-TRADE. COLONIZATION OF GEORGIACHAPTER XVII. WAR BETWEEN GREAT BRITAIN AND SPAIN, 1739–1748 THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION IN FIVE EPOCHSI. BRITAIN OVERTHROWS THE EUROPEAN COLONIAL SYSTEMCHAPTER I. AMERICA CLAIMS LEGISLATIVE INDEPENDENCE OF ENGLAND. HENRY PELHAM’S ADMINISTRATION, 1748CHAPTER II. THE ROYAL GOVERNOR OF NEW YORK APPEALS TO THE PARAMOUNT POWER OF BRITAIN. HENRY PELHAM’S ADMINISTRATION, 1748–1749CHAPTER III. THE EXPLORATION OF OHIO. PELHAM’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUEDCHAPTER IV. AMERICA REFUSES TO BE RULED BY ARBITRARY INSTRUCTIONS. PELHAM’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUED, 1751–1753CHAPTER V. FRANKLIN PLANS UNION FOR THE AMERICAN PEOPLE. PELHAM’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUED, 1758–1754CHAPTER VI. THE OLD THIRTEEN COLONIES. NEWCASTLE’S ADMINISTRATIONCHAPTER VII. THE MINISTERS ARE ADVISED TO TAX AMERICA BY ACT OF PARLIAMENT NEWCASTLE’S ADMINISTRATION, 1754–1755CHAPTER VIII. ENGLAND AND FRANCE CONTEND FOR THE OHIO VALLEY AND FOR ACADIA. NEWCASTLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUED, 1755CHAPTER IX. GREAT BRITAIN UNITES AMERICA UNDER MILITARY RULE. NEWCASTLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUED, 1755–1756CHAPTER X. THE ARISTOCRACY WITHOUT THE PEOPLE CANNOT GOVERN ENGLAND. NEWCASTLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUED, 1756–1757CHAPTER XI. THE WHIG ARISTOCRACY CANNOT CONQUER CANADA. ANARCHY IN THE ADMINISTRATION, 1757CHAPTER XII. THE NEW PROTESTANT POWERS AGAINST THE CATHOLIC POWERS OF THE MIDDLE AGE. WILLIAM PITT’S MINISTRYCHAPTER XIII. CONQUEST OF THE VALLEY OF THE WEST. PITT’S MINISTRY, 1757–1758CHAPTER XIV. THE CONQUEST OF CANADA. PITT’S MINISTRY CONTINUED, 1759CHAPTER XV. INVASION OF THE VALLEY OF THE TENNESSEE. PITT’S MINISTRY, 1759–1760CHAPTER XVI. POSSESSION TAKEN OF THE COUNTRY ON THE LAKES. PITT’S MINISTRY, 1760CHAPTER XVII. THE KING AND THE ARISTOCRACY AGAINST THE GREAT COMMONER. GEORGE III DRIVES OUT PITT, 1760–1761CHAPTER XVIII. THE ACTS OF TRADE PROVOKE REVOLUTION. THE REMODELING OF THE COLONIAL GOVERNMENTS, 1761–1762CHAPTER XIX. THE KING DRIVES OUT THE NEWCASTLE WHIGS. THE DAWN OF THE NEW REPUBLIC, 1762–1768 Dusty Tomes Audio Books are public domain books retrieved from the ravages of time. Available as never before, as an audiobook, for your pleasure and consideration.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652166">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652166</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: History of the United States of America, Volume II: From the Discovery of the Continent
Author: George Bancroft
Narrator: Joseph Tabler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 55 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Dusty Tomes Audio BookIn Cooperation with Spoken Realms Volume 2 of History of the United States of America: From the Discovery of the Continent by George Bancroft. A major US history series in six volumes. “Author’s Last Revision” 1883 by D. Appleton and Company. Bancroft as US Secretary of the Navy established the United States Naval Academy at Annapolis. He was a senior American diplomat in Europe, leading diplomatic missions to Britain and Germany. His comprehensive study of the origins and development of the United States caused him to be referred to as the “Father of American history.” From the Author’s Preface regarding the Last Revision to the series:… greater precision has been sought for; the fitter word that offered itself accepted; and, without the surrender of the right of history to pronounce its opinion, care has been taken never unduly to forestall the judgment of the reader, but to leave events as they sweep onward to speak their own condemnation or praise. From a 2008 Review by Stephen W. Sawyer:For Bancroft, then, the historian brought the Revolution to life in the present in order that it might circulate within the country and throughout humanity. Bancroft was convinced that a poet-historian could uncover the democratic ideal that was unfolding in the American project.Dawes and Nichols argued that Bancroft was a sound historian in that he grounded his work in archival material. “George Bancroft was the first American historian who conscientiously endeavored to make no important statement without reference to an original document.” “The author exercises powers of narration which enable the reader to watch the drama of man’s experience proceed like a splendid and inspiring pageant.” (Dawes and Nichols 280) These remarks still capture an essential element of Bancroft’s project. He saw his writing, literary or poetical as it may have been, as part of the “realization” of man’s experience with democracy. This was the Bancroft that was celebrated in the first half of the nineteenth century, pushed aside in the nationalist consensus of American historical professionalism in the 1890s, and then rediscovered in the inter-war period. He was not describing a democracy that already existed in flowery prose, but employing the poet’s pen to give life to a democratic project which he thought was in the making. Editor’s IntroductionAuthor’s PrefaceCONTENTS OF THE SECOND VOLUMEHISTORY OF THE COLONIZATION OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA PART IIICOLONIZATION OF THE WEST AND OF GEORGIACHAPTER I. THE SOUTHERN STATES AFTER THE REVOLUTIONCHAPTER II. THE MIDDLE STATES AFTER THE REVOLUTIONCHAPTER III. NEW ENGLAND AFTER THE REVOLUTIONCHAPTER IV. PARLIAMENT AND THE COLONIESCHAPTER V. THE RED MEN EAST OF THE MISSISSIPPICHAPTER VI. THE LANGUAGES AND MANNERS OF THE RED MENCHAPTER VII. POLITY AND RELIGION OF THE RED MENCHAPTER VIII. THE NATURE AND ORIGIN OF THE RED MENCHAPTER IX. PROGRESS OF FRANCE IN NORTH AMERICACHAPTER X. FRANCE AND THE VALLEY OF THE MISSISSIPPICHAPTER XI. THE RIVALRY OF FRANCE AND GREAT BRITAIN IN AMERICACHAPTER XII. THE WAR OF THE SPANISH SUCCESSIONCHAPTER XIII. OF THE BOUNDARIES OF BRITISH, FRENCH, AND SPANISH COLONIESCHAPTER XIV. PROGRESS OF LOUISIANACHAPTER XV. COLONIAL ADMINISTRATION UNDER THE HOUSE OF HANOVERCHAPTER XVI. THE BRITISH SLAVE-TRADE. COLONIZATION OF GEORGIACHAPTER XVII. WAR BETWEEN GREAT BRITAIN AND SPAIN, 1739–1748 THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION IN FIVE EPOCHSI. BRITAIN OVERTHROWS THE EUROPEAN COLONIAL SYSTEMCHAPTER I. AMERICA CLAIMS LEGISLATIVE INDEPENDENCE OF ENGLAND. HENRY PELHAM’S ADMINISTRATION, 1748CHAPTER II. THE ROYAL GOVERNOR OF NEW YORK APPEALS TO THE PARAMOUNT POWER OF BRITAIN. HENRY PELHAM’S ADMINISTRATION, 1748–1749CHAPTER III. THE EXPLORATION OF OHIO. PELHAM’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUEDCHAPTER IV. AMERICA REFUSES TO BE RULED BY ARBITRARY INSTRUCTIONS. PELHAM’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUED, 1751–1753CHAPTER V. FRANKLIN PLANS UNION FOR THE AMERICAN PEOPLE. PELHAM’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUED, 1758–1754CHAPTER VI. THE OLD THIRTEEN COLONIES. NEWCASTLE’S ADMINISTRATIONCHAPTER VII. THE MINISTERS ARE ADVISED TO TAX AMERICA BY ACT OF PARLIAMENT NEWCASTLE’S ADMINISTRATION, 1754–1755CHAPTER VIII. ENGLAND AND FRANCE CONTEND FOR THE OHIO VALLEY AND FOR ACADIA. NEWCASTLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUED, 1755CHAPTER IX. GREAT BRITAIN UNITES AMERICA UNDER MILITARY RULE. NEWCASTLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUED, 1755–1756CHAPTER X. THE ARISTOCRACY WITHOUT THE PEOPLE CANNOT GOVERN ENGLAND. NEWCASTLE’S ADMINISTRATION CONTINUED, 1756–1757CHAPTER XI. THE WHIG ARISTOCRACY CANNOT CONQUER CANADA. ANARCHY IN THE ADMINISTRATION, 1757CHAPTER XII. THE NEW PROTESTANT POWERS AGAINST THE CATHOLIC POWERS OF THE MIDDLE AGE. WILLIAM PITT’S MINISTRYCHAPTER XIII. CONQUEST OF THE VALLEY OF THE WEST. PITT’S MINISTRY, 1757–1758CHAPTER XIV. THE CONQUEST OF CANADA. PITT’S MINISTRY CONTINUED, 1759CHAPTER XV. INVASION OF THE VALLEY OF THE TENNESSEE. PITT’S MINISTRY, 1759–1760CHAPTER XVI. POSSESSION TAKEN OF THE COUNTRY ON THE LAKES. PITT’S MINISTRY, 1760CHAPTER XVII. THE KING AND THE ARISTOCRACY AGAINST THE GREAT COMMONER. GEORGE III DRIVES OUT PITT, 1760–1761CHAPTER XVIII. THE ACTS OF TRADE PROVOKE REVOLUTION. THE REMODELING OF THE COLONIAL GOVERNMENTS, 1761–1762CHAPTER XIX. THE KING DRIVES OUT THE NEWCASTLE WHIGS. THE DAWN OF THE NEW REPUBLIC, 1762–1768 Dusty Tomes Audio Books are public domain books retrieved from the ravages of time. Available as never before, as an audiobook, for your pleasure and consideration.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dwelling Place: A Plantation Epic by Erskine Clarke</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652106</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dwelling Place: A Plantation Epic
Author: Erskine Clarke
Narrator: Langston Darby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 25 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Published some thirty years ago, Robert Manson Myers&amp;#039;s Children of Pride won the National Book Award in history and went on to become a classic reference on America&amp;#039;s slaveholding South. That book presented the letters of the prominent Presbyterian minister and plantation patriarch Charles Colcock Jones (1804–1863), whose family owned more than a hundred slaves. While extensive, these letters can provide only one part of the story of the Jones family plantations in Georgia. In this remarkable book, the religious historian Erskine Clarke completes the story, offering a narrative history of four generations of the plantations&amp;#039; inhabitants, white and black. Encompassing the years 1805 to 1869, Dwelling Place describes the simultaneous but vastly different experiences of slave and slave owner. This &amp;#039;upstairs-downstairs&amp;#039; history reveals in detail how the benevolent impulses of Jones and his family became ideological supports for deep oppression, and how the slave Lizzy Jones and members of her family struggled against oppression. Through letters, plantation and church records, court documents, slave narratives, archaeological findings, and the memory of the African American community, Clarke brings to light the long-suppressed history of the slaves of the Jones plantations—a history inseparably bound to that of their white owners.</description>
      <author>Erskine Clarke</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765042281.mp3" length="7700452" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652106</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765042281.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>29:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dwelling Place: A Plantation Epic
Author: Erskine Clarke
Narrator: Langston Darby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 25 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Published some thirty years ago, Robert Manson Myers&amp;#039;s Children of Pride won the National Book Award in history and went on to become a classic reference on America&amp;#039;s slaveholding South. That book presented the letters of the prominent Presbyterian minister and plantation patriarch Charles Colcock Jones (1804–1863), whose family owned more than a hundred slaves. While extensive, these letters can provide only one part of the story of the Jones family plantations in Georgia. In this remarkable book, the religious historian Erskine Clarke completes the story, offering a narrative history of four generations of the plantations&amp;#039; inhabitants, white and black. Encompassing the years 1805 to 1869, Dwelling Place describes the simultaneous but vastly different experiences of slave and slave owner. This &amp;#039;upstairs-downstairs&amp;#039; history reveals in detail how the benevolent impulses of Jones and his family became ideological supports for deep oppression, and how the slave Lizzy Jones and members of her family struggled against oppression. Through letters, plantation and church records, court documents, slave narratives, archaeological findings, and the memory of the African American community, Clarke brings to light the long-suppressed history of the slaves of the Jones plantations—a history inseparably bound to that of their white owners.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dwelling Place: A Plantation Epic
Author: Erskine Clarke
Narrator: Langston Darby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 25 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Published some thirty years ago, Robert Manson Myers&amp;#039;s Children of Pride won the National Book Award in history and went on to become a classic reference on America&amp;#039;s slaveholding South. That book presented the letters of the prominent Presbyterian minister and plantation patriarch Charles Colcock Jones (1804–1863), whose family owned more than a hundred slaves. While extensive, these letters can provide only one part of the story of the Jones family plantations in Georgia. In this remarkable book, the religious historian Erskine Clarke completes the story, offering a narrative history of four generations of the plantations&amp;#039; inhabitants, white and black. Encompassing the years 1805 to 1869, Dwelling Place describes the simultaneous but vastly different experiences of slave and slave owner. This &amp;#039;upstairs-downstairs&amp;#039; history reveals in detail how the benevolent impulses of Jones and his family became ideological supports for deep oppression, and how the slave Lizzy Jones and members of her family struggled against oppression. Through letters, plantation and church records, court documents, slave narratives, archaeological findings, and the memory of the African American community, Clarke brings to light the long-suppressed history of the slaves of the Jones plantations—a history inseparably bound to that of their white owners.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Walk Through Fire: The Train Disaster that Changed America by Yasmine S. Ali MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652094</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walk Through Fire: The Train Disaster that Changed America
Author: Yasmine S. Ali MD
Narrator: Yasmine S. Ali
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On February 22, 1978, a devastating freight train derailment drastically altered Waverly, Tennessee, and its place in history. This was one of the worst train explosions of the twentieth century, killing sixteen people, injuring hundreds more, and causing millions of dollars in damage.   What could have been dismissed as a single community&amp;#039;s terrible misfortune instead became the catalyst for radical change, including the formation of FEMA, much-needed reforms in emergency response training, and the creation and enforcement of national and state safety regulations. Response to the disaster reshaped American infrastructure and laid the groundwork for the future of emergency management and disaster relief . . . and yet most Americans have never heard of Waverly.   Dr. Yasmine S. Ali, an award-winning medical writer and Waverly native, sets out to change this in Walk Through Fire, drawing from over a decade of meticulous research and interviews with survivors, first responders, and other firsthand accounts. Ali weaves a compelling narrative of small-town tragedy set against the broader backdrop of United States railroad history, rural healthcare, and other elements of American infrastructure that played a part in the creation—and the aftermath—of the Disaster.</description>
      <author>Yasmine S. Ali MD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765074800.mp3" length="7869224" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652094</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765074800.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walk Through Fire: The Train Disaster that Changed America
Author: Yasmine S. Ali MD
Narrator: Yasmine S. Ali
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On February 22, 1978, a devastating freight train derailment drastically altered Waverly, Tennessee, and its place in history. This was one of the worst train explosions of the twentieth century, killing sixteen people, injuring hundreds more, and causing millions of dollars in damage.   What could have been dismissed as a single community&amp;#039;s terrible misfortune instead became the catalyst for radical change, including the formation of FEMA, much-needed reforms in emergency response training, and the creation and enforcement of national and state safety regulations. Response to the disaster reshaped American infrastructure and laid the groundwork for the future of emergency management and disaster relief . . . and yet most Americans have never heard of Waverly.   Dr. Yasmine S. Ali, an award-winning medical writer and Waverly native, sets out to change this in Walk Through Fire, drawing from over a decade of meticulous research and interviews with survivors, first responders, and other firsthand accounts. Ali weaves a compelling narrative of small-town tragedy set against the broader backdrop of United States railroad history, rural healthcare, and other elements of American infrastructure that played a part in the creation—and the aftermath—of the Disaster.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walk Through Fire: The Train Disaster that Changed America
Author: Yasmine S. Ali MD
Narrator: Yasmine S. Ali
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On February 22, 1978, a devastating freight train derailment drastically altered Waverly, Tennessee, and its place in history. This was one of the worst train explosions of the twentieth century, killing sixteen people, injuring hundreds more, and causing millions of dollars in damage.   What could have been dismissed as a single community&amp;#039;s terrible misfortune instead became the catalyst for radical change, including the formation of FEMA, much-needed reforms in emergency response training, and the creation and enforcement of national and state safety regulations. Response to the disaster reshaped American infrastructure and laid the groundwork for the future of emergency management and disaster relief . . . and yet most Americans have never heard of Waverly.   Dr. Yasmine S. Ali, an award-winning medical writer and Waverly native, sets out to change this in Walk Through Fire, drawing from over a decade of meticulous research and interviews with survivors, first responders, and other firsthand accounts. Ali weaves a compelling narrative of small-town tragedy set against the broader backdrop of United States railroad history, rural healthcare, and other elements of American infrastructure that played a part in the creation—and the aftermath—of the Disaster.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All Roads Led to Gettysburg: A New Look at the Civil War&amp;#039;s Pivotal Campaign by Troy D. Harman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652086</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Roads Led to Gettysburg: A New Look at the Civil War&amp;#039;s Pivotal Campaign
Author: Troy D. Harman
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
It has long been a trope of Civil War history that Gettysburg was an accidental battlefield. Troy D. Harman argues for a new interpretation: once Lee invaded Pennsylvania and the Union army pursued, a battle at Gettysburg was entirely predictable, perhaps inevitable. Most Civil War battles took place along major roads, railroads, and waterways. And yet this perspective hasn&amp;#039;t been fully explored when it comes to Gettysburg. Moreover, once the battle started, Harman argues, the blue and gray fought tactically for the two creeks that mark the battlefield in the east and the west as well as for the roadways that led to Gettysburg from all points of the compass. This is a perspective often overlooked in many accounts of the battle, which focus on the high ground—the Round Tops, Cemetery Hill—as key tactical objectives. Gettysburg Ranger and historian Troy Harman draws on a lifetime of researching the Civil War and more than thirty years of studying the terrain of Gettysburg and south-central Pennsylvania and northern Maryland to reframe the story of the Battle of Gettysburg. In the process he shows there&amp;#039;s still much to say about one of history&amp;#039;s most written-about battles.</description>
      <author>Troy D. Harman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350810905.mp3" length="8780610" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652086</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350810905.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Roads Led to Gettysburg: A New Look at the Civil War&amp;#039;s Pivotal Campaign
Author: Troy D. Harman
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
It has long been a trope of Civil War history that Gettysburg was an accidental battlefield. Troy D. Harman argues for a new interpretation: once Lee invaded Pennsylvania and the Union army pursued, a battle at Gettysburg was entirely predictable, perhaps inevitable. Most Civil War battles took place along major roads, railroads, and waterways. And yet this perspective hasn&amp;#039;t been fully explored when it comes to Gettysburg. Moreover, once the battle started, Harman argues, the blue and gray fought tactically for the two creeks that mark the battlefield in the east and the west as well as for the roadways that led to Gettysburg from all points of the compass. This is a perspective often overlooked in many accounts of the battle, which focus on the high ground—the Round Tops, Cemetery Hill—as key tactical objectives. Gettysburg Ranger and historian Troy Harman draws on a lifetime of researching the Civil War and more than thirty years of studying the terrain of Gettysburg and south-central Pennsylvania and northern Maryland to reframe the story of the Battle of Gettysburg. In the process he shows there&amp;#039;s still much to say about one of history&amp;#039;s most written-about battles.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Roads Led to Gettysburg: A New Look at the Civil War&amp;#039;s Pivotal Campaign
Author: Troy D. Harman
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
It has long been a trope of Civil War history that Gettysburg was an accidental battlefield. Troy D. Harman argues for a new interpretation: once Lee invaded Pennsylvania and the Union army pursued, a battle at Gettysburg was entirely predictable, perhaps inevitable. Most Civil War battles took place along major roads, railroads, and waterways. And yet this perspective hasn&amp;#039;t been fully explored when it comes to Gettysburg. Moreover, once the battle started, Harman argues, the blue and gray fought tactically for the two creeks that mark the battlefield in the east and the west as well as for the roadways that led to Gettysburg from all points of the compass. This is a perspective often overlooked in many accounts of the battle, which focus on the high ground—the Round Tops, Cemetery Hill—as key tactical objectives. Gettysburg Ranger and historian Troy Harman draws on a lifetime of researching the Civil War and more than thirty years of studying the terrain of Gettysburg and south-central Pennsylvania and northern Maryland to reframe the story of the Battle of Gettysburg. In the process he shows there&amp;#039;s still much to say about one of history&amp;#039;s most written-about battles.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>City of Newsmen: Public Lies and Professional Secrets in Cold War Washington by Kathryn J. Mcgarr</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652084</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652084">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652084</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: City of Newsmen: Public Lies and Professional Secrets in Cold War Washington
Author: Kathryn J. Mcgarr
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Americans&amp;#039; current trust in journalists is at a dismayingly low ebb, particularly on the subject of national and international politics. It might be tempting to look back to the mid-twentieth century, when the nation&amp;#039;s press corps was a seemingly venerable and monolithic institution that conveyed the official line from Washington with nary a glint of anti-patriotic cynicism. As Kathryn McGarr&amp;#039;s City of Newsmen shows, however, the real story of what Cold War–era journalists did and how they did it wasn&amp;#039;t exactly the one you&amp;#039;d find in the morning papers. City of Newsmen explores foreign policy journalism in Washington during and after World War II—a time supposedly defined by the press&amp;#039;s blind patriotism and groupthink. McGarr ventures into the back hallways and private clubs of the 1940s and 1950s to show how white male reporters suppressed their skepticism to build one of the most powerful and enduring constructed realities in recent US history—the Washington Cold War consensus. Though by the 1960s, this set of reporters was seen as unduly complicit with the government—failing to openly critique the decisions and worldviews that led to disasters like the Vietnam War—McGarr shows how self-aware these reporters were as they negotiated for access, prominence, and, yes, the truth—even as they denied those things to their readers.</description>
      <author>Kathryn J. Mcgarr</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765098509.mp3" length="8211360" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652084</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765098509.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652084">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652084</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: City of Newsmen: Public Lies and Professional Secrets in Cold War Washington
Author: Kathryn J. Mcgarr
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Americans&amp;#039; current trust in journalists is at a dismayingly low ebb, particularly on the subject of national and international politics. It might be tempting to look back to the mid-twentieth century, when the nation&amp;#039;s press corps was a seemingly venerable and monolithic institution that conveyed the official line from Washington with nary a glint of anti-patriotic cynicism. As Kathryn McGarr&amp;#039;s City of Newsmen shows, however, the real story of what Cold War–era journalists did and how they did it wasn&amp;#039;t exactly the one you&amp;#039;d find in the morning papers. City of Newsmen explores foreign policy journalism in Washington during and after World War II—a time supposedly defined by the press&amp;#039;s blind patriotism and groupthink. McGarr ventures into the back hallways and private clubs of the 1940s and 1950s to show how white male reporters suppressed their skepticism to build one of the most powerful and enduring constructed realities in recent US history—the Washington Cold War consensus. Though by the 1960s, this set of reporters was seen as unduly complicit with the government—failing to openly critique the decisions and worldviews that led to disasters like the Vietnam War—McGarr shows how self-aware these reporters were as they negotiated for access, prominence, and, yes, the truth—even as they denied those things to their readers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652084">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652084</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: City of Newsmen: Public Lies and Professional Secrets in Cold War Washington
Author: Kathryn J. Mcgarr
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Americans&amp;#039; current trust in journalists is at a dismayingly low ebb, particularly on the subject of national and international politics. It might be tempting to look back to the mid-twentieth century, when the nation&amp;#039;s press corps was a seemingly venerable and monolithic institution that conveyed the official line from Washington with nary a glint of anti-patriotic cynicism. As Kathryn McGarr&amp;#039;s City of Newsmen shows, however, the real story of what Cold War–era journalists did and how they did it wasn&amp;#039;t exactly the one you&amp;#039;d find in the morning papers. City of Newsmen explores foreign policy journalism in Washington during and after World War II—a time supposedly defined by the press&amp;#039;s blind patriotism and groupthink. McGarr ventures into the back hallways and private clubs of the 1940s and 1950s to show how white male reporters suppressed their skepticism to build one of the most powerful and enduring constructed realities in recent US history—the Washington Cold War consensus. Though by the 1960s, this set of reporters was seen as unduly complicit with the government—failing to openly critique the decisions and worldviews that led to disasters like the Vietnam War—McGarr shows how self-aware these reporters were as they negotiated for access, prominence, and, yes, the truth—even as they denied those things to their readers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jailing the Johnstown Judge: Joe O&amp;#039;Kicki, the Mob and Corrupt Justice by Bruce Siwy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652078</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652078">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652078</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jailing the Johnstown Judge: Joe O&amp;#039;Kicki, the Mob and Corrupt Justice
Author: Bruce Siwy
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1988, Judge Joe O&amp;#039;Kicki was regarded by his peers as one of the most brilliant legal minds in the United States. He was newly remarried, sworn in as the president judge of a Pennsylvania county and on the fast track to a federal bench . . .  Silently, however, a state police vice unit was in the midst of covert operation into O&amp;#039;Kicki&amp;#039;s personal affairs. The judge would be accused of soliciting bribes, frequenting brothels, and running the county as if he were a &amp;#039;battleship commander.&amp;#039; Later he&amp;#039;d concoct a plan to flee the country and exact revenge on his enemies. Set in the aftermath of the 1977 Johnstown flood and including courtroom testimony, the memos of whistleblowers, contemporary interviews, and excerpts from O&amp;#039;Kicki&amp;#039;s unfinished tell-all memoir, Jailing the Johnstown Judge is a fresh examination of the extraordinary western Pennsylvania case that attained international infamy.</description>
      <author>Bruce Siwy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350812541.mp3" length="8517899" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652078</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350812541.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652078">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652078</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jailing the Johnstown Judge: Joe O&amp;#039;Kicki, the Mob and Corrupt Justice
Author: Bruce Siwy
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1988, Judge Joe O&amp;#039;Kicki was regarded by his peers as one of the most brilliant legal minds in the United States. He was newly remarried, sworn in as the president judge of a Pennsylvania county and on the fast track to a federal bench . . .  Silently, however, a state police vice unit was in the midst of covert operation into O&amp;#039;Kicki&amp;#039;s personal affairs. The judge would be accused of soliciting bribes, frequenting brothels, and running the county as if he were a &amp;#039;battleship commander.&amp;#039; Later he&amp;#039;d concoct a plan to flee the country and exact revenge on his enemies. Set in the aftermath of the 1977 Johnstown flood and including courtroom testimony, the memos of whistleblowers, contemporary interviews, and excerpts from O&amp;#039;Kicki&amp;#039;s unfinished tell-all memoir, Jailing the Johnstown Judge is a fresh examination of the extraordinary western Pennsylvania case that attained international infamy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652078">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652078</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jailing the Johnstown Judge: Joe O&amp;#039;Kicki, the Mob and Corrupt Justice
Author: Bruce Siwy
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1988, Judge Joe O&amp;#039;Kicki was regarded by his peers as one of the most brilliant legal minds in the United States. He was newly remarried, sworn in as the president judge of a Pennsylvania county and on the fast track to a federal bench . . .  Silently, however, a state police vice unit was in the midst of covert operation into O&amp;#039;Kicki&amp;#039;s personal affairs. The judge would be accused of soliciting bribes, frequenting brothels, and running the county as if he were a &amp;#039;battleship commander.&amp;#039; Later he&amp;#039;d concoct a plan to flee the country and exact revenge on his enemies. Set in the aftermath of the 1977 Johnstown flood and including courtroom testimony, the memos of whistleblowers, contemporary interviews, and excerpts from O&amp;#039;Kicki&amp;#039;s unfinished tell-all memoir, Jailing the Johnstown Judge is a fresh examination of the extraordinary western Pennsylvania case that attained international infamy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blood on the Coal: The True Story of the Great Springhill Mine Disaster by Ken Cuthbertson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651480</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blood on the Coal: The True Story of the Great Springhill Mine Disaster
Author: Ken Cuthbertson
Narrator: Miles Meili
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 1 minute
Release date: September 12, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The riveting true story of one of Canada’s worst mining disasters, told in the voices of the men who survived it Foreword by Anne Murray They said it was the world’s deepest and most dangerous coal mine. That claim was probably correct. What is certain is that in October 1958, the Dominion Steel and Coal Corporation’s No. 2 colliery at Springhill, Nova Scotia, was a leading candidate for both those dubious distinctions. The mine was the proverbial “disaster waiting to happen.” And it did.  Springhill was the quintessential one-industry town. Its existence depended on coal, and in 1958 the market for that commodity was dying. And yet something far worse was to come. On the night of October 23, a “bump” in the mine—actually a small earthquake—shook the ground beneath the town. Seventy-five miners died and scores more were injured in what remains one of Canada’s worst underground disasters. The lives of the survivors were shattered, and Springhill would never be the same again.  In compelling detail, Ken Cuthbertson tells the stories of three of the miners and one of the doctors who cared for them following the disaster. This remarkable book is based on historical documents and interviews, as well as new interviews with the last of the surviving miners and their loved ones. It is a story of heroism, sacrifice and the indomitable strength of the human spirit.</description>
      <author>Ken Cuthbertson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781443467940.mp3" length="1310221" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651480</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781443467940.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blood on the Coal: The True Story of the Great Springhill Mine Disaster
Author: Ken Cuthbertson
Narrator: Miles Meili
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 1 minute
Release date: September 12, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The riveting true story of one of Canada’s worst mining disasters, told in the voices of the men who survived it Foreword by Anne Murray They said it was the world’s deepest and most dangerous coal mine. That claim was probably correct. What is certain is that in October 1958, the Dominion Steel and Coal Corporation’s No. 2 colliery at Springhill, Nova Scotia, was a leading candidate for both those dubious distinctions. The mine was the proverbial “disaster waiting to happen.” And it did.  Springhill was the quintessential one-industry town. Its existence depended on coal, and in 1958 the market for that commodity was dying. And yet something far worse was to come. On the night of October 23, a “bump” in the mine—actually a small earthquake—shook the ground beneath the town. Seventy-five miners died and scores more were injured in what remains one of Canada’s worst underground disasters. The lives of the survivors were shattered, and Springhill would never be the same again.  In compelling detail, Ken Cuthbertson tells the stories of three of the miners and one of the doctors who cared for them following the disaster. This remarkable book is based on historical documents and interviews, as well as new interviews with the last of the surviving miners and their loved ones. It is a story of heroism, sacrifice and the indomitable strength of the human spirit.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blood on the Coal: The True Story of the Great Springhill Mine Disaster
Author: Ken Cuthbertson
Narrator: Miles Meili
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 1 minute
Release date: September 12, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The riveting true story of one of Canada’s worst mining disasters, told in the voices of the men who survived it Foreword by Anne Murray They said it was the world’s deepest and most dangerous coal mine. That claim was probably correct. What is certain is that in October 1958, the Dominion Steel and Coal Corporation’s No. 2 colliery at Springhill, Nova Scotia, was a leading candidate for both those dubious distinctions. The mine was the proverbial “disaster waiting to happen.” And it did.  Springhill was the quintessential one-industry town. Its existence depended on coal, and in 1958 the market for that commodity was dying. And yet something far worse was to come. On the night of October 23, a “bump” in the mine—actually a small earthquake—shook the ground beneath the town. Seventy-five miners died and scores more were injured in what remains one of Canada’s worst underground disasters. The lives of the survivors were shattered, and Springhill would never be the same again.  In compelling detail, Ken Cuthbertson tells the stories of three of the miners and one of the doctors who cared for them following the disaster. This remarkable book is based on historical documents and interviews, as well as new interviews with the last of the surviving miners and their loved ones. It is a story of heroism, sacrifice and the indomitable strength of the human spirit.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Knowing by Tanya Talaga</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651479</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Knowing
Author: Tanya Talaga
Narrator: Tanya Talaga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From Tanya Talaga, the critically acclaimed and award-winning author of Seven Fallen Feathers, comes a riveting exploration of her family’s story and a retelling of the history of the country we now call Canada For generations, Indigenous People have known that their family members disappeared, many of them after being sent to residential schools, “Indian hospitals” and asylums through a coordinated system designed to destroy who the First Nations, Métis and Inuit people are. This is one of Canada’s greatest open secrets, an unhealed wound that until recently lay hidden by shame and abandonment. The Knowing is the unfolding of Canadian history unlike anything we have ever read before. Award-winning and bestselling Anishinaabe author Tanya Talaga retells the history of this country as only she can—through an Indigenous lens, beginning with the life of her great-great grandmother Annie Carpenter and her family as they experienced decades of government- and Church-sanctioned enfranchisement and genocide. Deeply personal and meticulously researched, The Knowing is a seminal unravelling of the centuries-long oppression of Indigenous People that continues to reverberate in these communities today.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Tanya Talaga</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2024 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781443467537.mp3" length="1309798" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651479</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781443467537.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Knowing
Author: Tanya Talaga
Narrator: Tanya Talaga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From Tanya Talaga, the critically acclaimed and award-winning author of Seven Fallen Feathers, comes a riveting exploration of her family’s story and a retelling of the history of the country we now call Canada For generations, Indigenous People have known that their family members disappeared, many of them after being sent to residential schools, “Indian hospitals” and asylums through a coordinated system designed to destroy who the First Nations, Métis and Inuit people are. This is one of Canada’s greatest open secrets, an unhealed wound that until recently lay hidden by shame and abandonment. The Knowing is the unfolding of Canadian history unlike anything we have ever read before. Award-winning and bestselling Anishinaabe author Tanya Talaga retells the history of this country as only she can—through an Indigenous lens, beginning with the life of her great-great grandmother Annie Carpenter and her family as they experienced decades of government- and Church-sanctioned enfranchisement and genocide. Deeply personal and meticulously researched, The Knowing is a seminal unravelling of the centuries-long oppression of Indigenous People that continues to reverberate in these communities today.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Knowing
Author: Tanya Talaga
Narrator: Tanya Talaga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From Tanya Talaga, the critically acclaimed and award-winning author of Seven Fallen Feathers, comes a riveting exploration of her family’s story and a retelling of the history of the country we now call Canada For generations, Indigenous People have known that their family members disappeared, many of them after being sent to residential schools, “Indian hospitals” and asylums through a coordinated system designed to destroy who the First Nations, Métis and Inuit people are. This is one of Canada’s greatest open secrets, an unhealed wound that until recently lay hidden by shame and abandonment. The Knowing is the unfolding of Canadian history unlike anything we have ever read before. Award-winning and bestselling Anishinaabe author Tanya Talaga retells the history of this country as only she can—through an Indigenous lens, beginning with the life of her great-great grandmother Annie Carpenter and her family as they experienced decades of government- and Church-sanctioned enfranchisement and genocide. Deeply personal and meticulously researched, The Knowing is a seminal unravelling of the centuries-long oppression of Indigenous People that continues to reverberate in these communities today.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bartleby and Me: Reflections of an Old Scrivener by Gay Talese</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651478</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651478">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651478</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bartleby and Me: Reflections of an Old Scrivener
Author: Gay Talese
Narrator: Mike Ortego
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Literary Legend” (New York) Gay Talese retraces his pioneering career, marked by his fascination with the world&amp;#039;s hidden characters. In the concluding act of this &amp;#039;&amp;#039;incomparable&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (Air Mail) capstone book, Talese introduces readers to one final unforgettable story: the strange and riveting all new tale of Dr. Nicholas Bartha, who blew up his Manhattan brownstone—and himself—rather than relinquish his claim to the American dream. “New York is a city of things unnoticed,” a young reporter named Gay Talese wrote sixty years ago. He would spend the rest of his legendary career defying that statement by celebrating the people most reporters overlooked, understanding that it was through these minor characters that the epic story of New York and America unfolded. Inspired by Herman Melville’s great short story “Bartleby, the Scrivener,” Talese now revisits the unforgettable “nobodies” he has profiled in his celebrated career—from the New York Times’s anonymous obituary writer to Frank Sinatra’s entourage. In the book’s final act, a remarkable piece of original reporting titled “Dr. Bartha’s Brownstone,” Talese presents a new “Bartleby,” an unknown doctor who made his mark on the city one summer day in 2006.  Rising within the city of New York are about one million buildings. These include skyscrapers, apartment buildings, bodegas, schools, churches, and homeless shelters. Also spread through the city are more than 19,000 vacant lots, one of which suddenly appeared some years ago—at 34 East 62nd Street, between Madison and Park Avenues—when the unhappy owner of a brownstone at that address blew it up (with himself in it) rather than sell his cherished nineteenth-century high-stoop Neo-Grecian residence in order to pay the court-ordered sum of $4 million to the woman who had divorced him three years earlier. This man was a physician of sixty-six named Nicholas Bartha. On the morning of July 10, 2006, Dr. Bartha filled his building with gas that he had diverted from a pipe in the basement, and then he set off an explosion that reduced the fivestory premises into a fiery heap that would injure ten firefighters and five passersby and damage the interiors of thirteen apartments that stood to the west of the crumbled brownstone. Talese has been obsessed with Dr. Bartha’s story and spent the last seventeen years examining this single 20 x 100 foot New York City building lot, its serpentine past, and the unexpected triumphs and disasters encountered by its residents and owners—an unlikely cast featuring society wannabes, striving immigrants, Gilded Age powerbrokers, Russian financiers, and even a turncoat during the War of Independence—just as he has been obsessed with similar “nobodies” throughout his career. Concise, elegant, tragic, and whimsical, Bartleby and Me is the valedictory work of a master journalist.</description>
      <author>Gay Talese</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358578376.mp3" length="1363561" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651478</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358578376.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651478">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651478</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bartleby and Me: Reflections of an Old Scrivener
Author: Gay Talese
Narrator: Mike Ortego
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Literary Legend” (New York) Gay Talese retraces his pioneering career, marked by his fascination with the world&amp;#039;s hidden characters. In the concluding act of this &amp;#039;&amp;#039;incomparable&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (Air Mail) capstone book, Talese introduces readers to one final unforgettable story: the strange and riveting all new tale of Dr. Nicholas Bartha, who blew up his Manhattan brownstone—and himself—rather than relinquish his claim to the American dream. “New York is a city of things unnoticed,” a young reporter named Gay Talese wrote sixty years ago. He would spend the rest of his legendary career defying that statement by celebrating the people most reporters overlooked, understanding that it was through these minor characters that the epic story of New York and America unfolded. Inspired by Herman Melville’s great short story “Bartleby, the Scrivener,” Talese now revisits the unforgettable “nobodies” he has profiled in his celebrated career—from the New York Times’s anonymous obituary writer to Frank Sinatra’s entourage. In the book’s final act, a remarkable piece of original reporting titled “Dr. Bartha’s Brownstone,” Talese presents a new “Bartleby,” an unknown doctor who made his mark on the city one summer day in 2006.  Rising within the city of New York are about one million buildings. These include skyscrapers, apartment buildings, bodegas, schools, churches, and homeless shelters. Also spread through the city are more than 19,000 vacant lots, one of which suddenly appeared some years ago—at 34 East 62nd Street, between Madison and Park Avenues—when the unhappy owner of a brownstone at that address blew it up (with himself in it) rather than sell his cherished nineteenth-century high-stoop Neo-Grecian residence in order to pay the court-ordered sum of $4 million to the woman who had divorced him three years earlier. This man was a physician of sixty-six named Nicholas Bartha. On the morning of July 10, 2006, Dr. Bartha filled his building with gas that he had diverted from a pipe in the basement, and then he set off an explosion that reduced the fivestory premises into a fiery heap that would injure ten firefighters and five passersby and damage the interiors of thirteen apartments that stood to the west of the crumbled brownstone. Talese has been obsessed with Dr. Bartha’s story and spent the last seventeen years examining this single 20 x 100 foot New York City building lot, its serpentine past, and the unexpected triumphs and disasters encountered by its residents and owners—an unlikely cast featuring society wannabes, striving immigrants, Gilded Age powerbrokers, Russian financiers, and even a turncoat during the War of Independence—just as he has been obsessed with similar “nobodies” throughout his career. Concise, elegant, tragic, and whimsical, Bartleby and Me is the valedictory work of a master journalist.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651478">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651478</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bartleby and Me: Reflections of an Old Scrivener
Author: Gay Talese
Narrator: Mike Ortego
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Literary Legend” (New York) Gay Talese retraces his pioneering career, marked by his fascination with the world&amp;#039;s hidden characters. In the concluding act of this &amp;#039;&amp;#039;incomparable&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (Air Mail) capstone book, Talese introduces readers to one final unforgettable story: the strange and riveting all new tale of Dr. Nicholas Bartha, who blew up his Manhattan brownstone—and himself—rather than relinquish his claim to the American dream. “New York is a city of things unnoticed,” a young reporter named Gay Talese wrote sixty years ago. He would spend the rest of his legendary career defying that statement by celebrating the people most reporters overlooked, understanding that it was through these minor characters that the epic story of New York and America unfolded. Inspired by Herman Melville’s great short story “Bartleby, the Scrivener,” Talese now revisits the unforgettable “nobodies” he has profiled in his celebrated career—from the New York Times’s anonymous obituary writer to Frank Sinatra’s entourage. In the book’s final act, a remarkable piece of original reporting titled “Dr. Bartha’s Brownstone,” Talese presents a new “Bartleby,” an unknown doctor who made his mark on the city one summer day in 2006.  Rising within the city of New York are about one million buildings. These include skyscrapers, apartment buildings, bodegas, schools, churches, and homeless shelters. Also spread through the city are more than 19,000 vacant lots, one of which suddenly appeared some years ago—at 34 East 62nd Street, between Madison and Park Avenues—when the unhappy owner of a brownstone at that address blew it up (with himself in it) rather than sell his cherished nineteenth-century high-stoop Neo-Grecian residence in order to pay the court-ordered sum of $4 million to the woman who had divorced him three years earlier. This man was a physician of sixty-six named Nicholas Bartha. On the morning of July 10, 2006, Dr. Bartha filled his building with gas that he had diverted from a pipe in the basement, and then he set off an explosion that reduced the fivestory premises into a fiery heap that would injure ten firefighters and five passersby and damage the interiors of thirteen apartments that stood to the west of the crumbled brownstone. Talese has been obsessed with Dr. Bartha’s story and spent the last seventeen years examining this single 20 x 100 foot New York City building lot, its serpentine past, and the unexpected triumphs and disasters encountered by its residents and owners—an unlikely cast featuring society wannabes, striving immigrants, Gilded Age powerbrokers, Russian financiers, and even a turncoat during the War of Independence—just as he has been obsessed with similar “nobodies” throughout his career. Concise, elegant, tragic, and whimsical, Bartleby and Me is the valedictory work of a master journalist.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collision of Power: Trump, Bezos, and The Washington Post by Martin Baron</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651115</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651115">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651115</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Collision of Power: Trump, Bezos, and The Washington Post
Author: Martin Baron
Narrator: Liev Schreiber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This program features a prologue and epilogue read by the author. A monumental work of nonfiction that gives a first-row seat to the epic power struggle between politics, money, media, and tech—for fans of Maggie Haberman&amp;#039;s Confidence Man and Jane Mayer&amp;#039;s Dark Money.   Marty Baron took charge of The Washington Post newsroom in 2013, after nearly a dozen years leading The Boston Globe. Just seven months into his new job, Baron received explosive news: Jeff Bezos, the founder of Amazon, would buy the Post, marking a sudden end to control by the venerated family that had presided over the paper for 80 years. Just over two years later, Donald Trump won the presidency. Now, the capital’s newspaper, owned by one of the world’s richest men, was tasked with reporting on a president who had campaigned against the press as the “lowest form of humanity.” Pressures on Baron and his colleagues were immense and unrelenting, having to meet the demands of their new owner while contending with a president who waged a war of unprecedented vitriol and vengeance against the media. In the face of Trump’s unceasing attacks, Baron steadfastly managed the Post’s newsroom. Their groundbreaking and award-winning coverage included stories about Trump’s purported charitable giving, misconduct by the Secret Service, and Roy Moore’s troubling sexual history. At the same time, Baron managed a restive staff during a period of rapidly changing societal dynamics around gender and race. In Collision of Power, Baron recounts this with the tenacity of a reporter and the sure hand of an experienced editor. The result is elegant and revelatory—an urgent exploration of the nature of power in the 21st century. A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books.</description>
      <author>Martin Baron</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250902238.mp3" length="1438548" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651115</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250902238.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651115">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651115</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Collision of Power: Trump, Bezos, and The Washington Post
Author: Martin Baron
Narrator: Liev Schreiber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This program features a prologue and epilogue read by the author. A monumental work of nonfiction that gives a first-row seat to the epic power struggle between politics, money, media, and tech—for fans of Maggie Haberman&amp;#039;s Confidence Man and Jane Mayer&amp;#039;s Dark Money.   Marty Baron took charge of The Washington Post newsroom in 2013, after nearly a dozen years leading The Boston Globe. Just seven months into his new job, Baron received explosive news: Jeff Bezos, the founder of Amazon, would buy the Post, marking a sudden end to control by the venerated family that had presided over the paper for 80 years. Just over two years later, Donald Trump won the presidency. Now, the capital’s newspaper, owned by one of the world’s richest men, was tasked with reporting on a president who had campaigned against the press as the “lowest form of humanity.” Pressures on Baron and his colleagues were immense and unrelenting, having to meet the demands of their new owner while contending with a president who waged a war of unprecedented vitriol and vengeance against the media. In the face of Trump’s unceasing attacks, Baron steadfastly managed the Post’s newsroom. Their groundbreaking and award-winning coverage included stories about Trump’s purported charitable giving, misconduct by the Secret Service, and Roy Moore’s troubling sexual history. At the same time, Baron managed a restive staff during a period of rapidly changing societal dynamics around gender and race. In Collision of Power, Baron recounts this with the tenacity of a reporter and the sure hand of an experienced editor. The result is elegant and revelatory—an urgent exploration of the nature of power in the 21st century. A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651115">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651115</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Collision of Power: Trump, Bezos, and The Washington Post
Author: Martin Baron
Narrator: Liev Schreiber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This program features a prologue and epilogue read by the author. A monumental work of nonfiction that gives a first-row seat to the epic power struggle between politics, money, media, and tech—for fans of Maggie Haberman&amp;#039;s Confidence Man and Jane Mayer&amp;#039;s Dark Money.   Marty Baron took charge of The Washington Post newsroom in 2013, after nearly a dozen years leading The Boston Globe. Just seven months into his new job, Baron received explosive news: Jeff Bezos, the founder of Amazon, would buy the Post, marking a sudden end to control by the venerated family that had presided over the paper for 80 years. Just over two years later, Donald Trump won the presidency. Now, the capital’s newspaper, owned by one of the world’s richest men, was tasked with reporting on a president who had campaigned against the press as the “lowest form of humanity.” Pressures on Baron and his colleagues were immense and unrelenting, having to meet the demands of their new owner while contending with a president who waged a war of unprecedented vitriol and vengeance against the media. In the face of Trump’s unceasing attacks, Baron steadfastly managed the Post’s newsroom. Their groundbreaking and award-winning coverage included stories about Trump’s purported charitable giving, misconduct by the Secret Service, and Roy Moore’s troubling sexual history. At the same time, Baron managed a restive staff during a period of rapidly changing societal dynamics around gender and race. In Collision of Power, Baron recounts this with the tenacity of a reporter and the sure hand of an experienced editor. The result is elegant and revelatory—an urgent exploration of the nature of power in the 21st century. A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Leak: Politics, Activists, and Loss of Trust at Brookhaven National Laboratory by Robert P. Crease</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651012</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651012">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651012</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Leak: Politics, Activists, and Loss of Trust at Brookhaven National Laboratory
Author: Robert P. Crease
Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How the discovery of a harmless leak of radiation sparked a media firestorm, political grandstanding, and fearmongering that closed a vital scientific facility. In 1997, scientists at Brookhaven National Laboratory found a small leak of radioactive water near their research reactor. Brookhaven was—and is—a world-class, Nobel Prize–winning lab, and its reactor was the cornerstone of US materials science and one of the world&amp;#039;s finest research facilities. But its discovery triggered a media and political firestorm that resulted in the reactor&amp;#039;s shutdown, and even attempts to close the entire laboratory.   A quarter century later, the episode reveals the dynamics of today&amp;#039;s controversies in which fears and the dismissal of science disrupt serious discussion and research of vital issues. Key players include congressmen and scientists; journalists and university presidents; actors, supermodels, and anti-nuclear activists, all interacting and teaming up in surprising ways. The authors, each with insider knowledge of and access to confidential documents and the key players, reveal how a fact of no health significance could be portrayed as a Chernobyl-like disaster. This compelling exposé reveals the gaps between scientists, politicians, media, and the public that have only gotten more dangerous since 1997.</description>
      <author>Robert P. Crease</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765081846.mp3" length="7877130" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651012</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765081846.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651012">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651012</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Leak: Politics, Activists, and Loss of Trust at Brookhaven National Laboratory
Author: Robert P. Crease
Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How the discovery of a harmless leak of radiation sparked a media firestorm, political grandstanding, and fearmongering that closed a vital scientific facility. In 1997, scientists at Brookhaven National Laboratory found a small leak of radioactive water near their research reactor. Brookhaven was—and is—a world-class, Nobel Prize–winning lab, and its reactor was the cornerstone of US materials science and one of the world&amp;#039;s finest research facilities. But its discovery triggered a media and political firestorm that resulted in the reactor&amp;#039;s shutdown, and even attempts to close the entire laboratory.   A quarter century later, the episode reveals the dynamics of today&amp;#039;s controversies in which fears and the dismissal of science disrupt serious discussion and research of vital issues. Key players include congressmen and scientists; journalists and university presidents; actors, supermodels, and anti-nuclear activists, all interacting and teaming up in surprising ways. The authors, each with insider knowledge of and access to confidential documents and the key players, reveal how a fact of no health significance could be portrayed as a Chernobyl-like disaster. This compelling exposé reveals the gaps between scientists, politicians, media, and the public that have only gotten more dangerous since 1997.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651012">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651012</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Leak: Politics, Activists, and Loss of Trust at Brookhaven National Laboratory
Author: Robert P. Crease
Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How the discovery of a harmless leak of radiation sparked a media firestorm, political grandstanding, and fearmongering that closed a vital scientific facility. In 1997, scientists at Brookhaven National Laboratory found a small leak of radioactive water near their research reactor. Brookhaven was—and is—a world-class, Nobel Prize–winning lab, and its reactor was the cornerstone of US materials science and one of the world&amp;#039;s finest research facilities. But its discovery triggered a media and political firestorm that resulted in the reactor&amp;#039;s shutdown, and even attempts to close the entire laboratory.   A quarter century later, the episode reveals the dynamics of today&amp;#039;s controversies in which fears and the dismissal of science disrupt serious discussion and research of vital issues. Key players include congressmen and scientists; journalists and university presidents; actors, supermodels, and anti-nuclear activists, all interacting and teaming up in surprising ways. The authors, each with insider knowledge of and access to confidential documents and the key players, reveal how a fact of no health significance could be portrayed as a Chernobyl-like disaster. This compelling exposé reveals the gaps between scientists, politicians, media, and the public that have only gotten more dangerous since 1997.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Into the Amazon: The Life of Cândido Rondon, Trailblazing Explorer, Scientist, Statesman, and Conservationist by Larry Rohter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650999</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Into the Amazon: The Life of Cândido Rondon, Trailblazing Explorer, Scientist, Statesman, and Conservationist
Author: Larry Rohter
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 51 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A thrilling biography of the Indigenous Brazilian explorer, scientist, stateseman, and conservationist who guided Theodore Roosevelt on his journey down the River of Doubt. Cândido Rondon is by any measure the greatest tropical explorer in history. Between 1890 and 1930, he navigated scores of previously unmapped rivers, traversed untrodden mountain ranges, and hacked his way through jungles so inhospitable that even native peoples had avoided them—and led Theodore Roosevelt and his son, Kermit, on their celebrated &amp;#039;River of Doubt&amp;#039; journey in 1913–14. Upon leaving the Brazilian Army in 1930 with the rank of a two-star general, Rondon, himself of indigenous descent, devoted the remainder of his life to not only writing about the region&amp;#039;s flora and fauna, but also advocating for the peoples who inhabited the rainforest and lobbying for the creation of a system of national parks. Despite his many achievements—which include laying down a 1,200-mile telegraph line through the heart of the Amazon and three nominations for the Nobel Peace Prize—Rondon has never received his due. Originally published in Brazil, Into the Amazon is the first comprehensive biography of his life and remarkable career.</description>
      <author>Larry Rohter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 May 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696611268.mp3" length="8281647" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650999</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696611268.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Into the Amazon: The Life of Cândido Rondon, Trailblazing Explorer, Scientist, Statesman, and Conservationist
Author: Larry Rohter
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 51 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A thrilling biography of the Indigenous Brazilian explorer, scientist, stateseman, and conservationist who guided Theodore Roosevelt on his journey down the River of Doubt. Cândido Rondon is by any measure the greatest tropical explorer in history. Between 1890 and 1930, he navigated scores of previously unmapped rivers, traversed untrodden mountain ranges, and hacked his way through jungles so inhospitable that even native peoples had avoided them—and led Theodore Roosevelt and his son, Kermit, on their celebrated &amp;#039;River of Doubt&amp;#039; journey in 1913–14. Upon leaving the Brazilian Army in 1930 with the rank of a two-star general, Rondon, himself of indigenous descent, devoted the remainder of his life to not only writing about the region&amp;#039;s flora and fauna, but also advocating for the peoples who inhabited the rainforest and lobbying for the creation of a system of national parks. Despite his many achievements—which include laying down a 1,200-mile telegraph line through the heart of the Amazon and three nominations for the Nobel Peace Prize—Rondon has never received his due. Originally published in Brazil, Into the Amazon is the first comprehensive biography of his life and remarkable career.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Into the Amazon: The Life of Cândido Rondon, Trailblazing Explorer, Scientist, Statesman, and Conservationist
Author: Larry Rohter
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 51 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A thrilling biography of the Indigenous Brazilian explorer, scientist, stateseman, and conservationist who guided Theodore Roosevelt on his journey down the River of Doubt. Cândido Rondon is by any measure the greatest tropical explorer in history. Between 1890 and 1930, he navigated scores of previously unmapped rivers, traversed untrodden mountain ranges, and hacked his way through jungles so inhospitable that even native peoples had avoided them—and led Theodore Roosevelt and his son, Kermit, on their celebrated &amp;#039;River of Doubt&amp;#039; journey in 1913–14. Upon leaving the Brazilian Army in 1930 with the rank of a two-star general, Rondon, himself of indigenous descent, devoted the remainder of his life to not only writing about the region&amp;#039;s flora and fauna, but also advocating for the peoples who inhabited the rainforest and lobbying for the creation of a system of national parks. Despite his many achievements—which include laying down a 1,200-mile telegraph line through the heart of the Amazon and three nominations for the Nobel Peace Prize—Rondon has never received his due. Originally published in Brazil, Into the Amazon is the first comprehensive biography of his life and remarkable career.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Quien asesino a Manuel Rodriguez by Guillermo Parvex</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650765</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650765">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650765</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Quien asesino a Manuel Rodriguez
Author: Guillermo Parvex
Narrator: Daniel Streeter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 19, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Una crónica histórica que revela los misterios en torno  a la muerte del legendario guerrillero     ¿Quiénes estuvieron detrás de la muerte de Manuel Rodríguez? ¿Fue la  Logia Lautaro o una sociedad secreta ajena a ese grupo? ¿Por qué razón  se le persiguió, asesinó y posteriormente se ocultó a los autores  materiales de este crimen político? ¿Qué rol tuvieron los generales  Bernardo O#Higgins y José de San Martín en esta y en otras historias que  marcaron la época independentista? Guillermo Parvex #autor de varios  best seller de investigación histórica# se sumerge en los archivos de  uno de los hechos más enigmáticos en la forja de nuestra naciente  nación, el homicidio de Manuel Rodríguez Erdoyza ocurrido el 26 de mayo  de 1818. Un mes antes habían sido ejecutados los hermanos Juan José y  Luis Carrera, e igual suerte correría otro miembro de esa familia, José Miguel, tres años después.</description>
      <author>Guillermo Parvex</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Dec 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789566056997.mp3" length="1310212" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650765</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789566056997.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650765">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650765</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Quien asesino a Manuel Rodriguez
Author: Guillermo Parvex
Narrator: Daniel Streeter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 19, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Una crónica histórica que revela los misterios en torno  a la muerte del legendario guerrillero     ¿Quiénes estuvieron detrás de la muerte de Manuel Rodríguez? ¿Fue la  Logia Lautaro o una sociedad secreta ajena a ese grupo? ¿Por qué razón  se le persiguió, asesinó y posteriormente se ocultó a los autores  materiales de este crimen político? ¿Qué rol tuvieron los generales  Bernardo O#Higgins y José de San Martín en esta y en otras historias que  marcaron la época independentista? Guillermo Parvex #autor de varios  best seller de investigación histórica# se sumerge en los archivos de  uno de los hechos más enigmáticos en la forja de nuestra naciente  nación, el homicidio de Manuel Rodríguez Erdoyza ocurrido el 26 de mayo  de 1818. Un mes antes habían sido ejecutados los hermanos Juan José y  Luis Carrera, e igual suerte correría otro miembro de esa familia, José Miguel, tres años después.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650765">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650765</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Quien asesino a Manuel Rodriguez
Author: Guillermo Parvex
Narrator: Daniel Streeter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 19, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Una crónica histórica que revela los misterios en torno  a la muerte del legendario guerrillero     ¿Quiénes estuvieron detrás de la muerte de Manuel Rodríguez? ¿Fue la  Logia Lautaro o una sociedad secreta ajena a ese grupo? ¿Por qué razón  se le persiguió, asesinó y posteriormente se ocultó a los autores  materiales de este crimen político? ¿Qué rol tuvieron los generales  Bernardo O#Higgins y José de San Martín en esta y en otras historias que  marcaron la época independentista? Guillermo Parvex #autor de varios  best seller de investigación histórica# se sumerge en los archivos de  uno de los hechos más enigmáticos en la forja de nuestra naciente  nación, el homicidio de Manuel Rodríguez Erdoyza ocurrido el 26 de mayo  de 1818. Un mes antes habían sido ejecutados los hermanos Juan José y  Luis Carrera, e igual suerte correría otro miembro de esa familia, José Miguel, tres años después.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Highways and Heartaches: How Ricky Skaggs, Marty Stuart, and Children of the New South Saved the Soul of Country Music by Michael Streissguth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650355</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Highways and Heartaches: How Ricky Skaggs, Marty Stuart, and Children of the New South Saved the Soul of Country Music
Author: Michael Streissguth
Narrator: Jaime Lincoln Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 50 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this enlightening and entertaining book, experience the evolution of country music, from the 1970s Appalachian hillbilly chitlin&amp;#039; circuit to the 1980s country music boom that paved the way for modern Americana.  In a dim clearing off a county road in Kentucky sits a sagging outdoor stage buried in moss and dead leaves.  It used to be the centerpiece of carnival-like Sunday afternoons where local guitarists, fiddlers and mandolin players hammered out old mountain ballads and legends from the dawn of country music performed their classic hits. Most of the musicians who showed up have long since passed, but Nashville stars Ricky Skaggs and Marty Stuart survive.  They were barely teenagers in the early 1970s when they visited this stage in the care of legends Ralph Stanley and Lester Flatt, respectively. Skaggs and Stuart followed their bosses to dozens of stages throughout Appalachia and deeper into the American southland.  They were the children, absorbing the wondrous music and strange dramas around them as they became innovators and living symbols of country music. Highways and Heartaches takes readers on the rural circuit Skaggs and Stuart traveled, where an acoustic sound first assembled by masters such as Bill Monroe, Earl Scruggs, and Mother Maybelle Carter ruled the day. The young men were heirs to a bluegrass tradition transmitted to them early in life. One part mountain soul and another African American–influenced rhythm, the music they received was alternately celebrated and neglected in the more than fifty years after the two met in 1971, but since then it has never stopped evolving and influencing the wider American culture thanks to Skaggs and Stuart and other actors in this book, such as Jerry Douglas, Tony Rice, Keith Whitley, Emmylou Harris, and Linda Ronstadt. Riveting portraits of Johnny Cash, Ralph Stanley, Lester Flatt and other heartland-born figures emerge, too.     Molded by forces in postwar southern culture such as racial conflict, fringe politics, evangelicalism, growing federal government influence, and stubborn patterns of Appalachian living and thinking, Skaggs and Stuart injected the spirit of bluegrass into their hard-wrought experiments in mainstream country music later in life, fueling the profitability and credibility of the fabled genre. Skaggs’s new traditionalism of the 1980s, integrating mountain instruments with elements of contemporary country music, created a new sound for the masses and placed him in the vanguard of Nashville’s recording artists while Stuart embraced seminal influences and attitudes from the riches of American culture to produce a catalog of significant recordings.     Skaggs and Stuart’s friendship took years to jell, but their similar pathways reveal a shared dedication to the soul of country music and highlight the curious day-to-day experiences of two lads growing up on the demanding rural route in bluegrass culture. Their journeys—populated by grizzled mentors, fearsome undertows, and cultural upheaval—influenced their creativity and, ultimately, cut life-giving tributaries in the ungainly, eternal story of country music.</description>
      <author>Michael Streissguth</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668626344.mp3" length="939306" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650355</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668626344.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Highways and Heartaches: How Ricky Skaggs, Marty Stuart, and Children of the New South Saved the Soul of Country Music
Author: Michael Streissguth
Narrator: Jaime Lincoln Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 50 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this enlightening and entertaining book, experience the evolution of country music, from the 1970s Appalachian hillbilly chitlin&amp;#039; circuit to the 1980s country music boom that paved the way for modern Americana.  In a dim clearing off a county road in Kentucky sits a sagging outdoor stage buried in moss and dead leaves.  It used to be the centerpiece of carnival-like Sunday afternoons where local guitarists, fiddlers and mandolin players hammered out old mountain ballads and legends from the dawn of country music performed their classic hits. Most of the musicians who showed up have long since passed, but Nashville stars Ricky Skaggs and Marty Stuart survive.  They were barely teenagers in the early 1970s when they visited this stage in the care of legends Ralph Stanley and Lester Flatt, respectively. Skaggs and Stuart followed their bosses to dozens of stages throughout Appalachia and deeper into the American southland.  They were the children, absorbing the wondrous music and strange dramas around them as they became innovators and living symbols of country music. Highways and Heartaches takes readers on the rural circuit Skaggs and Stuart traveled, where an acoustic sound first assembled by masters such as Bill Monroe, Earl Scruggs, and Mother Maybelle Carter ruled the day. The young men were heirs to a bluegrass tradition transmitted to them early in life. One part mountain soul and another African American–influenced rhythm, the music they received was alternately celebrated and neglected in the more than fifty years after the two met in 1971, but since then it has never stopped evolving and influencing the wider American culture thanks to Skaggs and Stuart and other actors in this book, such as Jerry Douglas, Tony Rice, Keith Whitley, Emmylou Harris, and Linda Ronstadt. Riveting portraits of Johnny Cash, Ralph Stanley, Lester Flatt and other heartland-born figures emerge, too.     Molded by forces in postwar southern culture such as racial conflict, fringe politics, evangelicalism, growing federal government influence, and stubborn patterns of Appalachian living and thinking, Skaggs and Stuart injected the spirit of bluegrass into their hard-wrought experiments in mainstream country music later in life, fueling the profitability and credibility of the fabled genre. Skaggs’s new traditionalism of the 1980s, integrating mountain instruments with elements of contemporary country music, created a new sound for the masses and placed him in the vanguard of Nashville’s recording artists while Stuart embraced seminal influences and attitudes from the riches of American culture to produce a catalog of significant recordings.     Skaggs and Stuart’s friendship took years to jell, but their similar pathways reveal a shared dedication to the soul of country music and highlight the curious day-to-day experiences of two lads growing up on the demanding rural route in bluegrass culture. Their journeys—populated by grizzled mentors, fearsome undertows, and cultural upheaval—influenced their creativity and, ultimately, cut life-giving tributaries in the ungainly, eternal story of country music.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Highways and Heartaches: How Ricky Skaggs, Marty Stuart, and Children of the New South Saved the Soul of Country Music
Author: Michael Streissguth
Narrator: Jaime Lincoln Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 50 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this enlightening and entertaining book, experience the evolution of country music, from the 1970s Appalachian hillbilly chitlin&amp;#039; circuit to the 1980s country music boom that paved the way for modern Americana.  In a dim clearing off a county road in Kentucky sits a sagging outdoor stage buried in moss and dead leaves.  It used to be the centerpiece of carnival-like Sunday afternoons where local guitarists, fiddlers and mandolin players hammered out old mountain ballads and legends from the dawn of country music performed their classic hits. Most of the musicians who showed up have long since passed, but Nashville stars Ricky Skaggs and Marty Stuart survive.  They were barely teenagers in the early 1970s when they visited this stage in the care of legends Ralph Stanley and Lester Flatt, respectively. Skaggs and Stuart followed their bosses to dozens of stages throughout Appalachia and deeper into the American southland.  They were the children, absorbing the wondrous music and strange dramas around them as they became innovators and living symbols of country music. Highways and Heartaches takes readers on the rural circuit Skaggs and Stuart traveled, where an acoustic sound first assembled by masters such as Bill Monroe, Earl Scruggs, and Mother Maybelle Carter ruled the day. The young men were heirs to a bluegrass tradition transmitted to them early in life. One part mountain soul and another African American–influenced rhythm, the music they received was alternately celebrated and neglected in the more than fifty years after the two met in 1971, but since then it has never stopped evolving and influencing the wider American culture thanks to Skaggs and Stuart and other actors in this book, such as Jerry Douglas, Tony Rice, Keith Whitley, Emmylou Harris, and Linda Ronstadt. Riveting portraits of Johnny Cash, Ralph Stanley, Lester Flatt and other heartland-born figures emerge, too.     Molded by forces in postwar southern culture such as racial conflict, fringe politics, evangelicalism, growing federal government influence, and stubborn patterns of Appalachian living and thinking, Skaggs and Stuart injected the spirit of bluegrass into their hard-wrought experiments in mainstream country music later in life, fueling the profitability and credibility of the fabled genre. Skaggs’s new traditionalism of the 1980s, integrating mountain instruments with elements of contemporary country music, created a new sound for the masses and placed him in the vanguard of Nashville’s recording artists while Stuart embraced seminal influences and attitudes from the riches of American culture to produce a catalog of significant recordings.     Skaggs and Stuart’s friendship took years to jell, but their similar pathways reveal a shared dedication to the soul of country music and highlight the curious day-to-day experiences of two lads growing up on the demanding rural route in bluegrass culture. Their journeys—populated by grizzled mentors, fearsome undertows, and cultural upheaval—influenced their creativity and, ultimately, cut life-giving tributaries in the ungainly, eternal story of country music.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ira Hayes: The Akimel O&amp;#039;odham Warrior, World War II, and the Price of Heroism by Tom Holm</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650339</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ira Hayes: The Akimel O&amp;#039;odham Warrior, World War II, and the Price of Heroism
Author: Tom Holm
Narrator: Shaun Taylor Corbett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The gripping, forgotten tale of Ira Hayes—a Native American icon and World War II legend who famously helped raise the flag at Iwo Jima but spent the latter half of his life haunted by being a war hero.  IRA HAYES tells the story of Ira Hamilton Hayes from the perspective of a Native American combat veteran of the Vietnam generation. Hayes, along with five other Marines, was captured in Joe Rosenthal’s iconic photograph of raising the stars and stripes on Mount Suribachi during the battle for the Japanese Island of Iwo Jima. The photograph was the inspiration and model for the U.S. Marine Corps War Memorial in Arlington.   Between the time he helped raise that flag and his death—and beyond—he was the subject of more newspaper columns than any other Native person. He was hailed as a hero and maligned as a chronic alcoholic unable to take care of himself. IRA HAYES explores these fluctuating views of Ira Hayes. It reveals that they were primarily the product of American misconceptions about Native people, the nature of combat, and even alcoholism. Like most surviving veterans of combat, Ira did not think of himself as a heroic figure. There can be no doubt that Ira suffered from PTSD, which is a compound of survivor’s guilt, the shock of seeing death, especially of one’s friends, and the isolation brought on by feeling that no one could understand what he had been through. Ira’s life has been a subject of two motion pictures and a television drama. All these dramas sympathize with him, but ultimately fail to see his binge drinking as his way of temporarily escaping the melancholy, the rage he felt, his sense of betrayal, and the sheer boredom of peacetime.   IRA HAYES breaks apart the complexities of Ira’s short life in honor of all Native veterans who have been to war in the service of the United States. This is equally their story.</description>
      <author>Tom Holm</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Aug 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668626542.mp3" length="887402" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650339</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668626542.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ira Hayes: The Akimel O&amp;#039;odham Warrior, World War II, and the Price of Heroism
Author: Tom Holm
Narrator: Shaun Taylor Corbett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The gripping, forgotten tale of Ira Hayes—a Native American icon and World War II legend who famously helped raise the flag at Iwo Jima but spent the latter half of his life haunted by being a war hero.  IRA HAYES tells the story of Ira Hamilton Hayes from the perspective of a Native American combat veteran of the Vietnam generation. Hayes, along with five other Marines, was captured in Joe Rosenthal’s iconic photograph of raising the stars and stripes on Mount Suribachi during the battle for the Japanese Island of Iwo Jima. The photograph was the inspiration and model for the U.S. Marine Corps War Memorial in Arlington.   Between the time he helped raise that flag and his death—and beyond—he was the subject of more newspaper columns than any other Native person. He was hailed as a hero and maligned as a chronic alcoholic unable to take care of himself. IRA HAYES explores these fluctuating views of Ira Hayes. It reveals that they were primarily the product of American misconceptions about Native people, the nature of combat, and even alcoholism. Like most surviving veterans of combat, Ira did not think of himself as a heroic figure. There can be no doubt that Ira suffered from PTSD, which is a compound of survivor’s guilt, the shock of seeing death, especially of one’s friends, and the isolation brought on by feeling that no one could understand what he had been through. Ira’s life has been a subject of two motion pictures and a television drama. All these dramas sympathize with him, but ultimately fail to see his binge drinking as his way of temporarily escaping the melancholy, the rage he felt, his sense of betrayal, and the sheer boredom of peacetime.   IRA HAYES breaks apart the complexities of Ira’s short life in honor of all Native veterans who have been to war in the service of the United States. This is equally their story.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ira Hayes: The Akimel O&amp;#039;odham Warrior, World War II, and the Price of Heroism
Author: Tom Holm
Narrator: Shaun Taylor Corbett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The gripping, forgotten tale of Ira Hayes—a Native American icon and World War II legend who famously helped raise the flag at Iwo Jima but spent the latter half of his life haunted by being a war hero.  IRA HAYES tells the story of Ira Hamilton Hayes from the perspective of a Native American combat veteran of the Vietnam generation. Hayes, along with five other Marines, was captured in Joe Rosenthal’s iconic photograph of raising the stars and stripes on Mount Suribachi during the battle for the Japanese Island of Iwo Jima. The photograph was the inspiration and model for the U.S. Marine Corps War Memorial in Arlington.   Between the time he helped raise that flag and his death—and beyond—he was the subject of more newspaper columns than any other Native person. He was hailed as a hero and maligned as a chronic alcoholic unable to take care of himself. IRA HAYES explores these fluctuating views of Ira Hayes. It reveals that they were primarily the product of American misconceptions about Native people, the nature of combat, and even alcoholism. Like most surviving veterans of combat, Ira did not think of himself as a heroic figure. There can be no doubt that Ira suffered from PTSD, which is a compound of survivor’s guilt, the shock of seeing death, especially of one’s friends, and the isolation brought on by feeling that no one could understand what he had been through. Ira’s life has been a subject of two motion pictures and a television drama. All these dramas sympathize with him, but ultimately fail to see his binge drinking as his way of temporarily escaping the melancholy, the rage he felt, his sense of betrayal, and the sheer boredom of peacetime.   IRA HAYES breaks apart the complexities of Ira’s short life in honor of all Native veterans who have been to war in the service of the United States. This is equally their story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ancient Underground Wall in Rockwall, Texas by Martin K. Ettington</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650231</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650231">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650231</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ancient Underground Wall in Rockwall, Texas
Author: Martin K. Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November 30, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The underground rock wall in Rockwall, Texas has fascinated me for years.  I’ve read everything I could online about it. Recently I moved from Los Angeles to Denton, Texas which is only about an hour drive from Rockwall. So I went there and spent an hour with the Rockwall County Museum Curator and learned a lot more about the structure. Was also able to examine and take pictures of the wall section moved from the actual wall and reconstructed outside the museum. In this book I’ve related the history of the wall’s discovery, excavations, interesting items and structures found on or near the wall, and information about possible giants who might have built it. There are a lot of unanswered questions about this structure which still need to be learned. Those questions are listed near the end of this book.</description>
      <author>Martin K. Ettington</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Nov 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823434270.mp3" length="660389" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650231</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823434270.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650231">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650231</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ancient Underground Wall in Rockwall, Texas
Author: Martin K. Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November 30, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The underground rock wall in Rockwall, Texas has fascinated me for years.  I’ve read everything I could online about it. Recently I moved from Los Angeles to Denton, Texas which is only about an hour drive from Rockwall. So I went there and spent an hour with the Rockwall County Museum Curator and learned a lot more about the structure. Was also able to examine and take pictures of the wall section moved from the actual wall and reconstructed outside the museum. In this book I’ve related the history of the wall’s discovery, excavations, interesting items and structures found on or near the wall, and information about possible giants who might have built it. There are a lot of unanswered questions about this structure which still need to be learned. Those questions are listed near the end of this book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650231">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650231</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ancient Underground Wall in Rockwall, Texas
Author: Martin K. Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November 30, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The underground rock wall in Rockwall, Texas has fascinated me for years.  I’ve read everything I could online about it. Recently I moved from Los Angeles to Denton, Texas which is only about an hour drive from Rockwall. So I went there and spent an hour with the Rockwall County Museum Curator and learned a lot more about the structure. Was also able to examine and take pictures of the wall section moved from the actual wall and reconstructed outside the museum. In this book I’ve related the history of the wall’s discovery, excavations, interesting items and structures found on or near the wall, and information about possible giants who might have built it. There are a lot of unanswered questions about this structure which still need to be learned. Those questions are listed near the end of this book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Broadway Was Black: The Triumphant Story of the All-Black Musical that Changed the World by Caseen Gaines</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650192</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650192">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650192</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Broadway Was Black: The Triumphant Story of the All-Black Musical that Changed the World
Author: Caseen Gaines
Narrator: Caseen Gaines
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
If Hamilton, Rent, or West Side Story captured your heart, you’ll love this in-depth look into the rise of the 1921 Broadway hit Shuffle Along, the first all-Black musical to succeed on Broadway. No one was sure if America was ready for a show featuring nuanced, thoughtful portrayals of Black characters―and the potential fallout was terrifying. But from the first jazzy, syncopated beats of composers Noble Sissle and Eubie Blake, New York audiences fell head over heels. When Broadway Was Black is the story of how Sissle and Blake, along with comedians Flournoy Miller and Aubrey Lyles, overcame poverty, racism, and violence to harness the energy of the Harlem Renaissance and produce a runaway Broadway hit that launched the careers of many of the twentieth century’s most beloved Black performers. Born in the shadow of slavery and establishing their careers at a time of increasing demands for racial justice and representation for people of color, they broke down innumerable barriers between Black and white communities at a crucial point in our history. Author and pop culture expert Caseen Gaines leads readers through the glitz and glamour of New York City during the roaring twenties to reveal the revolutionary impact one show had on generations of Americans and how its legacy continues to resonate today.</description>
      <author>Caseen Gaines</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212220118.mp3" length="826982" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650192</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212220118.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650192">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650192</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Broadway Was Black: The Triumphant Story of the All-Black Musical that Changed the World
Author: Caseen Gaines
Narrator: Caseen Gaines
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
If Hamilton, Rent, or West Side Story captured your heart, you’ll love this in-depth look into the rise of the 1921 Broadway hit Shuffle Along, the first all-Black musical to succeed on Broadway. No one was sure if America was ready for a show featuring nuanced, thoughtful portrayals of Black characters―and the potential fallout was terrifying. But from the first jazzy, syncopated beats of composers Noble Sissle and Eubie Blake, New York audiences fell head over heels. When Broadway Was Black is the story of how Sissle and Blake, along with comedians Flournoy Miller and Aubrey Lyles, overcame poverty, racism, and violence to harness the energy of the Harlem Renaissance and produce a runaway Broadway hit that launched the careers of many of the twentieth century’s most beloved Black performers. Born in the shadow of slavery and establishing their careers at a time of increasing demands for racial justice and representation for people of color, they broke down innumerable barriers between Black and white communities at a crucial point in our history. Author and pop culture expert Caseen Gaines leads readers through the glitz and glamour of New York City during the roaring twenties to reveal the revolutionary impact one show had on generations of Americans and how its legacy continues to resonate today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650192">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650192</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Broadway Was Black: The Triumphant Story of the All-Black Musical that Changed the World
Author: Caseen Gaines
Narrator: Caseen Gaines
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
If Hamilton, Rent, or West Side Story captured your heart, you’ll love this in-depth look into the rise of the 1921 Broadway hit Shuffle Along, the first all-Black musical to succeed on Broadway. No one was sure if America was ready for a show featuring nuanced, thoughtful portrayals of Black characters―and the potential fallout was terrifying. But from the first jazzy, syncopated beats of composers Noble Sissle and Eubie Blake, New York audiences fell head over heels. When Broadway Was Black is the story of how Sissle and Blake, along with comedians Flournoy Miller and Aubrey Lyles, overcame poverty, racism, and violence to harness the energy of the Harlem Renaissance and produce a runaway Broadway hit that launched the careers of many of the twentieth century’s most beloved Black performers. Born in the shadow of slavery and establishing their careers at a time of increasing demands for racial justice and representation for people of color, they broke down innumerable barriers between Black and white communities at a crucial point in our history. Author and pop culture expert Caseen Gaines leads readers through the glitz and glamour of New York City during the roaring twenties to reveal the revolutionary impact one show had on generations of Americans and how its legacy continues to resonate today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bleeding Green: A History of the Hartford Whalers by Christopher Price</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649628</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bleeding Green: A History of the Hartford Whalers
Author: Christopher Price
Narrator: Christopher Price
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 18 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Hartford Whalers were a beloved hockey team from their founding in 1972 as the New England Whalers. Playing in the National Hockey League&amp;#039;s smallest market and arena after the World Hockey Association merger in 1979, they struggled in a division that included both the Boston Bruins and Montreal Canadiens—but their fans were among the NHL&amp;#039;s most loyal. In 1995 new owners demanded a new arena and, when it fell through, moved the team to North Carolina, rebranding as the Hurricanes. Even though more than two decades have come and gone since Connecticut&amp;#039;s only professional sports team moved, nobody has truly forgotten the Whalers, their history, and their unique—and still highly profitable—logo. And while the NHL continues to thrive without them, their impact stretches far beyond the ice and into an entirely different cultural arena. Christopher Price grew up in Connecticut as a diehard Whalers fan, experiencing firsthand the team&amp;#039;s bond with the community. Drawing from all aspects of the team&amp;#039;s past, he tells the uncensored history of Connecticut&amp;#039;s favorite professional sports franchise. Part sports history and part civic history, Bleeding Green shows vividly why the Whalers remain firmly embedded in the American milieu and have had a lasting impact on not only the NHL but the sports landscape as a whole.</description>
      <author>Christopher Price</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765056547.mp3" length="8529509" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649628</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765056547.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bleeding Green: A History of the Hartford Whalers
Author: Christopher Price
Narrator: Christopher Price
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 18 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Hartford Whalers were a beloved hockey team from their founding in 1972 as the New England Whalers. Playing in the National Hockey League&amp;#039;s smallest market and arena after the World Hockey Association merger in 1979, they struggled in a division that included both the Boston Bruins and Montreal Canadiens—but their fans were among the NHL&amp;#039;s most loyal. In 1995 new owners demanded a new arena and, when it fell through, moved the team to North Carolina, rebranding as the Hurricanes. Even though more than two decades have come and gone since Connecticut&amp;#039;s only professional sports team moved, nobody has truly forgotten the Whalers, their history, and their unique—and still highly profitable—logo. And while the NHL continues to thrive without them, their impact stretches far beyond the ice and into an entirely different cultural arena. Christopher Price grew up in Connecticut as a diehard Whalers fan, experiencing firsthand the team&amp;#039;s bond with the community. Drawing from all aspects of the team&amp;#039;s past, he tells the uncensored history of Connecticut&amp;#039;s favorite professional sports franchise. Part sports history and part civic history, Bleeding Green shows vividly why the Whalers remain firmly embedded in the American milieu and have had a lasting impact on not only the NHL but the sports landscape as a whole.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bleeding Green: A History of the Hartford Whalers
Author: Christopher Price
Narrator: Christopher Price
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 18 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Hartford Whalers were a beloved hockey team from their founding in 1972 as the New England Whalers. Playing in the National Hockey League&amp;#039;s smallest market and arena after the World Hockey Association merger in 1979, they struggled in a division that included both the Boston Bruins and Montreal Canadiens—but their fans were among the NHL&amp;#039;s most loyal. In 1995 new owners demanded a new arena and, when it fell through, moved the team to North Carolina, rebranding as the Hurricanes. Even though more than two decades have come and gone since Connecticut&amp;#039;s only professional sports team moved, nobody has truly forgotten the Whalers, their history, and their unique—and still highly profitable—logo. And while the NHL continues to thrive without them, their impact stretches far beyond the ice and into an entirely different cultural arena. Christopher Price grew up in Connecticut as a diehard Whalers fan, experiencing firsthand the team&amp;#039;s bond with the community. Drawing from all aspects of the team&amp;#039;s past, he tells the uncensored history of Connecticut&amp;#039;s favorite professional sports franchise. Part sports history and part civic history, Bleeding Green shows vividly why the Whalers remain firmly embedded in the American milieu and have had a lasting impact on not only the NHL but the sports landscape as a whole.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Promise Kept: The Muscogee (Creek) Nation and McGirt v. Oklahoma by Robert J. Miller, Robbie Ethridge</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649607</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Promise Kept: The Muscogee (Creek) Nation and McGirt v. Oklahoma
Author: Robert J. Miller, Robbie Ethridge
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;At the end of the Trail of Tears there was a promise,&amp;#039; United States Supreme Court Justice Neil Gorsuch wrote in the decision issued in the case of McGirt v. Oklahoma. And that promise, made in treaties between the United States and the Muscogee (Creek) Nation more than 150 years earlier, would finally be kept. With the Court&amp;#039;s ruling, the full extent of the Muscogee (Creek) Reservation was reaffirmed—meaning that 3.25 million acres of land in Oklahoma were recognized as &amp;#039;Indian Country.&amp;#039; A Promise Kept explores the circumstances and implications of McGirt v. Oklahoma, likely the most significant Indian law case in well over a hundred years. Combining legal analysis and historical context, this book gives an in-depth, accessible account of how the case unfolded and what it might mean for Oklahomans, the Muscogee (Creek) Nation, and other tribes throughout the United States. Robbie Ethridge traces the history of the Muscogee (Creek) Nation from its inception to its resurgence in Oklahoma in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Robert J. Miller considers McGirt v. Oklahoma, examining important related cases, precedents that informed the Court&amp;#039;s decision, and future ramifications. Their work clarifies the stakes of a decision that, while long overdue, raises numerous complex issues profoundly affecting federal, state, and tribal relations and law.</description>
      <author>Robert J. Miller, Robbie Ethridge</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350807684.mp3" length="8247608" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649607</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350807684.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Promise Kept: The Muscogee (Creek) Nation and McGirt v. Oklahoma
Author: Robert J. Miller, Robbie Ethridge
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;At the end of the Trail of Tears there was a promise,&amp;#039; United States Supreme Court Justice Neil Gorsuch wrote in the decision issued in the case of McGirt v. Oklahoma. And that promise, made in treaties between the United States and the Muscogee (Creek) Nation more than 150 years earlier, would finally be kept. With the Court&amp;#039;s ruling, the full extent of the Muscogee (Creek) Reservation was reaffirmed—meaning that 3.25 million acres of land in Oklahoma were recognized as &amp;#039;Indian Country.&amp;#039; A Promise Kept explores the circumstances and implications of McGirt v. Oklahoma, likely the most significant Indian law case in well over a hundred years. Combining legal analysis and historical context, this book gives an in-depth, accessible account of how the case unfolded and what it might mean for Oklahomans, the Muscogee (Creek) Nation, and other tribes throughout the United States. Robbie Ethridge traces the history of the Muscogee (Creek) Nation from its inception to its resurgence in Oklahoma in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Robert J. Miller considers McGirt v. Oklahoma, examining important related cases, precedents that informed the Court&amp;#039;s decision, and future ramifications. Their work clarifies the stakes of a decision that, while long overdue, raises numerous complex issues profoundly affecting federal, state, and tribal relations and law.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Promise Kept: The Muscogee (Creek) Nation and McGirt v. Oklahoma
Author: Robert J. Miller, Robbie Ethridge
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;At the end of the Trail of Tears there was a promise,&amp;#039; United States Supreme Court Justice Neil Gorsuch wrote in the decision issued in the case of McGirt v. Oklahoma. And that promise, made in treaties between the United States and the Muscogee (Creek) Nation more than 150 years earlier, would finally be kept. With the Court&amp;#039;s ruling, the full extent of the Muscogee (Creek) Reservation was reaffirmed—meaning that 3.25 million acres of land in Oklahoma were recognized as &amp;#039;Indian Country.&amp;#039; A Promise Kept explores the circumstances and implications of McGirt v. Oklahoma, likely the most significant Indian law case in well over a hundred years. Combining legal analysis and historical context, this book gives an in-depth, accessible account of how the case unfolded and what it might mean for Oklahomans, the Muscogee (Creek) Nation, and other tribes throughout the United States. Robbie Ethridge traces the history of the Muscogee (Creek) Nation from its inception to its resurgence in Oklahoma in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Robert J. Miller considers McGirt v. Oklahoma, examining important related cases, precedents that informed the Court&amp;#039;s decision, and future ramifications. Their work clarifies the stakes of a decision that, while long overdue, raises numerous complex issues profoundly affecting federal, state, and tribal relations and law.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heritage and Hoop Skirts: How Natchez Created the Old South by Paul Hardin Kapp</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649572</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649572">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649572</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heritage and Hoop Skirts: How Natchez Created the Old South
Author: Paul Hardin Kapp
Narrator: Chris Abernathy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
For over eighty years, tourists have flocked to Natchez, Mississippi, seeking the &amp;#039;Old South,&amp;#039; but what they encounter is invention: a pageant and rewrite of history first concocted during the Great Depression. Beginning with the first Natchez Spring Pilgrimage of Antebellum Homes in 1932, such women as Katherine Grafton Miller and Edith Wyatt Moore challenged the notion that smokestack industries were key to Natchez&amp;#039;s prosperity. These women developed a narrative of graceful living and aristocratic gentlepeople centered on grand but decaying mansions. In crafting this pageantry, they created a tourism magnet based on the antebellum architecture of Natchez. Through their determination and political guile, they enlisted New Deal programs to promote their version of the city. Their work did save numerous historic buildings and employed both white and African American workers during the Depression. Still, the transformation of Natchez into a tourist draw came at a racial cost and further marginalized African American Natchezians. Paul Hardin Kapp explores how meaning is assigned to place and how meaning evolves over time. In showing how and why the Natchez buildings of the &amp;#039;Old South&amp;#039; were first preserved, commercialized, and transformed into a brand, this volume makes a much-needed contribution to debates over the meaning attached to cultural patrimony.</description>
      <author>Paul Hardin Kapp</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350806762.mp3" length="8489442" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649572</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350806762.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649572">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649572</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heritage and Hoop Skirts: How Natchez Created the Old South
Author: Paul Hardin Kapp
Narrator: Chris Abernathy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
For over eighty years, tourists have flocked to Natchez, Mississippi, seeking the &amp;#039;Old South,&amp;#039; but what they encounter is invention: a pageant and rewrite of history first concocted during the Great Depression. Beginning with the first Natchez Spring Pilgrimage of Antebellum Homes in 1932, such women as Katherine Grafton Miller and Edith Wyatt Moore challenged the notion that smokestack industries were key to Natchez&amp;#039;s prosperity. These women developed a narrative of graceful living and aristocratic gentlepeople centered on grand but decaying mansions. In crafting this pageantry, they created a tourism magnet based on the antebellum architecture of Natchez. Through their determination and political guile, they enlisted New Deal programs to promote their version of the city. Their work did save numerous historic buildings and employed both white and African American workers during the Depression. Still, the transformation of Natchez into a tourist draw came at a racial cost and further marginalized African American Natchezians. Paul Hardin Kapp explores how meaning is assigned to place and how meaning evolves over time. In showing how and why the Natchez buildings of the &amp;#039;Old South&amp;#039; were first preserved, commercialized, and transformed into a brand, this volume makes a much-needed contribution to debates over the meaning attached to cultural patrimony.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649572">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649572</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heritage and Hoop Skirts: How Natchez Created the Old South
Author: Paul Hardin Kapp
Narrator: Chris Abernathy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
For over eighty years, tourists have flocked to Natchez, Mississippi, seeking the &amp;#039;Old South,&amp;#039; but what they encounter is invention: a pageant and rewrite of history first concocted during the Great Depression. Beginning with the first Natchez Spring Pilgrimage of Antebellum Homes in 1932, such women as Katherine Grafton Miller and Edith Wyatt Moore challenged the notion that smokestack industries were key to Natchez&amp;#039;s prosperity. These women developed a narrative of graceful living and aristocratic gentlepeople centered on grand but decaying mansions. In crafting this pageantry, they created a tourism magnet based on the antebellum architecture of Natchez. Through their determination and political guile, they enlisted New Deal programs to promote their version of the city. Their work did save numerous historic buildings and employed both white and African American workers during the Depression. Still, the transformation of Natchez into a tourist draw came at a racial cost and further marginalized African American Natchezians. Paul Hardin Kapp explores how meaning is assigned to place and how meaning evolves over time. In showing how and why the Natchez buildings of the &amp;#039;Old South&amp;#039; were first preserved, commercialized, and transformed into a brand, this volume makes a much-needed contribution to debates over the meaning attached to cultural patrimony.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reading Confederate Monuments by Maria Seger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649394</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649394">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649394</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reading Confederate Monuments
Author: Maria Seger
Narrator: Mason Jackson
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Contributions by Danielle Christmas, Joanna Davis-McElligatt, Garrett Bridger Gilmore, Spencer R. Herrera, Cassandra Jackson, Stacie McCormick, Maria Seger, Randi Lynn Tanglen, Brook Thomas, Michael C. Weisenburg, and Lisa Woolfork Reading Confederate Monuments addresses the urgent and vital need for scholars, educators, and the general public to be able to read and interpret the literal and cultural Confederate monuments pervading life in the contemporary United States.   The literary and cultural studies scholars featured in this collection engage many different archives and methods, demonstrating how to read literal Confederate monuments as texts and in the context of the assortment of literatures that produced and celebrated them. They further explore how to read the literary texts advancing and contesting Confederate ideology in the US cultural imaginary—then and now—as monuments in and of themselves. On top of that, the essays published here lay bare the cultural and pedagogical work of Confederate monuments and counter-monuments—divulging how and what they teach their readers as communal and yet contested narratives—thereby showing why the persistence of Confederate monuments matters greatly to local and national notions of racial justice and belonging. In doing so, this collection illustrates what critics of US literature and culture can offer to ongoing scholarly and public discussions about Confederate monuments and memory. Brought to audio through new AI narrative technology, Reading Confederate Monuments teaches us that even as we remove, relocate, and recontextualize the physical symbols of the Confederacy dotting the US landscape, the complicated histories, cultural products, and pedagogies of Confederate ideology remain embedded in the national consciousness. To disrupt and potentially dismantle these enduring narratives alongside the statues themselves, we must be able to recognize, analyze, and resist them in US life. The pieces in this collection position us to think deeply about how and why we should continue that work.</description>
      <author>Maria Seger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781496848703.mp3" length="912679" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649394</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781496848703.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649394">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649394</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reading Confederate Monuments
Author: Maria Seger
Narrator: Mason Jackson
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Contributions by Danielle Christmas, Joanna Davis-McElligatt, Garrett Bridger Gilmore, Spencer R. Herrera, Cassandra Jackson, Stacie McCormick, Maria Seger, Randi Lynn Tanglen, Brook Thomas, Michael C. Weisenburg, and Lisa Woolfork Reading Confederate Monuments addresses the urgent and vital need for scholars, educators, and the general public to be able to read and interpret the literal and cultural Confederate monuments pervading life in the contemporary United States.   The literary and cultural studies scholars featured in this collection engage many different archives and methods, demonstrating how to read literal Confederate monuments as texts and in the context of the assortment of literatures that produced and celebrated them. They further explore how to read the literary texts advancing and contesting Confederate ideology in the US cultural imaginary—then and now—as monuments in and of themselves. On top of that, the essays published here lay bare the cultural and pedagogical work of Confederate monuments and counter-monuments—divulging how and what they teach their readers as communal and yet contested narratives—thereby showing why the persistence of Confederate monuments matters greatly to local and national notions of racial justice and belonging. In doing so, this collection illustrates what critics of US literature and culture can offer to ongoing scholarly and public discussions about Confederate monuments and memory. Brought to audio through new AI narrative technology, Reading Confederate Monuments teaches us that even as we remove, relocate, and recontextualize the physical symbols of the Confederacy dotting the US landscape, the complicated histories, cultural products, and pedagogies of Confederate ideology remain embedded in the national consciousness. To disrupt and potentially dismantle these enduring narratives alongside the statues themselves, we must be able to recognize, analyze, and resist them in US life. The pieces in this collection position us to think deeply about how and why we should continue that work.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649394">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649394</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reading Confederate Monuments
Author: Maria Seger
Narrator: Mason Jackson
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Contributions by Danielle Christmas, Joanna Davis-McElligatt, Garrett Bridger Gilmore, Spencer R. Herrera, Cassandra Jackson, Stacie McCormick, Maria Seger, Randi Lynn Tanglen, Brook Thomas, Michael C. Weisenburg, and Lisa Woolfork Reading Confederate Monuments addresses the urgent and vital need for scholars, educators, and the general public to be able to read and interpret the literal and cultural Confederate monuments pervading life in the contemporary United States.   The literary and cultural studies scholars featured in this collection engage many different archives and methods, demonstrating how to read literal Confederate monuments as texts and in the context of the assortment of literatures that produced and celebrated them. They further explore how to read the literary texts advancing and contesting Confederate ideology in the US cultural imaginary—then and now—as monuments in and of themselves. On top of that, the essays published here lay bare the cultural and pedagogical work of Confederate monuments and counter-monuments—divulging how and what they teach their readers as communal and yet contested narratives—thereby showing why the persistence of Confederate monuments matters greatly to local and national notions of racial justice and belonging. In doing so, this collection illustrates what critics of US literature and culture can offer to ongoing scholarly and public discussions about Confederate monuments and memory. Brought to audio through new AI narrative technology, Reading Confederate Monuments teaches us that even as we remove, relocate, and recontextualize the physical symbols of the Confederacy dotting the US landscape, the complicated histories, cultural products, and pedagogies of Confederate ideology remain embedded in the national consciousness. To disrupt and potentially dismantle these enduring narratives alongside the statues themselves, we must be able to recognize, analyze, and resist them in US life. The pieces in this collection position us to think deeply about how and why we should continue that work.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Legend of Pierre Bottineau &amp;amp; the Red River Trail by Ted Stone</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649176</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649176">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649176</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legend of Pierre Bottineau &amp;amp; the Red River Trail
Author: Ted Stone
Narrator: Steve Jodoin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Red River Trail, used approximately between 1820 and 1880 to take supplies and settlers to the West, stimulated commerce in the region and played an important part in the growth of Manitoba and Minnesota. 		It highlights the role of the Metis in the development of the area and follows the life of Pierre Bottineau a Metis guide and well-known frontiersman and military scout. 		He traveled the route regularly and was known as the Kit Carson of the North.</description>
      <author>Ted Stone</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781990321061.mp3" length="1298895" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649176</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781990321061.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649176">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649176</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legend of Pierre Bottineau &amp;amp; the Red River Trail
Author: Ted Stone
Narrator: Steve Jodoin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Red River Trail, used approximately between 1820 and 1880 to take supplies and settlers to the West, stimulated commerce in the region and played an important part in the growth of Manitoba and Minnesota. 		It highlights the role of the Metis in the development of the area and follows the life of Pierre Bottineau a Metis guide and well-known frontiersman and military scout. 		He traveled the route regularly and was known as the Kit Carson of the North.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649176">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649176</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legend of Pierre Bottineau &amp;amp; the Red River Trail
Author: Ted Stone
Narrator: Steve Jodoin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Red River Trail, used approximately between 1820 and 1880 to take supplies and settlers to the West, stimulated commerce in the region and played an important part in the growth of Manitoba and Minnesota. 		It highlights the role of the Metis in the development of the area and follows the life of Pierre Bottineau a Metis guide and well-known frontiersman and military scout. 		He traveled the route regularly and was known as the Kit Carson of the North.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In the Shadow of Our Ancestors by Wayne Arthurson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649174</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649174">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649174</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Shadow of Our Ancestors
Author: Wayne Arthurson
Narrator: Dana Negrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Searching through the annals of North American history uncovers the diverse and astounding contributions by the Natives of the Americas who formed the world we know today. 		In the Shadow of Our Ancestors explores the rich history of the indigenous peoples of North America and leaves us in awe of their stunning achievements and inventions: 		The Great Law of Peace — The ideals, words and symbols of the Iroquois Confederacy inspired the governments of the New World to form democracies that recognized, in their constitutions, the rights of all people. 		Potatoes — The lowly potato, a staple food of Natives for almost 15,000 years, was unknown outside the Americas until Europeans arrived; now, with almost 4000 varieties, it is the fourth most-consumed agricultural product in the world. 		Sacagawea — The settlement of western North America was inspired and influenced by the results of the Lewis and Clark expedition in the early 1800s, with the journey’s success made possible because of a Native woman named Sacagawea, whose presence paved the way for the explorers to be seen as a peaceful party.</description>
      <author>Wayne Arthurson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781990321023.mp3" length="1264689" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649174</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781990321023.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649174">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649174</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Shadow of Our Ancestors
Author: Wayne Arthurson
Narrator: Dana Negrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Searching through the annals of North American history uncovers the diverse and astounding contributions by the Natives of the Americas who formed the world we know today. 		In the Shadow of Our Ancestors explores the rich history of the indigenous peoples of North America and leaves us in awe of their stunning achievements and inventions: 		The Great Law of Peace — The ideals, words and symbols of the Iroquois Confederacy inspired the governments of the New World to form democracies that recognized, in their constitutions, the rights of all people. 		Potatoes — The lowly potato, a staple food of Natives for almost 15,000 years, was unknown outside the Americas until Europeans arrived; now, with almost 4000 varieties, it is the fourth most-consumed agricultural product in the world. 		Sacagawea — The settlement of western North America was inspired and influenced by the results of the Lewis and Clark expedition in the early 1800s, with the journey’s success made possible because of a Native woman named Sacagawea, whose presence paved the way for the explorers to be seen as a peaceful party.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649174">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649174</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Shadow of Our Ancestors
Author: Wayne Arthurson
Narrator: Dana Negrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Searching through the annals of North American history uncovers the diverse and astounding contributions by the Natives of the Americas who formed the world we know today. 		In the Shadow of Our Ancestors explores the rich history of the indigenous peoples of North America and leaves us in awe of their stunning achievements and inventions: 		The Great Law of Peace — The ideals, words and symbols of the Iroquois Confederacy inspired the governments of the New World to form democracies that recognized, in their constitutions, the rights of all people. 		Potatoes — The lowly potato, a staple food of Natives for almost 15,000 years, was unknown outside the Americas until Europeans arrived; now, with almost 4000 varieties, it is the fourth most-consumed agricultural product in the world. 		Sacagawea — The settlement of western North America was inspired and influenced by the results of the Lewis and Clark expedition in the early 1800s, with the journey’s success made possible because of a Native woman named Sacagawea, whose presence paved the way for the explorers to be seen as a peaceful party.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kingdom Quarterback: Patrick Mahomes, the Kansas City Chiefs, and How a Once Swingin&amp;#039; Cow Town Chased the Ultimate Comeback by Rustin Dodd, Mark Dent</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649124</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649124">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649124</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kingdom Quarterback: Patrick Mahomes, the Kansas City Chiefs, and How a Once Swingin&amp;#039; Cow Town Chased the Ultimate Comeback
Author: Rustin Dodd, Mark Dent
Narrator: Kemet Coleman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Fresh off of a gutsy, thrilling 2023 Super Bowl win for the Kansas City Chiefs, two inspiring stories that fit perfectly together—a biography of superstar quarterback, Patrick Mahomes, who brought the Chiefs to their first Super Bowl win in fifty years in 2020 as well as a second in 2023, along with the historical struggles and recent resurgence of the former “Paris of the Plains,” Kansas City.    There is nobody like Patrick Mahomes.  In three seasons, he has won a Super Bowl and competed in another, earned the titles of First Team All-Pro, NFL Offensive Player of the Year, and league MVP, and turned the Kansas City Chiefs from famed playoff failures into the most successful team in the NFL. With his unique and groundbreaking playing style, and winning personality both on and off the field, Mahomes has become a truly transcendent quarterback in a journey that mirrors and accentuates the rebirth of the once swingin’ cow town of Kansas City, Missouri.  Once an adventure-filled jazz epicenter and nightlife hub to rival New Orleans, Kansas City’s wild edges and captivating neighborhoods were snuffed out in pursuit of a suburbanized dream that largely left out people of color. It’s been a long road attempting to move past the scars of segregation and overcome the city’s flyover reputation, but Kansas City is now poised to make a comeback, and no other person or team embodies that hope like Patrick Mahomes and the Kansas City Chiefs. Kansas City and Mahomes represent the story of the midwestern American city—how they grew, how they shaped the country, how the sport of football came to mean so much to them, how they failed, and how they are changing.  Kansas City–area natives Mark Dent and Rustin Dodd have written for outlets such as The New York Times, The Kansas City Star, and Texas Monthly, bringing their deep connection to the city, football expertise, and polished writing skills to create a serious book about a very entertaining subject—the rebirth of a city, a team’s triumph, and how Patrick Mahomes, and the team he led, were exactly what was needed to bring Kansas City back together again.</description>
      <author>Rustin Dodd, Mark Dent</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593742426.mp3" length="2706651" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649124</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593742426.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649124">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649124</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kingdom Quarterback: Patrick Mahomes, the Kansas City Chiefs, and How a Once Swingin&amp;#039; Cow Town Chased the Ultimate Comeback
Author: Rustin Dodd, Mark Dent
Narrator: Kemet Coleman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Fresh off of a gutsy, thrilling 2023 Super Bowl win for the Kansas City Chiefs, two inspiring stories that fit perfectly together—a biography of superstar quarterback, Patrick Mahomes, who brought the Chiefs to their first Super Bowl win in fifty years in 2020 as well as a second in 2023, along with the historical struggles and recent resurgence of the former “Paris of the Plains,” Kansas City.    There is nobody like Patrick Mahomes.  In three seasons, he has won a Super Bowl and competed in another, earned the titles of First Team All-Pro, NFL Offensive Player of the Year, and league MVP, and turned the Kansas City Chiefs from famed playoff failures into the most successful team in the NFL. With his unique and groundbreaking playing style, and winning personality both on and off the field, Mahomes has become a truly transcendent quarterback in a journey that mirrors and accentuates the rebirth of the once swingin’ cow town of Kansas City, Missouri.  Once an adventure-filled jazz epicenter and nightlife hub to rival New Orleans, Kansas City’s wild edges and captivating neighborhoods were snuffed out in pursuit of a suburbanized dream that largely left out people of color. It’s been a long road attempting to move past the scars of segregation and overcome the city’s flyover reputation, but Kansas City is now poised to make a comeback, and no other person or team embodies that hope like Patrick Mahomes and the Kansas City Chiefs. Kansas City and Mahomes represent the story of the midwestern American city—how they grew, how they shaped the country, how the sport of football came to mean so much to them, how they failed, and how they are changing.  Kansas City–area natives Mark Dent and Rustin Dodd have written for outlets such as The New York Times, The Kansas City Star, and Texas Monthly, bringing their deep connection to the city, football expertise, and polished writing skills to create a serious book about a very entertaining subject—the rebirth of a city, a team’s triumph, and how Patrick Mahomes, and the team he led, were exactly what was needed to bring Kansas City back together again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649124">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649124</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kingdom Quarterback: Patrick Mahomes, the Kansas City Chiefs, and How a Once Swingin&amp;#039; Cow Town Chased the Ultimate Comeback
Author: Rustin Dodd, Mark Dent
Narrator: Kemet Coleman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Fresh off of a gutsy, thrilling 2023 Super Bowl win for the Kansas City Chiefs, two inspiring stories that fit perfectly together—a biography of superstar quarterback, Patrick Mahomes, who brought the Chiefs to their first Super Bowl win in fifty years in 2020 as well as a second in 2023, along with the historical struggles and recent resurgence of the former “Paris of the Plains,” Kansas City.    There is nobody like Patrick Mahomes.  In three seasons, he has won a Super Bowl and competed in another, earned the titles of First Team All-Pro, NFL Offensive Player of the Year, and league MVP, and turned the Kansas City Chiefs from famed playoff failures into the most successful team in the NFL. With his unique and groundbreaking playing style, and winning personality both on and off the field, Mahomes has become a truly transcendent quarterback in a journey that mirrors and accentuates the rebirth of the once swingin’ cow town of Kansas City, Missouri.  Once an adventure-filled jazz epicenter and nightlife hub to rival New Orleans, Kansas City’s wild edges and captivating neighborhoods were snuffed out in pursuit of a suburbanized dream that largely left out people of color. It’s been a long road attempting to move past the scars of segregation and overcome the city’s flyover reputation, but Kansas City is now poised to make a comeback, and no other person or team embodies that hope like Patrick Mahomes and the Kansas City Chiefs. Kansas City and Mahomes represent the story of the midwestern American city—how they grew, how they shaped the country, how the sport of football came to mean so much to them, how they failed, and how they are changing.  Kansas City–area natives Mark Dent and Rustin Dodd have written for outlets such as The New York Times, The Kansas City Star, and Texas Monthly, bringing their deep connection to the city, football expertise, and polished writing skills to create a serious book about a very entertaining subject—the rebirth of a city, a team’s triumph, and how Patrick Mahomes, and the team he led, were exactly what was needed to bring Kansas City back together again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flirting with Danger: The Mysterious Life of Marguerite Harrison, Socialite Spy by Janet Wallach</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649117</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649117">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649117</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flirting with Danger: The Mysterious Life of Marguerite Harrison, Socialite Spy
Author: Janet Wallach
Narrator: Saskia Maarleveld
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES EDITOR&amp;#039;S CHOICE &amp;#039;A compelling story that pulsates with the energy of a thriller&amp;#039;—The Wall Street Journal &amp;#039;Suspense, élan and a generous helping of glamour: Think George Smiley in a mink-trimmed coat.&amp;#039;—The New York Times Book Review The true story of socialite Marguerite Harrison, who spied for U.S. military intelligence in Russia and Germany in the fraught period between the world wars Born a privileged child of America’s Gilded Age, Marguerite Harrison rebelled against her mother’s ambitions, married the man she loved, was widowed at thirty-seven, and set off on a life of adventure. Hired as a society reporter, when America entered World War I she applied to Military Intelligence to work as a spy. She arrived in Berlin immediately after the Armistice and befriended the enemy, dining with aristocrats and dancing with socialists. Late into the night she wrote prescient reports on the growing power of the German right. Sent to Moscow, she sneaked into Russia to observe the results of the Bolshevik Revolution. Although she carried press credentials she was caught and imprisoned as an American spy. Terrified when told her only way out was to spy for the Cheka, she became a double agent, aiming to convince the Russian rulers she was working for them while striving to stay loyal to her country. In Germany and Russia, Harrison saw the future—a second war with Germany, a cold war with the Soviets—but her reports were ignored by many back home. Over a decade, Harrison’s mysterious adventures took her to Europe, Baghdad, and the Far East, as a socialite, secret agent, and documentary filmmaker. Janet Wallach captures Harrison’s daring and glamour in this stranger-than-fiction history of a woman drawn to the impossible.</description>
      <author>Janet Wallach</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Aug 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593741559.mp3" length="2605133" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649117</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593741559.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649117">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649117</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flirting with Danger: The Mysterious Life of Marguerite Harrison, Socialite Spy
Author: Janet Wallach
Narrator: Saskia Maarleveld
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES EDITOR&amp;#039;S CHOICE &amp;#039;A compelling story that pulsates with the energy of a thriller&amp;#039;—The Wall Street Journal &amp;#039;Suspense, élan and a generous helping of glamour: Think George Smiley in a mink-trimmed coat.&amp;#039;—The New York Times Book Review The true story of socialite Marguerite Harrison, who spied for U.S. military intelligence in Russia and Germany in the fraught period between the world wars Born a privileged child of America’s Gilded Age, Marguerite Harrison rebelled against her mother’s ambitions, married the man she loved, was widowed at thirty-seven, and set off on a life of adventure. Hired as a society reporter, when America entered World War I she applied to Military Intelligence to work as a spy. She arrived in Berlin immediately after the Armistice and befriended the enemy, dining with aristocrats and dancing with socialists. Late into the night she wrote prescient reports on the growing power of the German right. Sent to Moscow, she sneaked into Russia to observe the results of the Bolshevik Revolution. Although she carried press credentials she was caught and imprisoned as an American spy. Terrified when told her only way out was to spy for the Cheka, she became a double agent, aiming to convince the Russian rulers she was working for them while striving to stay loyal to her country. In Germany and Russia, Harrison saw the future—a second war with Germany, a cold war with the Soviets—but her reports were ignored by many back home. Over a decade, Harrison’s mysterious adventures took her to Europe, Baghdad, and the Far East, as a socialite, secret agent, and documentary filmmaker. Janet Wallach captures Harrison’s daring and glamour in this stranger-than-fiction history of a woman drawn to the impossible.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649117">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649117</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flirting with Danger: The Mysterious Life of Marguerite Harrison, Socialite Spy
Author: Janet Wallach
Narrator: Saskia Maarleveld
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES EDITOR&amp;#039;S CHOICE &amp;#039;A compelling story that pulsates with the energy of a thriller&amp;#039;—The Wall Street Journal &amp;#039;Suspense, élan and a generous helping of glamour: Think George Smiley in a mink-trimmed coat.&amp;#039;—The New York Times Book Review The true story of socialite Marguerite Harrison, who spied for U.S. military intelligence in Russia and Germany in the fraught period between the world wars Born a privileged child of America’s Gilded Age, Marguerite Harrison rebelled against her mother’s ambitions, married the man she loved, was widowed at thirty-seven, and set off on a life of adventure. Hired as a society reporter, when America entered World War I she applied to Military Intelligence to work as a spy. She arrived in Berlin immediately after the Armistice and befriended the enemy, dining with aristocrats and dancing with socialists. Late into the night she wrote prescient reports on the growing power of the German right. Sent to Moscow, she sneaked into Russia to observe the results of the Bolshevik Revolution. Although she carried press credentials she was caught and imprisoned as an American spy. Terrified when told her only way out was to spy for the Cheka, she became a double agent, aiming to convince the Russian rulers she was working for them while striving to stay loyal to her country. In Germany and Russia, Harrison saw the future—a second war with Germany, a cold war with the Soviets—but her reports were ignored by many back home. Over a decade, Harrison’s mysterious adventures took her to Europe, Baghdad, and the Far East, as a socialite, secret agent, and documentary filmmaker. Janet Wallach captures Harrison’s daring and glamour in this stranger-than-fiction history of a woman drawn to the impossible.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Place We Make: Breaking the Legacy of Legalized Hate by Sarah L. Sanderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649111</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649111">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649111</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Place We Make: Breaking the Legacy of Legalized Hate
Author: Sarah L. Sanderson
Narrator: Chanté Griffin, Sarah L. Sanderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A thoughtful investigation into the incredible true story of a Black man convicted and exiled under the Oregon Exclusion Law in 1851—and a contemporary White woman wrestling with racism and faith after learning she’s a descendant of two men who assisted in the exile. “A beautiful rendering of an ugly history. A worthy read.”—Chanté Griffin, advocate, journalist, and author A SOJOURNERS BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Moving back to the outskirts of Portland, called the “Whitest city in America,” prompted Sarah’s curiosity about the colonization of the West, her ancestors, and the legal exile of a Black man. She examined four city leaders involved in Jacob Vanderpool’s case—Oregon City’s founder, the case judge, Jacob’s accuser, and a local pastor—and the cultural and theological fallout of their decisions. Along the way, Sarah took a hard look at her tendencies, unconscious and deliberate, to ignore the possibility of prejudice in her heart.  Vanderpool’s case proved a fascinating lens on a far bigger story than one trial, illuminating truths to help us all come to honest terms with our past, learn to repent, and contribute to the good of the people and places around us. Journey through this sensitive expedition into the events that remain a thorn under America’s skin and discover afresh the vast potential of the flawed but endlessly redeemable—human heart.</description>
      <author>Sarah L. Sanderson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Aug 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593682296.mp3" length="2598361" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649111</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593682296.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649111">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649111</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Place We Make: Breaking the Legacy of Legalized Hate
Author: Sarah L. Sanderson
Narrator: Chanté Griffin, Sarah L. Sanderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A thoughtful investigation into the incredible true story of a Black man convicted and exiled under the Oregon Exclusion Law in 1851—and a contemporary White woman wrestling with racism and faith after learning she’s a descendant of two men who assisted in the exile. “A beautiful rendering of an ugly history. A worthy read.”—Chanté Griffin, advocate, journalist, and author A SOJOURNERS BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Moving back to the outskirts of Portland, called the “Whitest city in America,” prompted Sarah’s curiosity about the colonization of the West, her ancestors, and the legal exile of a Black man. She examined four city leaders involved in Jacob Vanderpool’s case—Oregon City’s founder, the case judge, Jacob’s accuser, and a local pastor—and the cultural and theological fallout of their decisions. Along the way, Sarah took a hard look at her tendencies, unconscious and deliberate, to ignore the possibility of prejudice in her heart.  Vanderpool’s case proved a fascinating lens on a far bigger story than one trial, illuminating truths to help us all come to honest terms with our past, learn to repent, and contribute to the good of the people and places around us. Journey through this sensitive expedition into the events that remain a thorn under America’s skin and discover afresh the vast potential of the flawed but endlessly redeemable—human heart.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649111">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649111</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Place We Make: Breaking the Legacy of Legalized Hate
Author: Sarah L. Sanderson
Narrator: Chanté Griffin, Sarah L. Sanderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A thoughtful investigation into the incredible true story of a Black man convicted and exiled under the Oregon Exclusion Law in 1851—and a contemporary White woman wrestling with racism and faith after learning she’s a descendant of two men who assisted in the exile. “A beautiful rendering of an ugly history. A worthy read.”—Chanté Griffin, advocate, journalist, and author A SOJOURNERS BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Moving back to the outskirts of Portland, called the “Whitest city in America,” prompted Sarah’s curiosity about the colonization of the West, her ancestors, and the legal exile of a Black man. She examined four city leaders involved in Jacob Vanderpool’s case—Oregon City’s founder, the case judge, Jacob’s accuser, and a local pastor—and the cultural and theological fallout of their decisions. Along the way, Sarah took a hard look at her tendencies, unconscious and deliberate, to ignore the possibility of prejudice in her heart.  Vanderpool’s case proved a fascinating lens on a far bigger story than one trial, illuminating truths to help us all come to honest terms with our past, learn to repent, and contribute to the good of the people and places around us. Journey through this sensitive expedition into the events that remain a thorn under America’s skin and discover afresh the vast potential of the flawed but endlessly redeemable—human heart.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lexington: The Extraordinary Life and Turbulent Times of America&amp;#039;s Legendary Racehorse by Kim Wickens</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649110</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649110">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649110</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lexington: The Extraordinary Life and Turbulent Times of America&amp;#039;s Legendary Racehorse
Author: Kim Wickens
Narrator: Vivienne Leheny
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER • “A vivid portrait of America’s greatest stallion, the larger-than-life men who raced and bred him, and the dramatic times in which they lived.”—Geraldine Brooks, author of Horse The powerful true story of the champion Thoroughbred racehorse who gained international fame in the tumultuous Civil War–era South, and became the most successful sire in American racing history WINNER OF THE DR. TONY RYAN BOOK AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE IN THOROUGHBRED RACING LITERATURE  The early days of American horse racing were grueling. Four-mile races, run two or three times in succession, were the norm, rewarding horses who brandished the ideal combination of stamina and speed. The stallion Lexington, named after the city in Kentucky where he was born, possessed these winning qualities, which pioneering Americans prized.   Lexington shattered the world speed record for a four-mile race, showing a war-torn nation that the extraordinary was possible even in those perilous times. He would continue his winning career until deteriorating eyesight forced his retirement in 1855. But once his groundbreaking achievements as a racehorse ended, his role as a sire began. Horses from his bloodline won more money than the offspring of any other Thoroughbred—an annual success that led Lexington to be named America’s leading sire an unprecedented sixteen times.   Yet with the Civil War raging, Lexington’s years at a Kentucky stud farm were far from idyllic. Confederate soldiers ran amok, looting freely and kidnapping horses from the top stables. They soon focused on the prized Lexington and his valuable progeny.  Kim Wickens, a lawyer and dressage rider, became fascinated by this legendary horse when she learned that twelve of Thoroughbred racing&amp;#039;s thirteen Triple Crown winners descended from Lexington. Wickens spent years meticulously researching the horse and his legacy—and with Lexington, she presents an absorbing, exciting account that transports readers back to the raucous beginning of American horse racing and introduces them to the stallion at its heart.</description>
      <author>Kim Wickens</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593739860.mp3" length="2699673" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649110</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593739860.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649110">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649110</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lexington: The Extraordinary Life and Turbulent Times of America&amp;#039;s Legendary Racehorse
Author: Kim Wickens
Narrator: Vivienne Leheny
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER • “A vivid portrait of America’s greatest stallion, the larger-than-life men who raced and bred him, and the dramatic times in which they lived.”—Geraldine Brooks, author of Horse The powerful true story of the champion Thoroughbred racehorse who gained international fame in the tumultuous Civil War–era South, and became the most successful sire in American racing history WINNER OF THE DR. TONY RYAN BOOK AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE IN THOROUGHBRED RACING LITERATURE  The early days of American horse racing were grueling. Four-mile races, run two or three times in succession, were the norm, rewarding horses who brandished the ideal combination of stamina and speed. The stallion Lexington, named after the city in Kentucky where he was born, possessed these winning qualities, which pioneering Americans prized.   Lexington shattered the world speed record for a four-mile race, showing a war-torn nation that the extraordinary was possible even in those perilous times. He would continue his winning career until deteriorating eyesight forced his retirement in 1855. But once his groundbreaking achievements as a racehorse ended, his role as a sire began. Horses from his bloodline won more money than the offspring of any other Thoroughbred—an annual success that led Lexington to be named America’s leading sire an unprecedented sixteen times.   Yet with the Civil War raging, Lexington’s years at a Kentucky stud farm were far from idyllic. Confederate soldiers ran amok, looting freely and kidnapping horses from the top stables. They soon focused on the prized Lexington and his valuable progeny.  Kim Wickens, a lawyer and dressage rider, became fascinated by this legendary horse when she learned that twelve of Thoroughbred racing&amp;#039;s thirteen Triple Crown winners descended from Lexington. Wickens spent years meticulously researching the horse and his legacy—and with Lexington, she presents an absorbing, exciting account that transports readers back to the raucous beginning of American horse racing and introduces them to the stallion at its heart.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649110">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649110</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lexington: The Extraordinary Life and Turbulent Times of America&amp;#039;s Legendary Racehorse
Author: Kim Wickens
Narrator: Vivienne Leheny
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER • “A vivid portrait of America’s greatest stallion, the larger-than-life men who raced and bred him, and the dramatic times in which they lived.”—Geraldine Brooks, author of Horse The powerful true story of the champion Thoroughbred racehorse who gained international fame in the tumultuous Civil War–era South, and became the most successful sire in American racing history WINNER OF THE DR. TONY RYAN BOOK AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE IN THOROUGHBRED RACING LITERATURE  The early days of American horse racing were grueling. Four-mile races, run two or three times in succession, were the norm, rewarding horses who brandished the ideal combination of stamina and speed. The stallion Lexington, named after the city in Kentucky where he was born, possessed these winning qualities, which pioneering Americans prized.   Lexington shattered the world speed record for a four-mile race, showing a war-torn nation that the extraordinary was possible even in those perilous times. He would continue his winning career until deteriorating eyesight forced his retirement in 1855. But once his groundbreaking achievements as a racehorse ended, his role as a sire began. Horses from his bloodline won more money than the offspring of any other Thoroughbred—an annual success that led Lexington to be named America’s leading sire an unprecedented sixteen times.   Yet with the Civil War raging, Lexington’s years at a Kentucky stud farm were far from idyllic. Confederate soldiers ran amok, looting freely and kidnapping horses from the top stables. They soon focused on the prized Lexington and his valuable progeny.  Kim Wickens, a lawyer and dressage rider, became fascinated by this legendary horse when she learned that twelve of Thoroughbred racing&amp;#039;s thirteen Triple Crown winners descended from Lexington. Wickens spent years meticulously researching the horse and his legacy—and with Lexington, she presents an absorbing, exciting account that transports readers back to the raucous beginning of American horse racing and introduces them to the stallion at its heart.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Say Anarcha: A Young Woman, a Devious Surgeon, and the Harrowing Birth of Modern Women&amp;#039;s Health by J. C. Hallman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648042</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Say Anarcha: A Young Woman, a Devious Surgeon, and the Harrowing Birth of Modern Women&amp;#039;s Health
Author: J. C. Hallman
Narrator: Ariel Blake, Peter Ganim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A compelling reckoning with the birth of women’s health that illuminates the sacrifices of a young woman who changed the world only to be forgotten by it—until now For more than a century, Dr. J. Marion Sims was hailed as the “father of modern gynecology.” He founded a hospital in New York City and had a profitable career treating gentry and royalty in Europe, becoming one of the world’s first celebrity surgeons. Statues were built in his honor, but he wasn’t the hero he had made himself appear to be. Sims’s greatest medical claim was the result of several years of experimental surgeries—without anesthesia—on a young enslaved woman known as Anarcha; his so-called cure for obstetric fistula forever altered the path of women’s health. One medical text after another hailed Anarcha as the embodiment of the pivotal role that Sims played in the history of surgery. Decades later, a groundswell of women objecting to Sims’s legacy celebrated Anarcha as the “mother of gynecology.” Little was known about the woman herself. The written record would have us believe Anarcha disappeared; she did not.  Through tenacious research, J. C. Hallman has unearthed the first evidence of Anarcha’s life that did not come from Sims’s suspect reports. Hallman reveals that after helping to spark a patient-centered model of care that continues to improve women’s lives today, Anarcha lived on as a midwife, nurse, and “doctor woman.” Say Anarcha excavates history, deconstructing the biographical smoke screen of a surgeon who has falsely been enshrined as a medical pioneer and bringing forth a heroic Black woman to her rightful place at the center of the creation story of modern women’s health care. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt &amp;amp; Company.</description>
      <author>J. C. Hallman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250290908.mp3" length="1460578" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648042</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250290908.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Say Anarcha: A Young Woman, a Devious Surgeon, and the Harrowing Birth of Modern Women&amp;#039;s Health
Author: J. C. Hallman
Narrator: Ariel Blake, Peter Ganim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A compelling reckoning with the birth of women’s health that illuminates the sacrifices of a young woman who changed the world only to be forgotten by it—until now For more than a century, Dr. J. Marion Sims was hailed as the “father of modern gynecology.” He founded a hospital in New York City and had a profitable career treating gentry and royalty in Europe, becoming one of the world’s first celebrity surgeons. Statues were built in his honor, but he wasn’t the hero he had made himself appear to be. Sims’s greatest medical claim was the result of several years of experimental surgeries—without anesthesia—on a young enslaved woman known as Anarcha; his so-called cure for obstetric fistula forever altered the path of women’s health. One medical text after another hailed Anarcha as the embodiment of the pivotal role that Sims played in the history of surgery. Decades later, a groundswell of women objecting to Sims’s legacy celebrated Anarcha as the “mother of gynecology.” Little was known about the woman herself. The written record would have us believe Anarcha disappeared; she did not.  Through tenacious research, J. C. Hallman has unearthed the first evidence of Anarcha’s life that did not come from Sims’s suspect reports. Hallman reveals that after helping to spark a patient-centered model of care that continues to improve women’s lives today, Anarcha lived on as a midwife, nurse, and “doctor woman.” Say Anarcha excavates history, deconstructing the biographical smoke screen of a surgeon who has falsely been enshrined as a medical pioneer and bringing forth a heroic Black woman to her rightful place at the center of the creation story of modern women’s health care. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt &amp;amp; Company.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Say Anarcha: A Young Woman, a Devious Surgeon, and the Harrowing Birth of Modern Women&amp;#039;s Health
Author: J. C. Hallman
Narrator: Ariel Blake, Peter Ganim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A compelling reckoning with the birth of women’s health that illuminates the sacrifices of a young woman who changed the world only to be forgotten by it—until now For more than a century, Dr. J. Marion Sims was hailed as the “father of modern gynecology.” He founded a hospital in New York City and had a profitable career treating gentry and royalty in Europe, becoming one of the world’s first celebrity surgeons. Statues were built in his honor, but he wasn’t the hero he had made himself appear to be. Sims’s greatest medical claim was the result of several years of experimental surgeries—without anesthesia—on a young enslaved woman known as Anarcha; his so-called cure for obstetric fistula forever altered the path of women’s health. One medical text after another hailed Anarcha as the embodiment of the pivotal role that Sims played in the history of surgery. Decades later, a groundswell of women objecting to Sims’s legacy celebrated Anarcha as the “mother of gynecology.” Little was known about the woman herself. The written record would have us believe Anarcha disappeared; she did not.  Through tenacious research, J. C. Hallman has unearthed the first evidence of Anarcha’s life that did not come from Sims’s suspect reports. Hallman reveals that after helping to spark a patient-centered model of care that continues to improve women’s lives today, Anarcha lived on as a midwife, nurse, and “doctor woman.” Say Anarcha excavates history, deconstructing the biographical smoke screen of a surgeon who has falsely been enshrined as a medical pioneer and bringing forth a heroic Black woman to her rightful place at the center of the creation story of modern women’s health care. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt &amp;amp; Company.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The American Heritage History of the Civil War by Bruce Catton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647450</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647450">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647450</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Heritage History of the Civil War
Author: Bruce Catton
Narrator: Barrett Whitener
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January  1, 1991
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Infinitely absorbing, Bruce Catton’s The Civil War is one of the most widely read general histories of the war available in a single volume. “America needed its great war of brothers,” wrote Bruce Catton, “to weld in a terrible fire what had been and what might be. The story of the war needs retelling because it helped to change the future of the human race.” The Civil War is America’s great Iliad, and few would dispute that its outcome is evident in most social and political issues today. For a person seeking a single volume to serve as a captivating introduction and a dependable guide through all the maze of battles and issues of the Civil War, this is a book without parallel. Catton understood the Civil War, its participants and battles, and he unfolds it with skill and simplicity, from the early division of the North and South to the final surrender of the Confederate troops. Of all historians past and present, Bruce Catton ranks among the best.</description>
      <author>Bruce Catton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jan 1991 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481563093.mp3" length="901236" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647450</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481563093.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647450">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647450</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Heritage History of the Civil War
Author: Bruce Catton
Narrator: Barrett Whitener
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January  1, 1991
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Infinitely absorbing, Bruce Catton’s The Civil War is one of the most widely read general histories of the war available in a single volume. “America needed its great war of brothers,” wrote Bruce Catton, “to weld in a terrible fire what had been and what might be. The story of the war needs retelling because it helped to change the future of the human race.” The Civil War is America’s great Iliad, and few would dispute that its outcome is evident in most social and political issues today. For a person seeking a single volume to serve as a captivating introduction and a dependable guide through all the maze of battles and issues of the Civil War, this is a book without parallel. Catton understood the Civil War, its participants and battles, and he unfolds it with skill and simplicity, from the early division of the North and South to the final surrender of the Confederate troops. Of all historians past and present, Bruce Catton ranks among the best.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647450">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647450</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Heritage History of the Civil War
Author: Bruce Catton
Narrator: Barrett Whitener
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January  1, 1991
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Infinitely absorbing, Bruce Catton’s The Civil War is one of the most widely read general histories of the war available in a single volume. “America needed its great war of brothers,” wrote Bruce Catton, “to weld in a terrible fire what had been and what might be. The story of the war needs retelling because it helped to change the future of the human race.” The Civil War is America’s great Iliad, and few would dispute that its outcome is evident in most social and political issues today. For a person seeking a single volume to serve as a captivating introduction and a dependable guide through all the maze of battles and issues of the Civil War, this is a book without parallel. Catton understood the Civil War, its participants and battles, and he unfolds it with skill and simplicity, from the early division of the North and South to the final surrender of the Confederate troops. Of all historians past and present, Bruce Catton ranks among the best.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>African American Women Poets from 1746 to the Harlem Renaissance by Phyllis Wheatley, Alice Dunbar Nelson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647338</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647338">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647338</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: African American Women Poets from 1746 to the Harlem Renaissance
Author: Phyllis Wheatley, Alice Dunbar Nelson
Narrator: Trei House
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Race and gender have denied many their rightful place in the canon of humanity&amp;#039;s arts.In today&amp;#039;s world, in the blink of an electronic pulse, words can be transported across continents and peoples and all too easily lost in the ever-growing mass of disposable culture of &amp;#039;me-me-me&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;more- more-more&amp;#039;.  We can all be &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; be &amp;#039;politically correct&amp;#039; be outraged at a transgression or even a slight.  Everything means something to someone. But, once again, more modern times miss the reality of what others in previous generations suffered in the battle for equality and recognition.  In America, to be black and a woman over the years this volume covers, was to be chattel, to be bartered, sold, trafficked and used for no more than the whims of others.It was a harsh reality, and yet...., and yet, these women produced verse that sears our souls with the ambition to tell others, to share with us all, what life was like, what was endured and the heartbreak of what their reality was.  They could not be overcome; their voice sought to endure and not be smothered.  Words are powerful weapons, they form ideas, they create movements and manifestos that can change the world.  Many of the women in this volume added to those words, to that desire that the words of their Constitution would someday include themselves.   The fight is not yet wholly won, prejudice and inequality still single them out but the flame of hope, of destiny continues to burn fiercely with their names.  Their poetry is not solely of protest but rich in a range of subjects embracing tenderness, love, family and includes works by Alice Dunbar Nelson, Frances W Harper, Phyllis Wheatley, Zora Neale Hurston, Esther Popel, Clarissa Scott Delany and many others whose voice voices call to us through the years.01 - African American Women Poets from 1746 to the Harlem Renaissance - An Introduction02 - Bars Fight by Lucy Terry03 - On Virtue by Phyllis Wheatley04 - To a Lady and Her Children on the Death of Her Son and Their Brother by Phyllis Wheatley05 - An Hymn to the Morning by Phyllis Wheatley06 - An Hymn to the Evening by Phyllis Wheatley07 - Bury Me in a Free Land by Frances E W Harper08 - My Mother&amp;#039;s Kiss by Frances E W Harper09 - The Slave Trade Girl&amp;#039;s Address to Her Mother by Sarah Louisa Forten10 - Burial of Sarah by Frances E W Harper11 - Reflections, Written On Visiting the Grave of a Venerated Friend by Ann Plato12 - The Natives of America by Ann Plato13 - The Angel&amp;#039;s Visit by Charlotte L Forten Grimke14 - Disappointment by May E Tucker15 - Light In Darkness by Mary E Tucker16 - Hope by Mary E Tucker17 - Drifts That Bar My Door by Adah Isaacs Menken18 - Infelix by Adah Isaacs Menken19 - Aspiration by Adah Isaacs Menken20 - The Coming Woman by Mary Weston Fordham21 - In Memorium. Alphonse Campbell Fordham by Mary Weston Fordham22 - Aspiration by Henrietta Cordelia Ray23 - Life by Henrietta Cordelia Ray24 - Scraps of Time by Charlotte E Linden25 - Brave Man and Brave Woman by Charlotte E Linden26 - What Constitutes A Negro by Eva Carter Buckner27 - Thine Own by Josephine Delphine Henderson Heard28 - The Black Sampson by Josephine Delphine Henderson Heard29 - The Singer and the Song (To Paul Laurence Dunbar) by Carrie Williams Clifford30 - The Widening Light by Carrie Williams Clifford31 - The Door of Hope by Lizelia Augusta Jenkins Moorer32 - Negro Heroines by Lizelia Augusta Jenkins Moorer33 - The Voice of the Negro by Lizelia Augusta Jenkins Moorer34 - The Angel&amp;#039;s Message by Clara Ann Thompson35 - Not Dead, But Sleeping by Clara Ann Thompson36 - Treasured Mome&amp;#039;nts by Olivia Ward Bush Banks37 - When Mandy Combs Her Head by Katherine Chapman Tillman38 - Emancipation by Priscilla Jane Thompson39 - To A Deceased Friend by Priscilla Jane Thompson40 - Ain&amp;#039;t That Hard. Transcribed by Christine Rutledge of the Carolina Singers 187341 - The Gospel Train. Transcribed by Christine Rutledge of the Carolina Singers 187342 - The Prettiest Thing That I Ever Did. Transcribed by Christine Rutledge of the Carolina Singers 187343 - I Sit and Sew by Alice Dunbar Nelson44 - Sonnet by Alice Dunbar-Nelson45 - In Memoriam by Alice Dunbar Nelson46 - Impressions by Alice Dunbar Nelson47 - At the Grave of the Forgotten by Effie Waller Smith48 - Preparation by Effie Waller Smith49 - Tenebris by Angelina Weld Grimké50 - The Black Finger by Angelina Weld Grimké51 - The Eyes of My Regret by Angelina Weld Grimké52 - The Heart of A Woman by Georgia Douglas Johnson53 - Transpositions by Georgia Douglas Johnson54 - When I Rise Up by Georgia Douglas Johnson55 - Translation by Anne Spencer56 - White Things by Anne Spencer57 - La Vie C&amp;#039;est la Vie by Jessie Fauset58 - Dead Fires by Jessie Fauset59 - Sometimes by Maggie Pogue Johnson60 - The Negro Has A Chance by Maggie Pogue Johnson61 - Journey&amp;#039;s End by Zora Neale Hurston62 - That Hill by Blanche Taylor Dickinson63 - To an Icicle by Blanche Taylor Dickinson64 - Flag Salute by Esther Popel65 - The Mask by Clarissa Scott Delany66 - Joy by Clarissa Scott Delany67 - To Usward by Gwendolyn B Bennett68 - Epitaph by Gwendolyn B Bennett69 - Heritage by Gwendolyn B Bennett70 - My Africa by Gladys May Casely Hayford71 - The Serving Girl by Gladys May Casely Hayford</description>
      <author>Phyllis Wheatley, Alice Dunbar Nelson</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Jan 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781803545370.mp3" length="1287587" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647338</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781803545370.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647338">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647338</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: African American Women Poets from 1746 to the Harlem Renaissance
Author: Phyllis Wheatley, Alice Dunbar Nelson
Narrator: Trei House
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Race and gender have denied many their rightful place in the canon of humanity&amp;#039;s arts.In today&amp;#039;s world, in the blink of an electronic pulse, words can be transported across continents and peoples and all too easily lost in the ever-growing mass of disposable culture of &amp;#039;me-me-me&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;more- more-more&amp;#039;.  We can all be &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; be &amp;#039;politically correct&amp;#039; be outraged at a transgression or even a slight.  Everything means something to someone. But, once again, more modern times miss the reality of what others in previous generations suffered in the battle for equality and recognition.  In America, to be black and a woman over the years this volume covers, was to be chattel, to be bartered, sold, trafficked and used for no more than the whims of others.It was a harsh reality, and yet...., and yet, these women produced verse that sears our souls with the ambition to tell others, to share with us all, what life was like, what was endured and the heartbreak of what their reality was.  They could not be overcome; their voice sought to endure and not be smothered.  Words are powerful weapons, they form ideas, they create movements and manifestos that can change the world.  Many of the women in this volume added to those words, to that desire that the words of their Constitution would someday include themselves.   The fight is not yet wholly won, prejudice and inequality still single them out but the flame of hope, of destiny continues to burn fiercely with their names.  Their poetry is not solely of protest but rich in a range of subjects embracing tenderness, love, family and includes works by Alice Dunbar Nelson, Frances W Harper, Phyllis Wheatley, Zora Neale Hurston, Esther Popel, Clarissa Scott Delany and many others whose voice voices call to us through the years.01 - African American Women Poets from 1746 to the Harlem Renaissance - An Introduction02 - Bars Fight by Lucy Terry03 - On Virtue by Phyllis Wheatley04 - To a Lady and Her Children on the Death of Her Son and Their Brother by Phyllis Wheatley05 - An Hymn to the Morning by Phyllis Wheatley06 - An Hymn to the Evening by Phyllis Wheatley07 - Bury Me in a Free Land by Frances E W Harper08 - My Mother&amp;#039;s Kiss by Frances E W Harper09 - The Slave Trade Girl&amp;#039;s Address to Her Mother by Sarah Louisa Forten10 - Burial of Sarah by Frances E W Harper11 - Reflections, Written On Visiting the Grave of a Venerated Friend by Ann Plato12 - The Natives of America by Ann Plato13 - The Angel&amp;#039;s Visit by Charlotte L Forten Grimke14 - Disappointment by May E Tucker15 - Light In Darkness by Mary E Tucker16 - Hope by Mary E Tucker17 - Drifts That Bar My Door by Adah Isaacs Menken18 - Infelix by Adah Isaacs Menken19 - Aspiration by Adah Isaacs Menken20 - The Coming Woman by Mary Weston Fordham21 - In Memorium. Alphonse Campbell Fordham by Mary Weston Fordham22 - Aspiration by Henrietta Cordelia Ray23 - Life by Henrietta Cordelia Ray24 - Scraps of Time by Charlotte E Linden25 - Brave Man and Brave Woman by Charlotte E Linden26 - What Constitutes A Negro by Eva Carter Buckner27 - Thine Own by Josephine Delphine Henderson Heard28 - The Black Sampson by Josephine Delphine Henderson Heard29 - The Singer and the Song (To Paul Laurence Dunbar) by Carrie Williams Clifford30 - The Widening Light by Carrie Williams Clifford31 - The Door of Hope by Lizelia Augusta Jenkins Moorer32 - Negro Heroines by Lizelia Augusta Jenkins Moorer33 - The Voice of the Negro by Lizelia Augusta Jenkins Moorer34 - The Angel&amp;#039;s Message by Clara Ann Thompson35 - Not Dead, But Sleeping by Clara Ann Thompson36 - Treasured Mome&amp;#039;nts by Olivia Ward Bush Banks37 - When Mandy Combs Her Head by Katherine Chapman Tillman38 - Emancipation by Priscilla Jane Thompson39 - To A Deceased Friend by Priscilla Jane Thompson40 - Ain&amp;#039;t That Hard. Transcribed by Christine Rutledge of the Carolina Singers 187341 - The Gospel Train. Transcribed by Christine Rutledge of the Carolina Singers 187342 - The Prettiest Thing That I Ever Did. Transcribed by Christine Rutledge of the Carolina Singers 187343 - I Sit and Sew by Alice Dunbar Nelson44 - Sonnet by Alice Dunbar-Nelson45 - In Memoriam by Alice Dunbar Nelson46 - Impressions by Alice Dunbar Nelson47 - At the Grave of the Forgotten by Effie Waller Smith48 - Preparation by Effie Waller Smith49 - Tenebris by Angelina Weld Grimké50 - The Black Finger by Angelina Weld Grimké51 - The Eyes of My Regret by Angelina Weld Grimké52 - The Heart of A Woman by Georgia Douglas Johnson53 - Transpositions by Georgia Douglas Johnson54 - When I Rise Up by Georgia Douglas Johnson55 - Translation by Anne Spencer56 - White Things by Anne Spencer57 - La Vie C&amp;#039;est la Vie by Jessie Fauset58 - Dead Fires by Jessie Fauset59 - Sometimes by Maggie Pogue Johnson60 - The Negro Has A Chance by Maggie Pogue Johnson61 - Journey&amp;#039;s End by Zora Neale Hurston62 - That Hill by Blanche Taylor Dickinson63 - To an Icicle by Blanche Taylor Dickinson64 - Flag Salute by Esther Popel65 - The Mask by Clarissa Scott Delany66 - Joy by Clarissa Scott Delany67 - To Usward by Gwendolyn B Bennett68 - Epitaph by Gwendolyn B Bennett69 - Heritage by Gwendolyn B Bennett70 - My Africa by Gladys May Casely Hayford71 - The Serving Girl by Gladys May Casely Hayford</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647338">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647338</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: African American Women Poets from 1746 to the Harlem Renaissance
Author: Phyllis Wheatley, Alice Dunbar Nelson
Narrator: Trei House
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Race and gender have denied many their rightful place in the canon of humanity&amp;#039;s arts.In today&amp;#039;s world, in the blink of an electronic pulse, words can be transported across continents and peoples and all too easily lost in the ever-growing mass of disposable culture of &amp;#039;me-me-me&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;more- more-more&amp;#039;.  We can all be &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; be &amp;#039;politically correct&amp;#039; be outraged at a transgression or even a slight.  Everything means something to someone. But, once again, more modern times miss the reality of what others in previous generations suffered in the battle for equality and recognition.  In America, to be black and a woman over the years this volume covers, was to be chattel, to be bartered, sold, trafficked and used for no more than the whims of others.It was a harsh reality, and yet...., and yet, these women produced verse that sears our souls with the ambition to tell others, to share with us all, what life was like, what was endured and the heartbreak of what their reality was.  They could not be overcome; their voice sought to endure and not be smothered.  Words are powerful weapons, they form ideas, they create movements and manifestos that can change the world.  Many of the women in this volume added to those words, to that desire that the words of their Constitution would someday include themselves.   The fight is not yet wholly won, prejudice and inequality still single them out but the flame of hope, of destiny continues to burn fiercely with their names.  Their poetry is not solely of protest but rich in a range of subjects embracing tenderness, love, family and includes works by Alice Dunbar Nelson, Frances W Harper, Phyllis Wheatley, Zora Neale Hurston, Esther Popel, Clarissa Scott Delany and many others whose voice voices call to us through the years.01 - African American Women Poets from 1746 to the Harlem Renaissance - An Introduction02 - Bars Fight by Lucy Terry03 - On Virtue by Phyllis Wheatley04 - To a Lady and Her Children on the Death of Her Son and Their Brother by Phyllis Wheatley05 - An Hymn to the Morning by Phyllis Wheatley06 - An Hymn to the Evening by Phyllis Wheatley07 - Bury Me in a Free Land by Frances E W Harper08 - My Mother&amp;#039;s Kiss by Frances E W Harper09 - The Slave Trade Girl&amp;#039;s Address to Her Mother by Sarah Louisa Forten10 - Burial of Sarah by Frances E W Harper11 - Reflections, Written On Visiting the Grave of a Venerated Friend by Ann Plato12 - The Natives of America by Ann Plato13 - The Angel&amp;#039;s Visit by Charlotte L Forten Grimke14 - Disappointment by May E Tucker15 - Light In Darkness by Mary E Tucker16 - Hope by Mary E Tucker17 - Drifts That Bar My Door by Adah Isaacs Menken18 - Infelix by Adah Isaacs Menken19 - Aspiration by Adah Isaacs Menken20 - The Coming Woman by Mary Weston Fordham21 - In Memorium. Alphonse Campbell Fordham by Mary Weston Fordham22 - Aspiration by Henrietta Cordelia Ray23 - Life by Henrietta Cordelia Ray24 - Scraps of Time by Charlotte E Linden25 - Brave Man and Brave Woman by Charlotte E Linden26 - What Constitutes A Negro by Eva Carter Buckner27 - Thine Own by Josephine Delphine Henderson Heard28 - The Black Sampson by Josephine Delphine Henderson Heard29 - The Singer and the Song (To Paul Laurence Dunbar) by Carrie Williams Clifford30 - The Widening Light by Carrie Williams Clifford31 - The Door of Hope by Lizelia Augusta Jenkins Moorer32 - Negro Heroines by Lizelia Augusta Jenkins Moorer33 - The Voice of the Negro by Lizelia Augusta Jenkins Moorer34 - The Angel&amp;#039;s Message by Clara Ann Thompson35 - Not Dead, But Sleeping by Clara Ann Thompson36 - Treasured Mome&amp;#039;nts by Olivia Ward Bush Banks37 - When Mandy Combs Her Head by Katherine Chapman Tillman38 - Emancipation by Priscilla Jane Thompson39 - To A Deceased Friend by Priscilla Jane Thompson40 - Ain&amp;#039;t That Hard. Transcribed by Christine Rutledge of the Carolina Singers 187341 - The Gospel Train. Transcribed by Christine Rutledge of the Carolina Singers 187342 - The Prettiest Thing That I Ever Did. Transcribed by Christine Rutledge of the Carolina Singers 187343 - I Sit and Sew by Alice Dunbar Nelson44 - Sonnet by Alice Dunbar-Nelson45 - In Memoriam by Alice Dunbar Nelson46 - Impressions by Alice Dunbar Nelson47 - At the Grave of the Forgotten by Effie Waller Smith48 - Preparation by Effie Waller Smith49 - Tenebris by Angelina Weld Grimké50 - The Black Finger by Angelina Weld Grimké51 - The Eyes of My Regret by Angelina Weld Grimké52 - The Heart of A Woman by Georgia Douglas Johnson53 - Transpositions by Georgia Douglas Johnson54 - When I Rise Up by Georgia Douglas Johnson55 - Translation by Anne Spencer56 - White Things by Anne Spencer57 - La Vie C&amp;#039;est la Vie by Jessie Fauset58 - Dead Fires by Jessie Fauset59 - Sometimes by Maggie Pogue Johnson60 - The Negro Has A Chance by Maggie Pogue Johnson61 - Journey&amp;#039;s End by Zora Neale Hurston62 - That Hill by Blanche Taylor Dickinson63 - To an Icicle by Blanche Taylor Dickinson64 - Flag Salute by Esther Popel65 - The Mask by Clarissa Scott Delany66 - Joy by Clarissa Scott Delany67 - To Usward by Gwendolyn B Bennett68 - Epitaph by Gwendolyn B Bennett69 - Heritage by Gwendolyn B Bennett70 - My Africa by Gladys May Casely Hayford71 - The Serving Girl by Gladys May Casely Hayford</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Last Stand of the Louisiana Shrimpers by Emma Christopher Lirette</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647291</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Last Stand of the Louisiana Shrimpers
Author: Emma Christopher Lirette
Narrator: Linda Rigamer Lirette
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In recent years, shrimpers on the Louisiana coast have faced a historically dire shrimp season, with the price of shrimp barely high enough to justify trawling. Yet, many of them wouldn&amp;#039;t consider leaving shrimping behind, despite having transferrable skills that could land them jobs in the oil and gas industry. Since 2001, shrimpers have faced increasing challenges to their trade: an influx of shrimp from southeast Asia, several traumatic hurricane seasons, and the largest oil spill at sea in American history. In Last Stand of the Louisiana Shrimpers, author Emma Christopher Lirette traces how Louisiana Gulf Coast shrimpers negotiate land and blood, sea and freedom, and economic security and networks of control. This book explores what ties shrimpers to their boats and nets. Despite feeling trapped by finances and circumstances, they have created a world in which they have agency. Lirette provides a richly textured view of the shrimpers of Terrebonne Parish, Louisiana, calling upon ethnographic fieldwork, archival research, interdisciplinary scholarship, and critical theory. With evocative, lyrical prose, she argues that in persisting to trawl in places that increasingly restrict their way of life, shrimpers build fragile, quietly defiant worlds, adapting to a constantly changing environment. In these flickering worlds, shrimpers reimagine what it means to work and what it means to make a living.</description>
      <author>Emma Christopher Lirette</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Nov 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781496848697.mp3" length="796639" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647291</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781496848697.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Last Stand of the Louisiana Shrimpers
Author: Emma Christopher Lirette
Narrator: Linda Rigamer Lirette
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In recent years, shrimpers on the Louisiana coast have faced a historically dire shrimp season, with the price of shrimp barely high enough to justify trawling. Yet, many of them wouldn&amp;#039;t consider leaving shrimping behind, despite having transferrable skills that could land them jobs in the oil and gas industry. Since 2001, shrimpers have faced increasing challenges to their trade: an influx of shrimp from southeast Asia, several traumatic hurricane seasons, and the largest oil spill at sea in American history. In Last Stand of the Louisiana Shrimpers, author Emma Christopher Lirette traces how Louisiana Gulf Coast shrimpers negotiate land and blood, sea and freedom, and economic security and networks of control. This book explores what ties shrimpers to their boats and nets. Despite feeling trapped by finances and circumstances, they have created a world in which they have agency. Lirette provides a richly textured view of the shrimpers of Terrebonne Parish, Louisiana, calling upon ethnographic fieldwork, archival research, interdisciplinary scholarship, and critical theory. With evocative, lyrical prose, she argues that in persisting to trawl in places that increasingly restrict their way of life, shrimpers build fragile, quietly defiant worlds, adapting to a constantly changing environment. In these flickering worlds, shrimpers reimagine what it means to work and what it means to make a living.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Last Stand of the Louisiana Shrimpers
Author: Emma Christopher Lirette
Narrator: Linda Rigamer Lirette
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In recent years, shrimpers on the Louisiana coast have faced a historically dire shrimp season, with the price of shrimp barely high enough to justify trawling. Yet, many of them wouldn&amp;#039;t consider leaving shrimping behind, despite having transferrable skills that could land them jobs in the oil and gas industry. Since 2001, shrimpers have faced increasing challenges to their trade: an influx of shrimp from southeast Asia, several traumatic hurricane seasons, and the largest oil spill at sea in American history. In Last Stand of the Louisiana Shrimpers, author Emma Christopher Lirette traces how Louisiana Gulf Coast shrimpers negotiate land and blood, sea and freedom, and economic security and networks of control. This book explores what ties shrimpers to their boats and nets. Despite feeling trapped by finances and circumstances, they have created a world in which they have agency. Lirette provides a richly textured view of the shrimpers of Terrebonne Parish, Louisiana, calling upon ethnographic fieldwork, archival research, interdisciplinary scholarship, and critical theory. With evocative, lyrical prose, she argues that in persisting to trawl in places that increasingly restrict their way of life, shrimpers build fragile, quietly defiant worlds, adapting to a constantly changing environment. In these flickering worlds, shrimpers reimagine what it means to work and what it means to make a living.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Preventorium: A Memoir by Susan Annah Currie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647289</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647289">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647289</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Preventorium: A Memoir
Author: Susan Annah Currie
Narrator: Vanessa Webb
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Opened on February 17, 1929, the Mississippi State Preventorium operated continuously until 1976. The Mississippi Preventorium, like similar hospitals throughout the country, was an institution for sickly, anemic, and underweight children. It was established on the grounds of the Mississippi State Tuberculosis Sanitorium in the early years of the twentieth century when tuberculosis was a dreaded disease worldwide. The TB Sanitorium hospital housed those with tuberculosis, offering refuge for patients of all ages afflicted with the pernicious and contagious disease. Although located on the same medical campus, the preventorium was a separate medical institution for children; no children with TB were admitted in the sixty-year run of the hospital. The name preventorium meant a place of preventing disease as there was a fear of sickly children contracting TB. The Mississippi Preventorium was one of the last, if not the very last, of these special hospitals for children. Now closed, the preventorium housed over three thousand children, including author Susan Annah Currie. In this intimate memoir, Currie details her fifteen-month stay at the preventorium. From her arrival in May 1959 at six years old, Currie vividly explores the unique and isolating world that she and children across the country experienced. Her exacting routine, dictated by the nurses and doctors who now acted as her parents, erased the distinction between patients and created both a sense of community among the children and a deep sense of loneliness. From walking silently single file through the cold, narrow halls of the hospital to nurses recording every detail of their bathroom habits to extremely limited visitation from family, Currie&amp;#039;s time at the preventorium changed her and those around her, leaving an indelible mark even after their return home. While many of the records from the preventorium have been lost, Currie&amp;#039;s memoir opens to readers a lost history largely forgotten. Told in evocative prose, The Preventorium explores Currie&amp;#039;s personal trials, both in the hospital and in the echoes of her experiences into adulthood.</description>
      <author>Susan Annah Currie</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781496848680.mp3" length="804715" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647289</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781496848680.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647289">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647289</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Preventorium: A Memoir
Author: Susan Annah Currie
Narrator: Vanessa Webb
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Opened on February 17, 1929, the Mississippi State Preventorium operated continuously until 1976. The Mississippi Preventorium, like similar hospitals throughout the country, was an institution for sickly, anemic, and underweight children. It was established on the grounds of the Mississippi State Tuberculosis Sanitorium in the early years of the twentieth century when tuberculosis was a dreaded disease worldwide. The TB Sanitorium hospital housed those with tuberculosis, offering refuge for patients of all ages afflicted with the pernicious and contagious disease. Although located on the same medical campus, the preventorium was a separate medical institution for children; no children with TB were admitted in the sixty-year run of the hospital. The name preventorium meant a place of preventing disease as there was a fear of sickly children contracting TB. The Mississippi Preventorium was one of the last, if not the very last, of these special hospitals for children. Now closed, the preventorium housed over three thousand children, including author Susan Annah Currie. In this intimate memoir, Currie details her fifteen-month stay at the preventorium. From her arrival in May 1959 at six years old, Currie vividly explores the unique and isolating world that she and children across the country experienced. Her exacting routine, dictated by the nurses and doctors who now acted as her parents, erased the distinction between patients and created both a sense of community among the children and a deep sense of loneliness. From walking silently single file through the cold, narrow halls of the hospital to nurses recording every detail of their bathroom habits to extremely limited visitation from family, Currie&amp;#039;s time at the preventorium changed her and those around her, leaving an indelible mark even after their return home. While many of the records from the preventorium have been lost, Currie&amp;#039;s memoir opens to readers a lost history largely forgotten. Told in evocative prose, The Preventorium explores Currie&amp;#039;s personal trials, both in the hospital and in the echoes of her experiences into adulthood.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647289">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647289</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Preventorium: A Memoir
Author: Susan Annah Currie
Narrator: Vanessa Webb
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Opened on February 17, 1929, the Mississippi State Preventorium operated continuously until 1976. The Mississippi Preventorium, like similar hospitals throughout the country, was an institution for sickly, anemic, and underweight children. It was established on the grounds of the Mississippi State Tuberculosis Sanitorium in the early years of the twentieth century when tuberculosis was a dreaded disease worldwide. The TB Sanitorium hospital housed those with tuberculosis, offering refuge for patients of all ages afflicted with the pernicious and contagious disease. Although located on the same medical campus, the preventorium was a separate medical institution for children; no children with TB were admitted in the sixty-year run of the hospital. The name preventorium meant a place of preventing disease as there was a fear of sickly children contracting TB. The Mississippi Preventorium was one of the last, if not the very last, of these special hospitals for children. Now closed, the preventorium housed over three thousand children, including author Susan Annah Currie. In this intimate memoir, Currie details her fifteen-month stay at the preventorium. From her arrival in May 1959 at six years old, Currie vividly explores the unique and isolating world that she and children across the country experienced. Her exacting routine, dictated by the nurses and doctors who now acted as her parents, erased the distinction between patients and created both a sense of community among the children and a deep sense of loneliness. From walking silently single file through the cold, narrow halls of the hospital to nurses recording every detail of their bathroom habits to extremely limited visitation from family, Currie&amp;#039;s time at the preventorium changed her and those around her, leaving an indelible mark even after their return home. While many of the records from the preventorium have been lost, Currie&amp;#039;s memoir opens to readers a lost history largely forgotten. Told in evocative prose, The Preventorium explores Currie&amp;#039;s personal trials, both in the hospital and in the echoes of her experiences into adulthood.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Printer and the Preacher: Ben Franklin, George Whitefield, and the Surprising Friendship that Invented America by Randy Petersen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647017</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647017">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647017</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Printer and the Preacher: Ben Franklin, George Whitefield, and the Surprising Friendship that Invented America
Author: Randy Petersen
Narrator: Van Tracy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
They were the most famous men in America.  They came from separate countries, followed different philosophies, and led dissimilar lives. But they were fast friends. No two people did more to shape America in the mid-1700s. Benjamin Franklin was the American prototype: hard-working, inventive, practical, funny, with humble manners and lofty dreams. George Whitefield was the most popular preacher in an era of great piety, whose outdoor preaching across the colonies was heard by thousands, all of whom were told, “You must be born again.” People became excited about God. They began reading the Bible and supporting charities. When Whitefield died in 1770, on a preaching tour in New Hampshire, he had built a spiritual foundation for a new nation—just as his surviving friend, Ben Franklin, had built its social foundation. Together these two men helped establish a new nation founded on liberty. This is the story of their amazing friendship. Appendixes are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Randy Petersen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400240937.mp3" length="853294" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647017</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400240937.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647017">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647017</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Printer and the Preacher: Ben Franklin, George Whitefield, and the Surprising Friendship that Invented America
Author: Randy Petersen
Narrator: Van Tracy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
They were the most famous men in America.  They came from separate countries, followed different philosophies, and led dissimilar lives. But they were fast friends. No two people did more to shape America in the mid-1700s. Benjamin Franklin was the American prototype: hard-working, inventive, practical, funny, with humble manners and lofty dreams. George Whitefield was the most popular preacher in an era of great piety, whose outdoor preaching across the colonies was heard by thousands, all of whom were told, “You must be born again.” People became excited about God. They began reading the Bible and supporting charities. When Whitefield died in 1770, on a preaching tour in New Hampshire, he had built a spiritual foundation for a new nation—just as his surviving friend, Ben Franklin, had built its social foundation. Together these two men helped establish a new nation founded on liberty. This is the story of their amazing friendship. Appendixes are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647017">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647017</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Printer and the Preacher: Ben Franklin, George Whitefield, and the Surprising Friendship that Invented America
Author: Randy Petersen
Narrator: Van Tracy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
They were the most famous men in America.  They came from separate countries, followed different philosophies, and led dissimilar lives. But they were fast friends. No two people did more to shape America in the mid-1700s. Benjamin Franklin was the American prototype: hard-working, inventive, practical, funny, with humble manners and lofty dreams. George Whitefield was the most popular preacher in an era of great piety, whose outdoor preaching across the colonies was heard by thousands, all of whom were told, “You must be born again.” People became excited about God. They began reading the Bible and supporting charities. When Whitefield died in 1770, on a preaching tour in New Hampshire, he had built a spiritual foundation for a new nation—just as his surviving friend, Ben Franklin, had built its social foundation. Together these two men helped establish a new nation founded on liberty. This is the story of their amazing friendship. Appendixes are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Phoenix: John Quincy and Louisa Adams, the War of 1812, and the Exile that Saved American Independence by Jane Hampton Cook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646973</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646973">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646973</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Phoenix: John Quincy and Louisa Adams, the War of 1812, and the Exile that Saved American Independence
Author: Jane Hampton Cook
Narrator: Kate Wisniewski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
John Quincy and Louisa Adams’s unexpected journey that changed everything.  American Phoenix is the sweeping, riveting tale of a grand historic adventure across forbidding oceans and frozen tundra—from the bustling ports and towering birches of Boston to the remote reaches of pre-Soviet Russia, from an exile in arctic St. Petersburg to resurrection and reunion among the gardens of Paris. Upon these varied landscapes this Adams and his Eve must find a way to transform their banishment into America’s salvation. Author, historian, and national media commentator Jane Hampton Cook breathes life into once-obscure history, weaving a meticulously researched biographical tapestry that reads like a gripping novel. With the arc and intrigue of Shakespearean drama in a Jane Austen era, American Phoenix is a timely yet timeless addition to the recent renaissance of works on the founding Adams family, from patriarchs John and Abigail to the second-generation of John Quincy and Louisa and beyond. Cook has crafted not only a riveting narrative but also an easy-to-understand history filled with fly-on-the-wall vignettes from 1812 and its hardscrabble, freedom-hungry people. While unveiling vivid portrayals of each character—a colorful assortment of heroes and villains, patriots and pirates, rogues and rabble-rousers—she paints equally fresh, intimate portraits of both John Quincy and Louisa Adams. Cook artfully reveals John Quincy’s devastation after losing the job of his dreams, battle for America’s need to thrive economically, and sojourn to secure his homeland’s survival as a sovereign nation. She reserves her most detailed brushstrokes for the inner struggles of Louisa, using this quietly inspirational woman’s own words to amplify her fears, faith, and fortitude along a deeply personal, often heart-rending journey. Cook’s close-up perspective shows how this American couple’s Russian destination changed US destiny.</description>
      <author>Jane Hampton Cook</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Aug 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781599510941.mp3" length="798953" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646973</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781599510941.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646973">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646973</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Phoenix: John Quincy and Louisa Adams, the War of 1812, and the Exile that Saved American Independence
Author: Jane Hampton Cook
Narrator: Kate Wisniewski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
John Quincy and Louisa Adams’s unexpected journey that changed everything.  American Phoenix is the sweeping, riveting tale of a grand historic adventure across forbidding oceans and frozen tundra—from the bustling ports and towering birches of Boston to the remote reaches of pre-Soviet Russia, from an exile in arctic St. Petersburg to resurrection and reunion among the gardens of Paris. Upon these varied landscapes this Adams and his Eve must find a way to transform their banishment into America’s salvation. Author, historian, and national media commentator Jane Hampton Cook breathes life into once-obscure history, weaving a meticulously researched biographical tapestry that reads like a gripping novel. With the arc and intrigue of Shakespearean drama in a Jane Austen era, American Phoenix is a timely yet timeless addition to the recent renaissance of works on the founding Adams family, from patriarchs John and Abigail to the second-generation of John Quincy and Louisa and beyond. Cook has crafted not only a riveting narrative but also an easy-to-understand history filled with fly-on-the-wall vignettes from 1812 and its hardscrabble, freedom-hungry people. While unveiling vivid portrayals of each character—a colorful assortment of heroes and villains, patriots and pirates, rogues and rabble-rousers—she paints equally fresh, intimate portraits of both John Quincy and Louisa Adams. Cook artfully reveals John Quincy’s devastation after losing the job of his dreams, battle for America’s need to thrive economically, and sojourn to secure his homeland’s survival as a sovereign nation. She reserves her most detailed brushstrokes for the inner struggles of Louisa, using this quietly inspirational woman’s own words to amplify her fears, faith, and fortitude along a deeply personal, often heart-rending journey. Cook’s close-up perspective shows how this American couple’s Russian destination changed US destiny.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646973">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646973</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Phoenix: John Quincy and Louisa Adams, the War of 1812, and the Exile that Saved American Independence
Author: Jane Hampton Cook
Narrator: Kate Wisniewski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
John Quincy and Louisa Adams’s unexpected journey that changed everything.  American Phoenix is the sweeping, riveting tale of a grand historic adventure across forbidding oceans and frozen tundra—from the bustling ports and towering birches of Boston to the remote reaches of pre-Soviet Russia, from an exile in arctic St. Petersburg to resurrection and reunion among the gardens of Paris. Upon these varied landscapes this Adams and his Eve must find a way to transform their banishment into America’s salvation. Author, historian, and national media commentator Jane Hampton Cook breathes life into once-obscure history, weaving a meticulously researched biographical tapestry that reads like a gripping novel. With the arc and intrigue of Shakespearean drama in a Jane Austen era, American Phoenix is a timely yet timeless addition to the recent renaissance of works on the founding Adams family, from patriarchs John and Abigail to the second-generation of John Quincy and Louisa and beyond. Cook has crafted not only a riveting narrative but also an easy-to-understand history filled with fly-on-the-wall vignettes from 1812 and its hardscrabble, freedom-hungry people. While unveiling vivid portrayals of each character—a colorful assortment of heroes and villains, patriots and pirates, rogues and rabble-rousers—she paints equally fresh, intimate portraits of both John Quincy and Louisa Adams. Cook artfully reveals John Quincy’s devastation after losing the job of his dreams, battle for America’s need to thrive economically, and sojourn to secure his homeland’s survival as a sovereign nation. She reserves her most detailed brushstrokes for the inner struggles of Louisa, using this quietly inspirational woman’s own words to amplify her fears, faith, and fortitude along a deeply personal, often heart-rending journey. Cook’s close-up perspective shows how this American couple’s Russian destination changed US destiny.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>African American History: A Very Short Introduction by Jonathan Scott Holloway</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646634</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: African American History: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Jonathan Scott Holloway
Narrator: Diontae Black
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
What does it mean to be an American? The story of the African American past demonstrates the difficulty of answering this seemingly simple question. This book illuminates the US&amp;#039;s core paradoxes, inviting profound questions about what it means to be an American, a citizen, and a human being. This book considers how, for centuries, African Americans have fought for what the black feminist intellectual Anna Julia Cooper called &amp;#039;the cause of freedom.&amp;#039; It begins in Jamestown in 1619, when the first shipment of enslaved Africans arrived in that settlement. It narrates the creation of a system of racialized chattel slavery, the eventual dismantling of that system in the national bloodletting of the Civil War, and the ways that civil rights disputes have continued to erupt in the more than 150 years since Emancipation. This Very Short Introduction carries forward to the Black Lives Matter movement, a grass-roots activist convulsion that declared that African Americans&amp;#039; present and past have value and meaning. At a moment when political debates grapple with the nation&amp;#039;s obligation to acknowledge and perhaps even repair its original sin of racialized slavery, author Jonathan Scott Holloway tells a story about American citizens&amp;#039; capacity and willingness to realize the ideal articulated in America&amp;#039;s founding document, namely, that all people were created equal.</description>
      <author>Jonathan Scott Holloway</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350804102.mp3" length="8962145" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646634</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350804102.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: African American History: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Jonathan Scott Holloway
Narrator: Diontae Black
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
What does it mean to be an American? The story of the African American past demonstrates the difficulty of answering this seemingly simple question. This book illuminates the US&amp;#039;s core paradoxes, inviting profound questions about what it means to be an American, a citizen, and a human being. This book considers how, for centuries, African Americans have fought for what the black feminist intellectual Anna Julia Cooper called &amp;#039;the cause of freedom.&amp;#039; It begins in Jamestown in 1619, when the first shipment of enslaved Africans arrived in that settlement. It narrates the creation of a system of racialized chattel slavery, the eventual dismantling of that system in the national bloodletting of the Civil War, and the ways that civil rights disputes have continued to erupt in the more than 150 years since Emancipation. This Very Short Introduction carries forward to the Black Lives Matter movement, a grass-roots activist convulsion that declared that African Americans&amp;#039; present and past have value and meaning. At a moment when political debates grapple with the nation&amp;#039;s obligation to acknowledge and perhaps even repair its original sin of racialized slavery, author Jonathan Scott Holloway tells a story about American citizens&amp;#039; capacity and willingness to realize the ideal articulated in America&amp;#039;s founding document, namely, that all people were created equal.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: African American History: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Jonathan Scott Holloway
Narrator: Diontae Black
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
What does it mean to be an American? The story of the African American past demonstrates the difficulty of answering this seemingly simple question. This book illuminates the US&amp;#039;s core paradoxes, inviting profound questions about what it means to be an American, a citizen, and a human being. This book considers how, for centuries, African Americans have fought for what the black feminist intellectual Anna Julia Cooper called &amp;#039;the cause of freedom.&amp;#039; It begins in Jamestown in 1619, when the first shipment of enslaved Africans arrived in that settlement. It narrates the creation of a system of racialized chattel slavery, the eventual dismantling of that system in the national bloodletting of the Civil War, and the ways that civil rights disputes have continued to erupt in the more than 150 years since Emancipation. This Very Short Introduction carries forward to the Black Lives Matter movement, a grass-roots activist convulsion that declared that African Americans&amp;#039; present and past have value and meaning. At a moment when political debates grapple with the nation&amp;#039;s obligation to acknowledge and perhaps even repair its original sin of racialized slavery, author Jonathan Scott Holloway tells a story about American citizens&amp;#039; capacity and willingness to realize the ideal articulated in America&amp;#039;s founding document, namely, that all people were created equal.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Gospel of J. Edgar Hoover: How the FBI Aided and Abetted the Rise of White Christian Nationalism by Lerone A. Martin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646571</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646571">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646571</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gospel of J. Edgar Hoover: How the FBI Aided and Abetted the Rise of White Christian Nationalism
Author: Lerone A. Martin
Narrator: Langston Darby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The shocking untold story of how the FBI partnered with white evangelicals to champion a vision of America as a white Christian nation. Lerone Martin draws on thousands of newly declassified FBI documents and memos to describe how, under J. Edgar Hoover&amp;#039;s leadership, FBI agents attended spiritual retreats and worship services, creating an FBI religious culture that fashioned G-men into soldiers and ministers of Christian America. Martin shows how prominent figures such as Billy Graham, Fulton Sheen, and countless other ministers from across the country partnered with the FBI and laundered bureau intel in their sermons while the faithful crowned Hoover the adjudicator of true evangelical faith and allegiance. These partnerships not only solidified the political norms of modern white evangelicalism, they also contributed to the political rise of white Christian nationalism, establishing religion and race as the bedrock of the modern national security state, and setting the terms for today&amp;#039;s domestic terrorism debates. Taking listeners from the pulpits and pews of small-town America to the Oval Office, and from the grassroots to denominational boardrooms, The Gospel of J. Edgar Hoover completely transforms how we understand the FBI, white evangelicalism, and our nation&amp;#039;s entangled history of religion and politics.</description>
      <author>Lerone A. Martin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696610926.mp3" length="7997538" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646571</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696610926.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646571">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646571</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gospel of J. Edgar Hoover: How the FBI Aided and Abetted the Rise of White Christian Nationalism
Author: Lerone A. Martin
Narrator: Langston Darby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The shocking untold story of how the FBI partnered with white evangelicals to champion a vision of America as a white Christian nation. Lerone Martin draws on thousands of newly declassified FBI documents and memos to describe how, under J. Edgar Hoover&amp;#039;s leadership, FBI agents attended spiritual retreats and worship services, creating an FBI religious culture that fashioned G-men into soldiers and ministers of Christian America. Martin shows how prominent figures such as Billy Graham, Fulton Sheen, and countless other ministers from across the country partnered with the FBI and laundered bureau intel in their sermons while the faithful crowned Hoover the adjudicator of true evangelical faith and allegiance. These partnerships not only solidified the political norms of modern white evangelicalism, they also contributed to the political rise of white Christian nationalism, establishing religion and race as the bedrock of the modern national security state, and setting the terms for today&amp;#039;s domestic terrorism debates. Taking listeners from the pulpits and pews of small-town America to the Oval Office, and from the grassroots to denominational boardrooms, The Gospel of J. Edgar Hoover completely transforms how we understand the FBI, white evangelicalism, and our nation&amp;#039;s entangled history of religion and politics.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646571">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646571</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gospel of J. Edgar Hoover: How the FBI Aided and Abetted the Rise of White Christian Nationalism
Author: Lerone A. Martin
Narrator: Langston Darby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The shocking untold story of how the FBI partnered with white evangelicals to champion a vision of America as a white Christian nation. Lerone Martin draws on thousands of newly declassified FBI documents and memos to describe how, under J. Edgar Hoover&amp;#039;s leadership, FBI agents attended spiritual retreats and worship services, creating an FBI religious culture that fashioned G-men into soldiers and ministers of Christian America. Martin shows how prominent figures such as Billy Graham, Fulton Sheen, and countless other ministers from across the country partnered with the FBI and laundered bureau intel in their sermons while the faithful crowned Hoover the adjudicator of true evangelical faith and allegiance. These partnerships not only solidified the political norms of modern white evangelicalism, they also contributed to the political rise of white Christian nationalism, establishing religion and race as the bedrock of the modern national security state, and setting the terms for today&amp;#039;s domestic terrorism debates. Taking listeners from the pulpits and pews of small-town America to the Oval Office, and from the grassroots to denominational boardrooms, The Gospel of J. Edgar Hoover completely transforms how we understand the FBI, white evangelicalism, and our nation&amp;#039;s entangled history of religion and politics.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Economic Consequences of U.S. Mobilization for the Second World War by Alexander J. Field Phd</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646324</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646324">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646324</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Economic Consequences of U.S. Mobilization for the Second World War
Author: Alexander J. Field Phd
Narrator: Steve Marvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A reminder that war is not always, or even generally, good for long-term growth Many believe that despite its destructive character, war ultimately boosts long-term economic growth. For the United States this view is often supported by appeal to the experience of the Second World War, understood as a triumph of both production and productivity. Alexander Field shows that between 1941 and 1945 manufacturing productivity actually declined, depressed by changes in the output mix and resource shocks from enemy action, including curtailed access to natural rubber and, on the Eastern Seaboard, petroleum. The war forced a shift away from producing goods in which the country had a great deal of experience toward those in which it had little. Learning by doing was only a partial counterbalance to the intermittent idleness and input hoarding that characterized a shortage economy and dragged down productivity. The conflict distorted human and physical capital accumulation and once it ended, America stopped producing most of the new goods. The war temporarily shut down basic scientific research and the ongoing development of civilian goods. U.S. world economic dominance in 1948, Field shows, was due less to the experience of making war goods and more to the country&amp;#039;s productive potential in 1941.</description>
      <author>Alexander J. Field Phd</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765055366.mp3" length="7958801" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646324</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765055366.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646324">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646324</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Economic Consequences of U.S. Mobilization for the Second World War
Author: Alexander J. Field Phd
Narrator: Steve Marvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A reminder that war is not always, or even generally, good for long-term growth Many believe that despite its destructive character, war ultimately boosts long-term economic growth. For the United States this view is often supported by appeal to the experience of the Second World War, understood as a triumph of both production and productivity. Alexander Field shows that between 1941 and 1945 manufacturing productivity actually declined, depressed by changes in the output mix and resource shocks from enemy action, including curtailed access to natural rubber and, on the Eastern Seaboard, petroleum. The war forced a shift away from producing goods in which the country had a great deal of experience toward those in which it had little. Learning by doing was only a partial counterbalance to the intermittent idleness and input hoarding that characterized a shortage economy and dragged down productivity. The conflict distorted human and physical capital accumulation and once it ended, America stopped producing most of the new goods. The war temporarily shut down basic scientific research and the ongoing development of civilian goods. U.S. world economic dominance in 1948, Field shows, was due less to the experience of making war goods and more to the country&amp;#039;s productive potential in 1941.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646324">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646324</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Economic Consequences of U.S. Mobilization for the Second World War
Author: Alexander J. Field Phd
Narrator: Steve Marvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A reminder that war is not always, or even generally, good for long-term growth Many believe that despite its destructive character, war ultimately boosts long-term economic growth. For the United States this view is often supported by appeal to the experience of the Second World War, understood as a triumph of both production and productivity. Alexander Field shows that between 1941 and 1945 manufacturing productivity actually declined, depressed by changes in the output mix and resource shocks from enemy action, including curtailed access to natural rubber and, on the Eastern Seaboard, petroleum. The war forced a shift away from producing goods in which the country had a great deal of experience toward those in which it had little. Learning by doing was only a partial counterbalance to the intermittent idleness and input hoarding that characterized a shortage economy and dragged down productivity. The conflict distorted human and physical capital accumulation and once it ended, America stopped producing most of the new goods. The war temporarily shut down basic scientific research and the ongoing development of civilian goods. U.S. world economic dominance in 1948, Field shows, was due less to the experience of making war goods and more to the country&amp;#039;s productive potential in 1941.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Terrible Revolution: Latter-day Saints and the American Apocalypse by Christopher James Blythe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646306</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646306">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646306</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terrible Revolution: Latter-day Saints and the American Apocalypse
Author: Christopher James Blythe
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The relationship between early Mormons and the US was marked by anxiety and hostility. Nineteenth-century Latter-day Saints looked forward to apocalyptic events that would unseat corrupt governments across the globe. Mormons envisioned divine deliverance by way of plagues, natural disasters, foreign invasions, American Indian raids, slave uprisings, or civil war unleashed on American people. For the Saints, these violent images promised a national rebirth that would vouchsafe the protections of the US Constitution and end their oppression. In Terrible Revolution, Christopher James Blythe examines apocalypticism across the history of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. The responses of the church hierarchy to apocalyptic lay prophecies promoted their own form of separatist nationalism during the nineteenth century. Yet, after Utah obtained statehood, as the church sought to assimilate to national religious norms, these same leaders sought to lessen the tensions between themselves and American political and cultural powers. As a result, visions of a violent end to the nation became a liability to disavow. Ultimately, Blythe argues that the visionary world of early Mormonism, with its apocalyptic emphases, continued in the church&amp;#039;s mainstream culture in modified forms but continued to maintain separatist radical forms at the level of folk-belief.</description>
      <author>Christopher James Blythe</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765076484.mp3" length="8334828" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646306</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765076484.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646306">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646306</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terrible Revolution: Latter-day Saints and the American Apocalypse
Author: Christopher James Blythe
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The relationship between early Mormons and the US was marked by anxiety and hostility. Nineteenth-century Latter-day Saints looked forward to apocalyptic events that would unseat corrupt governments across the globe. Mormons envisioned divine deliverance by way of plagues, natural disasters, foreign invasions, American Indian raids, slave uprisings, or civil war unleashed on American people. For the Saints, these violent images promised a national rebirth that would vouchsafe the protections of the US Constitution and end their oppression. In Terrible Revolution, Christopher James Blythe examines apocalypticism across the history of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. The responses of the church hierarchy to apocalyptic lay prophecies promoted their own form of separatist nationalism during the nineteenth century. Yet, after Utah obtained statehood, as the church sought to assimilate to national religious norms, these same leaders sought to lessen the tensions between themselves and American political and cultural powers. As a result, visions of a violent end to the nation became a liability to disavow. Ultimately, Blythe argues that the visionary world of early Mormonism, with its apocalyptic emphases, continued in the church&amp;#039;s mainstream culture in modified forms but continued to maintain separatist radical forms at the level of folk-belief.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646306">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646306</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terrible Revolution: Latter-day Saints and the American Apocalypse
Author: Christopher James Blythe
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The relationship between early Mormons and the US was marked by anxiety and hostility. Nineteenth-century Latter-day Saints looked forward to apocalyptic events that would unseat corrupt governments across the globe. Mormons envisioned divine deliverance by way of plagues, natural disasters, foreign invasions, American Indian raids, slave uprisings, or civil war unleashed on American people. For the Saints, these violent images promised a national rebirth that would vouchsafe the protections of the US Constitution and end their oppression. In Terrible Revolution, Christopher James Blythe examines apocalypticism across the history of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. The responses of the church hierarchy to apocalyptic lay prophecies promoted their own form of separatist nationalism during the nineteenth century. Yet, after Utah obtained statehood, as the church sought to assimilate to national religious norms, these same leaders sought to lessen the tensions between themselves and American political and cultural powers. As a result, visions of a violent end to the nation became a liability to disavow. Ultimately, Blythe argues that the visionary world of early Mormonism, with its apocalyptic emphases, continued in the church&amp;#039;s mainstream culture in modified forms but continued to maintain separatist radical forms at the level of folk-belief.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Hartford Circus Fire: Tragedy Under the Big Top by Michael Skidgell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646215</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hartford Circus Fire: Tragedy Under the Big Top
Author: Michael Skidgell
Narrator: P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Through firsthand accounts and interviews with survivors, author Michael Skidgell attempts to make sense of one of Hartford&amp;#039;s worst tragedies. Almost 7,000 fans eagerly packed into the Ringling Brothers big top on July 6, 1944. With a single careless act, an afternoon at the &amp;#039;Greatest Show on Earth&amp;#039; quickly became one of terror and tragedy as the paraffin-coated circus tent caught fire. Panicked crowds rushed for the few exits, but in minutes, the tent collapsed on those still struggling to escape below. A total of 168 lives were lost, many of them children, with many more injured and forever scarred by the events. Hartford and the surrounding communities reeled in the aftermath as investigators searched for the source of the fire and the responsible parties.</description>
      <author>Michael Skidgell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350800227.mp3" length="7721271" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646215</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350800227.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hartford Circus Fire: Tragedy Under the Big Top
Author: Michael Skidgell
Narrator: P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Through firsthand accounts and interviews with survivors, author Michael Skidgell attempts to make sense of one of Hartford&amp;#039;s worst tragedies. Almost 7,000 fans eagerly packed into the Ringling Brothers big top on July 6, 1944. With a single careless act, an afternoon at the &amp;#039;Greatest Show on Earth&amp;#039; quickly became one of terror and tragedy as the paraffin-coated circus tent caught fire. Panicked crowds rushed for the few exits, but in minutes, the tent collapsed on those still struggling to escape below. A total of 168 lives were lost, many of them children, with many more injured and forever scarred by the events. Hartford and the surrounding communities reeled in the aftermath as investigators searched for the source of the fire and the responsible parties.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hartford Circus Fire: Tragedy Under the Big Top
Author: Michael Skidgell
Narrator: P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Through firsthand accounts and interviews with survivors, author Michael Skidgell attempts to make sense of one of Hartford&amp;#039;s worst tragedies. Almost 7,000 fans eagerly packed into the Ringling Brothers big top on July 6, 1944. With a single careless act, an afternoon at the &amp;#039;Greatest Show on Earth&amp;#039; quickly became one of terror and tragedy as the paraffin-coated circus tent caught fire. Panicked crowds rushed for the few exits, but in minutes, the tent collapsed on those still struggling to escape below. A total of 168 lives were lost, many of them children, with many more injured and forever scarred by the events. Hartford and the surrounding communities reeled in the aftermath as investigators searched for the source of the fire and the responsible parties.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Samuel Ringgold Ward: A Life of Struggle by R.J.M. Blackett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646204</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646204">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646204</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Samuel Ringgold Ward: A Life of Struggle
Author: R.J.M. Blackett
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Born on the Eastern Shore of Maryland, Samuel Ringgold Ward (1817–c. 1869) escaped enslavement and would become a leading figure in the struggle for Black freedom, citizenship, and equality. He was extolled by his contemporary Frederick Douglass for his &amp;#039;depth of thought, fluency of speech, readiness of wit, logical exactness.&amp;#039; Until now, his story has been largely untold. Ward, a newspaper editor, Congregational minister, and advocate for the temperance movement, was considered one of the leading orators of his time. After the passage of the Fugitive Slave Act of 1850 he fled to Canada, where he lectured widely to improve conditions for formerly enslaved people who had settled there. Ward then went to Britain as an agent of the Canadian Antislavery Society and published his influential book Autobiography of a Fugitive Negro. He never returned to the United States, and he died in obscurity in Jamaica.   Despite Ward&amp;#039;s prominent role in the abolitionist movement, his story has been lost because of the decades he spent in exile. In this book, R. J. M. Blackett brings light to Ward&amp;#039;s life and his important role in the struggle against slavery and discrimination, and to the personal price he paid for confronting oppression.</description>
      <author>R.J.M. Blackett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765095881.mp3" length="8297859" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646204</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765095881.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646204">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646204</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Samuel Ringgold Ward: A Life of Struggle
Author: R.J.M. Blackett
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Born on the Eastern Shore of Maryland, Samuel Ringgold Ward (1817–c. 1869) escaped enslavement and would become a leading figure in the struggle for Black freedom, citizenship, and equality. He was extolled by his contemporary Frederick Douglass for his &amp;#039;depth of thought, fluency of speech, readiness of wit, logical exactness.&amp;#039; Until now, his story has been largely untold. Ward, a newspaper editor, Congregational minister, and advocate for the temperance movement, was considered one of the leading orators of his time. After the passage of the Fugitive Slave Act of 1850 he fled to Canada, where he lectured widely to improve conditions for formerly enslaved people who had settled there. Ward then went to Britain as an agent of the Canadian Antislavery Society and published his influential book Autobiography of a Fugitive Negro. He never returned to the United States, and he died in obscurity in Jamaica.   Despite Ward&amp;#039;s prominent role in the abolitionist movement, his story has been lost because of the decades he spent in exile. In this book, R. J. M. Blackett brings light to Ward&amp;#039;s life and his important role in the struggle against slavery and discrimination, and to the personal price he paid for confronting oppression.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646204">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646204</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Samuel Ringgold Ward: A Life of Struggle
Author: R.J.M. Blackett
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Born on the Eastern Shore of Maryland, Samuel Ringgold Ward (1817–c. 1869) escaped enslavement and would become a leading figure in the struggle for Black freedom, citizenship, and equality. He was extolled by his contemporary Frederick Douglass for his &amp;#039;depth of thought, fluency of speech, readiness of wit, logical exactness.&amp;#039; Until now, his story has been largely untold. Ward, a newspaper editor, Congregational minister, and advocate for the temperance movement, was considered one of the leading orators of his time. After the passage of the Fugitive Slave Act of 1850 he fled to Canada, where he lectured widely to improve conditions for formerly enslaved people who had settled there. Ward then went to Britain as an agent of the Canadian Antislavery Society and published his influential book Autobiography of a Fugitive Negro. He never returned to the United States, and he died in obscurity in Jamaica.   Despite Ward&amp;#039;s prominent role in the abolitionist movement, his story has been lost because of the decades he spent in exile. In this book, R. J. M. Blackett brings light to Ward&amp;#039;s life and his important role in the struggle against slavery and discrimination, and to the personal price he paid for confronting oppression.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Women of the American Revolution by Samantha Wilcoxson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646196</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Women of the American Revolution
Author: Samantha Wilcoxson
Narrator: Kim Niemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Women of the American Revolution explores the trials of war and daily life for women in the United States during the War of Independence. What challenges were caused by the division within communities as some stayed loyal to the king and others became patriots? How much choice did women have as their loyalties were assumed to be that of their husbands or fathers? The lives of women of the American Revolution will be examined through an intimate look at some significant women of the era. Many names will be familiar, such as Martha Washington who traveled to winter camps to care for her husband and rally the troops and Abigail Adams who ran the family&amp;#039;s farms and raised children during John&amp;#039;s long absences. Elizabeth Schuyler Hamilton, popularized by Lin Manual Miranda&amp;#039;s Hamilton, was also an early activist working tirelessly for multiple social causes. Decide for yourself if the espionage of Agent 355 or the ride of Sybil Ludington are history or myth. Not all American women served the side of the revolutionaries. Peggy Shippen gambled on the loyalist side and paid severe consequences. From early historian Mercy Otis Warren to Dolley Madison, who defined what it means to be a US First Lady, women of the American Revolution strived to do more than they had previously thought possible during a time of hardship and civil war.</description>
      <author>Samantha Wilcoxson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350805727.mp3" length="8694857" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646196</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350805727.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Women of the American Revolution
Author: Samantha Wilcoxson
Narrator: Kim Niemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Women of the American Revolution explores the trials of war and daily life for women in the United States during the War of Independence. What challenges were caused by the division within communities as some stayed loyal to the king and others became patriots? How much choice did women have as their loyalties were assumed to be that of their husbands or fathers? The lives of women of the American Revolution will be examined through an intimate look at some significant women of the era. Many names will be familiar, such as Martha Washington who traveled to winter camps to care for her husband and rally the troops and Abigail Adams who ran the family&amp;#039;s farms and raised children during John&amp;#039;s long absences. Elizabeth Schuyler Hamilton, popularized by Lin Manual Miranda&amp;#039;s Hamilton, was also an early activist working tirelessly for multiple social causes. Decide for yourself if the espionage of Agent 355 or the ride of Sybil Ludington are history or myth. Not all American women served the side of the revolutionaries. Peggy Shippen gambled on the loyalist side and paid severe consequences. From early historian Mercy Otis Warren to Dolley Madison, who defined what it means to be a US First Lady, women of the American Revolution strived to do more than they had previously thought possible during a time of hardship and civil war.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Women of the American Revolution
Author: Samantha Wilcoxson
Narrator: Kim Niemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Women of the American Revolution explores the trials of war and daily life for women in the United States during the War of Independence. What challenges were caused by the division within communities as some stayed loyal to the king and others became patriots? How much choice did women have as their loyalties were assumed to be that of their husbands or fathers? The lives of women of the American Revolution will be examined through an intimate look at some significant women of the era. Many names will be familiar, such as Martha Washington who traveled to winter camps to care for her husband and rally the troops and Abigail Adams who ran the family&amp;#039;s farms and raised children during John&amp;#039;s long absences. Elizabeth Schuyler Hamilton, popularized by Lin Manual Miranda&amp;#039;s Hamilton, was also an early activist working tirelessly for multiple social causes. Decide for yourself if the espionage of Agent 355 or the ride of Sybil Ludington are history or myth. Not all American women served the side of the revolutionaries. Peggy Shippen gambled on the loyalist side and paid severe consequences. From early historian Mercy Otis Warren to Dolley Madison, who defined what it means to be a US First Lady, women of the American Revolution strived to do more than they had previously thought possible during a time of hardship and civil war.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gallop Toward the Sun: Tecumseh and William Henry Harrison&amp;#039;s Struggle for the Destiny of a Nation by Peter Stark</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645511</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645511">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645511</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gallop Toward the Sun: Tecumseh and William Henry Harrison&amp;#039;s Struggle for the Destiny of a Nation
Author: Peter Stark
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A vivid account of the rivalry between future president William Henry Harrison and the Shawnee chief Tecumseh—and of the Native American alliance that fought westward expansion—from the New York Times bestselling author of Astoria “Taut, multi-layered . . . a much-needed reevaluation of this crucial period of our nation’s history.”—Laurence Bergreen, author of Over the Edge of the World The conquest of Indigenous land in the eastern United States through corrupt treaties and genocidal violence laid the groundwork for the conquest of the American West. In Gallop Toward the Sun, acclaimed author Peter Stark exposes the fundamental conflicts at play through the little-known but consequential struggle between two extraordinary leaders. William Henry Harrison was born to a prominent Virginia family, the son of a signer of the Declaration of Independence. He journeyed west, became governor of the vast Indiana Territory, and sought statehood by attracting settlers and imposing one-sided treaties. Tecumseh, by all accounts one of the nineteenth century’s greatest leaders, belonged to an honored line of Shawnee warriors and chiefs. His father, killed while fighting the Virginians flooding into Kentucky, extracted a promise from his sons to “never give in” to the land-hungry Americans. An eloquent speaker, Tecumseh traveled from Minnesota to Florida and west to the Great Plains convincing far-flung tribes to join a great confederacy and face down their common enemy. Eager to stop U.S. expansion, the British backed Tecumseh’s confederacy in a series of battles during the forgotten western front of the War of 1812 that would determine control over the North American continent. Tecumseh’s brave stand was likely the last chance to protect Indigenous people from U.S. expansion—and prevent the upstart United States from becoming a world power. In this fast-paced narrative—with its sharply drawn characters, high-stakes diplomacy, and bloody battles—Peter Stark brings this pivotal moment to life.</description>
      <author>Peter Stark</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593605660.mp3" length="2831762" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645511</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593605660.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645511">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645511</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gallop Toward the Sun: Tecumseh and William Henry Harrison&amp;#039;s Struggle for the Destiny of a Nation
Author: Peter Stark
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A vivid account of the rivalry between future president William Henry Harrison and the Shawnee chief Tecumseh—and of the Native American alliance that fought westward expansion—from the New York Times bestselling author of Astoria “Taut, multi-layered . . . a much-needed reevaluation of this crucial period of our nation’s history.”—Laurence Bergreen, author of Over the Edge of the World The conquest of Indigenous land in the eastern United States through corrupt treaties and genocidal violence laid the groundwork for the conquest of the American West. In Gallop Toward the Sun, acclaimed author Peter Stark exposes the fundamental conflicts at play through the little-known but consequential struggle between two extraordinary leaders. William Henry Harrison was born to a prominent Virginia family, the son of a signer of the Declaration of Independence. He journeyed west, became governor of the vast Indiana Territory, and sought statehood by attracting settlers and imposing one-sided treaties. Tecumseh, by all accounts one of the nineteenth century’s greatest leaders, belonged to an honored line of Shawnee warriors and chiefs. His father, killed while fighting the Virginians flooding into Kentucky, extracted a promise from his sons to “never give in” to the land-hungry Americans. An eloquent speaker, Tecumseh traveled from Minnesota to Florida and west to the Great Plains convincing far-flung tribes to join a great confederacy and face down their common enemy. Eager to stop U.S. expansion, the British backed Tecumseh’s confederacy in a series of battles during the forgotten western front of the War of 1812 that would determine control over the North American continent. Tecumseh’s brave stand was likely the last chance to protect Indigenous people from U.S. expansion—and prevent the upstart United States from becoming a world power. In this fast-paced narrative—with its sharply drawn characters, high-stakes diplomacy, and bloody battles—Peter Stark brings this pivotal moment to life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645511">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645511</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gallop Toward the Sun: Tecumseh and William Henry Harrison&amp;#039;s Struggle for the Destiny of a Nation
Author: Peter Stark
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A vivid account of the rivalry between future president William Henry Harrison and the Shawnee chief Tecumseh—and of the Native American alliance that fought westward expansion—from the New York Times bestselling author of Astoria “Taut, multi-layered . . . a much-needed reevaluation of this crucial period of our nation’s history.”—Laurence Bergreen, author of Over the Edge of the World The conquest of Indigenous land in the eastern United States through corrupt treaties and genocidal violence laid the groundwork for the conquest of the American West. In Gallop Toward the Sun, acclaimed author Peter Stark exposes the fundamental conflicts at play through the little-known but consequential struggle between two extraordinary leaders. William Henry Harrison was born to a prominent Virginia family, the son of a signer of the Declaration of Independence. He journeyed west, became governor of the vast Indiana Territory, and sought statehood by attracting settlers and imposing one-sided treaties. Tecumseh, by all accounts one of the nineteenth century’s greatest leaders, belonged to an honored line of Shawnee warriors and chiefs. His father, killed while fighting the Virginians flooding into Kentucky, extracted a promise from his sons to “never give in” to the land-hungry Americans. An eloquent speaker, Tecumseh traveled from Minnesota to Florida and west to the Great Plains convincing far-flung tribes to join a great confederacy and face down their common enemy. Eager to stop U.S. expansion, the British backed Tecumseh’s confederacy in a series of battles during the forgotten western front of the War of 1812 that would determine control over the North American continent. Tecumseh’s brave stand was likely the last chance to protect Indigenous people from U.S. expansion—and prevent the upstart United States from becoming a world power. In this fast-paced narrative—with its sharply drawn characters, high-stakes diplomacy, and bloody battles—Peter Stark brings this pivotal moment to life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Bridger: Trailblazer of the American West by Jerry Enzler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643426</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643426">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643426</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jim Bridger: Trailblazer of the American West
Author: Jerry Enzler
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 41 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Even among iconic frontiersmen like John C. Frémont, Kit Carson, and Jedediah Smith, Jim Bridger stands out. A mountain man of the American West, straddling the fur trade era and the age of exploration, he lived the life legends are made of. Here, in a biography that finally gives this outsize character his due, Jerry Enzler takes this frontiersman&amp;#039;s full measure for the first time—and tells a story that would do Jim Bridger proud. Born in 1804 and orphaned at thirteen, Bridger made his first western foray in 1822, traveling up the Missouri River with Mike Fink and a hundred enterprising young men to trap beaver. At twenty he &amp;#039;discovered&amp;#039; the Great Salt Lake. In the following years, he led trapping brigades into Blackfeet territory; guided expeditions of Smithsonian scientists, topographical engineers, and army leaders; and, though he could neither read nor write, mapped the tribal boundaries for the Great Indian Treaty of 1851. Enzler charts Bridger&amp;#039;s path from the fort he built on the Oregon Trail to the route he blazed for Montana gold miners to avert war with Red Cloud and his Lakota coalition. Tapping sources uncovered in the six decades since the last documented Bridger biography, Enzler&amp;#039;s book fully conveys the drama and details of the larger-than-life history of the &amp;#039;King of the Mountain Men.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Jerry Enzler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765087626.mp3" length="8312693" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643426</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765087626.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643426">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643426</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jim Bridger: Trailblazer of the American West
Author: Jerry Enzler
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 41 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Even among iconic frontiersmen like John C. Frémont, Kit Carson, and Jedediah Smith, Jim Bridger stands out. A mountain man of the American West, straddling the fur trade era and the age of exploration, he lived the life legends are made of. Here, in a biography that finally gives this outsize character his due, Jerry Enzler takes this frontiersman&amp;#039;s full measure for the first time—and tells a story that would do Jim Bridger proud. Born in 1804 and orphaned at thirteen, Bridger made his first western foray in 1822, traveling up the Missouri River with Mike Fink and a hundred enterprising young men to trap beaver. At twenty he &amp;#039;discovered&amp;#039; the Great Salt Lake. In the following years, he led trapping brigades into Blackfeet territory; guided expeditions of Smithsonian scientists, topographical engineers, and army leaders; and, though he could neither read nor write, mapped the tribal boundaries for the Great Indian Treaty of 1851. Enzler charts Bridger&amp;#039;s path from the fort he built on the Oregon Trail to the route he blazed for Montana gold miners to avert war with Red Cloud and his Lakota coalition. Tapping sources uncovered in the six decades since the last documented Bridger biography, Enzler&amp;#039;s book fully conveys the drama and details of the larger-than-life history of the &amp;#039;King of the Mountain Men.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643426">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643426</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jim Bridger: Trailblazer of the American West
Author: Jerry Enzler
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 41 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Even among iconic frontiersmen like John C. Frémont, Kit Carson, and Jedediah Smith, Jim Bridger stands out. A mountain man of the American West, straddling the fur trade era and the age of exploration, he lived the life legends are made of. Here, in a biography that finally gives this outsize character his due, Jerry Enzler takes this frontiersman&amp;#039;s full measure for the first time—and tells a story that would do Jim Bridger proud. Born in 1804 and orphaned at thirteen, Bridger made his first western foray in 1822, traveling up the Missouri River with Mike Fink and a hundred enterprising young men to trap beaver. At twenty he &amp;#039;discovered&amp;#039; the Great Salt Lake. In the following years, he led trapping brigades into Blackfeet territory; guided expeditions of Smithsonian scientists, topographical engineers, and army leaders; and, though he could neither read nor write, mapped the tribal boundaries for the Great Indian Treaty of 1851. Enzler charts Bridger&amp;#039;s path from the fort he built on the Oregon Trail to the route he blazed for Montana gold miners to avert war with Red Cloud and his Lakota coalition. Tapping sources uncovered in the six decades since the last documented Bridger biography, Enzler&amp;#039;s book fully conveys the drama and details of the larger-than-life history of the &amp;#039;King of the Mountain Men.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Instrument of War by Martin Hicks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642808</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642808">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642808</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Instrument of War
Author: Martin Hicks
Narrator: Steven Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
It is August 1863 and the Confederate Navy Cruiser Palmetto escapes from Charleston harbour to resume her career as a raider, hunting the shipping of the United States.  The succeeding months see her range the Atlantic Ocean before facing a wild passage of Cape Horn, as her Captain Thomas Grover steers his ship for the Orient, seeking ever more victims in his mission to cripple the overseas commerce of the enemy. Martin Hicks lives in Fraserburgh in Aberdeenshire Scotland and began writing after a career in education. “An Instrument of War,” the sequel to “Palmetto,” is his tenth book, all of them set in the war of 1861-65.  He is currently working on the third and final book of the “Palmetto” series.</description>
      <author>Martin Hicks</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 05 Nov 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823430630.mp3" length="1526427" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642808</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823430630.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642808">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642808</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Instrument of War
Author: Martin Hicks
Narrator: Steven Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
It is August 1863 and the Confederate Navy Cruiser Palmetto escapes from Charleston harbour to resume her career as a raider, hunting the shipping of the United States.  The succeeding months see her range the Atlantic Ocean before facing a wild passage of Cape Horn, as her Captain Thomas Grover steers his ship for the Orient, seeking ever more victims in his mission to cripple the overseas commerce of the enemy. Martin Hicks lives in Fraserburgh in Aberdeenshire Scotland and began writing after a career in education. “An Instrument of War,” the sequel to “Palmetto,” is his tenth book, all of them set in the war of 1861-65.  He is currently working on the third and final book of the “Palmetto” series.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642808">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642808</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Instrument of War
Author: Martin Hicks
Narrator: Steven Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
It is August 1863 and the Confederate Navy Cruiser Palmetto escapes from Charleston harbour to resume her career as a raider, hunting the shipping of the United States.  The succeeding months see her range the Atlantic Ocean before facing a wild passage of Cape Horn, as her Captain Thomas Grover steers his ship for the Orient, seeking ever more victims in his mission to cripple the overseas commerce of the enemy. Martin Hicks lives in Fraserburgh in Aberdeenshire Scotland and began writing after a career in education. “An Instrument of War,” the sequel to “Palmetto,” is his tenth book, all of them set in the war of 1861-65.  He is currently working on the third and final book of the “Palmetto” series.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Da foz do Amazonas à Baía da Traição by Gabriel Soares De Sousa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642052</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642052">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642052</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Da foz do Amazonas à Baía da Traição
Author: Gabriel Soares De Sousa
Narrator: Douglas Monteiro
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Como o título bem diz, essa seleção de textos do livro &amp;#039;Tratado descritivo do Brasil&amp;#039; de Gabriel Soares de Sousa, descreve de forma pitoresca parcela da costa Norte do Brasil ao final do século XVI. Curioso demais encontrar aqui, entre outras singularidades, a referência às Amazonas que atacaram Francisco de Orellana e deram nome ao rio maior.</description>
      <author>Gabriel Soares De Sousa</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jul 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786554111072.mp3" length="762184" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642052</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786554111072.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642052">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642052</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Da foz do Amazonas à Baía da Traição
Author: Gabriel Soares De Sousa
Narrator: Douglas Monteiro
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Como o título bem diz, essa seleção de textos do livro &amp;#039;Tratado descritivo do Brasil&amp;#039; de Gabriel Soares de Sousa, descreve de forma pitoresca parcela da costa Norte do Brasil ao final do século XVI. Curioso demais encontrar aqui, entre outras singularidades, a referência às Amazonas que atacaram Francisco de Orellana e deram nome ao rio maior.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642052">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642052</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Da foz do Amazonas à Baía da Traição
Author: Gabriel Soares De Sousa
Narrator: Douglas Monteiro
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Como o título bem diz, essa seleção de textos do livro &amp;#039;Tratado descritivo do Brasil&amp;#039; de Gabriel Soares de Sousa, descreve de forma pitoresca parcela da costa Norte do Brasil ao final do século XVI. Curioso demais encontrar aqui, entre outras singularidades, a referência às Amazonas que atacaram Francisco de Orellana e deram nome ao rio maior.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Through a Trail of Tears by Gloria Petgrave Scoggins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641871</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Through a Trail of Tears
Author: Gloria Petgrave Scoggins
Narrator: Evelyn Carter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the context of the global struggle of Black or Brown skin women, there have been many women who fought against the white supremacist system and who have not been included in the historical narratives. Simply put, Ermestine Martin’s courage and perseverance in fighting the real estate industry laid the foundation upon which obtaining property wealth and housing were improved. This is her story.</description>
      <author>Gloria Petgrave Scoggins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798985693034.mp3" length="1292784" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641871</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798985693034.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Through a Trail of Tears
Author: Gloria Petgrave Scoggins
Narrator: Evelyn Carter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the context of the global struggle of Black or Brown skin women, there have been many women who fought against the white supremacist system and who have not been included in the historical narratives. Simply put, Ermestine Martin’s courage and perseverance in fighting the real estate industry laid the foundation upon which obtaining property wealth and housing were improved. This is her story.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Through a Trail of Tears
Author: Gloria Petgrave Scoggins
Narrator: Evelyn Carter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the context of the global struggle of Black or Brown skin women, there have been many women who fought against the white supremacist system and who have not been included in the historical narratives. Simply put, Ermestine Martin’s courage and perseverance in fighting the real estate industry laid the foundation upon which obtaining property wealth and housing were improved. This is her story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Da povoação da Paraíba à descrição dos Caetés by Gabriel Soares De Sousa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641764</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Da povoação da Paraíba à descrição dos Caetés
Author: Gabriel Soares De Sousa
Narrator: Douglas Monteiro
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Muitos leitores já passearam pelas lindas paisagens descritas nesta seleção de textos do livro &amp;#039;Tratado descritivo do Brasil&amp;#039; de Gabriel Soares de Sousa: Porto de Galinhas, Itamaracá, Cabo de Santo Agostinho... Neste descritivo, no entanto, poderão enxergar como era este cenário há quase 500 anos, quando Olinda, por exemplo, tinha apenas 700 habitantes!</description>
      <author>Gabriel Soares De Sousa</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jul 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786554111034.mp3" length="788384" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641764</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786554111034.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Da povoação da Paraíba à descrição dos Caetés
Author: Gabriel Soares De Sousa
Narrator: Douglas Monteiro
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Muitos leitores já passearam pelas lindas paisagens descritas nesta seleção de textos do livro &amp;#039;Tratado descritivo do Brasil&amp;#039; de Gabriel Soares de Sousa: Porto de Galinhas, Itamaracá, Cabo de Santo Agostinho... Neste descritivo, no entanto, poderão enxergar como era este cenário há quase 500 anos, quando Olinda, por exemplo, tinha apenas 700 habitantes!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Da povoação da Paraíba à descrição dos Caetés
Author: Gabriel Soares De Sousa
Narrator: Douglas Monteiro
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Muitos leitores já passearam pelas lindas paisagens descritas nesta seleção de textos do livro &amp;#039;Tratado descritivo do Brasil&amp;#039; de Gabriel Soares de Sousa: Porto de Galinhas, Itamaracá, Cabo de Santo Agostinho... Neste descritivo, no entanto, poderão enxergar como era este cenário há quase 500 anos, quando Olinda, por exemplo, tinha apenas 700 habitantes!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Crack Was King: A People&amp;#039;s History of a Misunderstood Era by Donovan X. Ramsey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640562</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640562">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640562</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Crack Was King: A People&amp;#039;s History of a Misunderstood Era
Author: Donovan X. Ramsey
Narrator: Donovan X. Ramsey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 33 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
LONGLISTED FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK AWARD • A “vivid and frank” (NPR) account of the crack cocaine era and a community’s ultimate resilience, told through a cast of characters whose lives illuminate the dramatic rise and fall of the epidemic   “A master class in disrupting a stubborn narrative, a monumental feat for the fraught subject of addiction in Black communities.”—The Washington Post “A poignant and compelling re-examination of a tragic era in America history . . . insightful . . . and deeply moving.”—Bryan Stevenson, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Just Mercy FINALIST FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK CRITICS CIRCLE AWARD • ONE OF THE NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY AND VULTURE’S TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: Time, The Washington Post, NPR, Chicago Public Library, Publishers Weekly, She Reads, Electric Lit, The Mary Sue The crack epidemic of the 1980s and 1990s is arguably the least examined crisis in American history. Beginning with the myths inspired by Reagan’s war on drugs, journalist Donovan X. Ramsey’s exacting analysis traces the path from the last triumphs of the Civil Rights Movement to the devastating realities we live with today: a racist criminal justice system, continued mass incarceration and gentrification, and increased police brutality.   When Crack Was King follows four individuals to give us a startling portrait of crack’s destruction and devastating legacy: Elgin Swift, an archetype of American industry and ambition and the son of a crack-addicted father who turned their home into a “crack house”; Lennie Woodley, a former crack addict and sex worker; Kurt Schmoke, the longtime mayor of Baltimore and an early advocate of decriminalization; and Shawn McCray, community activist, basketball prodigy, and a founding member of the Zoo Crew, Newark’s most legendary group of drug traffickers.   Weaving together riveting research with the voices of survivors, When Crack Was King is a crucial reevaluation of the era and a powerful argument for providing historically violated communities with the resources they deserve.</description>
      <author>Donovan X. Ramsey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593741313.mp3" length="2593523" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640562</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593741313.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640562">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640562</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Crack Was King: A People&amp;#039;s History of a Misunderstood Era
Author: Donovan X. Ramsey
Narrator: Donovan X. Ramsey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 33 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
LONGLISTED FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK AWARD • A “vivid and frank” (NPR) account of the crack cocaine era and a community’s ultimate resilience, told through a cast of characters whose lives illuminate the dramatic rise and fall of the epidemic   “A master class in disrupting a stubborn narrative, a monumental feat for the fraught subject of addiction in Black communities.”—The Washington Post “A poignant and compelling re-examination of a tragic era in America history . . . insightful . . . and deeply moving.”—Bryan Stevenson, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Just Mercy FINALIST FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK CRITICS CIRCLE AWARD • ONE OF THE NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY AND VULTURE’S TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: Time, The Washington Post, NPR, Chicago Public Library, Publishers Weekly, She Reads, Electric Lit, The Mary Sue The crack epidemic of the 1980s and 1990s is arguably the least examined crisis in American history. Beginning with the myths inspired by Reagan’s war on drugs, journalist Donovan X. Ramsey’s exacting analysis traces the path from the last triumphs of the Civil Rights Movement to the devastating realities we live with today: a racist criminal justice system, continued mass incarceration and gentrification, and increased police brutality.   When Crack Was King follows four individuals to give us a startling portrait of crack’s destruction and devastating legacy: Elgin Swift, an archetype of American industry and ambition and the son of a crack-addicted father who turned their home into a “crack house”; Lennie Woodley, a former crack addict and sex worker; Kurt Schmoke, the longtime mayor of Baltimore and an early advocate of decriminalization; and Shawn McCray, community activist, basketball prodigy, and a founding member of the Zoo Crew, Newark’s most legendary group of drug traffickers.   Weaving together riveting research with the voices of survivors, When Crack Was King is a crucial reevaluation of the era and a powerful argument for providing historically violated communities with the resources they deserve.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640562">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640562</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Crack Was King: A People&amp;#039;s History of a Misunderstood Era
Author: Donovan X. Ramsey
Narrator: Donovan X. Ramsey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 33 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
LONGLISTED FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK AWARD • A “vivid and frank” (NPR) account of the crack cocaine era and a community’s ultimate resilience, told through a cast of characters whose lives illuminate the dramatic rise and fall of the epidemic   “A master class in disrupting a stubborn narrative, a monumental feat for the fraught subject of addiction in Black communities.”—The Washington Post “A poignant and compelling re-examination of a tragic era in America history . . . insightful . . . and deeply moving.”—Bryan Stevenson, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Just Mercy FINALIST FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK CRITICS CIRCLE AWARD • ONE OF THE NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY AND VULTURE’S TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: Time, The Washington Post, NPR, Chicago Public Library, Publishers Weekly, She Reads, Electric Lit, The Mary Sue The crack epidemic of the 1980s and 1990s is arguably the least examined crisis in American history. Beginning with the myths inspired by Reagan’s war on drugs, journalist Donovan X. Ramsey’s exacting analysis traces the path from the last triumphs of the Civil Rights Movement to the devastating realities we live with today: a racist criminal justice system, continued mass incarceration and gentrification, and increased police brutality.   When Crack Was King follows four individuals to give us a startling portrait of crack’s destruction and devastating legacy: Elgin Swift, an archetype of American industry and ambition and the son of a crack-addicted father who turned their home into a “crack house”; Lennie Woodley, a former crack addict and sex worker; Kurt Schmoke, the longtime mayor of Baltimore and an early advocate of decriminalization; and Shawn McCray, community activist, basketball prodigy, and a founding member of the Zoo Crew, Newark’s most legendary group of drug traffickers.   Weaving together riveting research with the voices of survivors, When Crack Was King is a crucial reevaluation of the era and a powerful argument for providing historically violated communities with the resources they deserve.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hidden History of Florida by James C. Clark</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640500</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640500">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640500</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hidden History of Florida
Author: James C. Clark
Narrator: Kent Klineman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 51 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Florida historian uncovers strange but true tales of The Sunshine State from the sixteenth century arrival of Spanish ships to the antics of modern politics.   From Key West to the Redneck Riviera, Florida has a history as colorful as its landscape and as diverse as its residents. But beneath the famous legends of Florida&amp;#039;s storied past are intriguing tales that don&amp;#039;t appear in the popular guides or history books. In Hidden History of Florida, author James Clark shines a light on some of the most fascinating untold stories of this unique Southern State.   Here you will learn about then heartbroken senator who entered a mental institution over unrequited love for an heiress; the thousands of British pilots who trained in flight schools across the state; and the dark, true story of Pocahontas—and how it is linked with America&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;first barbecue.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>James C. Clark</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350800203.mp3" length="7601345" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640500</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350800203.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640500">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640500</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hidden History of Florida
Author: James C. Clark
Narrator: Kent Klineman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 51 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Florida historian uncovers strange but true tales of The Sunshine State from the sixteenth century arrival of Spanish ships to the antics of modern politics.   From Key West to the Redneck Riviera, Florida has a history as colorful as its landscape and as diverse as its residents. But beneath the famous legends of Florida&amp;#039;s storied past are intriguing tales that don&amp;#039;t appear in the popular guides or history books. In Hidden History of Florida, author James Clark shines a light on some of the most fascinating untold stories of this unique Southern State.   Here you will learn about then heartbroken senator who entered a mental institution over unrequited love for an heiress; the thousands of British pilots who trained in flight schools across the state; and the dark, true story of Pocahontas—and how it is linked with America&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;first barbecue.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640500">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640500</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hidden History of Florida
Author: James C. Clark
Narrator: Kent Klineman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 51 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Florida historian uncovers strange but true tales of The Sunshine State from the sixteenth century arrival of Spanish ships to the antics of modern politics.   From Key West to the Redneck Riviera, Florida has a history as colorful as its landscape and as diverse as its residents. But beneath the famous legends of Florida&amp;#039;s storied past are intriguing tales that don&amp;#039;t appear in the popular guides or history books. In Hidden History of Florida, author James Clark shines a light on some of the most fascinating untold stories of this unique Southern State.   Here you will learn about then heartbroken senator who entered a mental institution over unrequited love for an heiress; the thousands of British pilots who trained in flight schools across the state; and the dark, true story of Pocahontas—and how it is linked with America&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;first barbecue.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Confessions of a Southern Beauty Queen by Julie Hines Mabus</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640488</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640488">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640488</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Confessions of a Southern Beauty Queen
Author: Julie Hines Mabus
Narrator: Elisabeth Ashby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 53 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the late 1960s, Patsy Channing, a stunningly beautiful young woman, was suspended from the venerable Mississippi State College for Women for breach of conduct. The resulting scandal reached all the way to the Columbus courthouse, and the press ate it up. But Patsy&amp;#039;s story starts long before that, living with a preoccupied and troubled mother in Memphis, Tennessee. Music becomes her ticket out and a vehicle for the one thing she covets most—a chance to be crowned Miss America. In Confessions of a Southern Beauty Queen, Julie Hines Mabus provides a peek into that world—a world struggling through the civil rights movement, reeling from the death of JFK, and cutting loose with the musical innovations from Memphis and Detroit. Patsy develops a close friendship with a guitarist at Stax Recording Studio, giving her firsthand exposure to the early Memphis Soul Sound. Confessions of a Southern Beauty Queen opens and closes with the end of Patsy&amp;#039;s time at Mississippi State College for Women on that fateful spring morning in 1968 when she entered the Columbus courthouse. Patsy&amp;#039;s story, marked with tragedy and triumph, mirrors that of a growing and evolving South, where change never comes easy.</description>
      <author>Julie Hines Mabus</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765065723.mp3" length="7722957" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640488</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765065723.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640488">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640488</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Confessions of a Southern Beauty Queen
Author: Julie Hines Mabus
Narrator: Elisabeth Ashby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 53 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the late 1960s, Patsy Channing, a stunningly beautiful young woman, was suspended from the venerable Mississippi State College for Women for breach of conduct. The resulting scandal reached all the way to the Columbus courthouse, and the press ate it up. But Patsy&amp;#039;s story starts long before that, living with a preoccupied and troubled mother in Memphis, Tennessee. Music becomes her ticket out and a vehicle for the one thing she covets most—a chance to be crowned Miss America. In Confessions of a Southern Beauty Queen, Julie Hines Mabus provides a peek into that world—a world struggling through the civil rights movement, reeling from the death of JFK, and cutting loose with the musical innovations from Memphis and Detroit. Patsy develops a close friendship with a guitarist at Stax Recording Studio, giving her firsthand exposure to the early Memphis Soul Sound. Confessions of a Southern Beauty Queen opens and closes with the end of Patsy&amp;#039;s time at Mississippi State College for Women on that fateful spring morning in 1968 when she entered the Columbus courthouse. Patsy&amp;#039;s story, marked with tragedy and triumph, mirrors that of a growing and evolving South, where change never comes easy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640488">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640488</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Confessions of a Southern Beauty Queen
Author: Julie Hines Mabus
Narrator: Elisabeth Ashby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 53 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the late 1960s, Patsy Channing, a stunningly beautiful young woman, was suspended from the venerable Mississippi State College for Women for breach of conduct. The resulting scandal reached all the way to the Columbus courthouse, and the press ate it up. But Patsy&amp;#039;s story starts long before that, living with a preoccupied and troubled mother in Memphis, Tennessee. Music becomes her ticket out and a vehicle for the one thing she covets most—a chance to be crowned Miss America. In Confessions of a Southern Beauty Queen, Julie Hines Mabus provides a peek into that world—a world struggling through the civil rights movement, reeling from the death of JFK, and cutting loose with the musical innovations from Memphis and Detroit. Patsy develops a close friendship with a guitarist at Stax Recording Studio, giving her firsthand exposure to the early Memphis Soul Sound. Confessions of a Southern Beauty Queen opens and closes with the end of Patsy&amp;#039;s time at Mississippi State College for Women on that fateful spring morning in 1968 when she entered the Columbus courthouse. Patsy&amp;#039;s story, marked with tragedy and triumph, mirrors that of a growing and evolving South, where change never comes easy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Los días de la Revolución: Una historia de Argentina cuando no era Argentina (1806 - 1820) by Eduardo Sacheri</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639516</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639516">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639516</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los días de la Revolución: Una historia de Argentina cuando no era Argentina (1806 - 1820)
Author: Eduardo Sacheri
Narrator: Eduardo Sacheri
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
El primer audiolibro de historia de Eduardo Sacheri.     Querido lector:  Te preguntarás por qué me pongo a escribir un libro de Historia cuando  todos los míos anteriores son ficciones, es decir, historias inventadas.  Y es que antes de empezar a escribir ficción estudié Historia. Obtuve  mis títulos de profesor y de licenciado y me dediqué durante muchos años  a enseñar en la universidad y en escuelas secundarias. De hecho, sigo enseñando. ¿Por qué, además, quise escribir un libro?  En las últimas décadas la investigación histórica se ha renovado mucho  en la Argentina, con preguntas nuevas y aproximaciones mucho más ricas y  diversas que antes. Y sin embargo esos trabajos no han conseguido, en  general, abrirse paso en el sentido común más o menos compartido por la  sociedad. Al contrario: siguen muy vigentes, en esa &amp;#039;agenda pública&amp;#039;,  discursos históricos moralizadores, que no se proponen comprender sino  juzgar y que simplifican nuestra perspectiva con anacronismos y visiones  épicas que dificultan nuestra posibilidad de entender ese pasado colectivo.  Por eso es importante que los que enseñamos Historia hagamos lo posible  por facilitar el encuentro entre el trabajo académico más serio y  actualizado y la sociedad a la que ese trabajo está destinado. Creo que  esa es una de las principales funciones de quienes nos dedicamos a la docencia.  En Los días de la Revolución, mi primer libro de Historia,  vas a encontrarte con una posible explicación del proceso revolucionario  que sacude y derrumba el Virreinato del Río de la Plata entre 1806 y 1820.  La Argentina no &amp;#039;nace&amp;#039; automáticamente de ese proceso. Al contrario: es  producto de una larga, accidentada y compleja evolución. Pero es cierto  que algunas de las claves de esa construcción hunden sus raíces en esos  tiempos revolucionarios, en esas personas, en esas circunstancias y en  esas peripecias. Y aquellos años de principios del siglo XIX, cuando el  Imperio Español estalla en pedazos, habitan también en nosotros, en lo  que somos en el siglo XXI. Este libro es una invitación a explorar juntos esos vestigios cargados de significado. Eduardo Sacheri</description>
      <author>Eduardo Sacheri</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Nov 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789877389913.mp3" length="1415925" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639516</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789877389913.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639516">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639516</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los días de la Revolución: Una historia de Argentina cuando no era Argentina (1806 - 1820)
Author: Eduardo Sacheri
Narrator: Eduardo Sacheri
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
El primer audiolibro de historia de Eduardo Sacheri.     Querido lector:  Te preguntarás por qué me pongo a escribir un libro de Historia cuando  todos los míos anteriores son ficciones, es decir, historias inventadas.  Y es que antes de empezar a escribir ficción estudié Historia. Obtuve  mis títulos de profesor y de licenciado y me dediqué durante muchos años  a enseñar en la universidad y en escuelas secundarias. De hecho, sigo enseñando. ¿Por qué, además, quise escribir un libro?  En las últimas décadas la investigación histórica se ha renovado mucho  en la Argentina, con preguntas nuevas y aproximaciones mucho más ricas y  diversas que antes. Y sin embargo esos trabajos no han conseguido, en  general, abrirse paso en el sentido común más o menos compartido por la  sociedad. Al contrario: siguen muy vigentes, en esa &amp;#039;agenda pública&amp;#039;,  discursos históricos moralizadores, que no se proponen comprender sino  juzgar y que simplifican nuestra perspectiva con anacronismos y visiones  épicas que dificultan nuestra posibilidad de entender ese pasado colectivo.  Por eso es importante que los que enseñamos Historia hagamos lo posible  por facilitar el encuentro entre el trabajo académico más serio y  actualizado y la sociedad a la que ese trabajo está destinado. Creo que  esa es una de las principales funciones de quienes nos dedicamos a la docencia.  En Los días de la Revolución, mi primer libro de Historia,  vas a encontrarte con una posible explicación del proceso revolucionario  que sacude y derrumba el Virreinato del Río de la Plata entre 1806 y 1820.  La Argentina no &amp;#039;nace&amp;#039; automáticamente de ese proceso. Al contrario: es  producto de una larga, accidentada y compleja evolución. Pero es cierto  que algunas de las claves de esa construcción hunden sus raíces en esos  tiempos revolucionarios, en esas personas, en esas circunstancias y en  esas peripecias. Y aquellos años de principios del siglo XIX, cuando el  Imperio Español estalla en pedazos, habitan también en nosotros, en lo  que somos en el siglo XXI. Este libro es una invitación a explorar juntos esos vestigios cargados de significado. Eduardo Sacheri</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639516">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639516</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los días de la Revolución: Una historia de Argentina cuando no era Argentina (1806 - 1820)
Author: Eduardo Sacheri
Narrator: Eduardo Sacheri
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
El primer audiolibro de historia de Eduardo Sacheri.     Querido lector:  Te preguntarás por qué me pongo a escribir un libro de Historia cuando  todos los míos anteriores son ficciones, es decir, historias inventadas.  Y es que antes de empezar a escribir ficción estudié Historia. Obtuve  mis títulos de profesor y de licenciado y me dediqué durante muchos años  a enseñar en la universidad y en escuelas secundarias. De hecho, sigo enseñando. ¿Por qué, además, quise escribir un libro?  En las últimas décadas la investigación histórica se ha renovado mucho  en la Argentina, con preguntas nuevas y aproximaciones mucho más ricas y  diversas que antes. Y sin embargo esos trabajos no han conseguido, en  general, abrirse paso en el sentido común más o menos compartido por la  sociedad. Al contrario: siguen muy vigentes, en esa &amp;#039;agenda pública&amp;#039;,  discursos históricos moralizadores, que no se proponen comprender sino  juzgar y que simplifican nuestra perspectiva con anacronismos y visiones  épicas que dificultan nuestra posibilidad de entender ese pasado colectivo.  Por eso es importante que los que enseñamos Historia hagamos lo posible  por facilitar el encuentro entre el trabajo académico más serio y  actualizado y la sociedad a la que ese trabajo está destinado. Creo que  esa es una de las principales funciones de quienes nos dedicamos a la docencia.  En Los días de la Revolución, mi primer libro de Historia,  vas a encontrarte con una posible explicación del proceso revolucionario  que sacude y derrumba el Virreinato del Río de la Plata entre 1806 y 1820.  La Argentina no &amp;#039;nace&amp;#039; automáticamente de ese proceso. Al contrario: es  producto de una larga, accidentada y compleja evolución. Pero es cierto  que algunas de las claves de esa construcción hunden sus raíces en esos  tiempos revolucionarios, en esas personas, en esas circunstancias y en  esas peripecias. Y aquellos años de principios del siglo XIX, cuando el  Imperio Español estalla en pedazos, habitan también en nosotros, en lo  que somos en el siglo XXI. Este libro es una invitación a explorar juntos esos vestigios cargados de significado. Eduardo Sacheri</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Clearing the Plains: Disease, Politics of Starvation, and the Loss of Indigenous Life by James Daschuk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639201</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639201">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639201</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Clearing the Plains: Disease, Politics of Starvation, and the Loss of Indigenous Life
Author: James Daschuk
Narrator: J.D. Nicholsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Revealing how Canada’s first Prime Minister used a policy of starvation against Indigenous people to clear the way for settlement, the multiple award-winning Clearing the Plains sparked widespread debate about genocide in Canada. 		In arresting, but harrowing, prose, James Daschuk examines the roles that Old World diseases, climate, and, most disturbingly, Canadian politics—the politics of ethnocide—played in the deaths and subjugation of thousands of Indigenous people in the realization of Sir John A. Macdonald’s “National Dream.” 		It was a dream that came at great expense: the present disparity in health and economic well-being between Indigenous and non-Indigenous populations, and the lingering racism and misunderstanding that permeates the national consciousness to this day. 		This new edition of Clearing the Plains has a foreword by Pulitzer Prize winning author, Elizabeth Fenn, an opening by Niigaanwewidam James Sinclair, and explanations of the book’s influence by leading Canadian historians. Called “one of the most important books of the twenty-first century” by the Literary Review of Canada, it was named a “Book of the Year” by The Globe and Mail, Quill &amp;amp; Quire, the Writers’ Trust, and won the Sir John A. Macdonald Prize, among many others.</description>
      <author>James Daschuk</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780889779136.mp3" length="1288516" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639201</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780889779136.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639201">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639201</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Clearing the Plains: Disease, Politics of Starvation, and the Loss of Indigenous Life
Author: James Daschuk
Narrator: J.D. Nicholsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Revealing how Canada’s first Prime Minister used a policy of starvation against Indigenous people to clear the way for settlement, the multiple award-winning Clearing the Plains sparked widespread debate about genocide in Canada. 		In arresting, but harrowing, prose, James Daschuk examines the roles that Old World diseases, climate, and, most disturbingly, Canadian politics—the politics of ethnocide—played in the deaths and subjugation of thousands of Indigenous people in the realization of Sir John A. Macdonald’s “National Dream.” 		It was a dream that came at great expense: the present disparity in health and economic well-being between Indigenous and non-Indigenous populations, and the lingering racism and misunderstanding that permeates the national consciousness to this day. 		This new edition of Clearing the Plains has a foreword by Pulitzer Prize winning author, Elizabeth Fenn, an opening by Niigaanwewidam James Sinclair, and explanations of the book’s influence by leading Canadian historians. Called “one of the most important books of the twenty-first century” by the Literary Review of Canada, it was named a “Book of the Year” by The Globe and Mail, Quill &amp;amp; Quire, the Writers’ Trust, and won the Sir John A. Macdonald Prize, among many others.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639201">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639201</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Clearing the Plains: Disease, Politics of Starvation, and the Loss of Indigenous Life
Author: James Daschuk
Narrator: J.D. Nicholsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Revealing how Canada’s first Prime Minister used a policy of starvation against Indigenous people to clear the way for settlement, the multiple award-winning Clearing the Plains sparked widespread debate about genocide in Canada. 		In arresting, but harrowing, prose, James Daschuk examines the roles that Old World diseases, climate, and, most disturbingly, Canadian politics—the politics of ethnocide—played in the deaths and subjugation of thousands of Indigenous people in the realization of Sir John A. Macdonald’s “National Dream.” 		It was a dream that came at great expense: the present disparity in health and economic well-being between Indigenous and non-Indigenous populations, and the lingering racism and misunderstanding that permeates the national consciousness to this day. 		This new edition of Clearing the Plains has a foreword by Pulitzer Prize winning author, Elizabeth Fenn, an opening by Niigaanwewidam James Sinclair, and explanations of the book’s influence by leading Canadian historians. Called “one of the most important books of the twenty-first century” by the Literary Review of Canada, it was named a “Book of the Year” by The Globe and Mail, Quill &amp;amp; Quire, the Writers’ Trust, and won the Sir John A. Macdonald Prize, among many others.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Abortion Caravan: When Women Shut Down Government in the Battle for the Right to Choose by Karin Wells</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639195</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Abortion Caravan: When Women Shut Down Government in the Battle for the Right to Choose
Author: Karin Wells
Narrator: Karin Wells
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Spring 2020 marks the 50th anniversary of a group of remarkable women who helped bring about abortion reform. The caravan left Vancouver with 17 activists and arrived in Ottawa on May 8th 1970, where over 500 women rallied and shut down parliament. In the spring of 1970, seventeen women set out from Vancouver in a big yellow convertible, a Volkswagen bus, and a pickup truck. They called it the Abortion Caravan. Three thousand miles later, they “occupied” the prime minister’s front lawn in Ottawa, led a rally of 500 women on Parliament Hill, chained themselves to their chairs in the visitors’ galleries, and shut down the House of Commons, the first and only time this had ever happened. The seventeen were a motley crew. They argued, they were loud, and they wouldn’t take no for an answer. They pulled off a national campaign in an era when there was no social media, and with a budget that didn’t stretch to long-distance phone calls. It changed their lives. And at a time when thousands of women in Canada were dying from back street abortions, it pulled women together across the country.</description>
      <author>Karin Wells</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 30 Oct 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781772602951.mp3" length="1319289" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639195</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781772602951.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Abortion Caravan: When Women Shut Down Government in the Battle for the Right to Choose
Author: Karin Wells
Narrator: Karin Wells
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Spring 2020 marks the 50th anniversary of a group of remarkable women who helped bring about abortion reform. The caravan left Vancouver with 17 activists and arrived in Ottawa on May 8th 1970, where over 500 women rallied and shut down parliament. In the spring of 1970, seventeen women set out from Vancouver in a big yellow convertible, a Volkswagen bus, and a pickup truck. They called it the Abortion Caravan. Three thousand miles later, they “occupied” the prime minister’s front lawn in Ottawa, led a rally of 500 women on Parliament Hill, chained themselves to their chairs in the visitors’ galleries, and shut down the House of Commons, the first and only time this had ever happened. The seventeen were a motley crew. They argued, they were loud, and they wouldn’t take no for an answer. They pulled off a national campaign in an era when there was no social media, and with a budget that didn’t stretch to long-distance phone calls. It changed their lives. And at a time when thousands of women in Canada were dying from back street abortions, it pulled women together across the country.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Abortion Caravan: When Women Shut Down Government in the Battle for the Right to Choose
Author: Karin Wells
Narrator: Karin Wells
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Spring 2020 marks the 50th anniversary of a group of remarkable women who helped bring about abortion reform. The caravan left Vancouver with 17 activists and arrived in Ottawa on May 8th 1970, where over 500 women rallied and shut down parliament. In the spring of 1970, seventeen women set out from Vancouver in a big yellow convertible, a Volkswagen bus, and a pickup truck. They called it the Abortion Caravan. Three thousand miles later, they “occupied” the prime minister’s front lawn in Ottawa, led a rally of 500 women on Parliament Hill, chained themselves to their chairs in the visitors’ galleries, and shut down the House of Commons, the first and only time this had ever happened. The seventeen were a motley crew. They argued, they were loud, and they wouldn’t take no for an answer. They pulled off a national campaign in an era when there was no social media, and with a budget that didn’t stretch to long-distance phone calls. It changed their lives. And at a time when thousands of women in Canada were dying from back street abortions, it pulled women together across the country.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Built from the Fire: The Epic Story of Tulsa&amp;#039;s Greenwood District, America&amp;#039;s Black Wall Street by Victor Luckerson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639061</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639061">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639061</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Built from the Fire: The Epic Story of Tulsa&amp;#039;s Greenwood District, America&amp;#039;s Black Wall Street
Author: Victor Luckerson
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A multigenerational saga of a family and a community in Tulsa’s Greenwood district, known as “Black Wall Street,” that in one century survived the 1921 Tulsa Race Massacre, urban renewal, and gentrification “Ambitious . . . absorbing . . . By the end of Luckerson’s outstanding book, the idea of building something new from the ashes of what has been destroyed becomes comprehensible, even hopeful.”—Marcia Chatelain, The New York Times WINNER: The Dayton Literary Peace Prize; The MAAH Stone Book Award; The SABEW Best in Business Book Award; The Lillian Smith Book Award; The Oklahoma Historical Society’s E. E. Dale Award FINALIST: The Hurston/Wright Legacy Award A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW AND WASHINGTON POST BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR When Ed Goodwin moved with his parents to the Greenwood neighborhood in Tulsa, Oklahoma, his family joined a community soon to become the center of black life in the West. But just a few years later, on May 31, 1921, the teenaged Ed hid in a bathtub as a white mob descended on his neighborhood, laying waste to thirty-five blocks and murdering as many as three hundred people in one of the worst acts of racist violence in U.S. history. The Goodwins and their neighbors soon rebuilt the district into “a Mecca,” in Ed’s words, where nightlife thrived and small businesses flourished. Ed bought a newspaper to chronicle Greenwood’s resurgence and battles against white bigotry, and his son Jim, an attorney, embodied the family’s hopes for the civil rights movement. But by the 1970s urban renewal policies had nearly emptied the neighborhood. Today the newspaper remains, and Ed’s granddaughter Regina represents the neighborhood in the Oklahoma state legislature, working alongside a new generation of local activists to revive it once again.  In Built from the Fire, journalist Victor Luckerson tells the true story behind a potent national symbol of success and solidarity and weaves an epic tale about a neighborhood that refused, more than once, to be erased.</description>
      <author>Victor Luckerson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593742808.mp3" length="2667137" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639061</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593742808.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639061">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639061</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Built from the Fire: The Epic Story of Tulsa&amp;#039;s Greenwood District, America&amp;#039;s Black Wall Street
Author: Victor Luckerson
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A multigenerational saga of a family and a community in Tulsa’s Greenwood district, known as “Black Wall Street,” that in one century survived the 1921 Tulsa Race Massacre, urban renewal, and gentrification “Ambitious . . . absorbing . . . By the end of Luckerson’s outstanding book, the idea of building something new from the ashes of what has been destroyed becomes comprehensible, even hopeful.”—Marcia Chatelain, The New York Times WINNER: The Dayton Literary Peace Prize; The MAAH Stone Book Award; The SABEW Best in Business Book Award; The Lillian Smith Book Award; The Oklahoma Historical Society’s E. E. Dale Award FINALIST: The Hurston/Wright Legacy Award A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW AND WASHINGTON POST BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR When Ed Goodwin moved with his parents to the Greenwood neighborhood in Tulsa, Oklahoma, his family joined a community soon to become the center of black life in the West. But just a few years later, on May 31, 1921, the teenaged Ed hid in a bathtub as a white mob descended on his neighborhood, laying waste to thirty-five blocks and murdering as many as three hundred people in one of the worst acts of racist violence in U.S. history. The Goodwins and their neighbors soon rebuilt the district into “a Mecca,” in Ed’s words, where nightlife thrived and small businesses flourished. Ed bought a newspaper to chronicle Greenwood’s resurgence and battles against white bigotry, and his son Jim, an attorney, embodied the family’s hopes for the civil rights movement. But by the 1970s urban renewal policies had nearly emptied the neighborhood. Today the newspaper remains, and Ed’s granddaughter Regina represents the neighborhood in the Oklahoma state legislature, working alongside a new generation of local activists to revive it once again.  In Built from the Fire, journalist Victor Luckerson tells the true story behind a potent national symbol of success and solidarity and weaves an epic tale about a neighborhood that refused, more than once, to be erased.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639061">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639061</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Built from the Fire: The Epic Story of Tulsa&amp;#039;s Greenwood District, America&amp;#039;s Black Wall Street
Author: Victor Luckerson
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A multigenerational saga of a family and a community in Tulsa’s Greenwood district, known as “Black Wall Street,” that in one century survived the 1921 Tulsa Race Massacre, urban renewal, and gentrification “Ambitious . . . absorbing . . . By the end of Luckerson’s outstanding book, the idea of building something new from the ashes of what has been destroyed becomes comprehensible, even hopeful.”—Marcia Chatelain, The New York Times WINNER: The Dayton Literary Peace Prize; The MAAH Stone Book Award; The SABEW Best in Business Book Award; The Lillian Smith Book Award; The Oklahoma Historical Society’s E. E. Dale Award FINALIST: The Hurston/Wright Legacy Award A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW AND WASHINGTON POST BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR When Ed Goodwin moved with his parents to the Greenwood neighborhood in Tulsa, Oklahoma, his family joined a community soon to become the center of black life in the West. But just a few years later, on May 31, 1921, the teenaged Ed hid in a bathtub as a white mob descended on his neighborhood, laying waste to thirty-five blocks and murdering as many as three hundred people in one of the worst acts of racist violence in U.S. history. The Goodwins and their neighbors soon rebuilt the district into “a Mecca,” in Ed’s words, where nightlife thrived and small businesses flourished. Ed bought a newspaper to chronicle Greenwood’s resurgence and battles against white bigotry, and his son Jim, an attorney, embodied the family’s hopes for the civil rights movement. But by the 1970s urban renewal policies had nearly emptied the neighborhood. Today the newspaper remains, and Ed’s granddaughter Regina represents the neighborhood in the Oklahoma state legislature, working alongside a new generation of local activists to revive it once again.  In Built from the Fire, journalist Victor Luckerson tells the true story behind a potent national symbol of success and solidarity and weaves an epic tale about a neighborhood that refused, more than once, to be erased.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The North Star: Canada and the Civil War Plots Against Lincoln by Julian Sher</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638828</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The North Star: Canada and the Civil War Plots Against Lincoln
Author: Julian Sher
Narrator: Julian Sher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 11 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
FINALIST FOR THE 2023 MAVIS GALLANT PRIZE FOR NON-FICTION LONGLISTED FOR THE 2024 J. W. DAFOE BOOK PRIZE A riveting account of the years, months and days leading up to the assassination of President Abraham Lincoln, and the unexpected ways Canadians were involved in every aspect of the American Civil War. Canadians take pride in being on the “good side” of the American Civil War, serving as a haven for 30,000 escaped slaves on the Underground Railroad. But dwelling in history&amp;#039;s shadow is the much darker role Canada played in supporting the slave South and in fomenting the many plots against Lincoln.      The North Star weaves together the different strands of several Canadians and a handful of Confederate agents in Canada as they all made their separate, fateful journeys into history.     The book shines a spotlight on the stories of such intrepid figures as Anderson Abbott, Canada’s first Black doctor, who joined the Union Army; Emma Edmonds, the New Brunswick woman who disguised herself as a man to enlist as a Union nurse; and Edward P. Doherty, the Quebec man who led the hunt to track down Lincoln’s assassin, John Wilkes Booth.     At the same time, the Canadian political and business elite were aiding the slave states. Toronto aristocrat George Taylor Denison III bankrolled Confederate operations and opened his mansion to their agents. The Catholic Church helped one of Booth’s accused accomplices hide out for months in the Quebec countryside. A leading financier in Montreal let Confederates launder money through his bank.        Sher creates vivid portraits of places we thought we knew. Montreal was a sort of nineteenth-century Casablanca of the North: a hub for assassins, money-men, mercenaries and soldiers on the run. Toronto was a headquarters for Confederate plotters and gun-runners. The two largest hotels in the country became nests of Confederate spies.      Meticulously researched and richly illustrated, The North Star is a sweeping tale that makes long-ago events leap off the page with a relevance to the present day.</description>
      <author>Julian Sher</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781039006850.mp3" length="2850447" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638828</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781039006850.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The North Star: Canada and the Civil War Plots Against Lincoln
Author: Julian Sher
Narrator: Julian Sher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 11 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
FINALIST FOR THE 2023 MAVIS GALLANT PRIZE FOR NON-FICTION LONGLISTED FOR THE 2024 J. W. DAFOE BOOK PRIZE A riveting account of the years, months and days leading up to the assassination of President Abraham Lincoln, and the unexpected ways Canadians were involved in every aspect of the American Civil War. Canadians take pride in being on the “good side” of the American Civil War, serving as a haven for 30,000 escaped slaves on the Underground Railroad. But dwelling in history&amp;#039;s shadow is the much darker role Canada played in supporting the slave South and in fomenting the many plots against Lincoln.      The North Star weaves together the different strands of several Canadians and a handful of Confederate agents in Canada as they all made their separate, fateful journeys into history.     The book shines a spotlight on the stories of such intrepid figures as Anderson Abbott, Canada’s first Black doctor, who joined the Union Army; Emma Edmonds, the New Brunswick woman who disguised herself as a man to enlist as a Union nurse; and Edward P. Doherty, the Quebec man who led the hunt to track down Lincoln’s assassin, John Wilkes Booth.     At the same time, the Canadian political and business elite were aiding the slave states. Toronto aristocrat George Taylor Denison III bankrolled Confederate operations and opened his mansion to their agents. The Catholic Church helped one of Booth’s accused accomplices hide out for months in the Quebec countryside. A leading financier in Montreal let Confederates launder money through his bank.        Sher creates vivid portraits of places we thought we knew. Montreal was a sort of nineteenth-century Casablanca of the North: a hub for assassins, money-men, mercenaries and soldiers on the run. Toronto was a headquarters for Confederate plotters and gun-runners. The two largest hotels in the country became nests of Confederate spies.      Meticulously researched and richly illustrated, The North Star is a sweeping tale that makes long-ago events leap off the page with a relevance to the present day.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The North Star: Canada and the Civil War Plots Against Lincoln
Author: Julian Sher
Narrator: Julian Sher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 11 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
FINALIST FOR THE 2023 MAVIS GALLANT PRIZE FOR NON-FICTION LONGLISTED FOR THE 2024 J. W. DAFOE BOOK PRIZE A riveting account of the years, months and days leading up to the assassination of President Abraham Lincoln, and the unexpected ways Canadians were involved in every aspect of the American Civil War. Canadians take pride in being on the “good side” of the American Civil War, serving as a haven for 30,000 escaped slaves on the Underground Railroad. But dwelling in history&amp;#039;s shadow is the much darker role Canada played in supporting the slave South and in fomenting the many plots against Lincoln.      The North Star weaves together the different strands of several Canadians and a handful of Confederate agents in Canada as they all made their separate, fateful journeys into history.     The book shines a spotlight on the stories of such intrepid figures as Anderson Abbott, Canada’s first Black doctor, who joined the Union Army; Emma Edmonds, the New Brunswick woman who disguised herself as a man to enlist as a Union nurse; and Edward P. Doherty, the Quebec man who led the hunt to track down Lincoln’s assassin, John Wilkes Booth.     At the same time, the Canadian political and business elite were aiding the slave states. Toronto aristocrat George Taylor Denison III bankrolled Confederate operations and opened his mansion to their agents. The Catholic Church helped one of Booth’s accused accomplices hide out for months in the Quebec countryside. A leading financier in Montreal let Confederates launder money through his bank.        Sher creates vivid portraits of places we thought we knew. Montreal was a sort of nineteenth-century Casablanca of the North: a hub for assassins, money-men, mercenaries and soldiers on the run. Toronto was a headquarters for Confederate plotters and gun-runners. The two largest hotels in the country became nests of Confederate spies.      Meticulously researched and richly illustrated, The North Star is a sweeping tale that makes long-ago events leap off the page with a relevance to the present day.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Un samurai en la Revolución Mexicana by Carlos Almada</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637552</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Un samurai en la Revolución Mexicana
Author: Carlos Almada
Narrator: Manuel Gorka, Carlos Almada
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 13 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Por qué una comunidad japonesa en México asumió riesgos enormes para proteger a la familia Madero en medio de una de las jornadas más sangrientas en la Ciudad de México desde la conquista española?  En febrero de 1913, durante la Decena Trágica, el encargado de negocios ad interim de Japón, Horiguchi Kumaichi, acogió, salvó y consoló -con graves riesgos para su vida y la de los suyos- a la esposa, padres y dos hermanas del presidente Francisco I. Madero.  En los diarios o crónicas de la época -tanto aliados como adversarios- y en la historiografía mexicana, las menciones a Horiguchi son escasas, por lo que existía un gran misterio sobre las motivaciones de la comunidad japonesa para resguardar a los Madero en una de las jornadas más sangrientas en la capital desde la Conquista española.  A partir de los diarios personales de esa época del diplomático nipón, entrevistas con descendientes de las familias Madero y Horiguchi y una amplia investigación documental, Carlos Almada -exembajador de México en Japón- reconstruye esa historia y encuentra en el modesto origen samurái de Horiguchi pistas para entender su misión autoimpuesta de salvamento en nuestro país.  Un samurái en la Revolución mexicana tiene el mérito de encontrar un vínculo heroico entre un pasaje olvidado de nuestra historia y una de las tradiciones japonesas más honorables. A lo largo del libro, Almada enriquece ese relato con los lazos antiguos y modernos entre México y Japón y demuestra lo importante que resultó la gesta de Horiguchi, el enviado samurái, en la relación diplomática entre estas dos naciones.  En palabras de la crítica:  «Carlos Almada hace una auténtica aportación historiográfica al rescatar del olvido —o de la ignorancia— la dignísima actitud del representante japonés Horiguchi Kumaichi durante el cuartelazo de febrero de 1913 en contra del presidente Madero.»-Javier Garciadiego</description>
      <author>Carlos Almada</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Nov 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073823975.mp3" length="1356839" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637552</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073823975.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Un samurai en la Revolución Mexicana
Author: Carlos Almada
Narrator: Manuel Gorka, Carlos Almada
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 13 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Por qué una comunidad japonesa en México asumió riesgos enormes para proteger a la familia Madero en medio de una de las jornadas más sangrientas en la Ciudad de México desde la conquista española?  En febrero de 1913, durante la Decena Trágica, el encargado de negocios ad interim de Japón, Horiguchi Kumaichi, acogió, salvó y consoló -con graves riesgos para su vida y la de los suyos- a la esposa, padres y dos hermanas del presidente Francisco I. Madero.  En los diarios o crónicas de la época -tanto aliados como adversarios- y en la historiografía mexicana, las menciones a Horiguchi son escasas, por lo que existía un gran misterio sobre las motivaciones de la comunidad japonesa para resguardar a los Madero en una de las jornadas más sangrientas en la capital desde la Conquista española.  A partir de los diarios personales de esa época del diplomático nipón, entrevistas con descendientes de las familias Madero y Horiguchi y una amplia investigación documental, Carlos Almada -exembajador de México en Japón- reconstruye esa historia y encuentra en el modesto origen samurái de Horiguchi pistas para entender su misión autoimpuesta de salvamento en nuestro país.  Un samurái en la Revolución mexicana tiene el mérito de encontrar un vínculo heroico entre un pasaje olvidado de nuestra historia y una de las tradiciones japonesas más honorables. A lo largo del libro, Almada enriquece ese relato con los lazos antiguos y modernos entre México y Japón y demuestra lo importante que resultó la gesta de Horiguchi, el enviado samurái, en la relación diplomática entre estas dos naciones.  En palabras de la crítica:  «Carlos Almada hace una auténtica aportación historiográfica al rescatar del olvido —o de la ignorancia— la dignísima actitud del representante japonés Horiguchi Kumaichi durante el cuartelazo de febrero de 1913 en contra del presidente Madero.»-Javier Garciadiego</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Un samurai en la Revolución Mexicana
Author: Carlos Almada
Narrator: Manuel Gorka, Carlos Almada
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 13 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Por qué una comunidad japonesa en México asumió riesgos enormes para proteger a la familia Madero en medio de una de las jornadas más sangrientas en la Ciudad de México desde la conquista española?  En febrero de 1913, durante la Decena Trágica, el encargado de negocios ad interim de Japón, Horiguchi Kumaichi, acogió, salvó y consoló -con graves riesgos para su vida y la de los suyos- a la esposa, padres y dos hermanas del presidente Francisco I. Madero.  En los diarios o crónicas de la época -tanto aliados como adversarios- y en la historiografía mexicana, las menciones a Horiguchi son escasas, por lo que existía un gran misterio sobre las motivaciones de la comunidad japonesa para resguardar a los Madero en una de las jornadas más sangrientas en la capital desde la Conquista española.  A partir de los diarios personales de esa época del diplomático nipón, entrevistas con descendientes de las familias Madero y Horiguchi y una amplia investigación documental, Carlos Almada -exembajador de México en Japón- reconstruye esa historia y encuentra en el modesto origen samurái de Horiguchi pistas para entender su misión autoimpuesta de salvamento en nuestro país.  Un samurái en la Revolución mexicana tiene el mérito de encontrar un vínculo heroico entre un pasaje olvidado de nuestra historia y una de las tradiciones japonesas más honorables. A lo largo del libro, Almada enriquece ese relato con los lazos antiguos y modernos entre México y Japón y demuestra lo importante que resultó la gesta de Horiguchi, el enviado samurái, en la relación diplomática entre estas dos naciones.  En palabras de la crítica:  «Carlos Almada hace una auténtica aportación historiográfica al rescatar del olvido —o de la ignorancia— la dignísima actitud del representante japonés Horiguchi Kumaichi durante el cuartelazo de febrero de 1913 en contra del presidente Madero.»-Javier Garciadiego</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>White House by the Sea: A Century of the Kennedys at Hyannis Port by Kate Storey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637380</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White House by the Sea: A Century of the Kennedys at Hyannis Port
Author: Kate Storey
Narrator: Kathe Mazur
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Impeccably researched…captivating!” —Elin Hilderbrand * “A well-paced history.” —The New York Times Book Review * “Fascinating…with new details and well-sourced reporting.” —Associated Press   NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER! The intimate, multigenerational story of the Kennedy family as seen through their Hyannis Port compound on Cape Cod—the iconic place where they’ve celebrated, mourned, and bonded—based on more than a hundred in-depth interviews by a Rolling Stone editor and journalist Kate Storey. Hyannis Port, Massachusetts, is synonymous with the Kennedy family. It is where, for a hundred years, America’s most storied political family has come to celebrate, bond, play, and grieve. It is also the setting of so many events we remember: JFK giving his presidential acceptance speech, Jackie speaking with a Life magazine reporter just days after her husband’s assassination, Senator Edward Kennedy seeking refuge after the Chappaquiddick crash, Maria Shriver and Arnold Schwarzenegger tying the knot—and even Conor Kennedy courting pop star Taylor Swift. Anyone who has lived in, worked at, or visited the Kennedy compound in Hyannis Port has had a front-row view to history. Now, with extraordinary access to the Kennedy family—and featuring more than fifty rarely-seen images—journalist Kate Storey gives us a remarkably intimate and poignant look at the rhythms of an American dynasty.   Drawing from a wealth of conversations with family members, friends, neighbors, household and security staff, Storey presents a rich and textured account of the Kennedys’ lives in their summer refuge. From the 1920s, when Rose and Joseph P. Kennedy rented then bought a home known as The Malcolm Cottage, to today, when many Kennedys have purchased their own homes surrounding what’s now called The Big House, this book delivers many surprising revelations across the decades, including what matriarch Rose considered the family’s greatest tragedy, the rivalrous relationship between brothers Jack and Joe, details about Jackie’s life at the compound, and previously unknown glimpses into JFK Jr. and Carolyn Bessette’s loving and ill-fated relationship.   “Engaging and…intimate anecdotes that often stand in contrast to predominant, media-created perceptions...Readers will come away with new insights and due appreciation for this uniquely American dynasty” (Booklist, starred review).</description>
      <author>Kate Storey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797159058.mp3" length="877230" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637380</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797159058.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White House by the Sea: A Century of the Kennedys at Hyannis Port
Author: Kate Storey
Narrator: Kathe Mazur
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Impeccably researched…captivating!” —Elin Hilderbrand * “A well-paced history.” —The New York Times Book Review * “Fascinating…with new details and well-sourced reporting.” —Associated Press   NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER! The intimate, multigenerational story of the Kennedy family as seen through their Hyannis Port compound on Cape Cod—the iconic place where they’ve celebrated, mourned, and bonded—based on more than a hundred in-depth interviews by a Rolling Stone editor and journalist Kate Storey. Hyannis Port, Massachusetts, is synonymous with the Kennedy family. It is where, for a hundred years, America’s most storied political family has come to celebrate, bond, play, and grieve. It is also the setting of so many events we remember: JFK giving his presidential acceptance speech, Jackie speaking with a Life magazine reporter just days after her husband’s assassination, Senator Edward Kennedy seeking refuge after the Chappaquiddick crash, Maria Shriver and Arnold Schwarzenegger tying the knot—and even Conor Kennedy courting pop star Taylor Swift. Anyone who has lived in, worked at, or visited the Kennedy compound in Hyannis Port has had a front-row view to history. Now, with extraordinary access to the Kennedy family—and featuring more than fifty rarely-seen images—journalist Kate Storey gives us a remarkably intimate and poignant look at the rhythms of an American dynasty.   Drawing from a wealth of conversations with family members, friends, neighbors, household and security staff, Storey presents a rich and textured account of the Kennedys’ lives in their summer refuge. From the 1920s, when Rose and Joseph P. Kennedy rented then bought a home known as The Malcolm Cottage, to today, when many Kennedys have purchased their own homes surrounding what’s now called The Big House, this book delivers many surprising revelations across the decades, including what matriarch Rose considered the family’s greatest tragedy, the rivalrous relationship between brothers Jack and Joe, details about Jackie’s life at the compound, and previously unknown glimpses into JFK Jr. and Carolyn Bessette’s loving and ill-fated relationship.   “Engaging and…intimate anecdotes that often stand in contrast to predominant, media-created perceptions...Readers will come away with new insights and due appreciation for this uniquely American dynasty” (Booklist, starred review).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White House by the Sea: A Century of the Kennedys at Hyannis Port
Author: Kate Storey
Narrator: Kathe Mazur
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Impeccably researched…captivating!” —Elin Hilderbrand * “A well-paced history.” —The New York Times Book Review * “Fascinating…with new details and well-sourced reporting.” —Associated Press   NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER! The intimate, multigenerational story of the Kennedy family as seen through their Hyannis Port compound on Cape Cod—the iconic place where they’ve celebrated, mourned, and bonded—based on more than a hundred in-depth interviews by a Rolling Stone editor and journalist Kate Storey. Hyannis Port, Massachusetts, is synonymous with the Kennedy family. It is where, for a hundred years, America’s most storied political family has come to celebrate, bond, play, and grieve. It is also the setting of so many events we remember: JFK giving his presidential acceptance speech, Jackie speaking with a Life magazine reporter just days after her husband’s assassination, Senator Edward Kennedy seeking refuge after the Chappaquiddick crash, Maria Shriver and Arnold Schwarzenegger tying the knot—and even Conor Kennedy courting pop star Taylor Swift. Anyone who has lived in, worked at, or visited the Kennedy compound in Hyannis Port has had a front-row view to history. Now, with extraordinary access to the Kennedy family—and featuring more than fifty rarely-seen images—journalist Kate Storey gives us a remarkably intimate and poignant look at the rhythms of an American dynasty.   Drawing from a wealth of conversations with family members, friends, neighbors, household and security staff, Storey presents a rich and textured account of the Kennedys’ lives in their summer refuge. From the 1920s, when Rose and Joseph P. Kennedy rented then bought a home known as The Malcolm Cottage, to today, when many Kennedys have purchased their own homes surrounding what’s now called The Big House, this book delivers many surprising revelations across the decades, including what matriarch Rose considered the family’s greatest tragedy, the rivalrous relationship between brothers Jack and Joe, details about Jackie’s life at the compound, and previously unknown glimpses into JFK Jr. and Carolyn Bessette’s loving and ill-fated relationship.   “Engaging and…intimate anecdotes that often stand in contrast to predominant, media-created perceptions...Readers will come away with new insights and due appreciation for this uniquely American dynasty” (Booklist, starred review).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Most Tolerant Little Town: The Explosive Beginning of School Desegregation by Rachel Louise Martin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Most Tolerant Little Town: The Explosive Beginning of School Desegregation
Author: Rachel Louise Martin
Narrator: Megan Tusing, Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “masterful” (Taylor Branch) and “striking” (The New Yorker) portrait of a small town living through tumultuous times, this propulsive piece of forgotten civil rights history—about the first school to attempt court-ordered desegregation in the wake of Brown v. Board—will forever change how you think of the end of racial segregation in America. In graduate school, Rachel Martin was sent to a small town in the foothills of the Appalachians, where locals wanted to build a museum to commemorate the events of September 1956, when Clinton High School became the first school in the former Confederacy to attempt court mandated desegregation.   But not everyone wanted to talk. As one founder of the Tennessee White Youth told her, “Honey, there was a lot of ugliness down at the school that year; best we just move on and forget it.”   For years, Martin wondered what it was some white residents of Clinton didn’t want remembered. So, she went back, eventually interviewing over sixty townsfolk—including nearly a dozen of the first students to desegregate Clinton High—to piece together what happened back in 1956: the death threats and beatings, picket lines and cross burnings, neighbors turned on neighbors and preachers for the first time at a loss for words. The National Guard rushed to town, along with national journalists like Edward R. Morrow and even evangelist Billy Graham. But that wasn’t the most explosive secret Martin learned...   In A Most Tolerant Little Town, Rachel Martin weaves together over a dozen perspectives in an intimate, kaleidoscopic portrait of a small town living through a turbulent turning point for America. The result is at once a “gripping” (The Atlanta Journal-Constitution) mystery and a moving piece of forgotten civil rights history, rendered “with precision, lucidity and, most of all, a heart inured to false hope” (The New York Times).   You may never before have heard of Clinton, Tennessee—but you won’t be forgetting the town anytime soon.</description>
      <author>Rachel Louise Martin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797159089.mp3" length="810145" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797159089.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Most Tolerant Little Town: The Explosive Beginning of School Desegregation
Author: Rachel Louise Martin
Narrator: Megan Tusing, Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “masterful” (Taylor Branch) and “striking” (The New Yorker) portrait of a small town living through tumultuous times, this propulsive piece of forgotten civil rights history—about the first school to attempt court-ordered desegregation in the wake of Brown v. Board—will forever change how you think of the end of racial segregation in America. In graduate school, Rachel Martin was sent to a small town in the foothills of the Appalachians, where locals wanted to build a museum to commemorate the events of September 1956, when Clinton High School became the first school in the former Confederacy to attempt court mandated desegregation.   But not everyone wanted to talk. As one founder of the Tennessee White Youth told her, “Honey, there was a lot of ugliness down at the school that year; best we just move on and forget it.”   For years, Martin wondered what it was some white residents of Clinton didn’t want remembered. So, she went back, eventually interviewing over sixty townsfolk—including nearly a dozen of the first students to desegregate Clinton High—to piece together what happened back in 1956: the death threats and beatings, picket lines and cross burnings, neighbors turned on neighbors and preachers for the first time at a loss for words. The National Guard rushed to town, along with national journalists like Edward R. Morrow and even evangelist Billy Graham. But that wasn’t the most explosive secret Martin learned...   In A Most Tolerant Little Town, Rachel Martin weaves together over a dozen perspectives in an intimate, kaleidoscopic portrait of a small town living through a turbulent turning point for America. The result is at once a “gripping” (The Atlanta Journal-Constitution) mystery and a moving piece of forgotten civil rights history, rendered “with precision, lucidity and, most of all, a heart inured to false hope” (The New York Times).   You may never before have heard of Clinton, Tennessee—but you won’t be forgetting the town anytime soon.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Most Tolerant Little Town: The Explosive Beginning of School Desegregation
Author: Rachel Louise Martin
Narrator: Megan Tusing, Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “masterful” (Taylor Branch) and “striking” (The New Yorker) portrait of a small town living through tumultuous times, this propulsive piece of forgotten civil rights history—about the first school to attempt court-ordered desegregation in the wake of Brown v. Board—will forever change how you think of the end of racial segregation in America. In graduate school, Rachel Martin was sent to a small town in the foothills of the Appalachians, where locals wanted to build a museum to commemorate the events of September 1956, when Clinton High School became the first school in the former Confederacy to attempt court mandated desegregation.   But not everyone wanted to talk. As one founder of the Tennessee White Youth told her, “Honey, there was a lot of ugliness down at the school that year; best we just move on and forget it.”   For years, Martin wondered what it was some white residents of Clinton didn’t want remembered. So, she went back, eventually interviewing over sixty townsfolk—including nearly a dozen of the first students to desegregate Clinton High—to piece together what happened back in 1956: the death threats and beatings, picket lines and cross burnings, neighbors turned on neighbors and preachers for the first time at a loss for words. The National Guard rushed to town, along with national journalists like Edward R. Morrow and even evangelist Billy Graham. But that wasn’t the most explosive secret Martin learned...   In A Most Tolerant Little Town, Rachel Martin weaves together over a dozen perspectives in an intimate, kaleidoscopic portrait of a small town living through a turbulent turning point for America. The result is at once a “gripping” (The Atlanta Journal-Constitution) mystery and a moving piece of forgotten civil rights history, rendered “with precision, lucidity and, most of all, a heart inured to false hope” (The New York Times).   You may never before have heard of Clinton, Tennessee—but you won’t be forgetting the town anytime soon.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Southern Way of Life: Meanings of Culture and Civilization in the American South by Charles Reagan Wilson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637351</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637351">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637351</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Southern Way of Life: Meanings of Culture and Civilization in the American South
Author: Charles Reagan Wilson
Narrator: Chris Abernathy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How does one begin to understand the idea of a distinctive southern way of life—a concept as enduring as it is disputed? In this examination of the American South in national and global contexts, celebrated historian Charles Reagan Wilson assesses how diverse communities of southerners have sought to define the region&amp;#039;s identity. Surveying three centuries of southern regional consciousness across many genres, disciplines, and cultural strains, Wilson considers and challenges prior presentations of the region, advancing a vision of southern culture that has always been plural, dynamic, and complicated by race and class. Structured in three parts, The Southern Way of Life takes listeners on a journey from the colonial era to the present, from when complex ideas of &amp;#039;southern civilization&amp;#039; rooted in slaveholding and agrarianism dominated to the twenty-first-century rise of a modern, multicultural &amp;#039;southern living.&amp;#039; As Wilson shows, there is no singular or essential South but rather a rich tapestry woven with contestations, contingencies, and change.</description>
      <author>Charles Reagan Wilson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765002841.mp3" length="8460585" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637351</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765002841.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>24:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637351">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637351</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Southern Way of Life: Meanings of Culture and Civilization in the American South
Author: Charles Reagan Wilson
Narrator: Chris Abernathy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How does one begin to understand the idea of a distinctive southern way of life—a concept as enduring as it is disputed? In this examination of the American South in national and global contexts, celebrated historian Charles Reagan Wilson assesses how diverse communities of southerners have sought to define the region&amp;#039;s identity. Surveying three centuries of southern regional consciousness across many genres, disciplines, and cultural strains, Wilson considers and challenges prior presentations of the region, advancing a vision of southern culture that has always been plural, dynamic, and complicated by race and class. Structured in three parts, The Southern Way of Life takes listeners on a journey from the colonial era to the present, from when complex ideas of &amp;#039;southern civilization&amp;#039; rooted in slaveholding and agrarianism dominated to the twenty-first-century rise of a modern, multicultural &amp;#039;southern living.&amp;#039; As Wilson shows, there is no singular or essential South but rather a rich tapestry woven with contestations, contingencies, and change.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637351">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637351</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Southern Way of Life: Meanings of Culture and Civilization in the American South
Author: Charles Reagan Wilson
Narrator: Chris Abernathy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How does one begin to understand the idea of a distinctive southern way of life—a concept as enduring as it is disputed? In this examination of the American South in national and global contexts, celebrated historian Charles Reagan Wilson assesses how diverse communities of southerners have sought to define the region&amp;#039;s identity. Surveying three centuries of southern regional consciousness across many genres, disciplines, and cultural strains, Wilson considers and challenges prior presentations of the region, advancing a vision of southern culture that has always been plural, dynamic, and complicated by race and class. Structured in three parts, The Southern Way of Life takes listeners on a journey from the colonial era to the present, from when complex ideas of &amp;#039;southern civilization&amp;#039; rooted in slaveholding and agrarianism dominated to the twenty-first-century rise of a modern, multicultural &amp;#039;southern living.&amp;#039; As Wilson shows, there is no singular or essential South but rather a rich tapestry woven with contestations, contingencies, and change.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Contagion of Liberty: The Politics of Smallpox in the American Revolution by Andrew M. Wehrman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637293</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Contagion of Liberty: The Politics of Smallpox in the American Revolution
Author: Andrew M. Wehrman
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Revolutionary War broke out during a smallpox epidemic, and in response, General George Washington ordered the inoculation of the Continental Army. But Washington did not have to convince fearful colonists to protect themselves against smallpox. In The Contagion of Liberty, Andrew M. Wehrman describes a revolution within a revolution, where the violent insistence for freedom from disease ultimately helped American colonists achieve independence from Great Britain. Inoculation, a shocking procedure introduced to America by an enslaved African, became the most sought-after medical procedure of the eighteenth century. Across the colonies, poor Americans rioted for equal access to medicine, while cities and towns shut down for quarantines. The miraculous discovery of vaccination in the early 1800s posed new challenges that upended the revolutionaries&amp;#039; dream of disease eradication, and Wehrman reveals that the quintessentially American rejection of universal health care systems has deeper roots than previously known. During a time when some of the loudest voices in the United States are those clamoring against efforts to vaccinate, this richly documented book will appeal to anyone interested in the history of medicine and politics, or who has questioned government action (or lack thereof) during a pandemic.</description>
      <author>Andrew M. Wehrman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765094020.mp3" length="7533463" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637293</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765094020.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Contagion of Liberty: The Politics of Smallpox in the American Revolution
Author: Andrew M. Wehrman
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Revolutionary War broke out during a smallpox epidemic, and in response, General George Washington ordered the inoculation of the Continental Army. But Washington did not have to convince fearful colonists to protect themselves against smallpox. In The Contagion of Liberty, Andrew M. Wehrman describes a revolution within a revolution, where the violent insistence for freedom from disease ultimately helped American colonists achieve independence from Great Britain. Inoculation, a shocking procedure introduced to America by an enslaved African, became the most sought-after medical procedure of the eighteenth century. Across the colonies, poor Americans rioted for equal access to medicine, while cities and towns shut down for quarantines. The miraculous discovery of vaccination in the early 1800s posed new challenges that upended the revolutionaries&amp;#039; dream of disease eradication, and Wehrman reveals that the quintessentially American rejection of universal health care systems has deeper roots than previously known. During a time when some of the loudest voices in the United States are those clamoring against efforts to vaccinate, this richly documented book will appeal to anyone interested in the history of medicine and politics, or who has questioned government action (or lack thereof) during a pandemic.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Contagion of Liberty: The Politics of Smallpox in the American Revolution
Author: Andrew M. Wehrman
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Revolutionary War broke out during a smallpox epidemic, and in response, General George Washington ordered the inoculation of the Continental Army. But Washington did not have to convince fearful colonists to protect themselves against smallpox. In The Contagion of Liberty, Andrew M. Wehrman describes a revolution within a revolution, where the violent insistence for freedom from disease ultimately helped American colonists achieve independence from Great Britain. Inoculation, a shocking procedure introduced to America by an enslaved African, became the most sought-after medical procedure of the eighteenth century. Across the colonies, poor Americans rioted for equal access to medicine, while cities and towns shut down for quarantines. The miraculous discovery of vaccination in the early 1800s posed new challenges that upended the revolutionaries&amp;#039; dream of disease eradication, and Wehrman reveals that the quintessentially American rejection of universal health care systems has deeper roots than previously known. During a time when some of the loudest voices in the United States are those clamoring against efforts to vaccinate, this richly documented book will appeal to anyone interested in the history of medicine and politics, or who has questioned government action (or lack thereof) during a pandemic.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rebels in Arms: Black Resistance and the Fight for Freedom in the Anglo-Atlantic by Justin Iverson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637290</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rebels in Arms: Black Resistance and the Fight for Freedom in the Anglo-Atlantic
Author: Justin Iverson
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 39 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Enslaved Black people took up arms and fought in nearly every colonial conflict in early British North America. They sometimes served as loyal soldiers to protect and promote their owners&amp;#039; interests in the hope that they might be freed or be rewarded for their service. But for many Black combatants, war and armed conflict offered an opportunity to attack the chattel slave system itself and promote Black emancipation and freedom. In six cases, starting in 1676 with Nathaniel Bacon&amp;#039;s Rebellion in Virginia and ending in 1865 with the First South Carolina Volunteer Infantry Regiment near Charleston, Rebels in Arms tells the long story of how enslaved soldiers and Maroons learned how to use military service and armed conflict to fight for their own interests. Using a comparative Atlantic analysis that uncovers new perspectives on major military conflicts in British North American history, he reveals how enslaved people used these conflicts to lay the groundwork for abolition in 1865. Over the nearly two-hundred-year history of these struggles, enslaved resistance in the British Atlantic world became increasingly militarized, and enslaved soldiers, Maroons, and plantation rebels together increasingly relied on military institutions and operations to achieve their goals.</description>
      <author>Justin Iverson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765086803.mp3" length="8691886" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637290</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765086803.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rebels in Arms: Black Resistance and the Fight for Freedom in the Anglo-Atlantic
Author: Justin Iverson
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 39 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Enslaved Black people took up arms and fought in nearly every colonial conflict in early British North America. They sometimes served as loyal soldiers to protect and promote their owners&amp;#039; interests in the hope that they might be freed or be rewarded for their service. But for many Black combatants, war and armed conflict offered an opportunity to attack the chattel slave system itself and promote Black emancipation and freedom. In six cases, starting in 1676 with Nathaniel Bacon&amp;#039;s Rebellion in Virginia and ending in 1865 with the First South Carolina Volunteer Infantry Regiment near Charleston, Rebels in Arms tells the long story of how enslaved soldiers and Maroons learned how to use military service and armed conflict to fight for their own interests. Using a comparative Atlantic analysis that uncovers new perspectives on major military conflicts in British North American history, he reveals how enslaved people used these conflicts to lay the groundwork for abolition in 1865. Over the nearly two-hundred-year history of these struggles, enslaved resistance in the British Atlantic world became increasingly militarized, and enslaved soldiers, Maroons, and plantation rebels together increasingly relied on military institutions and operations to achieve their goals.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rebels in Arms: Black Resistance and the Fight for Freedom in the Anglo-Atlantic
Author: Justin Iverson
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 39 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Enslaved Black people took up arms and fought in nearly every colonial conflict in early British North America. They sometimes served as loyal soldiers to protect and promote their owners&amp;#039; interests in the hope that they might be freed or be rewarded for their service. But for many Black combatants, war and armed conflict offered an opportunity to attack the chattel slave system itself and promote Black emancipation and freedom. In six cases, starting in 1676 with Nathaniel Bacon&amp;#039;s Rebellion in Virginia and ending in 1865 with the First South Carolina Volunteer Infantry Regiment near Charleston, Rebels in Arms tells the long story of how enslaved soldiers and Maroons learned how to use military service and armed conflict to fight for their own interests. Using a comparative Atlantic analysis that uncovers new perspectives on major military conflicts in British North American history, he reveals how enslaved people used these conflicts to lay the groundwork for abolition in 1865. Over the nearly two-hundred-year history of these struggles, enslaved resistance in the British Atlantic world became increasingly militarized, and enslaved soldiers, Maroons, and plantation rebels together increasingly relied on military institutions and operations to achieve their goals.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Secession and State Creation: What Everyone Needs to Know by Mikulas Fabry, James Ker-Lindsay</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637281</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Secession and State Creation: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Mikulas Fabry, James Ker-Lindsay
Narrator: Ian Putnam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 59 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
What makes a state? This question has attracted more and more attention in recent years with Catalan&amp;#039;s illegal vote for independence from Spain and Palestine&amp;#039;s ongoing search for international recognition. And while Scotland chose to remain with the United Kingdom, discussions of independence have only continued as the ramifications of the Brexit vote begin to set in. Kosovo, South Sudan, and the situation in Ukraine—each in its way reveals the perils of creating a nation separate from neighbors who have dominated it. As James Ker-Lindsay and Mikulas Fabry show in this new addition to the What Everyone Needs to Know® series, the road to statehood never did run smooth. Declaring independence is only the first step; gaining both local and global acceptance is necessary before a state can become truly independent. The prospect of losing territory is usually not welcomed by the parent state. Beyond this immediate conflict, the international community often refuses to accept new states without proof of defined territory, a settled population, and effective government, which frequently translates to a democratic one with demonstrated respect for human rights. Covering the legal, political, and practical issues of secession and state creation, Ker-Lindsay and Fabry provide a sure-footed guide to a complex topic.</description>
      <author>Mikulas Fabry, James Ker-Lindsay</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666119800.mp3" length="7548986" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637281</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666119800.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Secession and State Creation: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Mikulas Fabry, James Ker-Lindsay
Narrator: Ian Putnam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 59 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
What makes a state? This question has attracted more and more attention in recent years with Catalan&amp;#039;s illegal vote for independence from Spain and Palestine&amp;#039;s ongoing search for international recognition. And while Scotland chose to remain with the United Kingdom, discussions of independence have only continued as the ramifications of the Brexit vote begin to set in. Kosovo, South Sudan, and the situation in Ukraine—each in its way reveals the perils of creating a nation separate from neighbors who have dominated it. As James Ker-Lindsay and Mikulas Fabry show in this new addition to the What Everyone Needs to Know® series, the road to statehood never did run smooth. Declaring independence is only the first step; gaining both local and global acceptance is necessary before a state can become truly independent. The prospect of losing territory is usually not welcomed by the parent state. Beyond this immediate conflict, the international community often refuses to accept new states without proof of defined territory, a settled population, and effective government, which frequently translates to a democratic one with demonstrated respect for human rights. Covering the legal, political, and practical issues of secession and state creation, Ker-Lindsay and Fabry provide a sure-footed guide to a complex topic.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Secession and State Creation: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Mikulas Fabry, James Ker-Lindsay
Narrator: Ian Putnam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 59 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
What makes a state? This question has attracted more and more attention in recent years with Catalan&amp;#039;s illegal vote for independence from Spain and Palestine&amp;#039;s ongoing search for international recognition. And while Scotland chose to remain with the United Kingdom, discussions of independence have only continued as the ramifications of the Brexit vote begin to set in. Kosovo, South Sudan, and the situation in Ukraine—each in its way reveals the perils of creating a nation separate from neighbors who have dominated it. As James Ker-Lindsay and Mikulas Fabry show in this new addition to the What Everyone Needs to Know® series, the road to statehood never did run smooth. Declaring independence is only the first step; gaining both local and global acceptance is necessary before a state can become truly independent. The prospect of losing territory is usually not welcomed by the parent state. Beyond this immediate conflict, the international community often refuses to accept new states without proof of defined territory, a settled population, and effective government, which frequently translates to a democratic one with demonstrated respect for human rights. Covering the legal, political, and practical issues of secession and state creation, Ker-Lindsay and Fabry provide a sure-footed guide to a complex topic.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Teotihuacanos, toltecas y tarascos. Los indígenas de Mesoamérica I by Miguel Pastrana</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635829</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Teotihuacanos, toltecas y tarascos. Los indígenas de Mesoamérica I
Series: #1 of Los indígenas de Mesoamérica
Author: Miguel Pastrana
Narrator: Carlos Zertuche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Mesoamérica era una extensa área cultural que abarco un periodo de más de cuatro milenios, en el que mientras algunas civilizaciones alcanzaban su esplendor, otras llegaron a su más profunda decadencia. Los pueblos mesoamericanos creían que antes de ellos habían existido cuatro eras o soles. Para ellos el quinto y último sol, en el que vivían, había comenzado en Teotihuacán. La evolución de estos pueblos inicia con el desarrollo de la agricultura, la urbanización de las ciudades, además de la invención de varios sistemas de escritura y de complejos calendarios. Los teotihuacanos, toltecas y tarascos ocuparon el centro del valle de México, el estado de Hidalgo y Michoacán, y dejaron una herencia artística que hoy en día es considerada patrimonio de la humanidad.</description>
      <author>Miguel Pastrana</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 13 Sep 2020 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179735234.mp3" length="1261162" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635829</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179735234.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Teotihuacanos, toltecas y tarascos. Los indígenas de Mesoamérica I
Series: #1 of Los indígenas de Mesoamérica
Author: Miguel Pastrana
Narrator: Carlos Zertuche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Mesoamérica era una extensa área cultural que abarco un periodo de más de cuatro milenios, en el que mientras algunas civilizaciones alcanzaban su esplendor, otras llegaron a su más profunda decadencia. Los pueblos mesoamericanos creían que antes de ellos habían existido cuatro eras o soles. Para ellos el quinto y último sol, en el que vivían, había comenzado en Teotihuacán. La evolución de estos pueblos inicia con el desarrollo de la agricultura, la urbanización de las ciudades, además de la invención de varios sistemas de escritura y de complejos calendarios. Los teotihuacanos, toltecas y tarascos ocuparon el centro del valle de México, el estado de Hidalgo y Michoacán, y dejaron una herencia artística que hoy en día es considerada patrimonio de la humanidad.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Teotihuacanos, toltecas y tarascos. Los indígenas de Mesoamérica I
Series: #1 of Los indígenas de Mesoamérica
Author: Miguel Pastrana
Narrator: Carlos Zertuche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Mesoamérica era una extensa área cultural que abarco un periodo de más de cuatro milenios, en el que mientras algunas civilizaciones alcanzaban su esplendor, otras llegaron a su más profunda decadencia. Los pueblos mesoamericanos creían que antes de ellos habían existido cuatro eras o soles. Para ellos el quinto y último sol, en el que vivían, había comenzado en Teotihuacán. La evolución de estos pueblos inicia con el desarrollo de la agricultura, la urbanización de las ciudades, además de la invención de varios sistemas de escritura y de complejos calendarios. Los teotihuacanos, toltecas y tarascos ocuparon el centro del valle de México, el estado de Hidalgo y Michoacán, y dejaron una herencia artística que hoy en día es considerada patrimonio de la humanidad.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Incas. Los indígenas de Sudamérica I by Mariana Riva Palacio</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635825</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635825">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635825</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Incas. Los indígenas de Sudamérica I
Series: #1 of Los indígenas de Sudamérica
Author: Mariana Riva Palacio
Narrator: Patricia Velasco
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 15 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Esta obra narra cómo el imperio incaico, a pesar de innumerables estudios realizados hasta ahora, ha conservado celosamente bajo sus edificaciones los misterios del origen de su civilización. Este material contribuye al conocimiento y entendimiento de esta cultura sudamericana, que forma parte importante en la historia del mundo antiguo.</description>
      <author>Mariana Riva Palacio</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2020 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179735180.mp3" length="1197133" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635825</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179735180.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635825">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635825</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Incas. Los indígenas de Sudamérica I
Series: #1 of Los indígenas de Sudamérica
Author: Mariana Riva Palacio
Narrator: Patricia Velasco
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 15 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Esta obra narra cómo el imperio incaico, a pesar de innumerables estudios realizados hasta ahora, ha conservado celosamente bajo sus edificaciones los misterios del origen de su civilización. Este material contribuye al conocimiento y entendimiento de esta cultura sudamericana, que forma parte importante en la historia del mundo antiguo.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635825">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635825</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Incas. Los indígenas de Sudamérica I
Series: #1 of Los indígenas de Sudamérica
Author: Mariana Riva Palacio
Narrator: Patricia Velasco
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 15 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Esta obra narra cómo el imperio incaico, a pesar de innumerables estudios realizados hasta ahora, ha conservado celosamente bajo sus edificaciones los misterios del origen de su civilización. Este material contribuye al conocimiento y entendimiento de esta cultura sudamericana, que forma parte importante en la historia del mundo antiguo.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Mexicas. Los indígenas de Mesoamérica II by José Rubén Romero</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635827</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Mexicas. Los indígenas de Mesoamérica II
Series: #2 of Los indígenas de Mesoamérica
Author: José Rubén Romero
Narrator: Rafael Serrano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 46 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Desde Aztlán emigró un pueblo guiado por Huitzilopochtli, el cual fundó la capital de un gran imperio: México-Tenochtitlán. Este tema, aunado al de las características especiales de la cultura, costumbres, organización, etc., hacen de esta obra una pieza inigualable. Este material contribuye al conocimiento y entendimiento de una cultura fundamental para comprender la historia antigua de México.</description>
      <author>José Rubén Romero</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Sep 2020 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179735203.mp3" length="1301801" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635827</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179735203.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Mexicas. Los indígenas de Mesoamérica II
Series: #2 of Los indígenas de Mesoamérica
Author: José Rubén Romero
Narrator: Rafael Serrano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 46 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Desde Aztlán emigró un pueblo guiado por Huitzilopochtli, el cual fundó la capital de un gran imperio: México-Tenochtitlán. Este tema, aunado al de las características especiales de la cultura, costumbres, organización, etc., hacen de esta obra una pieza inigualable. Este material contribuye al conocimiento y entendimiento de una cultura fundamental para comprender la historia antigua de México.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Mexicas. Los indígenas de Mesoamérica II
Series: #2 of Los indígenas de Mesoamérica
Author: José Rubén Romero
Narrator: Rafael Serrano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 46 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Desde Aztlán emigró un pueblo guiado por Huitzilopochtli, el cual fundó la capital de un gran imperio: México-Tenochtitlán. Este tema, aunado al de las características especiales de la cultura, costumbres, organización, etc., hacen de esta obra una pieza inigualable. Este material contribuye al conocimiento y entendimiento de una cultura fundamental para comprender la historia antigua de México.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This Land Is Our Land: Myths, Facts, and Mysteries by John Rayburn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634598</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Land Is Our Land: Myths, Facts, and Mysteries
Author: John Rayburn
Narrator: John Rayburn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Throughout the stories here is information on how places, cities, and states got their names. However, questions arise because Native American tribes of the day didn’t yet have a written alphabet, and none of those came along until Sequoyah invented one in 1821, one that was actually more of a syllabary with symbols that stood for consonant/vowel sequences and could make words, basically just a writing system. One such word example is Tsa-La-Gi in Oklahoma, a recreated Cherokee settlement showing what one was like before European contact. The name means “Cherokee,” and if you say it out phonetically as “Say-la-ghee,” it’s understandable how that was understood as the word Cherokee. It wasn’t written out because there wasn’t yet a means of doing so. Many such words were heard by early frontiersmen, most of whom had little or no formal education. As a result, they pronounced and spelled anyway they heard various words, and because that was all that was available, their decisions held up more often not. It brings to mind an old phrase aimed at accepting something while having at least a degree of skepticism about the actual truth or meaning, and that is to “take it with a grain of salt.” This all means if you come across something here with either skepticism or at least no specific literal interpretation, don’t fret. The information is interesting, whether or not always logical or with an occasional small degree of accuracy. Don’t let any word choices by those early, often under-educated frontiersmen cause you to be “anti-semantic.” We repeat the suggestion to just go along with whatever is mentioned, but remember to have that “grain of salt” handy.</description>
      <author>John Rayburn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jan 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212384988.mp3" length="859140" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634598</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212384988.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Land Is Our Land: Myths, Facts, and Mysteries
Author: John Rayburn
Narrator: John Rayburn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Throughout the stories here is information on how places, cities, and states got their names. However, questions arise because Native American tribes of the day didn’t yet have a written alphabet, and none of those came along until Sequoyah invented one in 1821, one that was actually more of a syllabary with symbols that stood for consonant/vowel sequences and could make words, basically just a writing system. One such word example is Tsa-La-Gi in Oklahoma, a recreated Cherokee settlement showing what one was like before European contact. The name means “Cherokee,” and if you say it out phonetically as “Say-la-ghee,” it’s understandable how that was understood as the word Cherokee. It wasn’t written out because there wasn’t yet a means of doing so. Many such words were heard by early frontiersmen, most of whom had little or no formal education. As a result, they pronounced and spelled anyway they heard various words, and because that was all that was available, their decisions held up more often not. It brings to mind an old phrase aimed at accepting something while having at least a degree of skepticism about the actual truth or meaning, and that is to “take it with a grain of salt.” This all means if you come across something here with either skepticism or at least no specific literal interpretation, don’t fret. The information is interesting, whether or not always logical or with an occasional small degree of accuracy. Don’t let any word choices by those early, often under-educated frontiersmen cause you to be “anti-semantic.” We repeat the suggestion to just go along with whatever is mentioned, but remember to have that “grain of salt” handy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Land Is Our Land: Myths, Facts, and Mysteries
Author: John Rayburn
Narrator: John Rayburn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Throughout the stories here is information on how places, cities, and states got their names. However, questions arise because Native American tribes of the day didn’t yet have a written alphabet, and none of those came along until Sequoyah invented one in 1821, one that was actually more of a syllabary with symbols that stood for consonant/vowel sequences and could make words, basically just a writing system. One such word example is Tsa-La-Gi in Oklahoma, a recreated Cherokee settlement showing what one was like before European contact. The name means “Cherokee,” and if you say it out phonetically as “Say-la-ghee,” it’s understandable how that was understood as the word Cherokee. It wasn’t written out because there wasn’t yet a means of doing so. Many such words were heard by early frontiersmen, most of whom had little or no formal education. As a result, they pronounced and spelled anyway they heard various words, and because that was all that was available, their decisions held up more often not. It brings to mind an old phrase aimed at accepting something while having at least a degree of skepticism about the actual truth or meaning, and that is to “take it with a grain of salt.” This all means if you come across something here with either skepticism or at least no specific literal interpretation, don’t fret. The information is interesting, whether or not always logical or with an occasional small degree of accuracy. Don’t let any word choices by those early, often under-educated frontiersmen cause you to be “anti-semantic.” We repeat the suggestion to just go along with whatever is mentioned, but remember to have that “grain of salt” handy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mexicanos, Third Edition: A History of Mexicans in the United States by Manuel G. Gonzales</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mexicanos, Third Edition: A History of Mexicans in the United States
Author: Manuel G. Gonzales
Narrator: Hector Carrillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 9 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Responding to shifts in the political and economic experiences of Mexicans in America, this newly revised and expanded edition of Mexicanos provides a relevant and contemporary consideration of this vibrant community. Emerging from the ruins of Aztec civilization and from centuries of Spanish contact with indigenous people, Mexican culture followed the Spanish colonial frontier northward and put its distinctive mark on what became the southwestern United States. Shaped by their Indian and Spanish ancestors, deeply influenced by Catholicism, and often struggling to respond to political and economic precarity, Mexicans play an important role in United States society even as the dominant Anglo culture strives to assimilate them. With updated appendices and a new chapter providing an up-to-date consideration of the immigration debate centered on Mexican communities in the United States, this new edition of Mexicanos provides a thorough and balanced contribution to understanding Mexicans&amp;#039; history and their vital importance to twenty-first century America.</description>
      <author>Manuel G. Gonzales</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765072127.mp3" length="8222839" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765072127.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mexicanos, Third Edition: A History of Mexicans in the United States
Author: Manuel G. Gonzales
Narrator: Hector Carrillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 9 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Responding to shifts in the political and economic experiences of Mexicans in America, this newly revised and expanded edition of Mexicanos provides a relevant and contemporary consideration of this vibrant community. Emerging from the ruins of Aztec civilization and from centuries of Spanish contact with indigenous people, Mexican culture followed the Spanish colonial frontier northward and put its distinctive mark on what became the southwestern United States. Shaped by their Indian and Spanish ancestors, deeply influenced by Catholicism, and often struggling to respond to political and economic precarity, Mexicans play an important role in United States society even as the dominant Anglo culture strives to assimilate them. With updated appendices and a new chapter providing an up-to-date consideration of the immigration debate centered on Mexican communities in the United States, this new edition of Mexicanos provides a thorough and balanced contribution to understanding Mexicans&amp;#039; history and their vital importance to twenty-first century America.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mexicanos, Third Edition: A History of Mexicans in the United States
Author: Manuel G. Gonzales
Narrator: Hector Carrillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 9 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Responding to shifts in the political and economic experiences of Mexicans in America, this newly revised and expanded edition of Mexicanos provides a relevant and contemporary consideration of this vibrant community. Emerging from the ruins of Aztec civilization and from centuries of Spanish contact with indigenous people, Mexican culture followed the Spanish colonial frontier northward and put its distinctive mark on what became the southwestern United States. Shaped by their Indian and Spanish ancestors, deeply influenced by Catholicism, and often struggling to respond to political and economic precarity, Mexicans play an important role in United States society even as the dominant Anglo culture strives to assimilate them. With updated appendices and a new chapter providing an up-to-date consideration of the immigration debate centered on Mexican communities in the United States, this new edition of Mexicanos provides a thorough and balanced contribution to understanding Mexicans&amp;#039; history and their vital importance to twenty-first century America.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Saving Washington&amp;#039;s Army: The Brilliant Last Stand of General John Glover at the Battle of Pell&amp;#039;s Point, New York, October 18, 1776 by Phillip Thomas Tucker PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634493</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Washington&amp;#039;s Army: The Brilliant Last Stand of General John Glover at the Battle of Pell&amp;#039;s Point, New York, October 18, 1776
Author: Phillip Thomas Tucker PhD
Narrator: Tom Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
General William Howe and the mighty British-Hessian Army possessed the golden opportunity to cut-off, trap, and then destroy General George Washington&amp;#039;s Army before he could retreat north and escape from Harlem Heights, New York, when he landed his army at Pell&amp;#039;s Point north of New York City. Howe&amp;#039;s bold amphibious operation north of Washington&amp;#039;s Army threatened to end the life of the Continental Army and the revolution.  However, the brilliant delaying actions of Colonel John Glover and a small force of New England Continental troops saved the day and Washington&amp;#039;s Army by preventing Howe&amp;#039;s advance inland to intercept Washington&amp;#039;s route of retreat to White Plains. Employing brilliant delaying tactics when outnumbered by more than five to one, Glover inflicted heavy losses on the attackers to ensure that Washington&amp;#039;s Army survived to fight another day. Ironically, the Battle of Pell&amp;#039;s Point has been perhaps the most important forgotten battle of the entire American Revolution. In Saving Washington&amp;#039;s Army, renowned historian Phillip Thomas Ticker, PhD, recounts the little-known story of the Battle of Pell&amp;#039;s Point and the heroism of Colonel John Glover with the care and attention-to-detail for which he is known.</description>
      <author>Phillip Thomas Tucker PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765086100.mp3" length="8353809" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634493</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765086100.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Washington&amp;#039;s Army: The Brilliant Last Stand of General John Glover at the Battle of Pell&amp;#039;s Point, New York, October 18, 1776
Author: Phillip Thomas Tucker PhD
Narrator: Tom Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
General William Howe and the mighty British-Hessian Army possessed the golden opportunity to cut-off, trap, and then destroy General George Washington&amp;#039;s Army before he could retreat north and escape from Harlem Heights, New York, when he landed his army at Pell&amp;#039;s Point north of New York City. Howe&amp;#039;s bold amphibious operation north of Washington&amp;#039;s Army threatened to end the life of the Continental Army and the revolution.  However, the brilliant delaying actions of Colonel John Glover and a small force of New England Continental troops saved the day and Washington&amp;#039;s Army by preventing Howe&amp;#039;s advance inland to intercept Washington&amp;#039;s route of retreat to White Plains. Employing brilliant delaying tactics when outnumbered by more than five to one, Glover inflicted heavy losses on the attackers to ensure that Washington&amp;#039;s Army survived to fight another day. Ironically, the Battle of Pell&amp;#039;s Point has been perhaps the most important forgotten battle of the entire American Revolution. In Saving Washington&amp;#039;s Army, renowned historian Phillip Thomas Ticker, PhD, recounts the little-known story of the Battle of Pell&amp;#039;s Point and the heroism of Colonel John Glover with the care and attention-to-detail for which he is known.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Washington&amp;#039;s Army: The Brilliant Last Stand of General John Glover at the Battle of Pell&amp;#039;s Point, New York, October 18, 1776
Author: Phillip Thomas Tucker PhD
Narrator: Tom Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
General William Howe and the mighty British-Hessian Army possessed the golden opportunity to cut-off, trap, and then destroy General George Washington&amp;#039;s Army before he could retreat north and escape from Harlem Heights, New York, when he landed his army at Pell&amp;#039;s Point north of New York City. Howe&amp;#039;s bold amphibious operation north of Washington&amp;#039;s Army threatened to end the life of the Continental Army and the revolution.  However, the brilliant delaying actions of Colonel John Glover and a small force of New England Continental troops saved the day and Washington&amp;#039;s Army by preventing Howe&amp;#039;s advance inland to intercept Washington&amp;#039;s route of retreat to White Plains. Employing brilliant delaying tactics when outnumbered by more than five to one, Glover inflicted heavy losses on the attackers to ensure that Washington&amp;#039;s Army survived to fight another day. Ironically, the Battle of Pell&amp;#039;s Point has been perhaps the most important forgotten battle of the entire American Revolution. In Saving Washington&amp;#039;s Army, renowned historian Phillip Thomas Ticker, PhD, recounts the little-known story of the Battle of Pell&amp;#039;s Point and the heroism of Colonel John Glover with the care and attention-to-detail for which he is known.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Native American People by Wilson Bellacoola</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634357</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634357">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634357</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Native American People
Author: Wilson Bellacoola
Narrator: Robert Caruso
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Psychological Impact of Historical Trauma on Native American People Native American historical trauma is similar to other massive generational group traumas. Past examples include the Jewish holocaust, the slavery of the African people in the United States, and the treatment of Japanese Americans in the U.S. during World War II. Understanding the history of Native Americans allows for the design of culturally specific preventative and therapeutic interventions. Contrary to what is taught in modern history books, Native Americans were an advanced culture deeply immersed in their environments. From the invasion by the Spanish in the 1400s to the scorched earth extermination policies of the United States in the 1800s, Native Americans endured attempted genocide, forced relocation and confinement to reservations, and forced assimilation. Historical trauma is generational and dwells deep in the souls of Native American individuals and communities across the United States. For any healing to occur, one must take a close look at the root cause of historical trauma for the Native American people. The focus of this book is to explore and develop ideas that will assist Native Americans in accessing which old ways are too biologically ingrained to do away with and what new ways must be taken on to come to terms with such a massively different environment. It is essential to understand the environment in which Native American people live, know their history, and see how this history has shaped them. It is equally important to understand and respect their worldview, which describes the thought process of a people or a culture. Native Americans were displaced from their traditional lands, their sacred sites were excavated, and their sacred objects were placed in private collections and museums. Their dead were exhumed from traditional burial sites to make room for ranching and industry. Their artwork was never seen as separate from their culture. It was commercially reproduce</description>
      <author>Wilson Bellacoola</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823426473.mp3" length="1305280" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634357</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823426473.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634357">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634357</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Native American People
Author: Wilson Bellacoola
Narrator: Robert Caruso
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Psychological Impact of Historical Trauma on Native American People Native American historical trauma is similar to other massive generational group traumas. Past examples include the Jewish holocaust, the slavery of the African people in the United States, and the treatment of Japanese Americans in the U.S. during World War II. Understanding the history of Native Americans allows for the design of culturally specific preventative and therapeutic interventions. Contrary to what is taught in modern history books, Native Americans were an advanced culture deeply immersed in their environments. From the invasion by the Spanish in the 1400s to the scorched earth extermination policies of the United States in the 1800s, Native Americans endured attempted genocide, forced relocation and confinement to reservations, and forced assimilation. Historical trauma is generational and dwells deep in the souls of Native American individuals and communities across the United States. For any healing to occur, one must take a close look at the root cause of historical trauma for the Native American people. The focus of this book is to explore and develop ideas that will assist Native Americans in accessing which old ways are too biologically ingrained to do away with and what new ways must be taken on to come to terms with such a massively different environment. It is essential to understand the environment in which Native American people live, know their history, and see how this history has shaped them. It is equally important to understand and respect their worldview, which describes the thought process of a people or a culture. Native Americans were displaced from their traditional lands, their sacred sites were excavated, and their sacred objects were placed in private collections and museums. Their dead were exhumed from traditional burial sites to make room for ranching and industry. Their artwork was never seen as separate from their culture. It was commercially reproduce</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634357">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634357</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Native American People
Author: Wilson Bellacoola
Narrator: Robert Caruso
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Psychological Impact of Historical Trauma on Native American People Native American historical trauma is similar to other massive generational group traumas. Past examples include the Jewish holocaust, the slavery of the African people in the United States, and the treatment of Japanese Americans in the U.S. during World War II. Understanding the history of Native Americans allows for the design of culturally specific preventative and therapeutic interventions. Contrary to what is taught in modern history books, Native Americans were an advanced culture deeply immersed in their environments. From the invasion by the Spanish in the 1400s to the scorched earth extermination policies of the United States in the 1800s, Native Americans endured attempted genocide, forced relocation and confinement to reservations, and forced assimilation. Historical trauma is generational and dwells deep in the souls of Native American individuals and communities across the United States. For any healing to occur, one must take a close look at the root cause of historical trauma for the Native American people. The focus of this book is to explore and develop ideas that will assist Native Americans in accessing which old ways are too biologically ingrained to do away with and what new ways must be taken on to come to terms with such a massively different environment. It is essential to understand the environment in which Native American people live, know their history, and see how this history has shaped them. It is equally important to understand and respect their worldview, which describes the thought process of a people or a culture. Native Americans were displaced from their traditional lands, their sacred sites were excavated, and their sacred objects were placed in private collections and museums. Their dead were exhumed from traditional burial sites to make room for ranching and industry. Their artwork was never seen as separate from their culture. It was commercially reproduce</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Native American Women by Wilson Bellacoola</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634358</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Native American Women
Author: Wilson Bellacoola
Narrator: Don T Buy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A traditional Cheyenne saying still holds true for many Native Americans today: &amp;#039;A nation is not conquered until the hearts of its women are on the ground.&amp;#039; While Native American women have taken a beating—literally and figuratively—since the European conquest of Native America, the women&amp;#039;s hearts are still beating. Although Native American tribes and nations vary historically and contemporarily, traditional Native American women&amp;#039;s perspectives can be generalized to an extent. Native American women typically value being mothers, caretakers, and social transmitters of cultural knowledge. A Native American woman&amp;#039;s identity is generally rooted in her spirituality, extended family, and tribe. In fulfilling their traditional roles as leaders in their communities, American Indian women are often at the core of American Indian resistance and struggle for liberation. Native women have a long history of assuming leadership positions within their particular tribes. Their struggles share many of the characteristics of women&amp;#039;s struggles associated with feminism in the larger society, yet many Native American women explicitly reject the label of feminism.  This book considers the historical oppression of Native peoples and the relative exclusion of Native women in the existing feminist research. What became apparent despite their more central position in their societies, traditional Native women tend not to view themselves as feminists.  An important theme running through the book was although Native women, in general, do not have equality of opportunity within larger American society in terms of economic resources, employment, education, health care, etc., and in many cases, are solely responsible for the survival of their families. Native women do not view their struggles for more power within their communities and the larger society as incompatible with home and family priorities.</description>
      <author>Wilson Bellacoola</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823426534.mp3" length="1429082" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634358</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823426534.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Native American Women
Author: Wilson Bellacoola
Narrator: Don T Buy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A traditional Cheyenne saying still holds true for many Native Americans today: &amp;#039;A nation is not conquered until the hearts of its women are on the ground.&amp;#039; While Native American women have taken a beating—literally and figuratively—since the European conquest of Native America, the women&amp;#039;s hearts are still beating. Although Native American tribes and nations vary historically and contemporarily, traditional Native American women&amp;#039;s perspectives can be generalized to an extent. Native American women typically value being mothers, caretakers, and social transmitters of cultural knowledge. A Native American woman&amp;#039;s identity is generally rooted in her spirituality, extended family, and tribe. In fulfilling their traditional roles as leaders in their communities, American Indian women are often at the core of American Indian resistance and struggle for liberation. Native women have a long history of assuming leadership positions within their particular tribes. Their struggles share many of the characteristics of women&amp;#039;s struggles associated with feminism in the larger society, yet many Native American women explicitly reject the label of feminism.  This book considers the historical oppression of Native peoples and the relative exclusion of Native women in the existing feminist research. What became apparent despite their more central position in their societies, traditional Native women tend not to view themselves as feminists.  An important theme running through the book was although Native women, in general, do not have equality of opportunity within larger American society in terms of economic resources, employment, education, health care, etc., and in many cases, are solely responsible for the survival of their families. Native women do not view their struggles for more power within their communities and the larger society as incompatible with home and family priorities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Native American Women
Author: Wilson Bellacoola
Narrator: Don T Buy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A traditional Cheyenne saying still holds true for many Native Americans today: &amp;#039;A nation is not conquered until the hearts of its women are on the ground.&amp;#039; While Native American women have taken a beating—literally and figuratively—since the European conquest of Native America, the women&amp;#039;s hearts are still beating. Although Native American tribes and nations vary historically and contemporarily, traditional Native American women&amp;#039;s perspectives can be generalized to an extent. Native American women typically value being mothers, caretakers, and social transmitters of cultural knowledge. A Native American woman&amp;#039;s identity is generally rooted in her spirituality, extended family, and tribe. In fulfilling their traditional roles as leaders in their communities, American Indian women are often at the core of American Indian resistance and struggle for liberation. Native women have a long history of assuming leadership positions within their particular tribes. Their struggles share many of the characteristics of women&amp;#039;s struggles associated with feminism in the larger society, yet many Native American women explicitly reject the label of feminism.  This book considers the historical oppression of Native peoples and the relative exclusion of Native women in the existing feminist research. What became apparent despite their more central position in their societies, traditional Native women tend not to view themselves as feminists.  An important theme running through the book was although Native women, in general, do not have equality of opportunity within larger American society in terms of economic resources, employment, education, health care, etc., and in many cases, are solely responsible for the survival of their families. Native women do not view their struggles for more power within their communities and the larger society as incompatible with home and family priorities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jfk by Mike Parson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634359</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634359">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634359</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jfk
Author: Mike Parson
Narrator: Chloe Jacobson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Fifty years after the assassination, JFK continues to be the “most popular past president,” with nearly 85 percent of all Americans polled saying that they approved of Kennedy’s job performance. Kennedy, despite his quirks, remains one of America’s best-known and well-liked leaders. Many Americans responded to Kennedy, whose idealized image seemed to reflect their hopes and dreams. He won the presidency by a narrow margin, showing that nearly half the voters were unmoved by Kennedy’s idealism, youth, and promise. Television accentuated Kennedy. His image was often exaggerated but was broadly representative of his many attributes. Kennedy was the nation’s first president to understand the power of imagery. He harnessed the power of media and television to cultivate clear images and sustain popular appeal. Kennedy and others in the White House consciously worked to create positive ideas that portrayed the President’s youthful appearance and his wholesome appeal as a faithful husband and loving father. Many people identified with idealized images of Kennedy, who seemed like a picture of robust health and an ideal family man. Behind the scenes, though, a different idea has emerged over time of an enigmatic, complex man—a human capable of both selfless and selfish motives and actions. This book assesses both the positive and negative dimensions of the Kennedy legacy to provide a fresh perspective. This book will survey John F. Kennedy’s life and highlight some images associated with his rise to the presidency. It will summarize Kennedy’s famous vision to understand why some Americans embraced or rejected the President’s idea. The final chapter will discuss the impact of the assassination and emergence of the Camelot myth and the legacy of the Kennedy presidency.</description>
      <author>Mike Parson</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Oct 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823426787.mp3" length="1397644" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634359</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823426787.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634359">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634359</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jfk
Author: Mike Parson
Narrator: Chloe Jacobson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Fifty years after the assassination, JFK continues to be the “most popular past president,” with nearly 85 percent of all Americans polled saying that they approved of Kennedy’s job performance. Kennedy, despite his quirks, remains one of America’s best-known and well-liked leaders. Many Americans responded to Kennedy, whose idealized image seemed to reflect their hopes and dreams. He won the presidency by a narrow margin, showing that nearly half the voters were unmoved by Kennedy’s idealism, youth, and promise. Television accentuated Kennedy. His image was often exaggerated but was broadly representative of his many attributes. Kennedy was the nation’s first president to understand the power of imagery. He harnessed the power of media and television to cultivate clear images and sustain popular appeal. Kennedy and others in the White House consciously worked to create positive ideas that portrayed the President’s youthful appearance and his wholesome appeal as a faithful husband and loving father. Many people identified with idealized images of Kennedy, who seemed like a picture of robust health and an ideal family man. Behind the scenes, though, a different idea has emerged over time of an enigmatic, complex man—a human capable of both selfless and selfish motives and actions. This book assesses both the positive and negative dimensions of the Kennedy legacy to provide a fresh perspective. This book will survey John F. Kennedy’s life and highlight some images associated with his rise to the presidency. It will summarize Kennedy’s famous vision to understand why some Americans embraced or rejected the President’s idea. The final chapter will discuss the impact of the assassination and emergence of the Camelot myth and the legacy of the Kennedy presidency.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634359">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634359</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jfk
Author: Mike Parson
Narrator: Chloe Jacobson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Fifty years after the assassination, JFK continues to be the “most popular past president,” with nearly 85 percent of all Americans polled saying that they approved of Kennedy’s job performance. Kennedy, despite his quirks, remains one of America’s best-known and well-liked leaders. Many Americans responded to Kennedy, whose idealized image seemed to reflect their hopes and dreams. He won the presidency by a narrow margin, showing that nearly half the voters were unmoved by Kennedy’s idealism, youth, and promise. Television accentuated Kennedy. His image was often exaggerated but was broadly representative of his many attributes. Kennedy was the nation’s first president to understand the power of imagery. He harnessed the power of media and television to cultivate clear images and sustain popular appeal. Kennedy and others in the White House consciously worked to create positive ideas that portrayed the President’s youthful appearance and his wholesome appeal as a faithful husband and loving father. Many people identified with idealized images of Kennedy, who seemed like a picture of robust health and an ideal family man. Behind the scenes, though, a different idea has emerged over time of an enigmatic, complex man—a human capable of both selfless and selfish motives and actions. This book assesses both the positive and negative dimensions of the Kennedy legacy to provide a fresh perspective. This book will survey John F. Kennedy’s life and highlight some images associated with his rise to the presidency. It will summarize Kennedy’s famous vision to understand why some Americans embraced or rejected the President’s idea. The final chapter will discuss the impact of the assassination and emergence of the Camelot myth and the legacy of the Kennedy presidency.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>George Washington And The American Revolutionary War by Mike Parson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634356</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634356">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634356</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: George Washington And The American Revolutionary War
Author: Mike Parson
Narrator: Don T Buy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 21 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Despite having little practical experience in managing large, conventional armies, Washington proved to be a capable and resilient leader of the American military forces during the Revolutionary War. While he lost more battles than he won, Washington employed a winning strategy. One element of Washington’s strength was his sternness as a disciplinarian. The army was continually dwindling and refilling, politics largely governed the selection of officers by Congress and the states, and the ill-fed, ill-clothed, ill-paid forces were often half-prostrated by sickness and ripe for mutiny. At the same time, the commander-in-chief won the devotion of many of his men through his earnestness in demanding better treatment for them from Congress. He complained of their short rations, declaring once that they were forced to “eat every kind of horse food but hay.” He built on the reputation he had garnered during the War for Independence as the personification of American virtue and liberty, providing a potent national symbol with which newly unified peoples of different states could identify.</description>
      <author>Mike Parson</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Oct 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823426411.mp3" length="1365709" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634356</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823426411.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634356">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634356</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: George Washington And The American Revolutionary War
Author: Mike Parson
Narrator: Don T Buy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 21 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Despite having little practical experience in managing large, conventional armies, Washington proved to be a capable and resilient leader of the American military forces during the Revolutionary War. While he lost more battles than he won, Washington employed a winning strategy. One element of Washington’s strength was his sternness as a disciplinarian. The army was continually dwindling and refilling, politics largely governed the selection of officers by Congress and the states, and the ill-fed, ill-clothed, ill-paid forces were often half-prostrated by sickness and ripe for mutiny. At the same time, the commander-in-chief won the devotion of many of his men through his earnestness in demanding better treatment for them from Congress. He complained of their short rations, declaring once that they were forced to “eat every kind of horse food but hay.” He built on the reputation he had garnered during the War for Independence as the personification of American virtue and liberty, providing a potent national symbol with which newly unified peoples of different states could identify.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634356">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634356</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: George Washington And The American Revolutionary War
Author: Mike Parson
Narrator: Don T Buy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 21 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Despite having little practical experience in managing large, conventional armies, Washington proved to be a capable and resilient leader of the American military forces during the Revolutionary War. While he lost more battles than he won, Washington employed a winning strategy. One element of Washington’s strength was his sternness as a disciplinarian. The army was continually dwindling and refilling, politics largely governed the selection of officers by Congress and the states, and the ill-fed, ill-clothed, ill-paid forces were often half-prostrated by sickness and ripe for mutiny. At the same time, the commander-in-chief won the devotion of many of his men through his earnestness in demanding better treatment for them from Congress. He complained of their short rations, declaring once that they were forced to “eat every kind of horse food but hay.” He built on the reputation he had garnered during the War for Independence as the personification of American virtue and liberty, providing a potent national symbol with which newly unified peoples of different states could identify.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Survivors: The Lost Stories of the Last Captives of the Atlantic Slave Trade by Hannah Durkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634302</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634302">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634302</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Survivors: The Lost Stories of the Last Captives of the Atlantic Slave Trade
Author: Hannah Durkin
Narrator: Tariye Peterside
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2024
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
SHORTLISTED FOR THE NONFICTION CROWN AWARD 2024                                   GUARDIAN: BOOKS TO LOOK OUT FOR IN 2024                                   &amp;#039;GRIPPING&amp;#039; THE TIMES                                   This is an immersive and revelatory history of the survivors of the Clotilda, the last ship of the Atlantic slave trade, whose lives diverged and intersected in profound ways.                      The Clotilda docked in Mobile Bay, Alabama, in July 1860 – more than half a century after the passage of a federal law banning the importation of captive Africans, and nine months before the beginning of the Civil War. The last of its survivors lived well into the twentieth century. They were the last witnesses to the final act of a terrible and significant period in world history.           In this epic work, Dr. Hannah Durkin tells the stories of the Clotilda’s 110 captives, drawing on her intensive archival, historical, and sociological research. Survivors follows their lives from their kidnappings in what is modern-day Nigeria through a terrifying 45-day journey across the Middle Passage; from the subsequent sale of the ship’s 103 surviving children and young people into slavery across Alabama to the dawn of the Civil Rights movement in Selma; from the foundation of an all-Black African Town (later Africatown) in Northern Mobile – an inspiration for writers of the Harlem Renaissance, including Zora Neale Hurston – to the foundation of the quilting community of Gee’s Bend – a Black artistic circle whose cultural influence remains enormous.           An astonishing, deeply compelling tapestry of history, biography and social commentary, Survivors is a tour de force that deepens our knowledge and understanding of the Atlantic slave trade and its far-reaching influence on life today.</description>
      <author>Hannah Durkin</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jan 2024 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008446574.mp3" length="1247392" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634302</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008446574.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634302">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634302</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Survivors: The Lost Stories of the Last Captives of the Atlantic Slave Trade
Author: Hannah Durkin
Narrator: Tariye Peterside
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2024
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
SHORTLISTED FOR THE NONFICTION CROWN AWARD 2024                                   GUARDIAN: BOOKS TO LOOK OUT FOR IN 2024                                   &amp;#039;GRIPPING&amp;#039; THE TIMES                                   This is an immersive and revelatory history of the survivors of the Clotilda, the last ship of the Atlantic slave trade, whose lives diverged and intersected in profound ways.                      The Clotilda docked in Mobile Bay, Alabama, in July 1860 – more than half a century after the passage of a federal law banning the importation of captive Africans, and nine months before the beginning of the Civil War. The last of its survivors lived well into the twentieth century. They were the last witnesses to the final act of a terrible and significant period in world history.           In this epic work, Dr. Hannah Durkin tells the stories of the Clotilda’s 110 captives, drawing on her intensive archival, historical, and sociological research. Survivors follows their lives from their kidnappings in what is modern-day Nigeria through a terrifying 45-day journey across the Middle Passage; from the subsequent sale of the ship’s 103 surviving children and young people into slavery across Alabama to the dawn of the Civil Rights movement in Selma; from the foundation of an all-Black African Town (later Africatown) in Northern Mobile – an inspiration for writers of the Harlem Renaissance, including Zora Neale Hurston – to the foundation of the quilting community of Gee’s Bend – a Black artistic circle whose cultural influence remains enormous.           An astonishing, deeply compelling tapestry of history, biography and social commentary, Survivors is a tour de force that deepens our knowledge and understanding of the Atlantic slave trade and its far-reaching influence on life today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634302">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634302</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Survivors: The Lost Stories of the Last Captives of the Atlantic Slave Trade
Author: Hannah Durkin
Narrator: Tariye Peterside
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2024
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
SHORTLISTED FOR THE NONFICTION CROWN AWARD 2024                                   GUARDIAN: BOOKS TO LOOK OUT FOR IN 2024                                   &amp;#039;GRIPPING&amp;#039; THE TIMES                                   This is an immersive and revelatory history of the survivors of the Clotilda, the last ship of the Atlantic slave trade, whose lives diverged and intersected in profound ways.                      The Clotilda docked in Mobile Bay, Alabama, in July 1860 – more than half a century after the passage of a federal law banning the importation of captive Africans, and nine months before the beginning of the Civil War. The last of its survivors lived well into the twentieth century. They were the last witnesses to the final act of a terrible and significant period in world history.           In this epic work, Dr. Hannah Durkin tells the stories of the Clotilda’s 110 captives, drawing on her intensive archival, historical, and sociological research. Survivors follows their lives from their kidnappings in what is modern-day Nigeria through a terrifying 45-day journey across the Middle Passage; from the subsequent sale of the ship’s 103 surviving children and young people into slavery across Alabama to the dawn of the Civil Rights movement in Selma; from the foundation of an all-Black African Town (later Africatown) in Northern Mobile – an inspiration for writers of the Harlem Renaissance, including Zora Neale Hurston – to the foundation of the quilting community of Gee’s Bend – a Black artistic circle whose cultural influence remains enormous.           An astonishing, deeply compelling tapestry of history, biography and social commentary, Survivors is a tour de force that deepens our knowledge and understanding of the Atlantic slave trade and its far-reaching influence on life today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>President Garfield: From Radical to Unifier by Cw Goodyear</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633595</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: President Garfield: From Radical to Unifier
Author: Cw Goodyear
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 54 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An “ambitious, thorough, supremely researched” (The Washington Post) biography of the extraordinary, tragic life of America’s twentieth president—James Garfield. In “the most comprehensive Garfield biography in almost fifty years” (The Wall Street Journal), C.W. Goodyear charts the life and times of one of the most remarkable Americans ever to win the Presidency. Progressive firebrand and conservative compromiser; Union war hero and founder of the first Department of Education; Supreme Court attorney and abolitionist preacher; mathematician and canalman; crooked election-fixed and clean-government champion; Congressional chieftain and gentleman-farmer; the last president to be born in a log cabin; the second to be assassinated. James Abram Garfield was all these things and more.   Over nearly two decades in Congress during a polarized era—Reconstruction and the Gilded Age—Garfield served as a peacemaker in a Republican Party and America defined by divisions. He was elected to overcome them. He was killed while trying to do so.   President Garfield is American history at its finest. It is about an impoverished boy working his way from the frontier to the Presidency; a progressive statesman, trying to raise a more righteous, peaceful Republic out of the ashes of civil war; the tragically imperfect course of that reformation, and the man himself; a martyr-President, whose death succeeded in nudging the country back to cleaner, calmer politics.</description>
      <author>Cw Goodyear</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jul 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797158785.mp3" length="853273" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633595</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797158785.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: President Garfield: From Radical to Unifier
Author: Cw Goodyear
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 54 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An “ambitious, thorough, supremely researched” (The Washington Post) biography of the extraordinary, tragic life of America’s twentieth president—James Garfield. In “the most comprehensive Garfield biography in almost fifty years” (The Wall Street Journal), C.W. Goodyear charts the life and times of one of the most remarkable Americans ever to win the Presidency. Progressive firebrand and conservative compromiser; Union war hero and founder of the first Department of Education; Supreme Court attorney and abolitionist preacher; mathematician and canalman; crooked election-fixed and clean-government champion; Congressional chieftain and gentleman-farmer; the last president to be born in a log cabin; the second to be assassinated. James Abram Garfield was all these things and more.   Over nearly two decades in Congress during a polarized era—Reconstruction and the Gilded Age—Garfield served as a peacemaker in a Republican Party and America defined by divisions. He was elected to overcome them. He was killed while trying to do so.   President Garfield is American history at its finest. It is about an impoverished boy working his way from the frontier to the Presidency; a progressive statesman, trying to raise a more righteous, peaceful Republic out of the ashes of civil war; the tragically imperfect course of that reformation, and the man himself; a martyr-President, whose death succeeded in nudging the country back to cleaner, calmer politics.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: President Garfield: From Radical to Unifier
Author: Cw Goodyear
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 54 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An “ambitious, thorough, supremely researched” (The Washington Post) biography of the extraordinary, tragic life of America’s twentieth president—James Garfield. In “the most comprehensive Garfield biography in almost fifty years” (The Wall Street Journal), C.W. Goodyear charts the life and times of one of the most remarkable Americans ever to win the Presidency. Progressive firebrand and conservative compromiser; Union war hero and founder of the first Department of Education; Supreme Court attorney and abolitionist preacher; mathematician and canalman; crooked election-fixed and clean-government champion; Congressional chieftain and gentleman-farmer; the last president to be born in a log cabin; the second to be assassinated. James Abram Garfield was all these things and more.   Over nearly two decades in Congress during a polarized era—Reconstruction and the Gilded Age—Garfield served as a peacemaker in a Republican Party and America defined by divisions. He was elected to overcome them. He was killed while trying to do so.   President Garfield is American history at its finest. It is about an impoverished boy working his way from the frontier to the Presidency; a progressive statesman, trying to raise a more righteous, peaceful Republic out of the ashes of civil war; the tragically imperfect course of that reformation, and the man himself; a martyr-President, whose death succeeded in nudging the country back to cleaner, calmer politics.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The January 6 Report by The January 6th Committee</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The January 6 Report
Author: The January 6th Committee
Narrator: Ari Melber, Joe Knezevich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.75 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The instant #1 New York Times bestseller The official report and findings of the bipartisan Congressional investigation into the January 6 attack on the Capitol, and Donald Trump’s related coup conspiracies to overthrow the election, with an original foreword by attorney and Emmy-winning MSNBC anchor Ari Melber.  This edition includes an exclusive breakdown of the coup conspiracy, based on Melber’s reporting and real-time coverage, highlighting the multi-pronged plot against democracy. Only the authoritative House committee report can capture the full range of plots that have been exposed over time, from the violent attack on January 6 to related efforts revealed months after the insurrection.  This definitive edition features:  • New independent analysis of the coup conspiracy by MSNBC Chief Legal Correspondent Ari Melber • The historic, official text of the House Committee report on the insurrection, including the full Executive Summary with endnotes and all chapter endnotes.  • The definitive accounting of Donald Trump’s efforts to end American democracy   This is the only edition of the report featuring an additional, original analysis of the coup by a journalist and lawyer at the center of the action -- Melber has interviewed top members of this Committee, Jan. 6 rally planners and other cooperating witnesses, and Trump White House veterans ranging from Steve Bannon to Peter Navarro (now indicted for defying this probe). His report documents how Trump’s plots comprise a continuous coup conspiracy -- not a “riot” that exploded in a “single day” -- and why that factual prism is vital for accountability, justice, and preventing the next coup attempt. In chilling detail, he shows how that process might have engineered a technical effort to “override” the election on the floor of Congress—an essential map, and warning, for those who wish to protect democracy. If warnings are ignored and there is no accountability for the plotters at the top, a failed coup may become a training exercise. This report is not only a vital document in modern American history, it can also inform efforts to protect the future of American democracy. As a matter of justice, bipartisanship, and even patriotism, this report will become essential reading for any American determined to defend our democracy.</description>
      <author>The January 6th Committee</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063324466.mp3" length="1420315" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063324466.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The January 6 Report
Author: The January 6th Committee
Narrator: Ari Melber, Joe Knezevich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.75 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The instant #1 New York Times bestseller The official report and findings of the bipartisan Congressional investigation into the January 6 attack on the Capitol, and Donald Trump’s related coup conspiracies to overthrow the election, with an original foreword by attorney and Emmy-winning MSNBC anchor Ari Melber.  This edition includes an exclusive breakdown of the coup conspiracy, based on Melber’s reporting and real-time coverage, highlighting the multi-pronged plot against democracy. Only the authoritative House committee report can capture the full range of plots that have been exposed over time, from the violent attack on January 6 to related efforts revealed months after the insurrection.  This definitive edition features:  • New independent analysis of the coup conspiracy by MSNBC Chief Legal Correspondent Ari Melber • The historic, official text of the House Committee report on the insurrection, including the full Executive Summary with endnotes and all chapter endnotes.  • The definitive accounting of Donald Trump’s efforts to end American democracy   This is the only edition of the report featuring an additional, original analysis of the coup by a journalist and lawyer at the center of the action -- Melber has interviewed top members of this Committee, Jan. 6 rally planners and other cooperating witnesses, and Trump White House veterans ranging from Steve Bannon to Peter Navarro (now indicted for defying this probe). His report documents how Trump’s plots comprise a continuous coup conspiracy -- not a “riot” that exploded in a “single day” -- and why that factual prism is vital for accountability, justice, and preventing the next coup attempt. In chilling detail, he shows how that process might have engineered a technical effort to “override” the election on the floor of Congress—an essential map, and warning, for those who wish to protect democracy. If warnings are ignored and there is no accountability for the plotters at the top, a failed coup may become a training exercise. This report is not only a vital document in modern American history, it can also inform efforts to protect the future of American democracy. As a matter of justice, bipartisanship, and even patriotism, this report will become essential reading for any American determined to defend our democracy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The January 6 Report
Author: The January 6th Committee
Narrator: Ari Melber, Joe Knezevich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.75 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The instant #1 New York Times bestseller The official report and findings of the bipartisan Congressional investigation into the January 6 attack on the Capitol, and Donald Trump’s related coup conspiracies to overthrow the election, with an original foreword by attorney and Emmy-winning MSNBC anchor Ari Melber.  This edition includes an exclusive breakdown of the coup conspiracy, based on Melber’s reporting and real-time coverage, highlighting the multi-pronged plot against democracy. Only the authoritative House committee report can capture the full range of plots that have been exposed over time, from the violent attack on January 6 to related efforts revealed months after the insurrection.  This definitive edition features:  • New independent analysis of the coup conspiracy by MSNBC Chief Legal Correspondent Ari Melber • The historic, official text of the House Committee report on the insurrection, including the full Executive Summary with endnotes and all chapter endnotes.  • The definitive accounting of Donald Trump’s efforts to end American democracy   This is the only edition of the report featuring an additional, original analysis of the coup by a journalist and lawyer at the center of the action -- Melber has interviewed top members of this Committee, Jan. 6 rally planners and other cooperating witnesses, and Trump White House veterans ranging from Steve Bannon to Peter Navarro (now indicted for defying this probe). His report documents how Trump’s plots comprise a continuous coup conspiracy -- not a “riot” that exploded in a “single day” -- and why that factual prism is vital for accountability, justice, and preventing the next coup attempt. In chilling detail, he shows how that process might have engineered a technical effort to “override” the election on the floor of Congress—an essential map, and warning, for those who wish to protect democracy. If warnings are ignored and there is no accountability for the plotters at the top, a failed coup may become a training exercise. This report is not only a vital document in modern American history, it can also inform efforts to protect the future of American democracy. As a matter of justice, bipartisanship, and even patriotism, this report will become essential reading for any American determined to defend our democracy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fourth Turning Is Here: What the Seasons of History Tell Us about How and When This Crisis Will End by Neil Howe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fourth Turning Is Here: What the Seasons of History Tell Us about How and When This Crisis Will End
Author: Neil Howe
Narrator: Neil Howe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 29 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The visionary behind the bestselling phenomenon The Fourth Turning looks once again to America’s past to predict our future in this startling and hopeful prophecy for how our present era of civil unrest will resolve over the next ten years—and what our lives will look like once it has.  Twenty-five years ago, Neil Howe and the late William Strauss dazzled the world with a provocative new theory of American history. Looking back at the last 500 years, they’d uncovered a distinct pattern: modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting roughly eighty to one hundred years, the length of a long human life, with each cycle composed of four eras—or “turnings”—that always arrive in the same order and each last about twenty years. The last of these eras—the fourth turning—was always the most perilous, a period of civic upheaval and national mobilization as traumatic and transformative as the New Deal and World War II, the Civil War, or the American Revolution.   Now, right on schedule, our own fourth turning has arrived. And so Neil Howe has returned with an extraordinary new prediction. What we see all around us—the polarization, the growing threat of civil conflict and global war—will culminate by the early 2030s in a climax that poses great danger and yet also holds great promise, perhaps even bringing on America’s next golden age. Every generation alive today will play a vital role in determining how this crisis is resolved, for good or ill.    Illuminating, sobering, yet ultimately empowering, The Fourth Turning Is Here takes you back into history and deep into the collective personality of each living generation to make sense of our current crisis, explore how all of us will be differently affected by the political, social, and economic challenges we’ll face in the decade to come, and reveal how our country, our communities, and our families can best prepare to meet these challenges head-on.</description>
      <author>Neil Howe</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797157795.mp3" length="840636" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797157795.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fourth Turning Is Here: What the Seasons of History Tell Us about How and When This Crisis Will End
Author: Neil Howe
Narrator: Neil Howe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 29 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The visionary behind the bestselling phenomenon The Fourth Turning looks once again to America’s past to predict our future in this startling and hopeful prophecy for how our present era of civil unrest will resolve over the next ten years—and what our lives will look like once it has.  Twenty-five years ago, Neil Howe and the late William Strauss dazzled the world with a provocative new theory of American history. Looking back at the last 500 years, they’d uncovered a distinct pattern: modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting roughly eighty to one hundred years, the length of a long human life, with each cycle composed of four eras—or “turnings”—that always arrive in the same order and each last about twenty years. The last of these eras—the fourth turning—was always the most perilous, a period of civic upheaval and national mobilization as traumatic and transformative as the New Deal and World War II, the Civil War, or the American Revolution.   Now, right on schedule, our own fourth turning has arrived. And so Neil Howe has returned with an extraordinary new prediction. What we see all around us—the polarization, the growing threat of civil conflict and global war—will culminate by the early 2030s in a climax that poses great danger and yet also holds great promise, perhaps even bringing on America’s next golden age. Every generation alive today will play a vital role in determining how this crisis is resolved, for good or ill.    Illuminating, sobering, yet ultimately empowering, The Fourth Turning Is Here takes you back into history and deep into the collective personality of each living generation to make sense of our current crisis, explore how all of us will be differently affected by the political, social, and economic challenges we’ll face in the decade to come, and reveal how our country, our communities, and our families can best prepare to meet these challenges head-on.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fourth Turning Is Here: What the Seasons of History Tell Us about How and When This Crisis Will End
Author: Neil Howe
Narrator: Neil Howe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 29 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The visionary behind the bestselling phenomenon The Fourth Turning looks once again to America’s past to predict our future in this startling and hopeful prophecy for how our present era of civil unrest will resolve over the next ten years—and what our lives will look like once it has.  Twenty-five years ago, Neil Howe and the late William Strauss dazzled the world with a provocative new theory of American history. Looking back at the last 500 years, they’d uncovered a distinct pattern: modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting roughly eighty to one hundred years, the length of a long human life, with each cycle composed of four eras—or “turnings”—that always arrive in the same order and each last about twenty years. The last of these eras—the fourth turning—was always the most perilous, a period of civic upheaval and national mobilization as traumatic and transformative as the New Deal and World War II, the Civil War, or the American Revolution.   Now, right on schedule, our own fourth turning has arrived. And so Neil Howe has returned with an extraordinary new prediction. What we see all around us—the polarization, the growing threat of civil conflict and global war—will culminate by the early 2030s in a climax that poses great danger and yet also holds great promise, perhaps even bringing on America’s next golden age. Every generation alive today will play a vital role in determining how this crisis is resolved, for good or ill.    Illuminating, sobering, yet ultimately empowering, The Fourth Turning Is Here takes you back into history and deep into the collective personality of each living generation to make sense of our current crisis, explore how all of us will be differently affected by the political, social, and economic challenges we’ll face in the decade to come, and reveal how our country, our communities, and our families can best prepare to meet these challenges head-on.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Trial of the Century by Gregg Jarrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trial of the Century
Author: Gregg Jarrett
Narrator: Gregg Jarrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “masterful” (The American Spectator) history of the iconic attorney Clarence Darrow and the famous Scopes Monkey Trial, from the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Russia Hoax and Witch Hunt. Nearly a century ago, famed liberal attorney Clarence Darrow defended schoolteacher John Scopes in a blockbuster legal proceeding that brought the attention of the entire country to the small town of Dayton, Tennessee. Darrow’s seminal defense of freedom of speech helped form the legal bedrock on which our civil liberties depend today. Expertly researched, “colorful, and dramatic” (Publishers Weekly), The Trial of the Century calls upon our past to unite Americans in the defense of the free exchange of ideas, especially in this divided time.</description>
      <author>Gregg Jarrett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 May 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797157757.mp3" length="902229" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797157757.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trial of the Century
Author: Gregg Jarrett
Narrator: Gregg Jarrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “masterful” (The American Spectator) history of the iconic attorney Clarence Darrow and the famous Scopes Monkey Trial, from the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Russia Hoax and Witch Hunt. Nearly a century ago, famed liberal attorney Clarence Darrow defended schoolteacher John Scopes in a blockbuster legal proceeding that brought the attention of the entire country to the small town of Dayton, Tennessee. Darrow’s seminal defense of freedom of speech helped form the legal bedrock on which our civil liberties depend today. Expertly researched, “colorful, and dramatic” (Publishers Weekly), The Trial of the Century calls upon our past to unite Americans in the defense of the free exchange of ideas, especially in this divided time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trial of the Century
Author: Gregg Jarrett
Narrator: Gregg Jarrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “masterful” (The American Spectator) history of the iconic attorney Clarence Darrow and the famous Scopes Monkey Trial, from the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Russia Hoax and Witch Hunt. Nearly a century ago, famed liberal attorney Clarence Darrow defended schoolteacher John Scopes in a blockbuster legal proceeding that brought the attention of the entire country to the small town of Dayton, Tennessee. Darrow’s seminal defense of freedom of speech helped form the legal bedrock on which our civil liberties depend today. Expertly researched, “colorful, and dramatic” (Publishers Weekly), The Trial of the Century calls upon our past to unite Americans in the defense of the free exchange of ideas, especially in this divided time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Devils Will Get No Rest: FDR, Churchill, and the Plan That Won the War by James B. Conroy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631083</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devils Will Get No Rest: FDR, Churchill, and the Plan That Won the War
Author: James B. Conroy
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Written with “a cinematic sense of urgency and realism” (Evan Osnos, National Book Award–winning author), this is the first full account of the Casablanca Conference of January 1943, the secret ten-day parlay in Morocco where FDR, Churchill, and their divided high command hammered out a winning strategy at the tipping point of World War II. The Devils Will Get No Rest is a “vivid and engaging” (Jon Meacham, Pulitzer Prize­­–winning author) character-driven account of the Casablanca Conference of January 1943, an Anglo-American clash over military strategy that produced a winning plan when World War II could have gone either way. Churchill called it the most important Allied conclave of the war. Until now, it has never been explored in a full-length book.   In a secret, no-holds-barred, ten-day debate in a Moroccan warzone, protected by British marines and elite American troops, Franklin Roosevelt, Winston Churchill, Charles de Gaulle, George C. Marshall, Dwight D. Eisenhower, George S. Patton Jr., Sir Alan Brooke, Lord Louis Mountbatten, Sir Harold Alexander, and their military peers questioned each other’s competence, doubted each other’s visions, and argued their way through choices that could win or lose the war. You will be treated to a master class in strategy by the legendary statesmen, generals, and admirals who overcame their differences, transformed their alliance from a necessity to a bond, forged a war-winning plan, and glimpsed the postwar world.</description>
      <author>James B. Conroy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797157511.mp3" length="876718" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631083</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797157511.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devils Will Get No Rest: FDR, Churchill, and the Plan That Won the War
Author: James B. Conroy
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Written with “a cinematic sense of urgency and realism” (Evan Osnos, National Book Award–winning author), this is the first full account of the Casablanca Conference of January 1943, the secret ten-day parlay in Morocco where FDR, Churchill, and their divided high command hammered out a winning strategy at the tipping point of World War II. The Devils Will Get No Rest is a “vivid and engaging” (Jon Meacham, Pulitzer Prize­­–winning author) character-driven account of the Casablanca Conference of January 1943, an Anglo-American clash over military strategy that produced a winning plan when World War II could have gone either way. Churchill called it the most important Allied conclave of the war. Until now, it has never been explored in a full-length book.   In a secret, no-holds-barred, ten-day debate in a Moroccan warzone, protected by British marines and elite American troops, Franklin Roosevelt, Winston Churchill, Charles de Gaulle, George C. Marshall, Dwight D. Eisenhower, George S. Patton Jr., Sir Alan Brooke, Lord Louis Mountbatten, Sir Harold Alexander, and their military peers questioned each other’s competence, doubted each other’s visions, and argued their way through choices that could win or lose the war. You will be treated to a master class in strategy by the legendary statesmen, generals, and admirals who overcame their differences, transformed their alliance from a necessity to a bond, forged a war-winning plan, and glimpsed the postwar world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devils Will Get No Rest: FDR, Churchill, and the Plan That Won the War
Author: James B. Conroy
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Written with “a cinematic sense of urgency and realism” (Evan Osnos, National Book Award–winning author), this is the first full account of the Casablanca Conference of January 1943, the secret ten-day parlay in Morocco where FDR, Churchill, and their divided high command hammered out a winning strategy at the tipping point of World War II. The Devils Will Get No Rest is a “vivid and engaging” (Jon Meacham, Pulitzer Prize­­–winning author) character-driven account of the Casablanca Conference of January 1943, an Anglo-American clash over military strategy that produced a winning plan when World War II could have gone either way. Churchill called it the most important Allied conclave of the war. Until now, it has never been explored in a full-length book.   In a secret, no-holds-barred, ten-day debate in a Moroccan warzone, protected by British marines and elite American troops, Franklin Roosevelt, Winston Churchill, Charles de Gaulle, George C. Marshall, Dwight D. Eisenhower, George S. Patton Jr., Sir Alan Brooke, Lord Louis Mountbatten, Sir Harold Alexander, and their military peers questioned each other’s competence, doubted each other’s visions, and argued their way through choices that could win or lose the war. You will be treated to a master class in strategy by the legendary statesmen, generals, and admirals who overcame their differences, transformed their alliance from a necessity to a bond, forged a war-winning plan, and glimpsed the postwar world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>V Is For Victory by Craig Nelson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631082</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631082">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631082</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: V Is For Victory
Author: Craig Nelson
Narrator: Stephen Graybill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF 2023   “Belongs in the library alongside the histories and biographies of Martin Gilbert, Arthur Schlesinger, Jr., and David McCullough.” —Doug Stanton, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Horse Soldiers    In this epic and definitive history of the American home front during World War II, New York Times bestselling historian Craig Nelson reveals how FDR won the support of a nation antagonistic to war in Europe and pushed both government and industry to build “the arsenal of democracy”—the secret weapon that won the war. In 1938, the United States was so politically isolationist and pacifist that its defense forces were smaller than Portugal’s. That same year, Franklin Delano Roosevelt ordered the federal government to spark a dramatic expansion in domestic airplane production, and this minor effort—three years before the attack on Pearl Harbor—would in time become what Roosevelt called “the arsenal of democracy,” the full-throttle unleashing of American enterprise and ingenuity that was the secret weapon for victory in World War II. Signaled by Roosevelt’s public fight with Lindbergh—known as the Great Debate—victory at land, sea, and air across the globe began at home.   In this “richly detailed, highly readable account of presidential leadership in perilous times” (New York Journal of Books), Craig Nelson traces how under FDR, the United States rose from poverty and solitude to defeat the greatest evils of the 20th century. By transforming what Americans thought they could achieve, FDR’s efforts ended the Great Depression; conquered the fascists of Germany, Italy, and Japan; birthed America’s middle-class affluence and consumer society; led to jet engines, computers, radar, the military-industrial complex, Big Science, and nuclear weapons; triggered a global economic boom; and turned the U.S. military into a worldwide titan—with America the undisputed leader of world affairs. While the arsenal of democracy has come to mean this miracle of American industry, when Roosevelt said it, he meant the miracle of the American people.   Revealing an era when Detroit was Silicon Valley; Ford was Apple; and Sears, Roebuck was Amazon, while filled with reflections on our own time, V Is for Victory draws on five years of research to create a powerful and essential narrative largely overlooked in conventional histories of the war but which, in Nelson’s skilled, authoritative hands, becomes an illuminating and important work destined to become an American history classic.</description>
      <author>Craig Nelson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797157481.mp3" length="808967" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631082</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797157481.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631082">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631082</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: V Is For Victory
Author: Craig Nelson
Narrator: Stephen Graybill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF 2023   “Belongs in the library alongside the histories and biographies of Martin Gilbert, Arthur Schlesinger, Jr., and David McCullough.” —Doug Stanton, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Horse Soldiers    In this epic and definitive history of the American home front during World War II, New York Times bestselling historian Craig Nelson reveals how FDR won the support of a nation antagonistic to war in Europe and pushed both government and industry to build “the arsenal of democracy”—the secret weapon that won the war. In 1938, the United States was so politically isolationist and pacifist that its defense forces were smaller than Portugal’s. That same year, Franklin Delano Roosevelt ordered the federal government to spark a dramatic expansion in domestic airplane production, and this minor effort—three years before the attack on Pearl Harbor—would in time become what Roosevelt called “the arsenal of democracy,” the full-throttle unleashing of American enterprise and ingenuity that was the secret weapon for victory in World War II. Signaled by Roosevelt’s public fight with Lindbergh—known as the Great Debate—victory at land, sea, and air across the globe began at home.   In this “richly detailed, highly readable account of presidential leadership in perilous times” (New York Journal of Books), Craig Nelson traces how under FDR, the United States rose from poverty and solitude to defeat the greatest evils of the 20th century. By transforming what Americans thought they could achieve, FDR’s efforts ended the Great Depression; conquered the fascists of Germany, Italy, and Japan; birthed America’s middle-class affluence and consumer society; led to jet engines, computers, radar, the military-industrial complex, Big Science, and nuclear weapons; triggered a global economic boom; and turned the U.S. military into a worldwide titan—with America the undisputed leader of world affairs. While the arsenal of democracy has come to mean this miracle of American industry, when Roosevelt said it, he meant the miracle of the American people.   Revealing an era when Detroit was Silicon Valley; Ford was Apple; and Sears, Roebuck was Amazon, while filled with reflections on our own time, V Is for Victory draws on five years of research to create a powerful and essential narrative largely overlooked in conventional histories of the war but which, in Nelson’s skilled, authoritative hands, becomes an illuminating and important work destined to become an American history classic.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631082">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631082</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: V Is For Victory
Author: Craig Nelson
Narrator: Stephen Graybill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF 2023   “Belongs in the library alongside the histories and biographies of Martin Gilbert, Arthur Schlesinger, Jr., and David McCullough.” —Doug Stanton, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Horse Soldiers    In this epic and definitive history of the American home front during World War II, New York Times bestselling historian Craig Nelson reveals how FDR won the support of a nation antagonistic to war in Europe and pushed both government and industry to build “the arsenal of democracy”—the secret weapon that won the war. In 1938, the United States was so politically isolationist and pacifist that its defense forces were smaller than Portugal’s. That same year, Franklin Delano Roosevelt ordered the federal government to spark a dramatic expansion in domestic airplane production, and this minor effort—three years before the attack on Pearl Harbor—would in time become what Roosevelt called “the arsenal of democracy,” the full-throttle unleashing of American enterprise and ingenuity that was the secret weapon for victory in World War II. Signaled by Roosevelt’s public fight with Lindbergh—known as the Great Debate—victory at land, sea, and air across the globe began at home.   In this “richly detailed, highly readable account of presidential leadership in perilous times” (New York Journal of Books), Craig Nelson traces how under FDR, the United States rose from poverty and solitude to defeat the greatest evils of the 20th century. By transforming what Americans thought they could achieve, FDR’s efforts ended the Great Depression; conquered the fascists of Germany, Italy, and Japan; birthed America’s middle-class affluence and consumer society; led to jet engines, computers, radar, the military-industrial complex, Big Science, and nuclear weapons; triggered a global economic boom; and turned the U.S. military into a worldwide titan—with America the undisputed leader of world affairs. While the arsenal of democracy has come to mean this miracle of American industry, when Roosevelt said it, he meant the miracle of the American people.   Revealing an era when Detroit was Silicon Valley; Ford was Apple; and Sears, Roebuck was Amazon, while filled with reflections on our own time, V Is for Victory draws on five years of research to create a powerful and essential narrative largely overlooked in conventional histories of the war but which, in Nelson’s skilled, authoritative hands, becomes an illuminating and important work destined to become an American history classic.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Book of Charlie by David Von Drehle</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631045</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631045">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631045</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Charlie
Author: David Von Drehle
Narrator: David Von Drehle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 69 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.21 of Total 14
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of our nation’s most prominent writers discovers the truth about how to live a long and happy life from the centenarian next door in this “original and highly readable account of a splendid American life” (The Wall Street Journal). When a veteran Washington journalist moved to Kansas, he met a new neighbor who was more than a century old. Little did he know that he was beginning a long friendship—and a profound lesson in the meaning of life. Charlie White was no ordinary neighbor. Born before radio, Charlie lived long enough to use a smartphone. When a shocking tragedy interrupted his idyllic boyhood, Charlie mastered survival strategies that reflect thousands of years of human wisdom. Thus armored, Charlie’s sense of adventure carried him on an epic journey of the Jazz Age, racing aboard ambulances through Depression-era gangster wars, improvising techniques for early open-heart surgery, and cruising the Amazon as a guest of Peru’s president.   David Von Drehle came to understand that Charlie’s resilience and willingness to grow made this remarkable neighbor a master in the art of thriving through times of dramatic change. As a gift to his children, he set out to tell Charlie’s secrets. The Book of Charlie is a “genuinely original, formula-shattering” (Bob Woodward) gospel of grit—the inspiring story of one man’s journey through a century of upheaval. The history that unfolds through Charlie’s story reminds you that the United States has always been a divided nation, a questing nation—a nation of Charlies in the rollercoaster pursuit of a good and meaningful life.</description>
      <author>David Von Drehle</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797153476.mp3" length="786158" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631045</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797153476.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631045">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631045</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Charlie
Author: David Von Drehle
Narrator: David Von Drehle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 69 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.21 of Total 14
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of our nation’s most prominent writers discovers the truth about how to live a long and happy life from the centenarian next door in this “original and highly readable account of a splendid American life” (The Wall Street Journal). When a veteran Washington journalist moved to Kansas, he met a new neighbor who was more than a century old. Little did he know that he was beginning a long friendship—and a profound lesson in the meaning of life. Charlie White was no ordinary neighbor. Born before radio, Charlie lived long enough to use a smartphone. When a shocking tragedy interrupted his idyllic boyhood, Charlie mastered survival strategies that reflect thousands of years of human wisdom. Thus armored, Charlie’s sense of adventure carried him on an epic journey of the Jazz Age, racing aboard ambulances through Depression-era gangster wars, improvising techniques for early open-heart surgery, and cruising the Amazon as a guest of Peru’s president.   David Von Drehle came to understand that Charlie’s resilience and willingness to grow made this remarkable neighbor a master in the art of thriving through times of dramatic change. As a gift to his children, he set out to tell Charlie’s secrets. The Book of Charlie is a “genuinely original, formula-shattering” (Bob Woodward) gospel of grit—the inspiring story of one man’s journey through a century of upheaval. The history that unfolds through Charlie’s story reminds you that the United States has always been a divided nation, a questing nation—a nation of Charlies in the rollercoaster pursuit of a good and meaningful life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631045">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631045</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Charlie
Author: David Von Drehle
Narrator: David Von Drehle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 69 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.21 of Total 14
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of our nation’s most prominent writers discovers the truth about how to live a long and happy life from the centenarian next door in this “original and highly readable account of a splendid American life” (The Wall Street Journal). When a veteran Washington journalist moved to Kansas, he met a new neighbor who was more than a century old. Little did he know that he was beginning a long friendship—and a profound lesson in the meaning of life. Charlie White was no ordinary neighbor. Born before radio, Charlie lived long enough to use a smartphone. When a shocking tragedy interrupted his idyllic boyhood, Charlie mastered survival strategies that reflect thousands of years of human wisdom. Thus armored, Charlie’s sense of adventure carried him on an epic journey of the Jazz Age, racing aboard ambulances through Depression-era gangster wars, improvising techniques for early open-heart surgery, and cruising the Amazon as a guest of Peru’s president.   David Von Drehle came to understand that Charlie’s resilience and willingness to grow made this remarkable neighbor a master in the art of thriving through times of dramatic change. As a gift to his children, he set out to tell Charlie’s secrets. The Book of Charlie is a “genuinely original, formula-shattering” (Bob Woodward) gospel of grit—the inspiring story of one man’s journey through a century of upheaval. The history that unfolds through Charlie’s story reminds you that the United States has always been a divided nation, a questing nation—a nation of Charlies in the rollercoaster pursuit of a good and meaningful life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beyond the Shores: A History of African Americans Abroad by Tamara J. Walker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631021</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631021">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631021</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond the Shores: A History of African Americans Abroad
Author: Tamara J. Walker
Narrator: Tamara J. Walker, Marisha Tapera
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice • An award-winning author charts the poignant global journeys of African Americans as she explores her own transatlantic family odyssey in Beyond the Shores, a powerful history of living abroad while Black.   “By exploring the life of Black expats, creatives, and activists, Beyond the Shores enhances the stories of migration to reveal how race is lived in the United States and abroad.”—Marcia Chatelain, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of South Side Girls Part historical exploration, part travel memoir, Beyond the Shores reveals poignant histories of a diverse group of African Americans who have left the United States over the course of the past century. Together, the interwoven stories highlight African Americans’ complicated relationship to the United States and the world at large.   Beyond the Shores is not just about where African Americans stayed or where they ate when they traveled but also about why they left in the first place and how they were treated once they reached their destinations. Drawing on years of research, Dr. Tamara J. Walker chronicles their experiences in atmospheric detail, taking readers from well-known capital cities to more unusual destinations like Yangiyul, Uzbekistan, and Kabondo, Kenya. She follows Florence Mills, the would-be Josephine Baker of her day, in Paris, and Richard Wright, the author turned actor and filmmaker, in Buenos Aires. Throughout Beyond the Shores, she relays tender stories of adventurous travelers, including a group of gifted Black crop scientists in the 1930s, a housewife searching for purpose in the 1950s, a Peace Corps volunteer discovering his identity in the 1970s, and her own grandfather, who, after losing his eye fighting in World War II and returning to a country that showed no signs of honoring his sacrifice, set out with his wife and children on a circuitous journey that sent them back and forth across the Atlantic. Tying these tales together is Walker’s personal account of her family’s, and her own, experiences abroad—in France, Brazil, Argentina, Austria, and beyond.   By sharing the accounts of those who escaped the racism of the United States to try their hands at life abroad, Beyond the Shores shines a light on the meaning of home and the search for a better life.</description>
      <author>Tamara J. Walker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593682357.mp3" length="2770161" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631021</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593682357.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631021">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631021</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond the Shores: A History of African Americans Abroad
Author: Tamara J. Walker
Narrator: Tamara J. Walker, Marisha Tapera
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice • An award-winning author charts the poignant global journeys of African Americans as she explores her own transatlantic family odyssey in Beyond the Shores, a powerful history of living abroad while Black.   “By exploring the life of Black expats, creatives, and activists, Beyond the Shores enhances the stories of migration to reveal how race is lived in the United States and abroad.”—Marcia Chatelain, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of South Side Girls Part historical exploration, part travel memoir, Beyond the Shores reveals poignant histories of a diverse group of African Americans who have left the United States over the course of the past century. Together, the interwoven stories highlight African Americans’ complicated relationship to the United States and the world at large.   Beyond the Shores is not just about where African Americans stayed or where they ate when they traveled but also about why they left in the first place and how they were treated once they reached their destinations. Drawing on years of research, Dr. Tamara J. Walker chronicles their experiences in atmospheric detail, taking readers from well-known capital cities to more unusual destinations like Yangiyul, Uzbekistan, and Kabondo, Kenya. She follows Florence Mills, the would-be Josephine Baker of her day, in Paris, and Richard Wright, the author turned actor and filmmaker, in Buenos Aires. Throughout Beyond the Shores, she relays tender stories of adventurous travelers, including a group of gifted Black crop scientists in the 1930s, a housewife searching for purpose in the 1950s, a Peace Corps volunteer discovering his identity in the 1970s, and her own grandfather, who, after losing his eye fighting in World War II and returning to a country that showed no signs of honoring his sacrifice, set out with his wife and children on a circuitous journey that sent them back and forth across the Atlantic. Tying these tales together is Walker’s personal account of her family’s, and her own, experiences abroad—in France, Brazil, Argentina, Austria, and beyond.   By sharing the accounts of those who escaped the racism of the United States to try their hands at life abroad, Beyond the Shores shines a light on the meaning of home and the search for a better life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631021">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631021</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond the Shores: A History of African Americans Abroad
Author: Tamara J. Walker
Narrator: Tamara J. Walker, Marisha Tapera
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2023
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice • An award-winning author charts the poignant global journeys of African Americans as she explores her own transatlantic family odyssey in Beyond the Shores, a powerful history of living abroad while Black.   “By exploring the life of Black expats, creatives, and activists, Beyond the Shores enhances the stories of migration to reveal how race is lived in the United States and abroad.”—Marcia Chatelain, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of South Side Girls Part historical exploration, part travel memoir, Beyond the Shores reveals poignant histories of a diverse group of African Americans who have left the United States over the course of the past century. Together, the interwoven stories highlight African Americans’ complicated relationship to the United States and the world at large.   Beyond the Shores is not just about where African Americans stayed or where they ate when they traveled but also about why they left in the first place and how they were treated once they reached their destinations. Drawing on years of research, Dr. Tamara J. Walker chronicles their experiences in atmospheric detail, taking readers from well-known capital cities to more unusual destinations like Yangiyul, Uzbekistan, and Kabondo, Kenya. She follows Florence Mills, the would-be Josephine Baker of her day, in Paris, and Richard Wright, the author turned actor and filmmaker, in Buenos Aires. Throughout Beyond the Shores, she relays tender stories of adventurous travelers, including a group of gifted Black crop scientists in the 1930s, a housewife searching for purpose in the 1950s, a Peace Corps volunteer discovering his identity in the 1970s, and her own grandfather, who, after losing his eye fighting in World War II and returning to a country that showed no signs of honoring his sacrifice, set out with his wife and children on a circuitous journey that sent them back and forth across the Atlantic. Tying these tales together is Walker’s personal account of her family’s, and her own, experiences abroad—in France, Brazil, Argentina, Austria, and beyond.   By sharing the accounts of those who escaped the racism of the United States to try their hands at life abroad, Beyond the Shores shines a light on the meaning of home and the search for a better life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Never Give Up: A Prairie Family&amp;#039;s Story by Tom Brokaw</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631006</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631006">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631006</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Never Give Up: A Prairie Family&amp;#039;s Story
Author: Tom Brokaw
Narrator: Lincoln Hoppe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this moving story, the New York Times bestselling author of The Greatest Generation chronicles the values and lessons he absorbed from his parents and other people who worked hard to build lives on the prairie during the first half of the twentieth century.   “A spare, elegant masterpiece.”—Ken Burns Tom’s father, Red, left school in the second grade to work in the family hotel—the Brokaw House, established in Bristol, South Dakota, by R. P. Brokaw in 1883. Eventually, through work on construction jobs, Red developed an exceptional talent for machines. Tom’s mother, Jean, was the daughter of a farmer who lost everything during the Great Depression. They met after a high school play, when Jean played the lead and Red fell in love with her from the audience. Although they didn’t have much money early in their marriage, especially once they had three boys at home, Red’s philosophy of “Never give up” served them well. His big break came after World War II, when he went to work for the Army Corps of Engineers building great dams across the Missouri River, magnificent structures like the Fort Randall and the Gavins Point dams. Late in life, Red surprised his family by recording his memories of the hard times of his early life, reflections that inspired this book. Tom Brokaw is known as one of the most successful people in broadcast journalism. Throughout his legendary career, Brokaw has always asked what we can learn from world events and from our history. Within Never Give Up is one answer, a portrait of the resilience and respect for others at the heart of one American family’s story.</description>
      <author>Tom Brokaw</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593742747.mp3" length="2756124" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631006</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593742747.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631006">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631006</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Never Give Up: A Prairie Family&amp;#039;s Story
Author: Tom Brokaw
Narrator: Lincoln Hoppe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this moving story, the New York Times bestselling author of The Greatest Generation chronicles the values and lessons he absorbed from his parents and other people who worked hard to build lives on the prairie during the first half of the twentieth century.   “A spare, elegant masterpiece.”—Ken Burns Tom’s father, Red, left school in the second grade to work in the family hotel—the Brokaw House, established in Bristol, South Dakota, by R. P. Brokaw in 1883. Eventually, through work on construction jobs, Red developed an exceptional talent for machines. Tom’s mother, Jean, was the daughter of a farmer who lost everything during the Great Depression. They met after a high school play, when Jean played the lead and Red fell in love with her from the audience. Although they didn’t have much money early in their marriage, especially once they had three boys at home, Red’s philosophy of “Never give up” served them well. His big break came after World War II, when he went to work for the Army Corps of Engineers building great dams across the Missouri River, magnificent structures like the Fort Randall and the Gavins Point dams. Late in life, Red surprised his family by recording his memories of the hard times of his early life, reflections that inspired this book. Tom Brokaw is known as one of the most successful people in broadcast journalism. Throughout his legendary career, Brokaw has always asked what we can learn from world events and from our history. Within Never Give Up is one answer, a portrait of the resilience and respect for others at the heart of one American family’s story.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631006">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631006</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Never Give Up: A Prairie Family&amp;#039;s Story
Author: Tom Brokaw
Narrator: Lincoln Hoppe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this moving story, the New York Times bestselling author of The Greatest Generation chronicles the values and lessons he absorbed from his parents and other people who worked hard to build lives on the prairie during the first half of the twentieth century.   “A spare, elegant masterpiece.”—Ken Burns Tom’s father, Red, left school in the second grade to work in the family hotel—the Brokaw House, established in Bristol, South Dakota, by R. P. Brokaw in 1883. Eventually, through work on construction jobs, Red developed an exceptional talent for machines. Tom’s mother, Jean, was the daughter of a farmer who lost everything during the Great Depression. They met after a high school play, when Jean played the lead and Red fell in love with her from the audience. Although they didn’t have much money early in their marriage, especially once they had three boys at home, Red’s philosophy of “Never give up” served them well. His big break came after World War II, when he went to work for the Army Corps of Engineers building great dams across the Missouri River, magnificent structures like the Fort Randall and the Gavins Point dams. Late in life, Red surprised his family by recording his memories of the hard times of his early life, reflections that inspired this book. Tom Brokaw is known as one of the most successful people in broadcast journalism. Throughout his legendary career, Brokaw has always asked what we can learn from world events and from our history. Within Never Give Up is one answer, a portrait of the resilience and respect for others at the heart of one American family’s story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 272: The Families Who Were Enslaved and Sold to Build the American Catholic Church by Rachel L. Swarns</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630989</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 272: The Families Who Were Enslaved and Sold to Build the American Catholic Church
Author: Rachel L. Swarns
Narrator: Karen Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“An absolutely essential addition to the history of the Catholic Church, whose involvement in New World slavery sustained the Church and, thereby, helped to entrench enslavement in American society.”—Annette Gordon-Reed, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Hemingses of Monticello and On Juneteenth New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice • Longlisted for the Andrew Carnegie Medal A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: The New Yorker, The New York Times Book Review, The Washington Post, Time, Chicago Public Library, Kirkus Reviews In 1838, a group of America’s most prominent Catholic priests sold 272 enslaved people to save their largest mission project, what is now Georgetown University. In this groundbreaking account, journalist, author, and professor Rachel L. Swarns follows one family through nearly two centuries of indentured servitude and enslavement to uncover the harrowing origin story of the Catholic Church in the United States. Through the saga of the Mahoney family, Swarns illustrates how the Church relied on slave labor and slave sales to sustain its operations and to help finance its expansion.  The story begins with Ann Joice, a free Black woman and the matriarch of the Mahoney family. Joice sailed to Maryland in the late 1600s as an indentured servant, but her contract was burned and her freedom stolen. Her descendants, who were enslaved by Jesuit priests, passed down the story of that broken promise for centuries. One of those descendants, Harry Mahoney, saved lives and the church’s money in the War of 1812, but his children, including Louisa and Anna, were put up for sale in 1838. One daughter managed to escape, but the other was sold and shipped to Louisiana. Their descendants would remain apart until Rachel Swarns’s reporting in The New York Times finally reunited them. They would go on to join other GU272 descendants who pressed Georgetown and the Catholic Church to make amends, prodding the institutions to break new ground in the movement for reparations and reconciliation in America. Swarns’s journalism has already started a national conversation about universities with ties to slavery. The 272 tells an even bigger story, not only demonstrating how slavery fueled the growth of the American Catholic Church but also shining a light on the enslaved people whose forced labor helped to build the largest religious denomination in the nation.</description>
      <author>Rachel L. Swarns</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593742341.mp3" length="2709265" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630989</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593742341.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 272: The Families Who Were Enslaved and Sold to Build the American Catholic Church
Author: Rachel L. Swarns
Narrator: Karen Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“An absolutely essential addition to the history of the Catholic Church, whose involvement in New World slavery sustained the Church and, thereby, helped to entrench enslavement in American society.”—Annette Gordon-Reed, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Hemingses of Monticello and On Juneteenth New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice • Longlisted for the Andrew Carnegie Medal A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: The New Yorker, The New York Times Book Review, The Washington Post, Time, Chicago Public Library, Kirkus Reviews In 1838, a group of America’s most prominent Catholic priests sold 272 enslaved people to save their largest mission project, what is now Georgetown University. In this groundbreaking account, journalist, author, and professor Rachel L. Swarns follows one family through nearly two centuries of indentured servitude and enslavement to uncover the harrowing origin story of the Catholic Church in the United States. Through the saga of the Mahoney family, Swarns illustrates how the Church relied on slave labor and slave sales to sustain its operations and to help finance its expansion.  The story begins with Ann Joice, a free Black woman and the matriarch of the Mahoney family. Joice sailed to Maryland in the late 1600s as an indentured servant, but her contract was burned and her freedom stolen. Her descendants, who were enslaved by Jesuit priests, passed down the story of that broken promise for centuries. One of those descendants, Harry Mahoney, saved lives and the church’s money in the War of 1812, but his children, including Louisa and Anna, were put up for sale in 1838. One daughter managed to escape, but the other was sold and shipped to Louisiana. Their descendants would remain apart until Rachel Swarns’s reporting in The New York Times finally reunited them. They would go on to join other GU272 descendants who pressed Georgetown and the Catholic Church to make amends, prodding the institutions to break new ground in the movement for reparations and reconciliation in America. Swarns’s journalism has already started a national conversation about universities with ties to slavery. The 272 tells an even bigger story, not only demonstrating how slavery fueled the growth of the American Catholic Church but also shining a light on the enslaved people whose forced labor helped to build the largest religious denomination in the nation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 272: The Families Who Were Enslaved and Sold to Build the American Catholic Church
Author: Rachel L. Swarns
Narrator: Karen Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“An absolutely essential addition to the history of the Catholic Church, whose involvement in New World slavery sustained the Church and, thereby, helped to entrench enslavement in American society.”—Annette Gordon-Reed, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Hemingses of Monticello and On Juneteenth New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice • Longlisted for the Andrew Carnegie Medal A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: The New Yorker, The New York Times Book Review, The Washington Post, Time, Chicago Public Library, Kirkus Reviews In 1838, a group of America’s most prominent Catholic priests sold 272 enslaved people to save their largest mission project, what is now Georgetown University. In this groundbreaking account, journalist, author, and professor Rachel L. Swarns follows one family through nearly two centuries of indentured servitude and enslavement to uncover the harrowing origin story of the Catholic Church in the United States. Through the saga of the Mahoney family, Swarns illustrates how the Church relied on slave labor and slave sales to sustain its operations and to help finance its expansion.  The story begins with Ann Joice, a free Black woman and the matriarch of the Mahoney family. Joice sailed to Maryland in the late 1600s as an indentured servant, but her contract was burned and her freedom stolen. Her descendants, who were enslaved by Jesuit priests, passed down the story of that broken promise for centuries. One of those descendants, Harry Mahoney, saved lives and the church’s money in the War of 1812, but his children, including Louisa and Anna, were put up for sale in 1838. One daughter managed to escape, but the other was sold and shipped to Louisiana. Their descendants would remain apart until Rachel Swarns’s reporting in The New York Times finally reunited them. They would go on to join other GU272 descendants who pressed Georgetown and the Catholic Church to make amends, prodding the institutions to break new ground in the movement for reparations and reconciliation in America. Swarns’s journalism has already started a national conversation about universities with ties to slavery. The 272 tells an even bigger story, not only demonstrating how slavery fueled the growth of the American Catholic Church but also shining a light on the enslaved people whose forced labor helped to build the largest religious denomination in the nation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Battle of Ink and Ice: A Sensational Story of News Barons, North Pole Explorers, and the Making of Modern Media by Darrell Hartman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630953</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630953">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630953</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Battle of Ink and Ice: A Sensational Story of News Barons, North Pole Explorers, and the Making of Modern Media
Author: Darrell Hartman
Narrator: Mack Sanderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 43 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times Book Review’s &amp;#039;100 Notable Books of 2023&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Absolutely gripping… a perfectly splendid read—I highly, highly recommend it” -- Douglas Preston, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller The Lost City of the Monkey God A sixty-year saga of frostbite and fake news that follows the no-holds-barred battle between two legendary explorers to reach the North Pole, and the newspapers which stopped at nothing to get–and sell–the story. In the fall of 1909, a pair of bitter contests captured the world’s attention. The American explorers Robert Peary and Frederick Cook both claimed to have discovered the North Pole, sparking a vicious feud that was unprecedented in international scientific and geographic circles. At the same time, the rivalry between two powerful New York City newspapers—the storied Herald and the ascendant Times—fanned the flames of the so-called polar controversy, as each paper financially and reputationally committed itself to an opposing explorer and fought desperately to defend him. The Herald was owned and edited by James Gordon Bennett, Jr., an eccentric playboy whose nose for news was matched only by his appetite for debauchery and champagne. The Times was published by Adolph Ochs, son of Jewish immigrants, who’d improbably rescued the paper from extinction and turned it into an emerging powerhouse. The battle between Cook and Peary would have enormous consequences for both newspapers, and help to determine the future of corporate media.  BATTLE OF INK AND ICE presents a frank portrayal of Arctic explorers, brave men who both inspired and deceived the public. It also sketches a vivid portrait of the newspapers that funded, promoted, narrated, and often distorted their exploits. It recounts a sixty-year saga of frostbite and fake news, one that culminates with an unjustly overlooked chapter in the origin story of the modern New York Times. By turns tragic and absurd, BATTLE OF INK AND ICE brims with contemporary relevance, touching as it does on themes of class, celebrity, the ever-quickening news cycle, and the benefits and pitfalls of an increasingly interconnected world. Above all, perhaps, its cast of characters testifies—colorfully and compellingly—to the ongoing role of personality and publicity in American cultural life as the Gilded Age gave way to the twentieth century—the American century.</description>
      <author>Darrell Hartman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593743225.mp3" length="2834394" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630953</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593743225.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630953">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630953</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Battle of Ink and Ice: A Sensational Story of News Barons, North Pole Explorers, and the Making of Modern Media
Author: Darrell Hartman
Narrator: Mack Sanderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 43 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times Book Review’s &amp;#039;100 Notable Books of 2023&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Absolutely gripping… a perfectly splendid read—I highly, highly recommend it” -- Douglas Preston, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller The Lost City of the Monkey God A sixty-year saga of frostbite and fake news that follows the no-holds-barred battle between two legendary explorers to reach the North Pole, and the newspapers which stopped at nothing to get–and sell–the story. In the fall of 1909, a pair of bitter contests captured the world’s attention. The American explorers Robert Peary and Frederick Cook both claimed to have discovered the North Pole, sparking a vicious feud that was unprecedented in international scientific and geographic circles. At the same time, the rivalry between two powerful New York City newspapers—the storied Herald and the ascendant Times—fanned the flames of the so-called polar controversy, as each paper financially and reputationally committed itself to an opposing explorer and fought desperately to defend him. The Herald was owned and edited by James Gordon Bennett, Jr., an eccentric playboy whose nose for news was matched only by his appetite for debauchery and champagne. The Times was published by Adolph Ochs, son of Jewish immigrants, who’d improbably rescued the paper from extinction and turned it into an emerging powerhouse. The battle between Cook and Peary would have enormous consequences for both newspapers, and help to determine the future of corporate media.  BATTLE OF INK AND ICE presents a frank portrayal of Arctic explorers, brave men who both inspired and deceived the public. It also sketches a vivid portrait of the newspapers that funded, promoted, narrated, and often distorted their exploits. It recounts a sixty-year saga of frostbite and fake news, one that culminates with an unjustly overlooked chapter in the origin story of the modern New York Times. By turns tragic and absurd, BATTLE OF INK AND ICE brims with contemporary relevance, touching as it does on themes of class, celebrity, the ever-quickening news cycle, and the benefits and pitfalls of an increasingly interconnected world. Above all, perhaps, its cast of characters testifies—colorfully and compellingly—to the ongoing role of personality and publicity in American cultural life as the Gilded Age gave way to the twentieth century—the American century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630953">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630953</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Battle of Ink and Ice: A Sensational Story of News Barons, North Pole Explorers, and the Making of Modern Media
Author: Darrell Hartman
Narrator: Mack Sanderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 43 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times Book Review’s &amp;#039;100 Notable Books of 2023&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Absolutely gripping… a perfectly splendid read—I highly, highly recommend it” -- Douglas Preston, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller The Lost City of the Monkey God A sixty-year saga of frostbite and fake news that follows the no-holds-barred battle between two legendary explorers to reach the North Pole, and the newspapers which stopped at nothing to get–and sell–the story. In the fall of 1909, a pair of bitter contests captured the world’s attention. The American explorers Robert Peary and Frederick Cook both claimed to have discovered the North Pole, sparking a vicious feud that was unprecedented in international scientific and geographic circles. At the same time, the rivalry between two powerful New York City newspapers—the storied Herald and the ascendant Times—fanned the flames of the so-called polar controversy, as each paper financially and reputationally committed itself to an opposing explorer and fought desperately to defend him. The Herald was owned and edited by James Gordon Bennett, Jr., an eccentric playboy whose nose for news was matched only by his appetite for debauchery and champagne. The Times was published by Adolph Ochs, son of Jewish immigrants, who’d improbably rescued the paper from extinction and turned it into an emerging powerhouse. The battle between Cook and Peary would have enormous consequences for both newspapers, and help to determine the future of corporate media.  BATTLE OF INK AND ICE presents a frank portrayal of Arctic explorers, brave men who both inspired and deceived the public. It also sketches a vivid portrait of the newspapers that funded, promoted, narrated, and often distorted their exploits. It recounts a sixty-year saga of frostbite and fake news, one that culminates with an unjustly overlooked chapter in the origin story of the modern New York Times. By turns tragic and absurd, BATTLE OF INK AND ICE brims with contemporary relevance, touching as it does on themes of class, celebrity, the ever-quickening news cycle, and the benefits and pitfalls of an increasingly interconnected world. Above all, perhaps, its cast of characters testifies—colorfully and compellingly—to the ongoing role of personality and publicity in American cultural life as the Gilded Age gave way to the twentieth century—the American century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Having Our Say: The Delany Sisters’ First 100 Years by A. Elizabeth Delany, Sarah L. Delany, Amy Hill Hearth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630830</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Having Our Say: The Delany Sisters’ First 100 Years
Author: A. Elizabeth Delany, Sarah L. Delany, Amy Hill Hearth
Narrator: Robin Miles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Warm, feisty, and intelligent, the Delany sisters speak their mind in a book that is at once a vital historical record and a moving portrait of two remarkable women who continued to love, laugh, and embrace life after over a hundred years of living side by side. Their sharp memories tell us about the post-Reconstruction South and Booker T. Washington, Harlem’s Golden Age and Langston Hughes, W. E. B. Du Bois and Paul Robeson. Bessie Delany breaks barriers to become a dentist; Sadie Delany quietly integrates the New York City system as a high school teacher. Their extraordinary story makes an important contribution to our nation’s heritage—and an indelible impression on our lives.</description>
      <author>A. Elizabeth Delany, Sarah L. Delany, Amy Hill Hearth</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jan 2023 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200163984.mp3" length="748707" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630830</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200163984.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Having Our Say: The Delany Sisters’ First 100 Years
Author: A. Elizabeth Delany, Sarah L. Delany, Amy Hill Hearth
Narrator: Robin Miles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Warm, feisty, and intelligent, the Delany sisters speak their mind in a book that is at once a vital historical record and a moving portrait of two remarkable women who continued to love, laugh, and embrace life after over a hundred years of living side by side. Their sharp memories tell us about the post-Reconstruction South and Booker T. Washington, Harlem’s Golden Age and Langston Hughes, W. E. B. Du Bois and Paul Robeson. Bessie Delany breaks barriers to become a dentist; Sadie Delany quietly integrates the New York City system as a high school teacher. Their extraordinary story makes an important contribution to our nation’s heritage—and an indelible impression on our lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Having Our Say: The Delany Sisters’ First 100 Years
Author: A. Elizabeth Delany, Sarah L. Delany, Amy Hill Hearth
Narrator: Robin Miles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Warm, feisty, and intelligent, the Delany sisters speak their mind in a book that is at once a vital historical record and a moving portrait of two remarkable women who continued to love, laugh, and embrace life after over a hundred years of living side by side. Their sharp memories tell us about the post-Reconstruction South and Booker T. Washington, Harlem’s Golden Age and Langston Hughes, W. E. B. Du Bois and Paul Robeson. Bessie Delany breaks barriers to become a dentist; Sadie Delany quietly integrates the New York City system as a high school teacher. Their extraordinary story makes an important contribution to our nation’s heritage—and an indelible impression on our lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Time of the Rangers: Texas Rangers: From 1900 to the Present by Mike Cox</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630403</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630403">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630403</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Time of the Rangers: Texas Rangers: From 1900 to the Present
Author: Mike Cox
Narrator: Jonathan Hogan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Following on the heels of his magnificent history of the 19th-century Texas Rangers, Mike Cox now traces the Rangers from 1900 to the present. From horseback to helicopter, from rough-and-tumble cattle ranches to boom-and-bust oil fields, and from Prohibition to World War II, Cox brilliantly guides listeners through the modern history of these legendary Texas lawmen.</description>
      <author>Mike Cox</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Nov 2022 12:52:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705086186.mp3" length="1323845" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630403</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705086186.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630403">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630403</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Time of the Rangers: Texas Rangers: From 1900 to the Present
Author: Mike Cox
Narrator: Jonathan Hogan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Following on the heels of his magnificent history of the 19th-century Texas Rangers, Mike Cox now traces the Rangers from 1900 to the present. From horseback to helicopter, from rough-and-tumble cattle ranches to boom-and-bust oil fields, and from Prohibition to World War II, Cox brilliantly guides listeners through the modern history of these legendary Texas lawmen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630403">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630403</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Time of the Rangers: Texas Rangers: From 1900 to the Present
Author: Mike Cox
Narrator: Jonathan Hogan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2022
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Following on the heels of his magnificent history of the 19th-century Texas Rangers, Mike Cox now traces the Rangers from 1900 to the present. From horseback to helicopter, from rough-and-tumble cattle ranches to boom-and-bust oil fields, and from Prohibition to World War II, Cox brilliantly guides listeners through the modern history of these legendary Texas lawmen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
